DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE

WASHINGTON, DC

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
3 SEPTEMBER 2024

MEMORANDUM FOR DISTRIBUTION

MAJCOMs/FLDCOMs/FOAs/DRUs

FROM: AF/A4
1030 Air Force Pentagon
Washington, DC 20330

SUBJECT: Reissuance of Department of the Air Force Guidance Memorandum to Department of Air
Force Instruction (DAFI) 23-101, Materiel Management

By Order of the Secretary of the Air Force, this Department of Air Force Instruction (DAFI) 23-
101 Materiel Management, and this Guidance Memorandum immediately changes DAFI 23-101.
Compliance with this Memorandum is mandatory. To the extent its directions are inconsistent with other
Department of the Air Force publications, the information herein prevails, in accordance with DAFI 90-
160, Publications and Forms Management. Ensure all records created as a result of processes prescribed
in this publication are maintained in accordance with AFI 33-322, Records Management and Information
Governance Program, and disposed of in accordance with the Air Force Records Disposition Schedule
(RDS) located in the Air Force Records Management System.

This memorandum includes significant changes and must be reviewed in its entirety. Changes
incorporate Financial Improvement and Audit Readiness corrections; updated guidance for Defense
Property Accountability System (DPAS) processes; Force Activity Designator (FAD) management,
inventory frequency and repair cycle management. This guidance is applicable to the entire DAF,
including all civilian employees and uniformed members of the United States Space Force (USSF),
Regular Air Force, the Air Force Reserve, the Air National Guard, the Civil Air Patrol when conducting
missions as the official Air Force Auxiliary, and those with a contractual obligation to abide by the terms
of DAF issuances. Note: All references to United States Air Force (USAF) terminology, units, and
positions will also apply to the equivalent in the USSF, as appropriate. For example, references to Airmen
will also apply to Guardians. References to MAJCOMs or NAFs will apply to field commands.
References to wings will also apply to deltas or centers. Air Staff roles and responsibilities (i.e., AF/A1)
may also apply to the equivalent Office of the Chief of Space Operations (Space Staff) office (i.e.,
SF/S1), as appropriate.

This Memorandum becomes void after one year has elapsed from the date of this Memorandum,
or upon incorporation by interim change to, or rewrite of DAFI 23-101, whichever is earlier.

TOM D. MILLER
Lieutenant General, USAF
DCS/Logistics, Engineering & Force Protection

Attachment: Change to DAFI 23-101, 14 August 2023

 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

1.1.2.2.8. (Added) Special Tooling and Special Test Equipment (ST/STE).

1.2.5.21. (Deleted)

1.2.5.22. (Deleted)

1.2.5.41. (Added) Develops and implements property and equipment management policy to
include Component Property Lead (CPL), Accountable Property Officer, and Custodial
stewardship roles and responsibilities.

1.2.5.42. (Added) Establishes policy governing operation and maintenance of the DAF
Equipment IT System.

1.2.5.43. (Added) Approves and publishes data services processing instructions required for the
AF Equipment IT System.

1.2.5.44. (Added) Develop and produce metrics measuring DAF equipment management
programs, as appropriate.

1.2.5.45. (Added) Following the end of each fiscal year, collects enterprise inventory accuracy
trend analysis from AFMC/A4R and from the Air Force Supply Chain Policy Working Group.
Briefs the AF/A4L on inventory adjustment data for the previous fiscal year along with any
recommendations to improve inventory accuracy.

1.3.1.25. (Replaced) Receive the annually updated listing and will use this as authorization of
approved HPMSKs. HPMSK authorization will be deleted upon notification from AF/A4LR.

1.3.1.44.1. (Added) MAJCOMs will monitor overdue DOLIs for their bases and will follow up
monthly to determine: 1. Reason for overdue DOLIs. 2. Course of action to reconcile overdue
DOLIs. 3. Preventive measures to prevent future overdue DOLIs. (T-1).

1.3.1.44.2. (Added) MAJCOMs will report their overdue DOLIs and associated findings to
AF/A4LR monthly NLT the 20th of each month. (T-1).

1.3.1.46. (Replaced) The MAJCOM appoints a MAJCOM Program Manager to manage the
MMHS/SAS program and assigns a MAJCOM Focal Point to each funded requirement within
that command. The MAJCOM Program Manager is responsible for assembling and prioritizing
MMHS/SAS requirements and submitting this list, with Concept Papers for each requirement,
annually to AFMC for funding. The MAJCOM Program Manager also advises AFMC of
Military Construction (MILCON) projects (e.g., new warehouses and air freight terminals) that
may require MMHS/SAS. MAJCOMs will ensure property is accounted for throughout
warehousing and re-warehousing projects, in accordance with DAFMAN 23-122 and DoDM
4140.70, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Procedures for Storage and Material
Handling. (T-0).
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

1.3.1.53. (Added) Oversee and ensure subordinate materiel management activities validate,
reconcile, and maintain accountable equipment within approved APSRs.

1.3.2.3.1. (Replaced) Import and edit 7SC data, flying hours and Quantity Per Aircraft data for
RSPs.

1.3.3.7. (Replaced) To support enterprise trend analysis, provides a consolidated summary to

AFMC/A4R NLT the 20th of each month, with justification for inventory adjustments with
combined value of $5,000 or greater, and all inventory adjustments for classified or sensitive
materials, regardless of cost. Send a courtesy copy of the same report to AF/A4LR.

1.3.3.11. (Added) Ensure physical inventory frequency, currency, and accuracy for subordinate
activities in accordance with paragraph 5.7 of this instruction.

1.4.1.2. (Replaced) Ensure proper wholesale requirements computation. This includes

establishing and maintaining Readiness Based Sparing (RBS) models and periodically reviewing
and maintaining RBS data and associated factors.

1.4.1.17.1. (Added) Provide feedback to the Air Force Supply Chain Policy Working Group on
enterprise trends and issues.

1.4.1.17.2. (Added) At the conclusion of the fiscal year, provide a report to AF/A4LR regarding
enterprise inventory accuracy trend analysis, IAW paragraph 1.3.3.7. of this instruction. This
report is due prior to the end of the first quarter of the new fiscal year.

1.4.1.41.2. (Replaced) Request CSAG-S Stock Fund Cost Authority in the BES to match the
MAJCOM O&M POM submitted to the Spares Requirement Review Board.

1.4.1.41.3. (Replaced) In coordination with the funds holders, track and measure the benefits of
the actual implementation of the improved item against the original forecasted sustainment
posture.

1.4.1.51.4. (Replaced) Responsible for developing buy/budget projections and initiating

procurement actions for centrally managed and centrally procured (Procurement Source Code 5)
NSNs to support current and forecasted (future) requirements. AFMC manages centrally
procured government equipment.

1.4.2.7. (Replaced) Forecasts Regular AF mobility IPE funding requirements in the Combat
Ready Airman program office annual planning and programming process. Will centrally
requisition all Regular AF mobility IPE components and determine annual procurement
requirements in coordination with 635 SCOW.

1.4.5.1.2.3. (Replaced) Provide a periodic "window of opportunity" for supported bases to

schedule and conduct local exercises at least twice a year. Coordinate with bases/MAJCOMs on
any scheduling conflicts.
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

1.4.6.1.2. (Deleted)

1.4.6.1.3. (Deleted)

1.4.6.1.6. (Deleted)

1.4.6.1.9. (Deleted)

1.4.6.1.12. (Delete)

1.4.6.1.20. (Added) Receive, validate, and create Unit Identification Codes (UIC) upon Higher
Headquarter requests. Utilize the Secure AFPC Personnel Accounting Symbol (PAS) Code
Application to confirm or obtain the correct UIC.

1.4.6.1.20.1. (Added) The PAS Organization Register is the official source for AF unit
information.

1.4.6.1.20.2. (Added) Official sources for non-AF units are special orders, contracts, support
agreements, or other correspondence (e.g., NASA, Red Cross, etc.).

1.4.6.2.1. (Replaced) Review the 404 SCMS Invalid Backorder Report on a weekly basis and
delete identified invalid requisitions and associate due-out document records. (T-1).

1.4.6.2.1.1. (Added) Compare the total authorized quantity to the current on-hand balances in
ILS-S and DPAS, as well as existing requisitions against the custodial account. (T-1).

1.4.6.2.1.2. (Added) Correct all variances and return the computed balances to the approved total
authorized quantity (e.g., requisition, return, cancellation, etc.). (T-1).

1.4.6.2.5. (Deleted)

1.4.6.2.6. (Deleted)

1.4.6.2.8. (Replaced) Clear DPAS 117 rejects upon request, except for vehicles. (T-1).

1.4.6.2.9. (Added) Ensure information for Chief Financial Officer (CFO) assets on RDO requests
match the applicable Asset ID record and an attachment is loaded. (T-1).

1.6.1.2.3.1. (Replaced) Act as the base focal point to see that all base responsibilities for RSPs
are properly carried out. Determine, monitor, and ensure adequate and timely corrective action
by the responsible agency on all deficiencies hampering the capability of the base to carry out its
responsibilities for RSP. When RSP/HPMSK/CHPMSK are transferred to the local stock record
account number (SRAN) from another base, the host SRAN will provide assistance/direction to
deployed package personnel in the prompt establishment of supportable shortage backorders,
inventory requirements, document control procedures, shelf-life management, etc.
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

1.6.1.2.4.4. (Replaced) Notify the local servicing auditor of an account deactivation as soon as
the deactivation date is known. (T-1). Note: An audit is not required to delete an account;
however, auditor general personnel should be made aware of the opportunity to audit accounts
being inactivated.

1.6.1.2.8.3. (Replaced) Issue serviceable IPE assets in Low Threat Areas for deployment,
contingency, and real-world home-station use operations. (T-3).

1.6.1.2.8.3.1.(Added) Issue serviceable IPE assets in Low Threat Areas for training except for
equipment listed as “Not Approved for Training” in the USAF Approved Mobility Equipment
Listing maintained by the Enterprise Manager.

1.6.1.3. (Added) Utilize the 404 SCMS Equipment Requirements List (ERL) to determine and
identify property overages and shortages and to ensure requests do not exceed authorization and
on-hand equipment levels. (T-1).

1.6.1.4. (Added) Ensure DPAS managed property remains physically segregated and clearly
distinguishable from ILS-S managed property. (T-1).

1.6.2. (Replaced) LRS Commander (LRS/CC). In addition to unit commander responsibilities

IAW AFI 51-509, Appointment to and Assumption of Command, AFI 38-101, and
organizational commander responsibilities in paragraph 1.8 the LRS/CC has the following
materiel management related responsibilities. Note: In the Air National Guard, the United States
Property and Fiscal Officers (USPFO) are the primary accountable officers in accordance with
Title 32 U.S.C. 708. The LRS/CC will:

1.6.2.1. Act as the APO and Nuclear Weapons-Related Materiel Accountable Officer for
squadron assets and supply system stock record accounts B and E, and within the Defense
Property Accountability System (DPAS) IAW DoDI 5000.64 DAFI 23-111, Accountability and
Management of DoD Equipment and other Accountable Property, and AFI 20-110, Nuclear
Weapons Related Materiel Management. (T-1). Note: In the Air National Guard, the United
States Property and Fiscal Officers (USPFO) are the primary accountable officers in accordance
with Title 32 U.S.C. 708.

1.6.2.1.4. (Added) Stock Fund Management. The LRS/CC or equivalent will appoint a primary
and alternate Supply Management Activity Group (SMAG) Liaison with at least three years of
2S Materiel Management and ILS-S experience, however, the alternate SMAG liaison can be a
Resource Adviser. SMAG liaisons will work with their designated AFMC SMAG Manager and
comply with direction. Appointment letters will be reviewed bi-annually, and updated
appointment letters are required upon change in personnel. Primary SMAG liaison will be
assigned to LRS Customer Support Section or equivalent office.
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

1.6.2.5.1. (Added) The LRS APO approves inventory adjustments by signing the M10 once they
are satisfied that research and analysis have resolved any issues that would otherwise continue to
negatively affect inventory accuracy and/or accountability.

1.6.2.5.2. (Added) The LRS APO submits a report to their respective MAJCOM/A4R for
inventory adjustments of all classified and sensitive items regardless of cost, and for all other
inventory adjustments greater than $5,000, IAW paragraph 5.7.10.3 of this instruction.

1.6.2.6.3. (Replaced) Ensure degraded operations exercises are conducted at least twice a year.

1.6.2.10.4. (Added) Develop and present organization overage metrics to the installation
commander as the Primary APO monthly, as applicable. (T-1). Note: The ERL is the preferred
source to obtain overage information.

1.6.3.4. (Added) Maintain Squadron Readiness functions and ensure LRS Unit Control Center
(UCC) processes. The UCC may be staffed by permanent personnel with augmentation during
contingencies and surge operations. Maintain squadron recall rosters. Serve as the squadron level
WRM Manager for the WRM program. (T-2). See AFI 25-101and Chapter 2 of this instruction
for additional information on WRM responsibilities. Serve as the unit Resource Readiness
monitor in accordance with AFI 10-201, Force Readiness Reporting. (T-2).

1.6.5. (Deleted)

1.6.6.5. (Replaced) Appoint in writing a primary and alternate security manager for Materiel
Management information systems IAW DoDM5200.01V1_AFMAN16-1404V1, Information
Security Program: Overview, Classification and Declassification. (T-0).

1.6.12.1.4. (Replaced) Be responsible to the LRS CC/APO for the processing, handling, COSIS
and material handling equipment. Ensure flight personnel adhere to and apply proper inspection,
issue, storage, warehousing, re-warehousing, and materiel handling techniques. (T-1).

1.6.15. (Replaced) Central Storage Element (LGRMSS). Key duties include storing supply and
equipment items, to include classified and sensitive items and War Consumables Distribution
Objective (WCDO) items and NWRM in accordance with AFI 20-110, Nuclear Weapons
Related Materiel Management. Other key duties include selecting items to be issued, shipped or
transferred; conducting warehouse validations; and maintaining central locator functions,
managing the DPAS in-warehouse equipment custodial number on behalf of the APO.

1.6.19.1. (Replaced) Equipment Accountability Element (EAE) or (LGRMCE). EAE serves as

the base equipment review and authorization activity and manages all base level equipment items
within the LRS APO’s purview, except for vehicles. EAE is responsible for updating base level
data in the applicable APSR. (T-1). Assist installation equipment custodians with processing
equipment transactions. (T-1). Note: AFMC’s Vehicle Support Chain Operations Squadron
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

manages vehicle transactions and updates base level vehicle data in the vehicle management IT
system. EAEs will:

1.6.19.2. (Replaced) Provide equipment management support and guidance to APOs and
custodians in the control and accountability equipment assets within the AF equipment APSR.
(T-1).1.6.19.5. (Replaced) Coordinate and direct deployment and redeployment of Class VII
assets between APOs and equipment custodians. (T-1). Attend base deployment concept
briefings to identify organizations deploying/transferring equipment. (T-2).

1.6.19.14. (Replaced) Review accuracy of DPAS AF Form 601, Authorization Change Request.
(T-1). Ensure equipment custodians and commanders are signing and utilizing DPAS Custodian
Inventory reports, and when equipment exists concurrently in ILS-S, a Customer
Authorization/Custody Receipt Listing (CA/CRL) from ILS-S. (T-1).

1.6.19.14.1. (Added) Organization commanders must return DPAS overage equipment or submit
and authorization request within 30 days of the initial notification. (T-1). Note: Authorized
equipment listings are processed using ILS-S or DPAS.

1.6.19.14.2. (Added) Do not request Authorization IDs for property records on the WHSE
Custodian Number for in-warehouse equipment. These property records are excess in-warehouse
assets and do not require Authorization IDs for storage.

1.6.19.15. (Replaced) Manage DPAS equipment transfers and 99S Requisition Tracing Action
for lateral SPRAM Transfers. (T-1). Provide DPAS FSM reports to organizations as required to
identify authorizations and requirements. Identify organization overages and suspense units to
return equipment or submit an authorization change request to retain property. (T-1). Utilize the
FSM Authorization Management On-Hand Report to identify organization overages monthly.
(T-1).

1.6.19.17. (Replaced) Inform base level custodians of new DPAS processes, and update local
training as required. Provide and document initial and annual equipment custodian Block III
training. Ensure COMSEC training is provided. COMSEC training is mandatory for custodians
who oversee COMSEC assets.

1.6.19.18. (Replaced) Change and update local-level information in DPAS for custodial accounts
and coordinate with custodians, CEMF and MAJCOM ERAAs, as appropriate. (T-1).

1.6.19.22. All requests to purchase OGMVCs will be first routed through Vehicle Management
for equipment/registered vehicle determination prior to procurement. (T-1). See AFI 24-302,
Vehicle Management for definition of “OGMVC".

1.6.19.45. Responsible for providing information on how to access Base-Level Supply Customer
Training as it pertains to Block I (General Materiel Management Indoctrination) and Block
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

IIA/B (Bench Stock/Repair Cycle). Members can access the online training modules via
mylearning, https://lms-jets.cce.af.mil/moodle/, or by following the tree path in the website:
Home>Courses>Air Force>My Learning>Air Education and Training
Command(AETC)>Supply Customer Training.

1.6.19.46. Coordinate Materiel Management related training needs for Decentralized Materiel
Support and maintenance activities/customer personnel.

1.6.19.56. (Added) Monitor and reconcile accountable property records between DPAS and ILS-
S to ensure the approved equipment management APSR is correct and accurate. (T-1).

1.6.21. (Replaced) Flight Service Center (LGRMMF). This element serves as the primary point
of contact with units regarding repair cycle management. Key duties include managing supply
points, time-change, TCTOs, DIFM, Found On Base (FOB), AWP, turn-around, local
manufacture, and Quality Deficiency Report (QDR) programs. Flight Services Center will:

1.6.21.1. (Replaced) Process returns and serve as the single return processing point for materiel
in stock record accounts B and E. (T-1). Note: Process includes both ILS-S and DPAS managed
returns.

1.6.22. (Replaced) Decentralized Materiel Support (DMS) (LGRMMA, LGRMMB, LGRMMC,

etc. except LGRMMF). DMS personnel coordinate maintenance and materiel management
actions, manage supply transactions for their assigned maintenance activity, monitor and track
assets in the repair cycle, resolve support problems and report aircraft parts status to maintenance
supervision. DMS personnel also support maintenance in processing issue requests, researching
sources of supply, researching NSN demilitarization and disposal requirements, entering manual
requisitions (part number only), updating exception code lists, and resolving other peculiar
maintenance supply problems. DMS personnel will:

1.6.22.12.4. (Replaced) Ensure proper use of Urgency Justification Code and Force/Activity
Designators (FAD) codes. In accordance with DoDM 4140.01, Volume 8, and CJCSI 4110.01F,
Joint Materiel Priorities and Allocation, the Chief of Staff of the Air Force (CSAF) is delegated
authority to assign FADs II through V to assigned units, activities, projects, and programs. The
Air Force delegates this authority to the Deputy Chief of Staff, Operations, Plans and
Requirements (AF/A3). FAD I recommendations will be submitted by the Deputy Chief of Staff,
Engineering and Force Protection (AF/A4).

1.6.22.12.5. (Replaced) FAD overrides will only be supported for deployments as outlined in
CJCSI 4110.01F, Joint Materiel Priorities and Allocation. (T-0).

1.8.4.2. (Replaced) Maintenance activities are responsible for removed DIFM items. The
Maintenance Commander or equivalent will ensure removed items are physically returned to the
LRS/Materiel Management Activity. (T-1). Base repair activities, also known as back shops, will
ensure reparable assets are returned to LRS within 10 duty days from date of issue. (T-1). Note:
Base repair activities are organizations primarily established to perform component repair.
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

1.8.4.3.1. (Replaced) Appoint a primary and alternate AWP monitors in writing for each
maintenance activity to manage their own individual AWP program and liaison with the
LRS/Materiel Management Activity. These individuals are required to complete Supply Course-
Block IIB online training via myLearning. This certification will be documented in training
records.

1.8.6.3.1. (Replaced) Adhere to and enforce equipment management practices as cited in DoDI
5000.64_DAFI 23-111, Accountability and Management of DoD Equipment and Other
Accountable Property. (T-0).

1.8.6.3.2. (Replaced). Adhere to and enforce equipment utilization practices as cited in DAFI 10-
401, Operations Planning and Execution; AFI 10-403, Deployment Planning and Execution; and
DAFMAN 10-406, Unit Type Code Management. (T-1).

1.8.6.3.2.1. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.2.2. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.2.3. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.2.4. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.2.5. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.2.6. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.3. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.4. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.5. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.7. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.8. (Deleted)

1.8.7. (Deleted)

1.8.7.1. (Deleted)

1.8.7.2. (Deleted)

1.8.7.3. (Deleted)

1.8.7.4. (Deleted)
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

1.8.7.5. (Deleted)

1.8.7.6. (Deleted)

1.8.7.7. (Deleted)

1.8.7.8. (Deleted)

1.8.7.9. (Deleted)

1.8.7.10. (Deleted)

1.8.7.11. (Deleted)

1.8.7.12. (Deleted)

1.8.7.13. (Deleted)

1.8.7.14. (Deleted)

1.8.7.15. (Deleted)

1.8.7.16. (Deleted)

1.8.7.17. (Deleted)

1.8.7.18. (Deleted)

1.10.3.1. (Replaced) Metrics Updates. A4LR provides a data call schedule, to include DASD
(Logistics) Supply Chain Operations Group (SCOG) monthly metrics, prior to the beginning of
each fiscal year (October) and provide updates as required.

1.10.3.1.1. (Deleted)

1.10.3.1.2. (Deleted)

1.10.3.1.3. (Deleted)

1.10.3.2. (Replaced) Data Call Responses. MAJCOMs provide responses to AF/A4L annual data
calls within the timelines of the A4L data call schedule.

2.2.2.13.1.3. (Replaced) Assigned ERRC “ND” (S) or “NF” (U).

 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

2.2.2.13.1.4. (Added) These centrally managed equipment items require FSM authorization
management within approved Accountable Property Systems of Record. (T-1).

2.2.2.13.5. (Replaced) The DPAS Force Systems Management (FSM) module is the authoritative
source for managing equipment authorizations for centrally managed and centrally procured
(PSC 5) equipment. (T-1). The FSM Officer and Authorization Managers are the primary
managers of the FSM module and maintain authorization records contained within the system.
Note: Exceptions are outlined in PAD D16-03. Items not requiring authorization management
may still require accountable property records if the item meets the thresholds prescribed in
DoDI 5000.64_DAFI 23-111. (T-0).

2.2.2.13.6. (Added) LOGDET is the primary source to identify non-PSC 5 equipment

requirements needed to support UTCs as maintained and documented in LOGMOD in
accordance with DAFMAN 10-406. (T-1).

2.2.3.3.5. (Replaced) Accountable and non-accountable equipment items no longer supporting

active authorizations or missions and made available for enterprise redistribution.

2.2.3.3.5.1. (Deleted)

2.2.3.3.5.2. (Deleted)

2.2.3.3.6. (Replaced) Serviceable non-accountable (retail outlet/Class II) equipment items

authorized for stock 30 to 39 months after the last demand or 24 months after the new item
record is established.

2.2.4.1. (Replaced) Transfers within the DoD. It is DoD and AF policy that materiel assets be
utilized within the DoD to the fullest extent possible. NWRM assets will not be transferred
without written approval from the wholesale IM in accordance with AFI 20-110, Nuclear
Weapons Related Materiel Management. Assets of one military service shall be transferred to fill
requirements of another military service requirement. Transfer excess AF assets to DoD
activities using ISSP. Conduct ISSP interrogations for asset availability, offers of excess assets,
and transfers.

2.2.4.11.3. (Replaced) Reparable “NF2” (ERRC U) items, controlled item code “N” or “4”
(pilferable/sensitive), which cannot be repaired at base (including base funded contracts) will be
reported to the item manager regardless of unit/dollar value. (T-1). Reparable "NF2" (ERRC U)
items, other than controlled item code “N” or “4”, which cannot be repaired at base level
(including base funded contracts), will be processed to DLADS when the extended line-item
value is less than $100.00; items $100 and over will be reported to the Item Manager (IM). (T-1).

2.3.1.4. (Replaced) Inventory Valuation. Monitoring Moving Average Cost (MAC). Records
Maintenance will process a monthly query to detect MAC values of zero (0). If a MAC value of
zero (0) is detected, Records Maintenance will contact AFMC AFLCMC/HIS Integrated
Logistics System, within the first five days of the month, for correction and will monitor until all
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

actions are completed. Records maintenance will run the script until there are no MAC values of
zero and will maintain the script until the next month. Exceptions to this policy is the Military
Assistance Program (MAP), RID-HM8, 76 stock class. The MAC value of zero (0) is permitted.

2.3.2.5.1.7. (Replaced) Shop/laboratory type equipment (NF2 [ERRC U], BC “9”) with an
established equipment authorization and immediate need may be issued without reimbursement
when received from contract termination without cost to the GSD Stock Fund. This authorization
does not apply to administrative and housekeeping type equipment.

2.3.3.21. (Replaced) Product Improvement. Product improvement supports selecting viable

spares to finance. IIRP offers the AF a way to correct deficiencies, replace obsolete assets, or
introduce, through technology insertion, state-of-the-art components such as LRUs and
SRUs that are stocked, stored, and issued as assets of supply. The IIRP covers both installs and
spares in support of the installed assets. IIRP assets must be a form, fit, and function replacement
for the old asset. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.

2.3.3.21.1.1. (Replaced) Represent Reliability and Maintainability (R&M) improvements,

obsolescence resolution, or safety improvements over the existing items intended for
replacement. Improvements will be verified using appropriate measures of merit (e.g., Mean
Time Between Maintenance, MICAP avoidance, mishap resolution, etc.). Additional
consideration will be given to NSNs associated with the IIRP that may drive savings in a
different NSN.

2.3.3.21.1.2. (Replaced) Show a positive Return on Investment (ROI) over the life of the
candidate’s system if the project driver is economic. If the project driver is safety or
obsolescence, no ROI is required.

2.3.3.21.1.3. (Replaced) Be form, fit, function, and interface compliant with the item intended for
replacement. Although performance or capability improvements cannot be the principal purpose
of IIRP projects, performance or capability enhancements derived as a secondary benefit of the
IIRP improvement(s) are permitted.

2.3.3.21.1.4. (Replaced) Measures of merit will be used to quantify IIRP benefits.

2.3.3.27.2. (Replaced) Requesting organization submits justification letter to LRS Materiel

Management Flight for approval/disapproval. ANG, AFRC and AFSOC units will provide
MAJCOM A4R visibility of the initial issue transaction requests. (T-2).

2.6.7.5.1. (Replaced) For deployments and transfers, details will contain deployment indicators,
and accountability for the items will remain at the home-station. Establish deployment indicators
as follows:

3.2.2.3. (Added) Authorized Locally Procured Equipment. DPAS P-Serialized stock numbers are
used and identified with the character string of “PAFMC” proceeding the Federal Stock Class.
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020
The 6-position serial number will follow the “PAFMC” stock number identifier. Example:
4920PAFMC000001.

3.2.3.1. (Replaced) Originators of LP requests will ensure funding is available, provide a full
description of the requested item, provide required multiple commercial sources as defined by
the FAR and if requested, justification letters through the organization commander or designated
authority. For HAZMAT, the originator must obtain HMMP authorization IAW AFMAN 32-
7002, Environmental Compliance and Pollution Prevention, for the specific hazardous item prior
to procurement. (T-1).

3.2.6. (Replaced) Retail Sales functions (formerly Base Service Store (BSS), Individual
Equipment Element (IEE) and Tool Issue Element (TIE)).

3.2.6.2. (Replaced) When a mandatory source is applicable that source must be used. In the
absence of a mandatory source, the use of the GSA Global Supply and GSA Advantage are the
primary and preferred platforms to purchase Retail Sales items. If GPC is the method of
procurement, ensure compliance with DAFI 64-117, Government Purchase Card Program.
MAJCOMs must obtain approval from AF/A4LR to establish operations in support of Retail
Sales items in ILS-S. (T-1). Note: ARC (Air National Guard and Air Force Reserve Command)
LRS units are allowed to requisition uniform clothing items through Integrated Logistics System-
Supply (ILS-S) in cases of non-availability at Kentucky Logistics Operation Center (KYLOC),
which is the ARC's primary source for ordering standard clothing items.

3.2.6.2.1. (Added) Active Duty and Reserve units when utilizing the Government-wide Purchase
Card (GPC) to make purchases through GSA Advantage or DLA FEDMALL will use the FA
type DoDAAC associated with the cardholder’s profile in Joint Appointment Module (JAM) .
Air National Guard units when utilizing the GPC to make purchases through GSA Advantage or
DLA FEDMALL will use the W type DoDAAC associated with the cardholder’s profile in Joint
Appointment Module (JAM) . Information related to FA or W type DoDAACs can be found at:
https://usaf.dps.mil/teams/11813/Pulse/SitePages/Home.aspx

3.2.6.2.2. (Added) All GPC purchases will use Fund Code 30, except AFR/ANG as directed. Do
not use Fund Code 6C for GPC purchases.

3.2.6.2.3. (Added) Customer must change the shipping address to that of their unit during the
checkout process to ensure the proper delivery of the order and avoid unnecessary delay.

3.2.6.3. (Replaced) Use of Materiel Management IT systems for Retail Sales items is restricted to
T.O. weapon system assets, GSA approved security containers and safes or WRM managed
assets (i.e. BEAR, AGE, FSE, FORCE, ADR etc.). Use of the GPC, GSA Advantage, GSA
Global Supply or other mandatory sources are the primary and preferred method to support
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020
Retail Sales items. MAJCOMs must obtain approval from AF/A4LR to establish operations in
support of Retail Sales items in ILS-S. (T-1). Note: ARC (Air National Guard and Air Force
Reserve Command) LRS units are allowed to requisition uniform clothing items through
Integrated Logistics System-Supply (ILS-S) in cases of non-availability at Kentucky Logistics
Operation Center (KYLOC), which is the ARC's primary source for ordering standard clothing
items.

3.3.3.4. (Added) F-35 Materiel Processing. Autonomic Logistics Information System (ALIS)
receipts are processed in accordance with AFI 24-602, Volume 2. To fulfill deployment taskings,
Unit Type Code training objectives, or home station F-35 operational requirements, 2S0XX
personnel, in the event 2T0XX are unavailable, may perform F-35 receipt processing only with
approval by A4LR Distribution and Vehicle Management Branch.

4.3.2.1. (Replaced) All DIFM monitors will complete Block IIB Repair Cycle online training via
myLearning platform, prior to being appointed in writing by owning organizational commander.
(T-2).

4.3.2.4.2. (Replaced) Base reparable assets assigned to back shops will be returned by the end of
the 10th duty day from the date of issue. (T-2). Note: Failure to return reparable items to LRS in
a timely manner will delay replenishment of serviceable items to the installation. Note: Days are
not counted as issued DIFM days when items are in DIFM status codes AWP, CTR, DWP,
MWI, MWP, PDM, TCG, and TOC. Reference Table 4.1, DIFM Status Codes, AFH 23-123,
Volume 2, Part 1.

4.4.3. (Replaced) Time change item can be submitted and or backordered up to 60 days prior to
the scheduled time change or induction. If the time change item is not received within 10 days
prior to the expected need date, requests can be upgraded to a MICAP-reportable condition. (T-
1).

5.2.1.2.7. (Replaced) Ensure Unit Commanders with assigned individuals as organizational

resource advisors and organizational materiel control personnel complete online training for
Block I, General Materiel Management Indoctrination on myLearning.

5.3.3.1.1. (Replaced) Security of Materiel and Storage. All physical asset management
operations will follow the standards of security of materials and storage locations IAW DoDM
4140.01 and DoDI 5000.64_DAFI 23-111.

5.3.3.1.5. (Replaced) Hazardous Material. These assets will be authorized, input in EESOH-MIS,
and tracked IAW AFMAN 32-7002, Environmental Compliance and Pollution Prevention.

5.3.4.4.1. (Replaced) Supply point reconciliation. Semiannual reconciliations of all supply points
are mandatory. Reconciliations will be performed by Supply Point Monitors. (T-2). Completed
reconciliations will be signed by organizational commander and supply point monitor. The
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020
reconciliation will review items less than authorization, verified excesses, and balance
discrepancies. One of the semiannual reconciliations will be done at the same time as the annual
supply point inventory. Completed inventory will be signed by organizational commander,
supply point supervisor and supply point monitor. Unit monitor will file and maintain the
following signed documents until superseded, appointment letter, semiannual reconciliations,
and inventory. Documentation must be part of file plan.

5.3.7.1.5. (Added) Ensure disposal and demilitarization requirements of used Bench Stock items
are processed in accordance with paragraph 6.3 of this instruction. (T-1). Note: Qualifying
items placed on Bench Stock could have unique demilitarization requirements and using
organizations are responsible for appropriate disposal.

5.3.7.2.1. (Replaced) Complete Supply Customer Training, Block I (General Supply

Indoctrination) and Block IIA ( Bench Stock Management) by accessing online training modules
via myLearning, https://lms-jets.cce.af.mil/moodle/ or by following the tree path in the website:
Home>Courses>Air force>My Learning>Air education and Training Command
(AETC)>Supply Customer Training.

5.3.8.1.1. (Replaced) Assets will be maintained per AFJMAN 23-210, and DoDM 4140.27,
Volume 1 and 2, and TO’s: 11D1-3- 11-1, Operators Manual, Individual Equipment Decon Kit,
M295; 11H2-14-5-1, Operating Instructions, Paper, Chemical Agent, M8; 11H2-2-21, Operators
Manual, Paper, Chemical Agent Detector, M9; 14P3-1-131, Operation and Maintenance
Instructions with IPB, Aircrew Chemical-Defense Ensemble; 14P3-11-141, Operation and
Maintenance Instructions, Chemical Protective Ensemble; 14P4-1-151, Chemical-Biological
Canisters and Filter Element; 14P4-15-1, Operator Instructions, Mask, Chemical Biological,
Land Warrior, M45; 14P4-18-2, Unit Maintenance Manual For Mask, Chemical Biological,
Land Warrior, M45; 14P4-20-1, Mask, Chemical Biological, Joint Service Purpose Field, XM50,
TO 33A4-7-10-1, Operator’s Manual v3.0 for Tester, Leakage, Protective Mask: M46 (Joint
Service Mask Leakage Tester [JSMLT]), TM 10-8470-208-10, Technical Manual Operator
Manual for Improved Outer Tactical Vest (IOTV), and TM 10-8470-208-24&P, Technical
Manual Field and Sustainment Maintenance Manual for Interceptor Body Armor System, for
shipment, movement, inspection, and storage of Enhanced Small Arms Protective Insert and Side
Plates. (T-0).
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020
Table 5.1. (Replaced) Individual Protective Equipment Stock Levels.
Sustainment M50 SA/LW
Location Authorization Level A-Bag B-Bag C-Bag
Group Mask Accessory

Group 1 OCONUS All Military Authorizations 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
and Civ/Cont Emergency
Essential Personnel
Group 2 OCONUS (For Overseas Use Only) 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Group 3 CONUS All AW / DW P-Codes and 100% 25% 100% 100% 100%
Percent of Institutional
Group 4 CONUS 60% 25% 100% 100% 100%
Forces Based on Historical
Group 5 CONUS Tasking 60% 25% 100% 100% 100%
Differences between AFI 10-403 defined Worst Case Scenario (WCS) and stock maintained
Strat Reserve
at Low Threat Area LRS/IPEEs
Note 1: MAJCOMS may authorize additional, but not less, equipment by increasing stock level percentages based on
historical tasking or expected tasking as the baseline. MAJCOMs must provide justification for increased stock level
percentages to the Enterprise Manager (EM) for approval. MAJCOMs may not authorize additional equipment for UTC
Posture Codes not listed in AFI 10-403 Worst Case Scenario (WCS) computation for installation single most stringent
deployment requirement without coordination and approval of the EM.
Note 2: A and B-Bag contents are located in Tables 5.2, 5.3, and 5.4.
Note 3: C-Bag contents are specified in AFI 10-2501. If an A-Bag is not issued then a load carriage belt and hydration
system will be issued with the C-Bag.
Note 4: Red Horse units will maintain a 100% Stock Level per AFI 10-209
Note 5: The EM may authorize increased stock levels in order to support approved Home Station Use requirements.
Note 6: SA/LW Accessory authorizations are based off SA/LW authorizations. The EM stocks SA/LW accessories to
support LRS managed weapons. Equipment authorizations/stock levels are prescribed per Figure 5.1
Note 7: CWDE Training Gear will be authorized no lower than 60% AW / DW P-Code positions and no higher than 100%
MILPERS for all Sustainment Groups. MAJCOMs must provide justification for increased stock level percentages above
100% AW / DW P-Code positions to the EM for approval. Training Basis of Issue as referenced in AFI 10-2501, Table 9.3
Note 8: AFCENT authorizations can deviate from stock level percentages listed above based on historical taskings.
Note 9: M50 Joint Purpose General Service Mask: The EM may authorize increased stock levels in order to support
validated operational, training, and sustainment requirements.
Note 10: AFRC and ANG may reduce Joint First Aid Kits stock level to 40%, if required.

5.3.8.4. (Deleted)

5.3.9.5.1.2. (Replaced) General Officers must out-process and in-process with the host APO to
transfer the GO PDW property record or process disposition actions for retirement. (T-1).
General Officers should immediately in-process with the gaining EAE so they may establish the
local Sub-Custodian Number or Investment items/Direct AF EEIC 638 O&M items. (T-1). Refer
to DAFMAN 23-122 for exclusions.

5.4.2.1.2.3. (Replaced) Review other services Local Purchase Waiver Request in accordance
with Joint Regulation AMC-R 700-99, NAVSUPINST 4740.7, DoDM 4140.68, MCO PRR10-
22C, Wholesale Inventory Management and Logistics Support of Multiservice Used
Nonconsumable Items. (T-1).
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

5.4.3.1. (Replaced) Accountable Property Records. DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 4, and DoDI
5000.64_DAFI 23-111 establishes policy requirement for DoD agencies regarding government
owned assets/equipment. The DoD has an obligation to safeguard property from theft, abuse,
waste, and unauthorized use. All persons entrusted with the management of Government
property shall possess and continually demonstrate an appropriate level of competence and
proficiency in property accountability and management. These personnel may be held financially
liable for property lost, destroyed, or damaged because of their mismanagement or negligence
while in their use, care, or custody.

5.4.3.1.1. (Replaced) Accountable property records will be kept current and shall provide a
complete trail of all transactions, suitable for audit i.e., a transaction-based history of asset
activity. (T-1). Accountable property records shall reflect current status and location, until
disposition of property. (T-1). Note: Special RDT&E procedures are located in DAFMAN 23-
122, Materiel Management Procedures.

5.4.3.1.2. (Replaced) Equipment not requiring accountable property management. Equipment

items that do not require accountable property records are assigned Equipment Management
Code (EMC) 1, as applicable. Non-accountable equipment may be included in Authorization IDs
but as a general rule do not require accountable property records. EMC 1 equipment that does
require EAID accounting includes the following items:

5.4.3.1.3. (Replaced) Equipment accounts will be inventoried a minimum of annually. (T-1).

Date of Last Inventory field must be updated in the month inventory was completed. (T-1).
CA/CRL or DPAS Custodian Inventory Reports will be signed by custodian(s) (e.g., unit
commanders, appointed alternate custodians) using original or digital Controlled Access Card
(CAC) signature, within 15 workdays. (T-1). Note: Due to using organization’s decentralized
use of equipment, accounts are considered delinquent when the APSR is not updated within the
same month as when the inventory was initiated.

5.4.3.1.4. (Deleted)

5.4.3.3.3. (Replaced) EAEs will assign serial numbers to applicable items if a physical serial
number is not available or identified upon notification from the custodial organization. (T-1).
These items will require reconciliation with custodians to ensure the enumeration or creation of a
correct serial number for the item. EAEs will manage the central log for serial numbers capturing
all items requiring a serial number for management within DPAS. (T-2). Do not reuse serial
numbers and only assign one serial number to an item. Items with erroneous serial numbers
resulting from the incorrect Asset Management Code (e.g., A - ITM, B - BULK) assignment
during the initial migration into DPAS will remain “as is” until system capabilities are available
to resolve the discrepancies. EAE will assign a 13-position serial numbers as follows:

5.4.3.3.3. (Replaced) EAEs will assign serial numbers to applicable items if a physical serial
number is not available or identified upon notification from the custodial organization. (T-1).
These items will require reconciliation with custodians to ensure the enumeration or creation of a
correct serial number for the item. EAEs will manage the central log for serial numbers capturing
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

all items requiring a serial number for management within DPAS. (T-2). Do not reuse serial
numbers and only assign one serial number to an item. Items with erroneous serial numbers
resulting from the incorrect Asset Management Code (e.g., A - ITM, B - BULK) assignment
during the initial migration into DPAS will remain “as is” until system capabilities are available
to resolve the discrepancies. EAE will assign a 13-position serial numbers as follows:

5.4.3.8.3. (Added) COMSEC Nonexpendable Equipment Installed on Aircraft.

5.4.3.8.3.1. (Added) COMSEC Equipment items installed on aircraft will be recorded on a

Maintenance or Operations equipment account if not included in -21 TOs as defined in AFI 21-
103. (T-1). These items are considered fixed or installed components and are parts of the basic
aerospace vehicle needed for normal operations.

5.4.3.8.3.2. (Added) Orders for replacement assets will use normal support equipment sourcing
procedures.

5.4.3.8.3.2.1. (Added) Deployed/Off-Station aircraft. When the aircraft requires a replacement

asset an approved backorder will be placed at the aircraft’s homestation and include a
supplementary address DODAAC for the recovery location.

5.4.3.8.3.3. (Added) The LRS Equipment Accountability Element will:

5.4.3.8.3.3.1. (Added) Process the backorder.

5.4.3.8.3.3.2. (Added) Contact the 735th SCOG at ([email protected]) for

request to expedite the release and movement of the required asset; include the document number
and tail number of the aircraft requiring the asset.

5.4.3.8.3.3.3. (Added) The removed unserviceable asset will follow return procedures IAW with
DAFMAN 23-122, Materiel Management. (T-1).

5.4.3.8.3.3.4. (Added) Installed items will be inventoried in accordance with all applicable
inventory frequency rules. (T-1).

5.4.4. (Replaced) Equipment Authorization Standards-Issue and Control.

5.4.4.1. (Replaced) Basis of Issue. The Basis of Issue for Authorization IDs is normally the
maximum quantity for nonexpendable items which may be authorized. Basis of Issue for funded
(BC “9”) equipment are advisory only and are not restricted to the identified users. Note: The
commander/designated representative are authorized to exceed the Basis of Issue in weapons
system support Authorization IDs if the prime authorization is base funded (BC “9”). Base funds
cannot be used to procure alpha budget coded items.

5.4.4.2. (Replaced) Authorization ID Standard Items. Authorization IDs normally list the master
item in the Interchangeable and Substitute Group. All prime authorization records will reflect the
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

stock number prescribed in the Authorization ID. (T-1). A prime NSN will not be substituted for
another prime and will require a new authorization request. (T-1).

5.4.4.4. (Replaced) Nonexpendable Items. Generally, only nonexpendable items will be listed in
Authorization IDs (expendable items may be listed for the user's information). Personnel may
request quantities of expendable items that exceed the Basis of Issue in applicable Authorization
IDs, except for specialized tools, personal retention and survival items, components of bench
sets, and WRM.

5.4.4.5. (Replaced) Individual Basis of Issue for AETC requirements will not be cited in
Authorization IDs due to variation in student loads, duration of courses and other variable factors
which preclude identity of fixed authorizations. The Basis of Issue cited for AETC use is one per
instructional group. An instructional group is the maximum number of students whose training
may be accomplished using one set of course related support equipment.

5.4.7.6.2. (Replaced) The Small Arms Program Office (SAPO) is responsible for managing the
GO PDW program and will coordinate actions with A1/DPG, AF-REG, NGBGOMO, AF/A4LR,
the gunsmith shop for repair of legacy M9s in active General Officer’s possession, and 78 CPTS
as appropriate. (T-1). SAPO will:

5.4.7.6.3. (Replaced) Logistics Readiness Squadrons (LRS) or Materiel Management Activities.

The LRS or Materiel Management Activity Accountable Property Officer (APO) is responsible
for General Officer Personal Defensive Weapon property records. Customer Service Support
sections will perform the day-to-day activities for local actions and will:

5.4.7.6.3.1. (Replaced) Manage and account for all General Officer (GO) Personal Defensive
Weapons (PDW) within the host Accountable Property Officer’s (APO) Accountable – Unit
Identification Code (A-UIC). (T-1).

5.4.7.6.3.1.1. (Added) The Custodian Number will reside within the LRS or Materiel
Management Activity Unit Identification Code (UIC) as “GOPDW”. (T-1). Note: Do not use the
number “0” for “GO”. EAE will serve as the custodian for this Custodian Number and will
reflect in the Custodian Number Name (e.g., 86 LRS/LGRMCE).

5.4.7.6.3.1.2. (Added) Utilize Sub-Custodian Numbers to identify individuals authorized to

possess a GO PDW. (T-1). The Sub-Custodian Number will constitute the last six (6) positions
of the member’s Electronic Data Interchange – Personal Identifier (EDI-PI) to directly associate
the GO to the account and serial number. Identify the owning GO as the Sub-Custodian for the
account. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.3.1.3. (Added) The member’s EDI-PI will serve as an internal control and system
identifier for authentication and accountability measures in support of DoDM 5100.76, Physical
Security of Sensitive Conventional Arms, Ammunition, and Explosives (AA&E), Enclosure 5. (T-
0).
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

5.4.7.6.3.1.4. (Added) Utilize Location “GOPDW” to identify in-service GO PDW property

records. (T-1). Note: Do not use the number “0” for “GO.”

5.4.7.6.3.1.5. (Added) Annotate the GOs name in the sub-location field (e.g., Last Name, First
Name). (T-1).

5.4.7.6.3.1.6. (Added) General Officer Executive Officers may serve as the GO’s Alternate
Custodian. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.3.1.7. (Added) Utilize Location “VAULT” to identify in-warehouse GO PDW property

records. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.3.2. (Replaced) Requisition GO PDWs for individuals authorized by the AFMC Small
Arms Program Office (SAPO). Utilize the AFMC SAPO notification memorandum as the
confirmation of approval. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.3.3. (Replaced) Maintain all pertinent documentation for the weapon digitally against the
GO PDW property record. (T-1). Note: Master Jacket Files and organizational visits are not
required for in-service GO PDWs.

5.4.7.6.3.4. (Replaced) Coordinate inventory counts with the General Officer or member’s
Executive Officer. Inventory counts will occur during the base-level semiannual (February and
August) inventory. (T-1). Monthly inventories are not required for General Officer PDWs.

5.4.7.6.3.5. (Added) Create and update GO PDW property records to include acceptance,
transfer, and disposition. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.4. (Replaced) General Officers. General Officers are responsible for the safe storage,
use/serviceability, and accountability of personal defensive weapons in their possession. (T-0).
General Officers will:

5.4.7.6.4.1. (Replaced) Comply with the General Officer Handbook pertaining to all GO PDW
requirements. (T-0).

5.4.7.6.4.2. (Replaced) Maintain an administrative file of all information and documentation

regarding the GO PDW. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.4.3. (Replaced) Participate in the performance of scheduled and unscheduled inventory

counts to reaffirm accountability and location of the GO PDW. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.4.4. (Replaced) Notify EAEs of upcoming relocation or separation from service occurring
before the next scheduled inventory count. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.4.5. (Added) Process (in-/out-) with the host APO during all relocations to ensure the
proper transitory actions of the property record. (T-1).
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

5.4.7.6.4.6. (Added) Possess only one (1) in-service PDW. GOs must return excess weapons to
the host APO or purchase the weapon from the Air Force upon approval from AFMC/A4. (T-0).

5.4.7.6.5. (Replaced) Initial Issue of the GO PDW. The General Officer will submit an initial
issue request (attachment 1 of the General Officer Handbook) to their General Office
Management Office (GOMO). (T-1). Initial issue requests will not be accepted nor approved if
the member is within 12 months of their ETS or approved retirement date.

5.4.7.6.5.1. (Added) EAEs create a Sub-Custodian Number against the APO’s GOPDW
Custodian Number for the General Officer upon notification of approval from the Small Arms
Program Office.

5.4.7.6.5.2. (Added) EAEs ensure the Sub-Custodian Number matches the last six (6) digits of
the General’s Electronic Data Interchange – Personal Identifier (EDI-PI) to authenticate the
account and serial number to the member. (T-2).

5.4.7.6.5.3. (Added) EAEs requisition the initial issue of the GO PDW in APSR against the item
record. (T-1). Do not create a 201-detail for this action.

5.4.7.6.5.3.1. (Added) EAEs create the requisition using National Stock Number 1005-01-661-
7309 (includes 1 x M18 MHS, 2 x additional grip modules, and 2 x 17-round magazines). (T-1).

5.4.7.6.5.3.2. (Added) Air Force General Officers will receive support and initial issue of
additional GO PDW accessories through their assigned organization or host organizations for
GOs in non-AF positions. (e.g., Government Purchase Card, organization funds).

5.4.7.6.5.4. (Added) EAEs will process the GO PDW receipt in the APSR and immediately
transfer the item to the DPAS Sub-Custodian Number of the General Officer. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.5.4.1. (Added) EAEs process an ILS-S receipt transaction using Transaction Exception
Code 8 to the item record.

5.4.7.6.5.4.2. (Added) EAEs process an A2A transaction. Ensure the reconciling and routing of
all document control and derivative records within the ILS- S processes.

5.4.7.6.5.5. (Added) EAEs will receive the property into DPAS onto the GOs Sub-Custodian
Number. The GO must sign and return the initial DPAS Inventory Report to EAE within five (5)
workdays of receiving the weapon to establish personal accountability for the weapon. (T-1).
These documents may be digitally signed, formatted, and presented in pdf file.

5.4.7.6.5.5.1. (Added) EAEs establish local processes to manage the physical movement and
arrival of the GO PDW to the installation.

5.4.7.6.5.5.2. (Added) EAEs use two (2) forms of identification in accordance with DoDI
1000.30, Reduction of Social Security Number (SSN) Use within DoD to authenticate the
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

member to the EDI-PI associated to the Sub-Custodian Number and PDW serial number prior to
release. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.5.6. (Added) EAEs upload all documents to the appropriate property record after
confirming information is correct. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.6. (Replaced) General Officer Relocations. General Officers must out-process and in-
process with the host APO to transfer the GO PDW property record or process disposition
actions for retirement. (T-1). General Officers should immediately in-process with the gaining
EAE so they may establish the local Sub-Custodian Number.

5.4.7.6.6.1. (Added) EAEs will coordinate transfer of accountability to nearest servicing LRS
upon notification of a GO reassignment. (T-1). Contact the 440 SCOS for assistance if
necessary.

5.4.7.6.6.2. (Added) The losing EAE will transfer the appropriate GO PDW property record to
the gaining APO’s A-UIC. (T-1). Transfer the property record to the gaining A-UIC’s WHSE
Custodian Number if no GOPDW Custodian Number exists.

5.4.7.6.6.3. (Added) The gaining EAE will accept the transfer onto the APO’s GOPDW
Custodian Number. (T-1). Create a GOPDW Custodian Number if one does not exist and
transfer the property record from the WHSE Custodian Number to the GO’s Sub-Custodian
Number.

5.4.7.6.6.4. (Added) The gaining EAE will upload all appropriate documentation to the GO
PDW property record. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.7. (Added) General Officer PDW Disposition. General Officers must pursue disposition
actions upon retirement from active service. (T-1). Members should perform this action no later
than 90 days prior to their retirement date.

5.4.7.6.7.1. (Added) General Officers have the option to purchase their issued GO PDW or return
back to inventory.

5.4.7.6.7.2. (Added) EAEs process a DPAS disposition transaction as a “sale” for the weapon
upon confirmation and receipt of payment. Upload the documentation to the property record
before inactivating the file.

5.4.7.6.7.3. (Added) EAEs process a DPAS transfer for the GO PDW property record from the
GO’s Sub- Custodian Number to the IPE weapons account. Maintain the weapon in the armory
until redistribution by SAPO.

5.4.7.6.8. (Added) General Officer PDW Property Record Validation. The Small Arms Program
Office (SAPO) and LRS or Materiel Management Activity will perform a monthly property
record validation of all GO PDW Custodian Number accounts. (T-1).
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

5.4.7.6.8.1. (Added) SAPO will produce a GO PDW report during the first duty week of each
month identifying all AF GOs issued a GO PDW. (T-1). The report contains the General
Officer’s name, issued Serial Number, issue date, and current assigned location.

5.4.7.6.8.1.1. (Added) SAPO will post the GO PDW report on the Air Force Logistics Readiness
Equipment Policy SharePoint Site in the GO PDW folder. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.8.1.2. (Added) EAEs can download the report from the SharePoint site and perform the
validation to the appropriate GO PDW property records.

5.4.7.6.8.2. (Added) SAPO utilizes the report to confirm the creation or disposition of property
records for approved issues and purchases of GO PDWs.

5.4.7.6.8.3. (Added) EAEs utilizes the report to validate the organizational data elements are
current against the Custodian and Sub-Custodian Numbers for in-warehouse and in-service GO
PDWs (e.g., assigned unit, location, member full name, PDW serial number, disposition date, all
contact information, etc.).

5.4.7.6.8.4. (Added) EAEs will complete GO PDW validation actions within two calendar weeks
from the report production date. Retain the working copy GO PDW report until superseded by
the subsequent month report. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.8.5. (Added) SAPO and EAEs will collaborate on property record resolutions as
necessary (e.g., documentation). (T-1).

5.4.9.2.2. (Replaced) Other services requesting LP Waiver Request. Refer to Joint Regulation
AMC-R 700-99, NAVSUPINST 4740.7, DoDM 4140.68, MCO PRR10-22C, Wholesale
Inventory Management and Logistics Support of Multiservice Used Nonconsumable Items.”

5.4.10.2.2. (Replaced) Other services requesting LR Waiver Request. Refer to Joint Regulation
AMC-R 700-99, NAVSUPINST 4740.7, DoDM 4140.68, MCO PRR10-22C, “Wholesale
Inventory Management and Logistics Support of Multiservice Used Nonconsumable Items.”

5.5.3.3. (Replaced) Prepare Classified and NWRM Authorization Receipt Listings provided by
the LRS APO and distribute for signatures in accordance with AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).

5.4.11. (Added) Requisition Management.

5.4.11.1. (Added) The 440 SCOS will perform management and oversight of equipment
requisitions within the DPAS Inventory Control Point (ICP) Module. (T-1). The 440 SCOS will:

5.4.11.1.1. (Added) Manage requisition status for support equipment utilizing DPAS ICP
module. (T-1).
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

5.4.11.1.2. (Added) Coordinate with equipment item managers and host EAEs to resolve
problems and discrepancies as appropriate. (T-1).

5.4.11.1.3. (Added) Monitor DPAS ICP requisition status daily and take all appropriate actions
to resolve problem requisitions. (T-1). Refer to General MILSTRIP Status Codes and
explanations found in DLM 4000.25 and AFH 23-123, Volume 2, Part 1. Note: ILS-S exception
codes are not applicable to DPAS ICP requisition processes.

5.4.11.1.4. (Added) Ensure equipment requisition requests are within authorized quantities. 440
SCOS personnel review requisitions within two duty day of submission. (T-1). Authorization
requests pending approval or requiring upload to FSM are not valid justifications for approving
and creating an equipment requisition. (T-1).

5.4.11.1.5. (Added) Monitor DPAS ICP requisitions for priority abuse daily. (T-1). Ensure
requisitions do not possess priorities above the requesting organization’s Force Activity
Designator (FAD) Code and Urgency of Need Designator (UND) combination. (T-1). 440 SCOS
personnel will immediately cancel all requisitions with incorrect FAD codes and notify the
supporting EAE or equal to resubmit the equipment requisition request with the organization’s
approved FAD. (T-1).

5.4.11.1.6. (Added) Monitor the weekly 404 SCMS Invalid Backorder List daily. (T-1). Cancel
all unauthorized organization requisitions within one week from the date of the report. (T-1).

5.4.11.2. (Added) LRS/Materiel Management Activities will:

5.4.11.2.1. (Added) Utilize DPAS ICP module to requisition Procurement Source Code (PSC) 5
general support equipment assets. (T-1). Note: Utilize ILS-S for non-PSC 5 requisitions.

5.4.11.2.2. (Added) Process stock number inquiry in DPAS prior to requisitioning equipment.
Take note of NSN acquisition advice codes and any special ordering instructions reflected in the
DPAS catalog record’s remarks field (e.g., When Exhausted Use) and take appropriate actions.

5.4.11.3. (Added) Customer Support Section will:

5.4.11.3.1. (Added) Provide a monthly DPAS requisition listing to custodians for review of
current requisitions and statuses. (T-1).

5.4.11.3.2. (Added) Process requisition updates upon request by appointed custodians. (T-1).

5.4.11.3.3. (Added) Monitor ship status and take the following action for requisitions with ship
status older than 30 days (T-1):

5.4.11.3.3.1. (Added) Export a list of requisitions from DPAS Inventory Control Point (ICP)
every two weeks identifying ship status dates older than 30 days. (T-1).
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

5.4.11.3.3.2. (Added) Contact custodians to confirm if identified property was delivered and
create a duplicate document if necessary. (T-1).

5.4.11.3.4. (Added) Forward copy of DPAS ICP listing to Cargo Movement as a Transportation
Tracer Listing (TTL). (T-1). Cargo Movement will perform research and provide TTL
statements in accordance with AFI 24-602, Volume 2.

5.4.11.3.4.1. (Added) Presume the equipment as lost if Cargo Movement confirms “Received or
in file (date).” Process a receipt onto the LRS warehouse account and begin actions to research
and resolve lost property. (T-1).

5.4.11.3.4.2. (Added) Take no action if Cargo Movement confirms “Updated shipment status”
indicating the property has not arrived. (T-1).

5.4.11.3.4.3. (Added) Contact the Item Manager or the Source of Supply/shipping activity to
provide status if Cargo Movement indicates 1) there is no evidence or proof of a shipment and 2)
tracer action cannot be performed. (T-1).

5.4.11.3.4.4. (Added) Take no action and await TDR results if Cargo Movement confirms “TO
tracing” indicating Cargo Movement submitted a TDR. (T-1). TDR results should not exceed 30
calendar days in accordance with the Defense Transportation Regulation, Part II. (T-0).

5.4.11.3.4.5. (Added) Cargo movement will attach the TDR to the TTL and annotate “DD
361/Message attached” when a reply to a TDR is received indicating the shipment was lost in the
transportation channels or if a TDR is unanswered. Cancel the requisition for lost property and
create new requisition in DPAS. (T-1). File the TTL and TDR until the re-requisitioned property
is received. (T-1).

5.4.11.5. (Added) Document Control will:

5.4.11.5.1. (Added) Monitor DPAS ICP for equipment which has been received and is awaiting
pickup and/or delivery to organizational custodians. (T-1). Refer to the DPAS Document Control
(Receipts) User Guide.

5.4.11.5.2. (Added) Follow-up to mitigate delinquent documents. (T-2).

5.4.11.5.3. (Added) In-bound shipping documents (i.e., DD Form 1348-1A,

Commercial/Government Bills of Lading, etc.) may be accepted in lieu of an ILS-S DOR as a
confirmation of delivered property. (T-1).

5.4.11.5.4. (Added) Ensure the shipping document is signed by the appointed organizational
custodian and clear the DPAS document control record accordingly. (T-1).

5.5.3.3. (Replaced) Prepare Classified and NWRM Authorization Receipt Listings provided by
the LRS APO and distribute for signatures in accordance with DAFMAN 23-122. (T-1).
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

Table 5.6. (Replaced) Inventory Frequency

Items in DIFM status (DIFM assets will be inventoried by the maintenance DIFM monitors Quarterly
and warehouse personnel).

Unserviceable materiel in storage on R920 Details will be inventoried by warehouse Quarterly

personnel ensuring 100% accountability.
Note: Each quarter warehouse personnel will retrieve the Repair Cycle Asset Management
List (D23/NGV905). Personnel will manually record balance found in each warehouse
location and then post to the Repair Cycle Asset Management List, Part 2. Once complete
listing will be signed and dated by the inventorying personnel. Warehouse will maintain the
inventory in file until then next quarter.

Classified (to include NWRM, CCI/COMSEC and SRC-C items) Semiannual (March/April) and
Controlled item codes A thru H, K, L, O, S, and T (September/October)

Sensitive (including CCI/COMSEC and SRCC items) Semiannual (March/April) and

Controlled item codes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, Q, R, and $ (September/October)

Base Level SA/LW Semiannual

Note: Individual units are responsible for conducting monthly inventories for daily in use (February and August)
weapons.
General Officer Personal Defense Weapons Semiannual
Note: Applies to General Officer serialized weapons (February and August)

RSP, MSK, WRM Annual/within 10 days of return from

Note: Fuels Support Equipment and Basic Expeditionary Airfield Resource activities, deployment or transfer/loaned from
managing WRM in serialized sealed containers, may physically inventory by approved another unit (in conjunction with RSP
container seal serial number on a three-year cycle, only when seal is undisturbed. personnel)

Items in Due-Out to Maintenance status (assets inducted into depot maintenance and Annual
accounted for by D035K will be inventoried by AFSC personnel).
Recoverable (XD/XF), Consumable (XB), Pilferable, SPRAM Annual

Equipment in Warehouse (Other than Classified & Sensitive) Annual

Equipment In-Use including Classified, COMSEC and Sensitive other than weapons. Annual
Note: DOLIs for deployed equipment will not be updated until equipment is returned from
deployment and inventoried.

Supply Point Annual

Note: At GSUs, supply point inventories will be conducted by the GSU. The LRS will
accomplish an inventory every three years.

Individual Protective Equipment (IPE) Annual (not to exceed 12 months

Note: IPE training purposes only items are inventoried every two years. between inventories)

Notes: All inventories will be performed using floor-to-book/book-to-floor method.

Inventories frequencies are based on the highest item classification.

5.7. (Replaced) Physical Inventory and Adjustments. Inventories and inventory adjustments of
all property held by AF activities, to include Materiel Management activities, will be conducted
as provided in this section and as outlined in AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).
5.7.1. (Replaced) Purpose, Requirements, and Methods.
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

5.7.1.1. (Replaced) PICP AF Materiel Management Activity storage facilities will maintain a
Physical Inventory Control Program per DoDM 4140.01, DLM 4000.25-2, DoDI 5000.64 to
provide for the economical stewardship of DoD and AF materiel system. (T-0).
5.7.2. (Replaced) Inventory frequency.
5.7.2.1. (Added) The frequency of inventory counts is specified based upon category of item. All
materiel management and equipment items, in storage or in use, will be subject to inventory
count as follows: (T-1).
5.7.3.1.1. (Added) Overdue Date of Last Inventory (DOLIs). DOLIs are monitored by HQ
AF/A4LR monthly. MAJCOMs must provide responses to AF/A4LR for the following questions
for all overdue DOLIs by the 20th of each month or the following workday when the 20th falls
on a non-workday: 1. Reason for overdue DOLIs. 2. Course of action to reconcile overdue
DOLIs. 3. Overdue DOLI preventive measures to be taken for future months. (T-1).

5.7.3.2. (Added) The overall goal for inventory accuracy is 98%. This aggregate goal, as well as
the sub-goals below, do not change the requirement for 100% accountability of classified and
sensitive items.
5.7.3.2.1. (Added) The goal for items with a unit cost greater than or equal to $1,000 is 99%.
5.7.3.2.2. (Added) The goal for items with a unit cost less than $1,000 is 95%.
5.7.5.2.2. (Replaced) Units will submit DAF 679, DAF Publication Compliance Item Waiver
Request/Approval, to suspend or delay inventories beyond the current fiscal year with
appropriate justification to their respective MAJCOM/A4R. AF/A4LR is the final approval
authority for such requests. (T-1).

5.7.5.3. (Added) On a monthly basis, M-Flight leadership will ensure that the Customer Support
Section is actively researching, tracing, and resolving overdue shipments on the Status Shipped
Detail Record (211 detail) in coordination with TMO, IAW processes in AFMAN 23-122 and
AFH 23-123 Volume 2, Part 3. (T-1).

5.7.7.2. (Deleted).

5.7.8.1. (Replaced) The dollar value for automatic inventory adjustment, computed by
multiplying the adjusted quantity by the MAC, is within the following limits:
5.7.10. (Replaced) Inventory adjustment approval, certification, and reporting.
5.7.10.1. (Replaced) Approval/Authentication of inventory adjustments. All inventory
adjustments that do not qualify for automatic adjustment will be approved by the Materiel
Management Flight Commander/Chief or equivalent prior to processing the adjustment.
Approval requires verification for all inventory post count validation and pre-adjustment
research actions have been completed.
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

5.7.10.2. (Added) Inventory Certification. Causative research, analysis, and other inventory
adjustment and discrepancy trend data will be used to monitor the integrity of base resource
management processes. This analysis will be presented to the LRS Commander (or equivalent)
along with the M10/M32 (or equivalent) and all requisite supporting documentation for review,
approval, and signature.
5.7.10.3. (Added) Reporting. The LRS Commander (or equivalent in other materiel management
activities) will report inventory adjustments for all classified and sensitive items regardless of
cost, and all other monthly inventory adjustments greater than $5,000 to their respective
MAJCOM/A4R NLT the 10th of each month. The LRS Commander (or equivalent in other
materiel management activities) will ensure this report addresses the following areas: 1.
Summary of the adjustments made. 2. Research that was undertaken prior to the adjustment. 3.
Preventive measures to be taken for future months to prevent similar occurrences. The
MAJCOM/A4R will in turn provide copies of these reports, along with any amplifying notes
regarding trends, corrective actions, or other inputs to AFMC/A4R and AF/A4LR NLT the 20th
of each month, IAW paragraph 1.3.3.7. of this instruction.

5.8.3.1.1. (Replaced) All SPRAM requirements will be forwarded from the EAE to the
MAJCOM FAM. MAJCOM FAM will forward approved SPRAM requests to the Lead
Command FAM for final approval with a statement of unit/MAJCOM funding availability for
the requested items. Once MAJCOM FAM receives Lead Command FAM approval with
supporting documentation, the MAJCOM FAM will forward a copy of approval documentation
to EAE and notify the supported activity to requisition the asset.

5.9.6.1. (Replaced) COSIS Inspection Program. The Chief Inspector will conduct an overall
COSIS inspection for each warehouse IAW AFMAN 23-125, Table 1. The Chief Inspector will
schedule, conduct, and provide reports of the COSIS inspection program. Copies of the COSIS
inspection report will be provided to the inspected activity to accomplish corrective actions.

5.9.6.2. (Replaced) Inspection personnel will then perform a follow-up inspection within 10 days
to ensure discrepancies were corrected. These discrepancies will be briefed to the LRS APO or
designee until resolution. Forward copies of COSIS reports to LRS/QA.

5.9.7.5. (Replaced) Condition. Serviceable property will be accompanied with condition

paperwork (DD Form 1574/-1 is acceptable certification if signed or stamped by a Federal
Aviation Agency approved repair facility or contractor forms (i.e., Federal Aviation Agency
Form 8130-3, Authorized Release Certificate, Air Worthiness Approval Tag, Certificate of
Conformance, European Aviation Safety Agency Form 1, Authorized Release Certificate, Joint
Aviation Authority (JAA) Form One, Authorized Release Certificate, Transportation Canada
Civil Aviation (TCAA) Form One, Authorized Release Certificate, etc.). This includes the
inspector’s name/signature or the inspector’s stamp certifying the condition of the asset on the
outside of the container. If condition paperwork is not located on the outside of the container, but
the item is properly identified, and no suspected damage is apparent; the accompanied DD
1348/1A will suffice as condition paperwork (Note: For Federal Aviation Agency certified
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

aircraft reparable spares, the DD 1348/1A will not suffice as condition paperwork on its own;
Federal Aviation Agency Form 8130-3 or international equivalent form is mandatory). The DD
1348/1A must be affixed to the outside container (packing slip) for tracing purposes. No further
labeling/tagging or opening containers are required. Exception: Bulk assets will be stenciled
when appropriate. When supplies are stenciled, standard required data contained on the DD
Forms 1574/-1(i.e., bulk items) will be used. (T-2).

5.9.8.11.1. (Replaced) Applicable to AF bases. Items requiring modifications which change their
form, fit, or function will be assigned Numeric Parts Preference Code (NPPC) 4 or TCTO flag
with DD Form 1576 tag or DD Form 1576 label.

6.3.1.1. (Replaced) DoDM 4160.21, Volume 2 and DoDM 4160.28, Volume 1, implements the
requirements of the Federal Property Management Regulation (FPMR), as it applies to the
disposition of excess and surplus materiel. DoDM 4160.28 directs DoD components to complete
initial Defense Demilitarization Program Courses (Defense Demilitarization Program Course,
DoD DEMIL Awareness Training, and DoD DEMIL Certifier/Verifier Training) and annual
Defense DEMIL Program Refresher Course developed by the DoD Demil Program Manager and
posted at https://www.dla.mil/Working-With-DLA/Federal-and-International-Cataloging/DE
MIL-Coding/DEMIL-Training. (T-0).

7.1. (Replaced) Overview. This chapter establishes guidance on the administration and use of the
Integrated Logistics System – Supply (ILS-S) and Defense Property Accountability System
(DPAS). The policy described in this section is applicable to ILS-S except where explicitly
excluded. Specific procedures to create and maintain user accounts within ILS-S are addressed in
AFH 23-123, Volume 2. DPAS is the Accountable Property System of Record (APSR) for
support equipment. Specific procedures for the user account and processing are found in the
DPAS training guides located on the HAF SharePoint.

7.2.3.6. (Replaced) Base Level. The Base Project Officer is designated by the using
organization's commander to be responsible for coordinating all on-site activities of a particular
MMHS/SAS and local re-warehousing project. The Base Project Officer will be part of the using
activity and be fully involved with project development and throughout completion. This
includes accountable oversight of re-warehoused assets as outlined in DAFMAN 23-122, re-
warehousing project management.

7.5.2. (Replaced) Controlled Access. A high degree of control over the ILS-S system and data
access to logistics data is warranted due to security and proprietary data issues. ILS-S has several
security features that will lock user accounts and render the account inaccessible. Accounts will
only be unlocked after positive identification is made in person with a CAC, a digitally signed
email or use of the Telephone Challenge Word. The authentication method is at the discretion of
the ILS-S Administrator. ILS-S access is granted through the Air Force Portal using CAC
authentication.

7.5.2.1. (Deleted)
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

7.5.3. (Replaced) Automated User Account Validation. The ILS-S Administrators will perform a
validation of user accounts semi-annually. (T-1). The ILS-S Administrator is notified by an alert
or e-mail that a validation is required.

7.5.4. (Replaced) User Administration. Administrators serve as trusted agents to grant and
maintain access rights to individual users in their units and Administrative Groups.
Organizational commanders whose responsibilities include oversight of ILS-S operations will
review and approve or disapprove the SAAR for all users requesting administrative privileges.
(T-1).

7.5.4.3.1. (Replaced) Understand DoD, DISA and Air Force Policy and Procedures. Do not rely
solely on policy in the instruction. All administrators must also have a thorough understanding of
all DoD, DISA and Air Force policy, manuals, and handbooks regarding system and user
administration. (T-2).

7.5.4.3.2. (Replaced) Manage System Access Authorization Requests (SAARs). Maintaining

SAARs is mandatory and vital to passing system security audits. Failure to pass a system
security audit will result in a re-audit within 90 days and may result in removal as a User
Administrator. SAARs contain a user’s personal data and should only be accessed by those in a
“need to know" position.

7.5.4.3.3. (Deleted)

7.5.4.3.4. (Replaced) Perform Information Assurance Officer Duties. ILS-S IAOs are only
located at AFMC. The IAO will review and approve or disapprove all user requests. The IAO
verifies the SAAR contains only the privileges required to perform the mission. Extra scrutiny
will take place at this level since the IAO is the last person in the approval chain prior to account
creation and privileges being granted. Administrators will not update a data element the user has
the capability to update in their profile. All requests to alter permissions in ILS-S will be
documented using the automated SAAR. (T-1). Under no circumstances will an administrator
restore or reactivate an account when it is clear the user failed to fulfill their responsibilities or to
avoid proper approval and validation by the supervisor or IAO.

7.5.4.3.5. (Replaced) Limit SRAN Access. Administrators cannot grant access to multiple
accounts when a base-level user's job only requires access to a single SRAN. Users may be
granted privileges for multiple SRANs if there is a genuine need to access multiple accounts
(e.g., CRF, deployments, etc.). The IAO will verify specific comments justifying the need for
access to multiple SRANs on the SAAR to document this exception to policy. The IAO assigned
to the Admin Group will approve or disapprove all requests regardless of the source of the
request. (T-1).

7.5.4.3.7. (Replaced) Validate User Accounts. Administrators will complete the ILS-S automated
validation NLT the user’s validation due date to prevent the user’s account from being
automatically disabled by the system. Validation of legacy accounts will ensure only those
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

transactions not available in Enterprise Solution-Supply are assigned to those users approved by
AF/A4LR for ILS-S access. See AFMAN 23-122 for procedures.

7.5.4.3.7.2. (Replaced) Review Administrator Accounts. AFMC will validate all SPO and mid-
level administrator accounts each quarter during the automated validation. The number of
administrators will be maintained at the following ratios: 1 SPO-level admin per 1,500 users
across the enterprise and 1 mid-level admin per 500 users across their Administrative Group. The
mid-level administrator will validate low- level administrative accounts within their span of
control during the automated validation. There will not be more than 2 low-level administrators
per 100 users supported at a single location. Two low-level administrators are authorized when
the number of supported users is less than 100 users at a single geographical location. SPO-level
administrators will only be located in the ILS-S Program Office. With the exception of the
NWRM Admin Group, mid-level administrators will only be located at AFMC.

7.5.4.3.7.3. (Replaced) Prevent Unauthorized Use. Administrators at all levels will implement
proactive measures to ensure every user’s access and privileges are reviewed prior to a change in
the user’s status. (T-1). This includes, but is not limited to, transfer (PCS, PCA and new duty
positions), retirement, administrative action, changes in employment status or extended absences.
The administrator will ensure the user’s account expiration date is updated and will archive the
user’s account(s) NLT 1 duty day prior to the user’s last day in that role. (T-1). This action
ensures the user will have to apply for access through the user’s new supervisor and IAO at the
gaining location to ensure the proper privileges are assigned. This will be accomplished using
available technology and processes such as the VMPF in-processing/out-processing checklist
functionality, contractor onboarding/departure procedures and locally developed PCA checklists.
Additionally, IAOs will coordinate with the base-level Operations Compliance (LGLO) office to
determine ILS-S access requirements for outside organizations and new contracts. IAOs will
coordinate with LGLO to conduct periodic validations of these users to ensure access does not
exceed mission requirements.

7.5.4.3.7.6. (Replaced) Scrutinize Multiple Accounts. There may be an operational need for an
ILS-S user to have more than one account. This can occur for several reasons to include joint
base processing with separate ILS-S accounts within close proximity and supporting COOP
operations. All requests for multiple accounts will contain a specific and detailed justification on
the SAAR.

7.5.5. (Replaced) Supervisor/US Government Sponsor Responsibilities. Supervisors will validate

the need for access requested and endorse SAARs. (T-1). A US Government Sponsor (normally
the Contract QAE or Government PMO representative) must endorse (as the Supervisor) all ILS-
S SAARs for contractor personnel. (T-1). The 437 Supply Chain Operations commander will
serve as the supervisor for all administrator accounts. (T-1). Supervisors are also responsible for
the timely validation of their subordinates’ user accounts. This includes removing privileges
during the validation process that are no longer required. It is the supervisor’s/US Government
sponsor’s responsibility to notify the ILS-S Administrator NLT 3 duty days when a user no
longer requires access to ILS-S. (T-1). This notification can be by signed email, in-person or by
telephone.
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

7.5.6.2. (Replaced) Request/Process Account Changes. Users will update changes to ILS-S
profile immediately as a condition of continued access. The ILS-S Automated SAAR will be the
only mechanism to request changes to a user’s SRANs, capabilities and transactions. (T-1). New
requests and changes to existing accounts will be completed by the user NLT 3 duty days prior to
the operational requirement to allow for proper routing. (T-2). The user is also responsible for
notifying the supervisor/US Government sponsor when ILS-S access or privileges to ILS-S are
no longer required.

7.6. (Added) Defense Property Accountability System (DPAS).

7.6.1. (Added) DPAS (Site Id FH-AFHAF) is the approved Air Force APSR for general support
equipment. Property records remaining in the Integrated Logistics System – Supply (ILS-S) will
immediately migrate into DPAS upon discovery.

7.6.2. (Added) ILS-S will retain the requisition process until DPAS employs the requisitioning
capability for AF support equipment.

7.6.3. (Added) 437 SCOS Records Maintenance is the primary office responsible for loading
new stock numbers to the AF DPAS catalog. This includes establishing and managing an
enterprise local and part number stock number control register. All requestors will submit all
DPAS stock number requests to the 437 SCOS. (T-1). This organization is the enterprise-level
authority on determining Air Force stock numbers within the DPAS catalog. (T-1). AF/A4LR is
the final level of decision for resolving stock number conflicts. (T-1).

7.6.4. (Added) At any point in time, an accountable property record for support equipment will
only be reported in a single APSR for financial or ownership purposes. (T-1).

7.6.4.1. (Added) Management records, especially for loaned assets or assets under stewardship
control, should be established to maintain physical control over assets for which ownership
resides in another DoD entity.

7.6.4.2. (Added) Only the owner, not the temporary custodian, should report financially in the
AF Approved APSR, within the FH-AFHAF. (T-1).

7.6.5. (Added) DPAS property records will be the sole authoritative source for use in validating
the existence and completeness of an asset and will provide a comprehensive log of transactions
suitable for audit.

7.6.6. (Added) System Access and Information Owner. Each user requiring access to DPAS must
have an account established within DPAS prior to accessing the system. Users gain access to the
system using their Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) certificate contained within their Common
Access Card (CAC), or in some instances users are issued a “Soft Certificate.”
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

7.6.6.1. (Added) Air Force Support Equipment (AFSE) DPAS Help Desk. The AFSE DPAS
Help Desk specifically serves DPAS Site Id FH-AFHAF. They provide Information Owner (IO)
functions for General Support Equipment access and related system issues.

7.6.6.2. (Added) Users must submit the following forms to the Help Desk: DD 2875 – System
Authorization Access Request (SAAR), User Agreement, DPAS Roles Request Form and a
Training Certificate showing proof that Information Assurance training has been completed
within the last 12 months.

7.6.6.3. (Added) The Help Desk IO will review access requests for DPAS Site Id FH-AFHAF to
ensure users have the appropriate permissions and all documentation is correct.

7.6.6.4. (Added) The Help Desk IO will then forward to the DPAS access POCs and if all user
access forms are completed properly, DPAS Account Management will enter the data into DPAS
creating the user account.

7.6.7. (Added) Account Management. Transactional actions and file maintenance to custodial
accounts are limited to EAEs, MAJCOMs, CEMF, Equipment Support Flights, and AF/A4LR.

8.2.1.2. (Replaced) Cataloging reconciliation. AFMC will conduct a quarterly reconciliation

between the Federal Logistics Information System (FLIS), the Foundational Logistics IT
Enterprise System (FLITES), the Integrated Logistics System-Supply, and D035. (T-1). They
will develop procedures to correct any deficiencies between systems within five business days.
AFMC will develop reconciliation metrics and report to AF/A4LR quarterly. (T-1).

8.2.1.4. (Added) AFMC Records Maintenance functions will retain control of all cataloging
efforts pertaining to DPAS Support Equipment (SE) stock numbers. (T-1).

8.2.1.5. (Added) DPAS Catalog Managers notify submitting EAEs and requestors of the P-
Serialized Stock Number load into DPAS and internally file the submission form. (T-1). Catalog
Managers will request an Army MCN for non-stock listed SA/LW requiring upload into DPAS.
(T-1). Note: The 437 SCOS will perform catalog reconciliations to maintain the integrity of the
DPAS catalog.

8.3.1. (Replaced) Overview. UMMIPS, Force/Activity Designators (FAD), project codes, and
materiel priorities and allocations will adhere to guidance in Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of
Staff Instruction (CJCSI) 4110.01F, Joint Materiel Priorities and Allocation and
DoDM 4140.01, Vol 8, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Procedures: Materiel Data
Management and Exchange. (T-0).

8.3.2. (Replaced) AF/A4LR FAD Monitor will update the FAD on the ILS-S Reporting
Organization File (ROF) via AFLCMC/HIS, only for an approved FAD I by JS/J4 and FADs II-
V by AF/A3O.
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

8.3.2.1. (Added) AFMC Records Maintenance is designated as the Enterprise FAD Monitor for
execution/update into the supply system for approved FAD changes.

8.3.2.1.1. (Added) AFMC Records Maintenance will appointment only one primary and alternate
FAD Monitor in writing to AF/A4LR to process the appropriate transactions.

8.3.4. (Replaced) Requests to change FAD designation and to assign a Chairman of the Joints
Chiefs of Staff (CJCS) project code will be accomplished per CJCSI 4110.01F and submitted to
AF/A4LR by the MAJCOMs for review and coordination. (T-0). See DAFMAN 23-122,
Chapter 8, Materiel Management Procedures for FAD and CJCS project code change
procedures.

8.3.5. (Replaced) The use of locally assigned project codes (by MAJCOMs and bases) is
prohibited.

8.3.6. (Replaced) AF-generated project codes will be effective for the duration of the need. (T-
1). Codes will be assigned a termination date no greater than 24 months, at which time they must
be reevaluated for deletion or renewal. (T-1).

8.3.7. (Deleted)

8.7.5. (Added) COMSEC Nonexpendable Equipment Installed on Aircraft.

8.7.5.1. (Added) COMSEC Equipment items installed on aircraft will be recorded on a

Maintenance or Operations equipment account if not included in -21 TOs as defined in AFI 21-
103. (T-1). These items are considered fixed or installed components and are parts of the basic
aerospace vehicle needed for normal operations.

8.7.5.2. (Added) Orders for replacement assets will use normal support equipment sourcing
procedures.

8.7.5.2.1. (Added) Deployed/Off-Station aircraft. When the aircraft requires a replacement asset
an approved backorder will be placed at the aircraft’s home station and include a supplementary
address DODAAC for the recovery location.

8.7.5.3. (Added) The LRS Equipment Accountability Element will:

8.7.5.3.1. (Added) Process the backorder.

8.7.5.3.2. (Added) Contact the 735th SCOG at ([email protected]) for request

to expedite the release and movement of the required asset; include the document number and
tail number of the aircraft requiring the asset.

8.7.5.3.3. (Added) The removed unserviceable asset will follow return procedures IAW with
DAFMAN 23-122, Materiel Management. (T-1).
 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

8.7.5.3.4. (Added) Installed items will be inventoried in accordance with all applicable inventory
frequency rules. (T-1).

Attachment 1

GLOSSARY OF REFERENCES AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION

References

(Deleted) AFI 16-1404, Air Force Information Security Program, 29 May 2015

(Deleted) AFI 23-111, Management of Government Property in Possession of the Air Force, 19
November 2018

(Added) AFMAN 32-7002, Environmental Compliance and Pollution Prevention, 4 February

2020

(Deleted) AFI 32-7086, Hazardous Materials Management, 04 February 2015

(Deleted) AFI 33-360, Publications and Forms Management, 1 December 2016

(Added) DAFMAN 10-406, Unit Type Code Management, 6 October 2021

(Added) CJCSI 4110.01F, Joint Materiel Priorities and Allocation, 25 September 2021

(Deleted) CJCSI 4110.01E, Joint Materiel Priorities and Allocation, 19 July 2012

(Added) DAFI 90-160, Publications and Forms Management, 14 April 2022

(Added) DAFMAN 10-406, Unit Type Code Management, 6 October 2021

(Added) DoDI 5000.64 DAFI 23-111, Accountability and Management of DoD Equipment and
Other Accountable Property, 6 December 2021

(Deleted) DoDI 5000.64, Accountability and Management of DoD Equipment and Other
Accountable Property, 27 April 2017

(Added) DoDM5200.01V1AFMAN16-1404V1, Information Security Program: Overview,

Classification and Declassification, 11 Jan

Abbreviations and Acronyms

(Added) UIC— Unit Identification Code

 DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01
Attachment Title
Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

Terms

(Replaced) Disposal Freeze Notice—A disposal freeze notice is a formal written directive issued
by AFMC to withhold certain specified materiel from disposal action for a definite period of
time.

(Added) Unit Identification Code—It is a six-character code created by the DoD Components to
uniquely identify each Active, Reserve, and National Guard unit of the Armed Forces. AF/A1
assigns a UIC to each unit when it is activated allowing the unit to have its own unique identifier
and is commonly used across staff functions.

(Replaced) Project Code—A three-character alpha/numeric code used to distinguish requisitions

and related documentation and shipments, as well as for the accumulation of intra-Service
performance and cost data related to exercises, maneuvers, and other distinct programs, projects,
and operations. Other than OSD and CJCS assigned codes, project codes do not provide or imply
any priority or precedence for requisition processing or supply decisions. Reference CJCSI
4110.01F, and DLM 4000.25-1, Appendix 2.13.

(Replaced) Uniform Materiel Movement and Issue Priority System (UMMIPS)—UMMIPS sets
priorities for the issuance and movement of materiel. The system enables supply customers to
use one of 15 priority designators when requisitioning supply items. These 15 priority
designators are based on two components: the UND defines the relative importance of the item
ordered to the unit’s mission and the FAD defines the relative importance of the unit placing the
order. Reference CJCSI 4100.01F.
BY ORDER OF THE SECRETARY AIR FORCE INSTRUCTION 23-101
OF THE AIR FORCE
22 OCTOBER 2020
Certified Current, 15 AUGUST 2024
Materiel Management

MATERIEL MANAGEMENT POLICY

COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS MANDATORY

ACCESSIBILITY: Publications and forms are available on the e-Publishing website at

www.e-Publishing.af.mil for downloading or ordering
RELEASABILITY: There are no releasability restrictions on this publication

OPR: AF/A4LR Certified by: SAF/AQD

(Ms. Angela L. Tymofichuk)
Supersedes: AFI23-101, Pages: 254
12 December 2016

This instruction implements Air Force Policy Directive (AFPD) 23-1, Materiel Management and
facilitates the implementation of Department of Defense (DoD) guidance from Department of
Defense Manual (DoDM) 4140.01, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Policy; DoDM
4140.26-M, Volume 1, DoD Integrated Materiel Management (IMM) for Consumable Items:
Operating Procedures for Item Management Coding (IMC); DoDM 4140.27, Volume 1, DoD
Shelf-Life Management Program: Program Administration; and DoDM 4140.27, Volume 2,
DoD Shelf-Life Management Program: Materiel Quality Control Storage Standards. This
guidance applies to all civilian employees and uniformed members of the Regular Air Force, Air
Force Reserve, and Air National Guard. Refer recommended changes and questions about this
publication to the Office of Primary Responsibility (OPR) using AF Form 847, Recommendation
for Change of Publication; route AF Forms 847 from the field through the appropriate functional
chain of command. This publication may be supplemented at Major Command (MAJCOM)
level, but all supplements that directly implement this publication must be routed to the OPR for
coordination prior to certification and approval. The authorities to waive wing/unit level
requirements in this publication are identified with a Tier (“T-0, T-1, T-2, T-3”) number
following the compliance statement. See Air Force Instruction (AFI) 33-360, Publications and
Forms Management for a description of the authorities associated with the Tier numbers and
approval authority for non-tiered compliance. Ensure all records created as a result of processes
prescribed in this publication are maintained in accordance with AFI 33-322, Records
Management and Information Governance Program, and disposed of in accordance with the Air
Force Records Disposition Schedule located in the Air Force Records Information Management
System. Notify Air Force Logistics, Engineering and Force Protection, Logistics Readiness
Division, (AF/A4LR) of guidance conflicts between this instruction and any other DoD/Air
2 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Force guidance or Technical Orders (TO). Pending case resolution, DoD directives/TOs will take
precedence. Information that is collected from other DoD components or Federal agencies must
be approved by DoD and licensed with a report control symbol. The use of the name or mark of
any specific manufacturer, commercial product, commodity, or service in this publication does
not imply endorsement by the Air Force.

SUMMARY OF CHANGES

This revision includes significant changes and must be reviewed in its entirety. Changes include
consolidating roles and responsibilities into Chapter 1; implementation of new stockage
percentages for Small Arms/Light Weapons (SA/LW) in Figure 5.1; update of Due-In From
Maintenance (DIFM) return days of serviceable and unserviceable assets to Flight Service
Center; movement of Satellite Operations to Chapter 9; data requirements for Chief Financial
Officer (CFO) and incorporated Financial Audit Readiness compliance procedures for
Equipment Custodians; Local Purchase (LP) Waivers or Local Repair (LR) Waivers for AF
Equipment Items; updates to Individual Protective Equipment (IPE) protective mask and
replacement parts procedures; base closure procedures; Decentralized Materiel Support (DMS)
guidance; change of Centralized Equipment Office to establishment of Centralized Equipment
Management Flight (CEMF); new disposal and retention policy for serviceable assets as
approved by the Air Force Supply Chain Policy Working Group; removal of Career Broadening
Program and AFMAN 23-220, Report of Survey; change of Tracer Reconciliation (NGV597)
program and late inbound shipment management procedures to Overdue Shipment.

Chapter 1—GUIDING PRINCIPLES 6

Section 1A—General Instruction Information 6

1.1. Overview, Purpose, and Scope. ............................................................................... 6

Section 1B—Roles and Responsibilities 7

1.2. Headquarters Air Force. ........................................................................................... 7

1.3. Major Command (MAJCOM) Functions................................................................. 12

1.4. Air Force Materiel Command (AFMC). .................................................................. 18

1.5. AMC Logistics Readiness Division. ........................................................................ 38

1.6. Logistic Readiness Squadron. .................................................................................. 38

1.7. Program Manager (PM). .......................................................................................... 58

1.8. Air Force Organization Responsibilities. ................................................................. 59

Section 1C—Supply Chain Goals, Metrics, Boards and Working Groups 64

1.9. Goals Supply chain management (SCM) goals are promoted to: ............................ 64

1.10. Metrics. .................................................................................................................... 65

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 3

1.11. Boards and Working Groups. .................................................................................. 65

Chapter 2—PLAN 70

2.1. Overview. ................................................................................................................. 70

2.2. Stockage Policy........................................................................................................ 70

2.3. Financial Management. ........................................................................................... 85

2.4. War Reserve Materiel (WRM)................................................................................. 102

2.5. Degraded Operations. .............................................................................................. 102

2.6. RSP and Kits. ........................................................................................................... 104

2.7. Contingency/Wartime Planning. .............................................................................. 113

2.8. Life Cycle Product Support Planning. ..................................................................... 119

2.9. AF provisioning policies. ........................................................................................ 119

2.10. Participation in the WSSP........................................................................................ 119

2.11. Spare Parts Breakout Program. ................................................................................ 120

2.12. TRAP. ..................................................................................................................... 124

2.13. Base Closures/Weapons System Transfers. ............................................................ 126

Chapter 3—SOURCING OF MATERIEL 127

3.1. Overview. ................................................................................................................ 127

3.2. Local Purchase and Retail Sales. ............................................................................. 127

3.3. Receipt Processing. .................................................................................................. 129

3.4. Item Management. .................................................................................................. 130

3.5. Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages (DMSMS). ............. 130

Chapter 4—MAKE AND MAINTAIN MATERIEL 131

4.1. Overview. ................................................................................................................ 131

4.2. Time Compliance Technical Order (TCTO). ........................................................... 131

4.3. Repair. ...................................................................................................................... 132

4.4. Time Change Items. ................................................................................................. 134

Chapter 5—DELIVERY OF MATERIEL 135

5.1. Overview. ................................................................................................................. 135

5.2. Order and Requisitioning. ........................................................................................ 135

4 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.3. Physical Asset Management. ................................................................................... 137

Table 5.1. Individual Protective Equipment Stock Levels. ....................................................... 145

Table 5.2. General Purpose Mobility Bag Contents (Type A). ................................................. 145

Table 5.3. Small Arms/Light Weapons Accessories (Type A). ................................................ 146

Table 5.4. Extreme Cold Weather Mobility Bag Contents (Type B). ....................................... 146

Figure 5.1. Small Arms/Light Weapons Stock Level. ............................................................... 146

5.4. Equipment Management. ......................................................................................... 148

Table 5.5. Serial Numbers. ....................................................................................................... 168

5.5. Document Control and Detail Records. .................................................................. 159

5.6. Record Reversal and Correction (RRC). ................................................................. 165

5.7. Physical Inventory and Adjustments. ..................................................................... 166

Table 5.5. Inventory Frequency. ............................................................................................... 168

5.8. SPRAM. ................................................................................................................... 170

5.9. Inspection Operations and Related Operations. ....................................................... 171

5.10. Management of Discrepant, Counterfeit and Suspect Counterfeit Materiel. ........... 178

5.11. Stock Positioning. .................................................................................................... 183

5.12. Materiel Disposition. ............................................................................................... 184

Chapter 6—MATERIEL RETURNS 187

6.1. Overview. ................................................................................................................ 187

6.2. Returns. .................................................................................................................... 188

6.3. Disposal, Demilitarization and PMRP. .................................................................... 189

Table 6.1. Enterprise Date Points to Equal Zero....................................................................... 190

Chapter 7—SUPPORTING TECHNOLOGIES 193

7.1. Overview. ................................................................................................................ 193

7.2. Automated Identification Technology (AIT) and MMHS and Other Capabilities. . 193

7.3. Supply Chain Materiel Management Systems. ........................................................ 197

7.4. Readiness Driver Program. ...................................................................................... 197

7.5. Integrated Logistics System-Supply (ILS-S). .......................................................... 198

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 5

Chapter 8—LOGISTICS PROGRAMS AND SYSTEMS 203

8.1. Overview. ................................................................................................................ 203

8.2. Cataloging and Records Maintenance. .................................................................... 203

8.3. Uniform Materiel Movement and Issue Priority System (UMMIPS). ..................... 206

8.4. Clothing and Textile. ............................................................................................... 207

8.5. Price Challenge and Verification Program. ............................................................. 208

8.6. Disposition of Critical Safety Items (CSIs). ............................................................ 208

8.7. SRD.......................................................................................................................... 208

Chapter 9—SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS 210

9.1. Overview. ................................................................................................................ 210

9.2. Special Logistics Support. ...................................................................................... 210

9.3. Donation, Loan, and Lease Programs. ..................................................................... 215

9.4. Satellite Operations. Satellite Accounts and Accountability. ................................. 215

Chapter 10—INTENSIVELY MANAGED AND TRACKED ITEMS 219

10.1. Overview. ................................................................................................................ 219

10.2. Management of Controlled Materiel. ....................................................................... 219

Attachment 1—GLOSSARY OF REFERENCES AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION 226

6 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Chapter 1

GUIDING PRINCIPLES

Section 1A—General Instruction Information

1.1. Overview, Purpose, and Scope.

1.1.1. Overview. This chapter outlines the instruction’s purpose; AF guidance for Materiel
Management Organization and Structure at base level; Satellite Operations; Supply Chain
Materiel Management Goals and Metrics; Air Force Materiel Management Boards; and
Working Groups.
1.1.2. Purpose. The purpose of this instruction is to implement direction from the Secretary
of the Air Force (SECAF) as outlined in AFPD 23-1, Materiel Management. This policy
provides direction for determining and stocking materiel requirements, cataloging, ordering,
sourcing, delivering, and return/disposal of materiel for Class IX repair parts and select Class
VII major end items and Class II items as identified and approved by Headquarters Air Force
(HAF). Additionally, guidance for other classes of supply, such as Class V munitions is
covered in specific subject areas. These references will be specifically enumerated where
applicable.
1.1.2.1. This instruction supports the Integrated Life Cycle Management Enterprise chain
by providing applicable materiel management guidance to ensure the warfighter receives
the right support at the right place and the right time. Additionally, this guidance supports
the Air Force Expeditionary Logistics for the 21st Century umbrella strategy that
integrates and governs logistics transformation initiatives.
1.1.2.2. Delegation of Authority. Deputy Chief of Staff for Logistics, Engineering and
Force Protection (AF/A4), delegates responsibility for developing procedural guidance,
for the tasks and programs listed below, to Air Force Materiel Command (AFMC):
1.1.2.2.1. Provisioning.
1.1.2.2.2. Wholesale receipt processing.
1.1.2.2.3. Item Management (IM).
1.1.2.2.4. Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages (DMSMS).
1.1.2.2.5. Enterprise Management of select Class II assets.
1.1.2.2.6. Stock Positioning.
1.1.2.2.7. Materiel Disposition.
1.1.3. Scope. AF policy requires all government-owned property to be under the control of a
responsible Accountable Property Officer (APO) at all times. This instruction applies to the
following:
1.1.3.1. AF organizations under the direct jurisdiction of the Chief of Staff of the Air
Force (CSAF).
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 7

1.1.3.2. AF organizations under the jurisdiction of overseas commands instructed to

maintain formal stock record accounts.
1.1.3.3. Designated agencies accessing the AF materiel management system, unless
specifically exempted by the CSAF.
1.1.3.4. Supply Chain Management (SCM) operations providing direct support to the F-
35 platform will use this instruction as fundamental baseline for materiel management
knowledge and guidance. The F-35 SCM processes will be managed in accordance with
(IAW) F-35 Joint Program Office approved guidance. (T-1).
1.1.3.5. Materiel management supply chain guidance specific to security assistance
processes and procedures is not within the scope of this instruction. Refer to AFMAN 16-
101, Security Cooperation (SC) and Security Assistance (SA)Management.
1.1.4. Construct. This instruction has the same construct as AFMAN 23-122, Materiel
Management Procedures, Air Force Handbook (AFH) 23-123, Volume 1, Materiel
Management Reference Information, and AFH 23-123, Volume 2, Part 1, Integrated
Logistics System – Supply (ILS-S). While not all sections within AFI 23-101 have associated
procedures enumerated in AFMAN 23-122 or processes in all AFH 23-123 volumes, those
sections where procedures/processes are detailed have the same section titles. For example,
paragraph 5.5, Equipment Management, is the same section in AFI 23-101, AFMAN 23-
122, and AFH 23-123.
1.1.4.1. Users are encouraged to refer to Attachment 1 for reference information as well
as identification of legacy AF supply chain functions with updated terminology.
1.1.4.2. References to Materiel Management Systems. This instruction provides
guidance which properly should not be predicated on systems’ capabilities. Guidance
shall drive systems requirements. As such, the vast majority of references to systems
information in this instruction are systems “neutral” and are referred to as “materiel
management IT systems” or similar terminology. AFI 23-101’s “companion”
publications, AFMAN 23-122, and multiple AFH 23-123 volumes provide more specific
systems references “ILS-S, AF Equipment IT System”.
1.1.5. Supply Chain Organizations. Throughout this instruction, guidance establishes
responsibilities for HAF and MAJCOMs. Note: Any reference to MAJCOM will include Air
National Guard (ANG).

Section 1B—Roles and Responsibilities

1.2. Headquarters Air Force.

1.2.1. Assistant Secretary of the Air Force for Acquisition (SAF/AQ). Manages the
budgeting and execution processes and issues the program authority for all Mechanized
Materiel Handling Systems (MMHS) Storage Aids Systems (SAS) projects.
1.2.2. Revolving Funds Division (SAF/FMBOR). Determines and implements the financial
policies of the Air Force Working Capital Fund (AFWCF) performs the following:
8 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.2.2.1. Serves as the Defense Working Capital Fund manager for the AF and as such, is
tasked with the consolidation of AFWCF financial data, requirements and budgets to
form the AF submission to the Defense Working Capital Fund budget for the AF.
1.2.2.2. Financially manages the AFWCF to include recommending to the Budget
Operations Directorate (SAF/FMBO) and Weapon System Sustainment Division
(AF/A4PY) cash requirements and price escalation based upon analyses of buy/repair
requirements and fund allocation strategies.
1.2.2.3. Directly liaises between the AF and the Office of the Under Secretary of
Defense (Comptroller) (OUSD(C)) staff.
1.2.2.4. Delegates financial authority to Division Fund Managers (Consolidated
Sustainment Activity Group-Supply [CSAG-S] and Supply Management Activity Group-
Retail with the latter including the General Support Division (GSD), AF Academy Cadet
Store and Medical Dental Division).
1.2.2.5. In conjunction with SAF/AQ and Financial Management & Comptroller Budget
Investment Directorate (SAF/FMBI), provides Program Authority (PA)/Budget Authority
(BA) for initial spares requirements as appropriate to AFMC conveying the appropriated
funding matched to the initial Spares Cost Authority allocation based on the scheduled
outlays.
1.2.2.6. Provides detailed guidance and budget submission schedule to AFWCF business
areas for preparation of the AFWCF budget submission.
1.2.2.7. Reviews and approves or adjusts the AFWCF business area budget submissions.
Adjustments are coordinated with AFWCF business areas.
1.2.2.8. Delegates financial authority for CSAG-S and GSD (in addition to Consolidated
Sustainment Activity Group-Maintenance (CSAG-M)) to AFMC/FM.
1.2.3. Services Operations Division (AF/A1SO).
1.2.3.1. Serves as AF/A1 point of contact (POA) on Uniform Enterprise Working Group
(UEWG), co-leading with AF/A4LR.
1.2.3.2. Establishes quantitative clothing allowances and, as OPR, publish them in AFI
36-3012, Military Entitlements.
1.2.3.3. Acts as the focal point for submitting proposed initial issue and supplemental
allowances to the Secretary of the Air Force and OSD, as appropriate.
1.2.3.4. Ensures identification of Research, Development, Test & Evaluation (RDT&E)
and start-up inventory funding sources of any Air Force Uniform Board approved item
prior to AFMC taking any action on items (e.g., development or procurement action).
1.2.3.5. Upon the approval of an optional uniform clothing item, coordinates with
AF/A4LR and AFMC to establishing a fielding plan with Armed Forces Military
Clothing Sales Store (AFMCSS).
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 9

1.2.4. Deputy Chief of Staff of the AF for Operations (AF/A3). Responsible to ensure the
War Mobilization Plan (WMP) is updated annually, coinciding with the annual publication of
the Designed Operational Capability statements and is distributed to the users within 2 weeks
of publication and prior to the annual review. AF/A3 resolves open issues between storing
and using commands when necessary.
1.2.5. Logistics Readiness Division (A4LR).
1.2.5.1. Ensures the AF Supply Chain Policy Working Group addresses AF stockage
requirements and inventory control policy issues IAW DoD policy and AF mission
needs.
1.2.5.2. Appoints an official representative to serve as the AF’s single point of contact
with the DoD on matters related to the Supply System Inventory Report (SSIR) reporting
requirement.
1.2.5.3. Coordinates degraded operations policy updates.
1.2.5.4. Approves requests to use High Priority Mission Support Kit (HPMSK) and their
computation.
1.2.5.5. Notifies MAJCOM upon approval to use contingency flags for Chairman of the
Joint Chiefs of Staff (CJCS) or AF project codes and upon discontinuation of use.
1.2.5.6. Maintains/publishes a listing of units authorized HPMSK. This listing will be
updated at least annually in preparation for the annual Readiness Spares Packages
(RSP)/HPMSK review.
1.2.5.7. Provides AF/A3OD at least annually, a copy of approved HPMSK authorization
listing.
1.2.5.8. Reviews and approves or specifies required changes to RSP review minutes
within 5 workdays of receipt.
1.2.5.9. Responsible for making materiel management inputs to Volume 1 and 3 of the
WMP annually.
1.2.5.10. Submits UTCs to AF/A4LR functional manager, AF/A3O, and MAJCOM
Manpower & Equipment Force Packaging OPR.
1.2.5.11. The A4LR Plans and Integration Branch oversees the UTC development
process.
1.2.5.12. Provides department level oversight for management of AF participation in
Weapon System Support Program (WSSP).
1.2.5.13. Initiates annual prioritization review of Weapon System Group Codes (WSGC)
for systems registered in WSSP by requesting a current listing of systems with assigned
WSGC from AFMC WSSP functional OPR.
1.2.5.14. Forwards prioritized WSSP WSGC list to Defense Logistics Agency (DLA).
1.2.5.15. Monitors and establishes AF policy for the AF Spare Parts Breakout Program
(AFSPBP).
10 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.2.5.16. Forwards the Spare Parts Breakout Screening Reports to Office of the Deputy
Assistant Secretary of Defense (Logistics).
1.2.5.17. Coordinates with MAJCOM-proposed spare parts breakout initiatives for
acquiring data rights, reverse engineering, qualification testing, tooling, and support
equipment required for spares breakout to the appropriate Air Staff panel.
1.2.5.18. Develops Tanks, Racks, Adapters, and Pylons (TRAP) procurement buy
programs according to Global Reach/Global Power Team decisions. Decisions are
coordinated with AF/A5RW.
1.2.5.19. Provides overall LP supply policy guidance.
1.2.5.20. Responsible for shelf-life management policies within the AF and serves as a
member of the DoD Shelf-Life Board.
1.2.5.21. Establishes policy governing operation and maintenance of the AF Equipment
IT System.
1.2.5.22. Approves and publishes data services processing instructions required for the
AF Equipment IT System.
1.2.5.23. Furnishes MAJCOMs, Direct reporting Units (DRUs), Field Operating
Agencies (FOAs) advanced information regarding operational and logistics concepts,
aircraft, missile, and systems programming data, and other planning data considered
essential in the development of equipment allowance standards and authorization data in
support of new weapons systems.
1.2.5.24. Provides, through the AF Program Document “Units, Bases and Priorities”
program document, the applicable main operating base supporting each forward or
dispersed operating base.
1.2.5.25. Issues special orders through Plans and Programs used to notify the applicable
MAJCOM/Logistics Readiness Squadron (LRS) of all unit activations, inactivations,
transfers, redesignations, mission changes and moves within the command. Force
structure information is received periodically from the Program Document system
(PD:K002).
1.2.5.26. Responsible for coordinating the policy and guidance for the Precious Metals
Recovery Program (PMRP).
1.2.5.27. Provides policy alignment strategy and oversight of MMHS and SAS.
1.2.5.28. Ensures materiel management systems requirements are identified and
addressed within the AF. Note: Users are authorized to run queries from approved
materiel management IT systems in lieu of specified reports when the query satisfies the
report's intended purpose and is not otherwise explicitly prohibited.
1.2.5.29. Provides and coordinates AF Readiness Drivers Program (AFRDP) policy and
procedural guidance with MAJCOMs, DLA/J-3 and other DoD logistics support
activities, as required.
1.2.5.30. Ensures the automated data system for the program within the scope of
approved AF/A4 programs supporting a common operating picture.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 11

1.2.5.31. Establishes and directs AF policy for cataloging and records maintenances.
1.2.5.32. Approves AF-generated project code and nickname requests.
1.2.5.33. Act as the AF OPR for Uniform Materiel Movement and Issue Priority System
(UMMIPS) and establishing AF-unique, supplemental priority releasing sequencing
policies.
1.2.5.34. Approves programmatic assignment of Required Delivery Date (RDD) “777”
for AF-generated project codes.
1.2.5.35. Serves as the AF POC on the UEWG.
1.2.5.36. Participates in OSD, DLA or Joint Service meetings involving clothing and
textile sustainment policy matters. Approves policy updates to AF Instructions.
1.2.5.37. Advises the Air Force Virtual Uniform Board of:
1.2.5.37.1. The effect of proposed item changes on uniform inventories using AFMC
inputs on current DLA Troop Support inventories. A4LR will ensure the impact of
proposed uniform changes, including funding sources required for residual
inventories, is factored into uniform fielding and sustainment planning.
1.2.5.37.2. DLA Troop Support development and procurement capabilities and
inventories.
1.2.5.38. Serves as the Technical Content Manager for this instruction having overall
management of the Standard Reporting Designator (SRD) program. General policy
oversight questions should be directed to this office.
1.2.5.39. Provides guidance and serves to adjudicate SRD cross-MAJCOMs matters.
1.2.5.40. Serves as functional authority for ILS-S and will ensure materiel management
systems comply with Defense Logistics Management Standards, OSD and audit
requirements. Accountable for ILS-S data and approves all system changes to ensure
supply chain operability, security, and policy compliance.
1.2.6. Weapons Division (AF/A5RW).
1.2.6.1. Directs budget execution for TRAP commodities based upon established War
Reserve Material (WRM) TRAP requirements published in the Nonnuclear Consumables
Annual Analysis (NCAA). Budgetary constraints and 3400 TRAP procurement funding
execution time lines will be closely monitored to ensure success in getting critical assets
on contract in a timely manner.
1.2.6.2. Chairs the Munitions Working Group.
1.2.6.3. Visits applicable combat theaters, MAJCOMs, and combatant commands to
conduct Theater Working Group (TWG) meetings.
1.2.6.4. Publishes TRAP requirements in the NCAA annually and distributes the
document to the AFMC TRAP Program Office. The assumptions and methodology used
to develop WRM TRAP requirements will be included in the NCAA.
1.2.7. Directorate of Planning (AF/A8X). Determines criticality/priority (Level A to C) to
the AF mission for each system in WSSP.
12 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.3. Major Command (MAJCOM) Functions.

1.3.1. MAJCOMs
1.3.1.1. Manage materiel according to established logistics policies and procedures in an
effective manner.
1.3.1.2. Evaluate retail level stockage analysis. These evaluations include an analysis of
items that could come down from wholesale, a review of Economic Order Quantity
(EOQ) modeling techniques and an assessment of stratification practices for on-hand and
on-order inventory.
1.3.1.3. Determine materiel requirements to support their mission needs and for
specialized purposes.
1.3.1.4. MAJCOMs without AFMC centralized FM support will:
1.3.1.4.1. Manage their specific CSAG-S or GSD program.
1.3.1.4.2. Consolidate all subordinate activities program requirements and
justifications into an operating program and submit to AFMC for approval. This
submission is a request for funding authority.
1.3.1.4.3. Develop a funding authority distribution process for their subordinate
activities and issue funding authority to each of these subordinate activities.
1.3.1.4.4. Ensure the total funding issued to each subordinate activity does not
exceed the total approved funding or other goals for their activity.
1.3.1.4.5. Track CSAG-S and GSD budget execution (and unit cost performance for
GSD and report in the monthly submissions to AFMC.
1.3.1.4.6. Provide analyses of variances to approved plans to AFMC along with
noting corrective actions or any ongoing issues that will not get resolved or not
resolved within the current fiscal year of financial activity.
1.3.1.5. Responsible for WRM management, weapon system modification and
acquisition support, programming, modeling, simulation, war gaming efforts, and
UTC/mobility planning. The using MAJCOM, in conjunction with AFMC, will be
responsible for all WRM used to support wartime additive missions. MAJCOMs will
continuously monitor requirements that support AF war plans and ensure the validity of
all WRM requirements. Use of WRM will be per AFI 25-101, War Reserve Materiel
(WRM). Exception: The Global Ammunition Control Point is the global WRM manager
for Class V - Munitions per AFMAN 21-201, Munitions Management.
1.3.1.6. Determines with the WRM Global Management Office (GMO) items and
quantities needed per the Defense Planning and Programming Guidance, the WRM
Global Strategy, and annual TWGs. MAJCOMs will conduct periodic reviews to ensure
that joint use items are still required. To conduct reviews, take appropriate actions per
AFMAN 23-122 and AFI 25-101.
1.3.1.7. Coordinate with AFMC and materiel management activities to resolve Degraded
Operations exercise scheduling conflicts.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 13

1.3.1.8. Assist in degraded operations and manual accounting recovery at materiel

management activities as required.
1.3.1.9. Review Spares Requirements Review Board templates for each Mission Design
Series (MDS) in conjunction with the other user commands to ensure maximum
oversight.
1.3.1.10. Review Bluebook and Designed Operational Capability statements.
1.3.1.11. Ensure MAJCOM RSP managers attend Program Manager (PM)-managed RSP
reviews.
1.3.1.12. Complete Requirements/Execution Availability Logistics Module (REALM)
Personal Computer file maintenance for the next fiscal year’s RSPs if REALM is able to
facilitate lead command file maintenance (follow-up action item with AFMC).
1.3.1.13. Use AF/A4LR authorization listing as approval for HPMSK
authorization/deletion. Note: The HEDGE mission is directed by Public Law 113-66,
National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2014, Section 1057.
1.3.1.14. Obtain the most recent post-review database from the AFMC RSP Manager.
1.3.1.15. Assign unit robust priority code based on the AF Programming Document and
the Designed Operational Capability response time from the Time-Phased Force
Deployment Data and Operations Plan (OPLAN). Priorities are assigned sequentially for
a base, to include all MDSs assigned to the host and tenant units, by the host base
MAJCOM.
1.3.1.16. Approve/disapprove requests to field RSPs out of cycle.
1.3.1.17. Provide implementation instructions to AF bases under their control where
RSPs are authorized. In coordination with other commands/agencies, to obtain, store,
maintain, and report RSP authorizations for bases that cannot perform these functions.
1.3.1.18. Conduct an annual base level review to determine the range of items to be
included in the Consumable Readiness Spares Packages (CRSP).
1.3.1.19. Use the Aircraft Sustainability Model (ASM) to compute CRSP to load their
Total Wartime Requirement of consumable spares airborne RSP.
1.3.1.20. Use Weapons System Management Information System (WSMIS) files to
conduct ASM assessments, and send extracted data to units
1.3.1.21. Participate in provisioning conferences.
1.3.1.22. Review and submit required reports, determine EOQ RSP requirements and
provide them to the PM RSP manager in the proper system format.
1.3.1.23. Review the RSP Authorization Document in conjunction with OPLANs, and
ensure the REALM header data for contingency and buy packages match the RSP
Authorization Document.
14 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.3.1.24. New FY authorized kit reconciliation files (XTJ/XVF) are either downloaded
or electronically transferred via WSMIS interface for completion of RSP reconciliation.
Ensure units complete reconciliation within 30 days of processing RSP reconciliation
files but no later than 30 September.
1.3.1.25. Receive the annually updated listing and will use this as authorization of
approved HPMSKs. HPMSK authorization will be deleted upon notification from
AF/A4LR. They will notify MAJCOMs upon approval to use contingency flags for
CJCS until AF project codes are discontinued.
1.3.1.26. Review the RSP Project Codes and RSP Contingency Flags.
1.3.1.27. Review HPMSK during the annual RSP review. PM RSP managers will
document any HPMSK adds/changes/deletes during the annual RSP review. Upon
notification of tentative AF/A4LR approval, work with the PM to build and compute the
proposed kit(s) so that cost estimates can be developed.
1.3.1.28. Upon completion of WMP 3, Part III review, notify AF/A3OD to identify any
changes and certify as valid.
1.3.1.29. Ensure RSP Package Serial Number (PSNs) are valid.
1.3.1.30. Receive assistance from AFMC with Materiel Management
contingency/wartime planning.
1.3.1.31. Develop contingency plans for bases/forces under their command and ensure
OPLANs are supportable and Limiting Factors/shortfalls are identified and resolved.
1.3.1.32. Coordinate and provide guidance with Air Staff, other Service Staffs,
MAJCOM counterparts and base-level planners.
1.3.1.33. Develop appropriate inputs to the Logistics Annex and materiel management
portions to OPLANs. Review other portions of OPLANs to evaluate materiel
management requirements.
1.3.1.34. Determine personnel and materiel requirements for inclusion in the Time
Phased Force Deployment Data.
1.3.1.35. Assess organic capability (personnel/materiel) and either task this capability to
support the owning command's requirements or offer it to other commands through the
WMP 3.
1.3.1.36. Designate a command focal point for spare parts breakout issues in the Air
Force Spare Parts Breakout Program (AFSPBP).
1.3.1.37. Assist AFMC in accomplishing spares breakout in the AFSPBP.
1.3.1.38. When designated as the implementing or supporting command in the AFSPBP,
accomplish appropriate taskings as identified in Chapter 2 subparagraphs.
1.3.1.39. Designate a TRAP OPR to ensure TRAP materiel management data is properly
loaded into the applicable materiel management IT system.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 15

1.3.1.40. Project and include TRAP WRM maintenance requirements in their Operations
& Maintenance (O&M) budget submissions per AFMAN 65-604, Appropriation Symbols
and Budget Codes (Fiscal Year 2020).
1.3.1.41. MAJCOM Base Closures Responsibilities.
1.3.1.41.1. When notified about a base closure, the major command must determine
the status of satellite accounts and local agreement for Federal aid, and prepare a
phasedown plan for the applicable account.
1.3.1.41.2. Notify AFMC by email of the base closure 180 days before established
closure date of the account along with the stock record account number(s) (SRAN).
1.3.1.41.3. Submit request to change or delete the DoD Activity Address Codes
(DODAAC) to AFMC DODAAC monitor for approval and coordination.
1.3.1.41.4. Ensure the base closure flag is loaded to the closing base.
1.3.1.41.5. For base closures, verify all accountable supply details and records are
sanitized prior to closure of the account.
1.3.1.41.6. Direct redistribution of equipment assets.
1.3.1.42. MAJCOMs Weapon System Transfer Responsibilities.
1.3.1.42.1. Conduct a thorough Site Activation Task Force with all key players and
disciplines present. Ground rules must be established for acceptance inspections and
functional delineation of responsibilities (e.g., Maintenance, Budget, Supply, etc.).
1.3.1.42.2. Deliver programming plans to both the gaining and losing activities well
in advance of the scheduled transfer of assets.
1.3.1.42.3. MAJCOM/A4 and MAJCOM/FM offices for both gaining and losing
activities must coordinate to ensure appropriate funds are transferred from the losing
activity, to support the transfer of obligated requirements, prior to transferring
requirements to the gaining activity.
1.3.1.43. MAJCOM Consolidated Repair Facility (CRF) Responsibilities:
1.3.1.43.1. Notify AFMC and affected installations a minimum of 120 days prior to
establishment of CRF.
1.3.1.43.2. Direct host CRF LRS to establish an autonomous satellite account for the
CRF. See Chapter 9 for Satellite procedures.
1.3.1.43.3. Provide data needed necessary to transition supply data from CRF
supported bases to the CRF. These actions will generate appropriate levels for line
replacement units (LRUs), shop-replaceable units (SRUs) and consumable repair
parts at the supported and CRF base.
1.3.1.43.4. Ensure effective CRF C2 by closely monitoring CRF operations and
providing supply chain and funding guidance to CRFs and supported units.
1.3.1.43.5. Resolve logistics and resource conflicts within and between commands.
1.3.1.43.6. Engage with AFMC for internal support throughout the CRF process.
16 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.3.1.44. Ensure their assigned bases/installations have implemented effective inventory

control measures IAW Physical Inventory Control Program (PICP) guidance.
1.3.1.45. Ensure an effective PMRP program exists within their command.
1.3.1.46. The MAJCOM appoints a MAJCOM Program Manager to manage the
MMHS/SAS program and assigns a MAJCOM Focal Point to each funded requirement
within that command. The MAJCOM Program Manager is responsible for assembling
and prioritizing MMHS/SAS requirements and submitting this list, with Concept Papers
for each requirement, annually to AFMC for funding. The MAJCOM Program Manager
also advises AFMC of Military Construction (MILCON) projects (e.g. new warehouses
and air freight terminals) that may require MMHS/SAS. MAJCOMs will ensure property
is accounted for throughout warehousing projects, IAW DoDM 4140.70, DoD Supply
Chain Materiel Management Procedures For Storage And Material Handling. (T-0).
1.3.1.47. Ensure that the implementation and use of materiel systems are IAW DoDM
4140.01, Vol 7, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Procedures: Supporting
Technologies, AFMAN 17-1203, Information Technology (IT) Asset Management
(ITAM) and other applicable guidance. (T-0). MAJCOMs shall review and coordinate
requests for new or additional systems.
1.3.1.48. Submits catalog problem reports to the AFMC Cataloging Activity.
1.3.1.49. Prepares and submits requests for Cataloging Data/Action as needed/required
to Defense Logistics Agency Logistics Information Services (DLIS).
1.3.1.50. Evaluates responsiveness of AFMCSS to customer needs and command
requirements and the adequacy of patronage controls. MAJCOM Services staff (A1S)
assistance teams will visit the AFMCSS during their evaluation of base services
functions.
1.3.1.51. Recommends policy or procedure changes to improve AFMCSS operations.
AFI 34-211(I), Army and Air Force Exchange Service Operations, contains additional
guidance concerning MAJCOM responsibilities for exchange service operations.
1.3.1.52. MAJCOM Project Rapid Engineer Deployable Heavy Operational Repair
Squadron Engineer (RED HORSE) Responsibilities.
1.3.1.52.1. Determine mission priorities for RED HORSE project units, and
assignment of specific missions.
1.3.1.52.2. Fund all supplies and equipment except initial requirements.
1.3.1.52.3. Provide maintenance of a Project RED HORSE control center for all
construction projects to include; forecasting long range requirements, packing list
revisions, and monitoring shipment arrivals.
1.3.2. Lead Commands.
1.3.2.1. Lead Command and weapon system fund holders will request funding through
the Spares Requirements Review Board, process to ensure funding is included in their
baseline. They coordinate on all Improved Item Replacement Program (IIRP) packages
and provide AFMC with information to track and measure implementation results.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 17

1.3.2.2. Lead Command WRM Responsibilities.

1.3.2.2.1. Lead Commands will establish, research and validate WRM requirements.
1.3.2.2.2. Determine items and quantities needed IAW the Defense Planning and
Programming Guidance, the WRM Global Strategy, and annual TWGs.
1.3.2.2.3. Establish, research and validate WRM requirements.
1.3.2.2.4. Continuously monitor requirements that support AF war plans and ensure
the validity of all WRM requirements.
1.3.2.2.5. Transmit requirements to the IM annually no later than (NLT) 15 May.
1.3.2.3. Lead Command RSP and Kits Responsibilities.
1.3.2.3.1. Import/edit D200A (7SC) data, flying hours and Quantity Per Assembly
data for RSPs.
1.3.2.3.2. Accomplish roll-up actions for the next fiscal year’s RSPs.
1.3.2.3.3. Review Spares Requirements Review Board templates for each MDS in
conjunction with the other user commands to ensure maximum oversight.
1.3.2.3.4. Review Bluebook and Designed Operational Capability statements.
1.3.2.3.5. Ensure MAJCOM RSP managers attend PM-managed RSP reviews.
1.3.2.3.6. Complete REALM PC file maintenance for the next fiscal year’s RSPs if
REALM is able to facilitate lead command file maintenance (follow-up action item
with AFMC).
1.3.2.3.7. Submit Contingency High Priority Mission Support Kit (CHPMSK)
requests (received from MAJCOMs or generated at Lead Command) to AFMC for
review and approval.
1.3.2.3.8. Upon completion of WMP 3, Part III review, notify A3/OD to identify any
changes and certify as valid.
1.3.2.3.9. Ensure Package Serial Number (PSNs) are valid.
1.3.3. Logistics Readiness Divisions (A4R)
1.3.3.1. Provide accurate and timely logistical planning data (e.g., scenario data,
including flying hours, Aircraft Availability goals, stock record account number, mission
design series information, etc.) to AFMC.
1.3.3.2. Designates a representative office to serve as POC for shelf-life matters.
1.3.3.3. Validates installation IPE authorizations. Provides installation IPE planning
factors to the AFMC Enterprise Manager (EM) annually.
1.3.3.4. Coordinates the establishment of new “sites” within the approved mobility
information technology (IT) system with AFMC/A4R, as required.
1.3.3.5. Coordinates with AFMC/A4R for disposal actions of all IPE and Chemical
Warfare Defense Equipment.
18 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.3.3.6. At the request of the AFMC/A4R, provides justification for redistribution orders
which are denied or not satisfied within five duty days.
1.3.3.7. To support enterprise trend analysis, provides justification to AFMC/A4R for
inventory adjustments which result in a loss or gain of assets with combined value of
$5,000 or greater.
1.3.3.8. Communicates EM guidance to MAJCOM leadership and to respective
LRS/Materiel Management Activities.
1.3.3.9. Requests updated Training Purpose Only (TPO) IPE requirements from
managed installations annually. Provides EM with the documented requirement increases
or decreases.
1.3.3.10. Coordinates with AFMC/A4R on TPO IPE shortfalls.
1.4. Air Force Materiel Command (AFMC).
1.4.1. AFMC. Will develop separate 24/7 procedural guidance for supply chain operations
activities to implement enterprise level support as required.
1.4.1.1. Implement and enforce AF stockage policies/procedures.
1.4.1.2. Ensure proper wholesale requirements computation.
1.4.1.3. Review SSIR or equivalent and narratives. The SSIR contains principal and
secondary inventory data as of 30 September of each year. The narrative describes
significant trends, changes from previous reporting periods, and modification to systems,
procedures, or operations impacting on the reported value of the materiel. Prepare the
SSIR IAW DoDM 4140.01, Volume 10, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management
Policy: Supply Chain Inventory Reporting And Metrics.
1.4.1.4. Provide additive requirements for consumable items to DLA.
1.4.1.5. Assist AF/A4LR in developing stockage policies.
1.4.1.6. Manage wholesale level inventory according to established logistics policies and
procedures in an effective manner.
1.4.1.6.1. Use historical information and data submitted by materiel management
organizations and contractors to determine management actions needed to support
procurement requirements.
1.4.1.6.2. Make management decisions about terminating contracts and disposing of
potential reutilization and disposal inventory methods.
1.4.1.6.3. Maintain models to compute wholesale materiel requirements for AF
centrally procured items, including items subject to coordinated procurement by other
agencies and military departments.
1.4.1.7. Implement methods and maintain models to accomplish wholesale inventory
stratification for each item under its management control.
1.4.1.8. Make appropriate refinements as necessary from the time of the initial
computation through all echelons of review. The rationale applied in the refinements will
be documented and validated by the computing and reviewing activities.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 19

1.4.1.9. Conduct periodic reviews at the wholesale level. These reviews will include
detailed analysis of individual item computation worksheets, procurement histories,
repair schedules, and other documentation used to support management actions.
1.4.1.10. Continually evaluate and verify data and factors used in determining stock
requirements.
1.4.1.11. Ensure management emphasis on prompt reduction or cancellation of purchase
requests and consideration of terminating unnecessary items on contract.
1.4.1.12. Ensure where feasible, termination costs will be obtained in a timely manner to
establish the cost-effectiveness of termination. AFMC will develop a termination cost
model to be used to estimate termination costs if they can’t be obtained in a timely
manner.
1.4.1.13. Ensure decisions and implementation of those reduction decisions are
accomplished in a timely manner.
1.4.1.14. Determine cost-effectiveness by comparing holding costs to the cost to
terminate plus future procurement costs, if known.
1.4.1.15. Emphasize reduction or cancellation of purchase requests before contract award
to avoid potential liability for contractor termination costs.
1.4.1.16. Ensure terminations of contracts occur only after determining that termination
is cost-effective and in the best interest of the Government.
1.4.1.17. Evaluate retail level stockage analysis from subordinate units. Analysis
includes wholesale supportability of retail requirements, the effectiveness of stockage
modeling techniques for on-hand and on-order inventory.
1.4.1.18. Conduct periodic materiel management reviews within their respective
subordinate units.
1.4.1.19. Manage the Adjusted Stock Level (ASL) program and approve ASL requests
for Budget Code “9” and AFMC-managed items.
1.4.1.19.1. Approval of Contractor Supported Weapon System or Contractor
Inventory Control Point ASL Requests. The System Program Office (SPO) in
conjunction with the MAJCOM System Manager will act as the approval/disapproval
authority for all Contractor Supported Weapon System/Contractor Inventory Control
Point managed items unless otherwise stipulated in contractual terms.
1.4.1.20. Manage the command’s CSAG-S and GSD budget, funding and execution
programs.
1.4.1.21. Establish procedures to carry out AF policies established for the CSAG-S and
GSD divisions of the AFWCF.
1.4.1.22. Provide supplemental instructions for development of CSAG-S/GSD operating
programs.
20 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.1.23. Prepare MAJCOM level Budget Exhibits and supplemental documentation for
the Budget Estimate Submission (BES) and President’s Budget (PB) for CSAG-S and
GSD. Consolidate CSAG-S and CSAG-M budget exhibits. Reviews CSAG and GSD
budget content for compliance with OUSD(C), SAF/FMBOR, and AF/A4PY direction
and submits this input to SAF/FMBMR.
1.4.1.24. Review, approve, and disseminate CSAG-S and GSD operating, initial spares
and the Capital Investment Program authority to command activities as part of funds
control activity. Funds/targets distributed are based on the Annual Operating Budget
issued by SAF/FMBOR and the financial authority delegated through that process.
1.4.1.25. Issue GSD unit cost goals to subordinate activities.
1.4.1.26. Control and re-program funds based upon cash availability and strategies
recommended by SAF/FMBOR, AF/A4PY and functional offices in AFMC.
1.4.1.27. Analyze execution data for CSAG-S and GSD programs.
1.4.1.28. Provide selected management data to AFMC leadership, AF and SAF/FM
offices for review and decision support.
1.4.1.29. Be the focal point for CSAG-S end item sales price development and all price
change requests.
1.4.1.30. Develop the Business Overhead Cost Recovery (BOCR) factors and
Condemnation Material Expense Recovery (CMER) factors (BOCR and CMER factors
are applied as a flat percentage to the Latest Acquisition Cost [LAC] or the Latest Repair
Cost [LRC]) to develop annual price changes and resulting end item sales prices.
1.4.1.31. Manage command level requirements and billings.
1.4.1.32. Execute CSAG-S and GSD buy and repair funds related to items managed or
items acquired at its various subordinate activities to acquire parts and inventories as well
as the overhead needed to run the enterprise supporting the Working Capital Fund (WCF)
mission.
1.4.1.33. Manage the CSAG-S and GSD business operations.
1.4.1.34. Generate and validate CSAG-S prices that do not have organic repair
performed on them. For organically repaired or dual repair sourced items, generate
acquisition cost, contract repair cost and required item level detail data elements that feed
into the AFMC Iterative Pricing Tool and associated processes.
1.4.1.35. Develop, validate, and track the execution of the CSAG-S functional
requirement.
1.4.1.36. Be the focal point for asset free issue, credit overrides, and loans.
1.4.1.37. Maintain management responsibility of item managers, setting procedure for
establishing and recommending changes for specific CSAG-S item LAC and LRC price
adjustments providing appropriate justification.
1.4.1.38. Perform functions as specified in paragraph 2.3, for MAJCOMs for whom
they provide centralized FM support.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 21

1.4.1.39. Submits budget inputs, other funding requests, and execution reports explaining
current position and variance analyses.
1.4.1.40. Manage and annually adjust the GSD surcharge calculation for base retail level
and provide to Air Force Life Cycle Management Center (AFLCMC) for inclusion in the
end of year conversion steps.
1.4.1.41. Be the AF Executive Agent for IIRP and final approval authority for all
packages, and will:
1.4.1.41.1. Initiate/coordinate IIRP packages with lead commands and fund holders,
and submit finalized packages to AF/A4.
1.4.1.41.2. Request GSD Stock Fund Cost Authority in the BES to match the
MAJCOM O&M submitted to the Spares Requirement Review Board.
1.4.1.41.3. In coordination with the funds holders, track and measure the economic
benefits of the actual implementation of the improved item against the original
forecasted sustainment posture.
1.4.1.41.4. Develop separate procedural guidance required to implement.
1.4.1.42. Support RSP and Kits and will:
1.4.1.42.1. Conduct staff visits to subordinate activities when requested, review
reports, review the AF approved aircraft authorizations contained in the RSP
Authorization Document for logistics supportability and be the functional OPR for
RSP-related data systems.
1.4.1.42.2. Implement methods and maintain models for computing wholesale
requirements to support the Combatant Commander’s war plans and WMP
documents. They will implement methods, maintain models, and conduct analysis in
support of requests for additive requirements such as CHPMSKs, HPMSKs, and
consumable items.
1.4.1.42.3. Execute RSP management responsibility for specific weapon systems and
end items of equipment.
1.4.1.42.4. Provide guidance to bases for loading RSP authorizations; distribute RSP
allocations/authorizations to field units in support of existing war plans according to
assigned priorities (RSP Reconciliation); collaborate in execution of the RSP
deployment plan; and evaluate the effectiveness of deployed Mobility Readiness
Spare Package (MRSP)s/HPMSKs and established CHPMSKs and forward results to
MAJCOMs.
1.4.1.42.5. Provide estimated buy and repair budget deficit impacts for proposed new
HPMSK to the requesting MAJCOM.
1.4.1.42.6. Release assets IAW the Spares Priority Release Sequence and RSP
contingency flags.
1.4.1.42.6.1. Approve/disapprove requests to field RSPs out of cycle.
1.4.1.43. AFMC WSSP support includes:
22 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.1.43.1. Implement the AF component of WSSP.

1.4.1.43.2. AFMC ESs will be primary focal points for determining and reviewing
essentiality codes for National Stock Number (NSNs) maintained in WSSP for their
respective weapon systems. This applies to ES personnel assigned to PM/system
sustainment activities and supply chain management organizations. Commodity ES
personnel will take the lead assisting AF WSSP Workbench Focal Points in reviewing
and assigning ECs as required when systems they manage are considered “common”
and used on multiple weapon systems. Commodity ES supervisors are authorized to
grant access to the AF WSSP Workbench as focal points for weapon systems they
support
1.4.1.43.3. Develop and distribute procedures regarding AF use of WSSP.
1.4.1.43.4. Serve as Functional OPR for the web based AF WSSP Workbench Tool.
1.4.1.43.5. Serve as the submission activity on all new weapon system designator
code (WSDC) load/change/delete requests. All requests will be staffed for
coordination through AF/A4LR.
1.4.1.43.6. Ensure an AF WSSP Workbench monitor is assigned to coordinate WSSP
matters and assist weapon system focal points as required within each complex.
1.4.1.43.7. Ensure all DLA-managed NSNs which support AF WSDCs are correctly
registered (e.g., valid ECs and all other required data) in DLA WSSP and any change
data is continually incorporated.
1.4.1.43.8. Establish a WSSP Working Group, chaired by AFMC and will convene
working group meetings on a quarterly basis. Working group members will consist of
representatives from AFMC, Air Logistics Complex (ALC) and DLA.
1.4.1.43.9. Product Support Manager (PSM) will appoint primary and alternate AF
WSSP Workbench focal points for WSDCs assigned to weapon systems they support.
WSSP focal points will be responsible for maintaining WSSP records assigned to
their WSDCs. This includes ensuring NSN adds/changes/deletes are processed
through the AF WSSP Workbench.
1.4.1.43.9.1. PSM personnel will notify AFMC WSSP Functional OPR when
systems are deactivated so WSDCs can be removed from WSSP.
1.4.1.43.9.2. Essentiality code “1” will be assigned to all DLA-managed repair
parts for an LRU, when lack of that LRU will render the aircraft/weapon system it
supports inoperable or grounded. If the aircraft/weapon system is not rendered
inoperable or grounded, then assigning essentiality code “1” is not appropriate.
1.4.1.43.10. Nominate weapon systems to AFMC to be included in the WSSP
program in accordance with the following time frames:
1.4.1.43.10.1. For systems to be provisioned--no later than 4 months prior to the
start of the provisioning process.
1.4.1.43.10.2. Systems in the active inventory--no later than 2 months before a
system will require DLA parts support.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 23

1.4.1.44. Manage the AFSPBP and will:

1.4.1.44.1. Develop annual fiscal year screening thresholds in compliance with
Defense Federal Acquisition Regulations Supplement and Procedures, Guidance and
Information (DFARS/PGI 217.7506).
1.4.1.44.2. Determine the complete data needs, including re-procurement data for
inclusion in contracts.
1.4.1.44.3. Give written notification, with rationale, to affected organizations when
contracts do not include data requirements.
1.4.1.44.4. Conduct data calls and in-process reviews to ensure that correct and
complete data requirements, including re-procurement data, appear in the
Engineering, Manufacturing and Development or production contract.
1.4.1.44.5. Identify, select, and, develop data item descriptions for inclusion in the
Engineering, Manufacturing and Development or production contract.
1.4.1.44.6. Make sure that contracts properly define data requirements and manage
the acquisition according to AFI 21-103, Equipment Inventory, Status and Utilization
Reporting.
1.4.1.44.7. Schedule periodic engineering and procurement data reviews to ensure
that the contractor is complying with contractual data requirements in supporting the
AFSPBP. These reviews should coincide with existing engineering or data reviews.
1.4.1.44.8. Give the offices of the Competition Advocate and Small and
Disadvantaged Business adequate notice of the opportunity to take part in an advisory
capacity in Contractor Technical Information Codes (CTIC) verification meetings.
1.4.1.44.9. Determine the need for CTIC, initiate contract data requirements and fund
for CTIC and associated procurement data.
1.4.1.44.10. Program and budget for acquiring CTIC, re-procurement data, and
reverse engineering for initial and replenishment spare parts to support equipment and
end items.
1.4.1.44.11. Screen and assign Acquisition Method Codes and Acquisition Method
Suffix Codes to parts for which AFMC has engineering responsibility.
1.4.1.44.12. Approve and accept DD Form 250, Materiel Inspection and Receiving
Report, certifying the technical accuracy of engineering data to support the
replenishment spare parts procurements.
1.4.1.44.13. Periodically review the screening threshold and recommend changes
when necessary.
1.4.1.44.14. Identify the tasks within the Logistics Support Analysis required to
supplement the AFSPBP for the system being acquired.
1.4.1.44.15. Identify those peculiar parts that require engineering evaluation support.
24 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.1.44.16. Request necessary help from responsible non-AFMC engineering

activities to do technical screening and subsequent AMC and Acquisition Method
Suffix Code (AMSC) assignment.
1.4.1.44.17. Ensure that the technical engineering information to support initial and
replenishment spare parts procurements is adequate for engineering review. (Use
DFARS/PGI 217.7506 to make this determination).
1.4.1.45. Item Indenture Responsibilities (Applicable to AFMC and United States Space
Force (USSF) include:
1.4.1.45.1. Account for the indenture level of items being spared and levels of
maintenance for the items and their higher assemblies per DoDM 4140.01, Volume 2,
DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Policy: Demand and Supply Planning.
1.4.1.45.2. Establish a secondary item application or configuration file for each of its
weapon systems. The file will show the indenture structure and essentiality of all
reparable and consumable items that are part of the weapon system.
1.4.1.45.3. Every 18 months, validate indenture data to ensure they are current and
accurately maintained in an approved system of record.
1.4.1.45.4. Link each item to its next higher assembly in the weapon system
application by modeling the impact of a lower-level assembly (an item whose next
higher assembly is another item or subassembly) on the availability of its next higher
level assembly or assemblies.
1.4.1.45.5. Use an item indenture structure to tradeoff between items at the first level
of indenture (e.g., items whose next higher assembly is the weapon system) and items
at lower levels of indenture needed to repair those items. In that way, the impact of
each item on each level of indenture, and ultimately on the weapon system itself, is
portrayed; and the requirement for the highest level assembly will not be based on
assuming 100 percent of its lower level assemblies are available.
1.4.1.46. Manage the AFMC TRAP Activity and will:
1.4.1.46.1. Maintain data for TRAP allocated to each theater for WRM.
1.4.1.46.2. Champion funding for NCAA TRAP requirements and shortfalls.
Coordinate with applicable AFMC aircraft PM for funds to procure any existing or
projected TRAP.
1.4.1.46.3. Assist PM with funding projected TRAP shortfalls if the applicable PM is
unable to secure funds.
1.4.1.46.4. Schedule annual meetings with Air Staff, MAJCOM, and AFMC support
personnel to resolve problems in TRAP management and to discuss budget execution
objectives.
1.4.1.46.5. Participate in aircraft Weapons Product Improvement Working Group
meetings in the interest of effective and efficient worldwide TRAP management.
1.4.1.46.6. Fabricate, coordinate, and prioritize worldwide distribution plans for
newly procured TRAP.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 25

1.4.1.46.7. Conduct trend analysis and provide recommendations to HAF,

MAJCOMs, applicable TRAP depots, and senior AF leaders on effective and efficient
management of TRAP.
1.4.1.46.8. Maintain oversight and posture of TRAP items assigned to the TRAP
Program.
1.4.1.46.9. Forecast annual Second Destination Transportation requirements for bulk
Continental United States (CONUS), Outside Continental United States (OCONUS)
distribution/retrograde of TRAP. Prioritize and execute annual TRAP Second
Destination Transportation movement plan based on funds received.
1.4.1.46.10. Act as sourcing authority to combatant theaters and combat MAJCOMs
for TRAP.
1.4.1.46.11. Determine and recommend TRAP items for disposition based on
existing on-hand inventories and projected NCAA and POS requirements.
1.4.1.47. Local Purchase and Retail responsibility includes:
1.4.1.47.1. Exercising technical control of the LP program for assigned commodities.
1.4.1.47.2. Reviewing items assigned to determine method of management.
1.4.1.47.3. Providing LP supply for items coded LP, where sources could not be
found locally.
1.4.1.47.4. Authorizing waivers for investment items, providing obligation authority
to cover the cost of the item plus transportation cost from the vendor, and
recommending sources of procurement.
1.4.1.47.5. Capturing and processing demand data for local purchase items processed
outside the supply system.
1.4.1.48. Support Time Compliance Technical Orders (TCTO) process and
responsibilities include:
1.4.1.48.1. Will develop wholesale TCTO procedural guidance to enable AF policy
implementation as required.
1.4.1.48.2. Will procure, assemble, store, and distribute organic TCTO kits.
1.4.1.48.3. May direct base assembly of TCTO kits with lead MAJCOM
concurrence.
1.4.1.49. Support Awaiting Parts (AWP) process and responsibilities include:
1.4.1.49.1. Monitor AWP customer backorders ensuring the system reflects the
current shipment status and delivery date.
1.4.1.49.2. Perform lateral support or follow-up transactions.
26 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.1.49.3. Act as the final decision authority for global evacuation decisions. These
decisions will be based on enterprise support, e.g., health of the end-item, centralizing
reparables for cannibalization possibilities, support of assets required for repair. As
necessary, AFMC will coordinate these decisions with MAJCOM, Depot and Base
personnel. The Contractor Inventory Control Point is the final decision authority for
Contractor Inventory Control Point managed assets. Further details of AWP
Management are identified in AFMAN 23-122.
1.4.1.50. Support CRF capabilities and responsibilities include:
1.4.1.50.1. Providing the necessary requirements and leveling data changes to
D200A (7SC) and Readiness Base Level (via the ILS-S) to reflect RNI demand and
pipeline changes.
1.4.1.50.2. Providing metrics identified in AFI 20-117, Repair Network
Management.
1.4.1.50.3. Monitoring asset availability for all CRF NSNs. Direct shipments from
the CRF and coordinate lateral support shipments from other sources to satisfy
Mission Impaired Capability Awaiting Parts (MICAP)/AWP/MRSP requirements.
OCONUS units supporting homeland security and contingency operations will
receive first priority.
1.4.1.50.4. Ensure sufficient SRU and consumable bits and pieces are available to
support the CRF program (oversight only).
1.4.1.50.5. Review all CRF-supported NSNs (including related Interchangeable and
Substitute Group NSNs) to ensure applicable records are loaded properly at all bases
sending assets to the CRF. Review will be accomplished quarterly or upon
introduction of new CRF NSNs.
1.4.1.50.6. Monitor the retrograde of reparables to CRFs and shipment of repaired
assets back to required locations using the Integrated Logistics System – Supply (ILS-
S) and transportation systems (Global Transportation Network, Cargo Movement
Operations System, etc.). AMC supply chain managers must ensure units follow
prescribed repair echelon and transportation routing, and make every effort to resolve
bottlenecks in the transportation pipeline as necessary.
1.4.1.51. Responsible for implementing and managing the Support Equipment
Accountable Property System of Record (APSR). Specific responsibilities include:
1.4.1.51.1. Maintaining an automated system to disseminate allowance and catalog
data to the MAJCOM.
1.4.1.51.2. Technically advising and assisting MAJCOM equipment management
functions in matters affecting the equipment management system.
1.4.1.51.3. Implement HAF policy and procedural changes through supporting
published guidance, data system designs, and operations and maintenance techniques.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 27

1.4.1.51.4. Responsible for developing buy/budget projections and initiating

procurement actions for centrally procured NSNs to support current and forecasted
(future) requirements. AFMC manages centrally procured, government furnished
equipment.
1.4.1.52. Request a worldwide inventory as required, on specific items that may be
located at other AF activities.
1.4.1.53. Conduct a pre-inventory survey at their depot storage activities prior to the
inventory deadline date to ascertain that housekeeping and other operating factors
impacting the inventory are in order. The time selected for this survey will be far enough
in advance of the inventory deadline date to allow ample time to correct any deficiencies
noted during the survey.
1.4.1.54. Identify/select Special Purpose Recoverables Authorized Maintenance
(SPRAM) items during the provisioning process.
1.4.1.55. Provide MAJCOMs SPRAM requirements identified during initial provisioning
1.4.1.56. Consider SPRAM requirements in buy computations. PM end article item
manager (EAIM) approval is required for SPRAM authorizations.
1.4.1.57. Stock Positioning responsibilities include:
1.4.1.57.1. Direct the reallocation and redistribution of AF-owned materiel to ensure
that the right inventory is at the right locations to meet customer requirements by
making best value decisions on where to position stocks. Note: The Global
Ammunitions Control Point directs the reallocation and redistribution of AF-owned
Class V materiel IAW AFMAN 21-201.
1.4.1.57.2. In coordination with DLA (if applicable), determine where stock listed
assets are stored unless contingency operations dictate otherwise.
1.4.1.57.3. Maintain oversight of Industrial Plant Equipment required for support of
AF military organizations per AFI 63-101/20-101, Integrated Life Cycle
Management.
1.4.1.57.4. Position assets close to users resulting in improved responsiveness, better
support of peace and wartime requirements and reduced distribution costs. This
guidance is applicable to all wholesale secondary items stocked by the AF, except
war reserves and stocks designated for specific projects. The impact on inventory
levels and the associated costs are an important part of the determination process.
1.4.1.57.5. Restrict single point stockage of items to those that are supported by cost
and benefit analysis.
1.4.1.57.6. Make arrangements for, and the coordination of intra-AF or interservice
support between the affected activities.
1.4.1.57.7. In collaboration with DLA, provide final authority on all proposed
agreements involving AF assets/storage sites.
1.4.1.58. Materiel Disposition responsibilities include:
1.4.1.58.1. Provide guidance for AF reclamation processes.
28 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.1.58.2. Provide guidance for removal of parts at AFMC Maintenance and

Regeneration Activity, including those to support retail-level MICAP requisitions and
urgent depot support requirement, along with the associated mini-save list(s)
development.
1.4.1.58.3. Direct IM responsibilities as identified in this section.
1.4.1.58.4. Monitor formal disposal freeze notices, revisions, or cancellations within
AFMC materiel management operations.
1.4.1.59. Materiel Returns responsibilities include:
1.4.1.59.1. Update the Reparable Item Movement Control System (RIMCS) data
master file to include reparable NSNs under Depot Maintenance Interservice Support
agreements.
1.4.1.59.2. Direct return of retail assets only if there are insufficient wholesale assets
to support the weapon system or end item throughout its remaining life, instead
disposal instructions will be provided.
1.4.1.59.3. Control work load volume input to repair contractors to prevent
accumulation of excess reparables at the contractor facility.
1.4.1.60. Will be the AF focal point to coordinate on all matters pertaining to the PMRP
and assign appropriate Precious Metals Indicator Codes as defined by DoDM 4100.39,
Federal Logistics Information System (FLIS) Procedures.(T-0).
1.4.1.61. Through the AF Mechanized Materials Handling Engineering Office, monitors
planning and programming processes for all MMHS/SAS projects. AFMC is the
centralized AF program manager for all MMHS/SAS and the OPR for guidance
pertaining to MMHS/SAS.
1.4.1.62. Supply Chain Materiel Management Systems responsibilities include:
1.4.1.62.1. Be the AF OPR for acquisition of AF enterprise-level materiel
management systems and have the primary responsibility for ensuring data integrity
for AF materiel management systems.
1.4.1.62.2. Be responsible for the operability of materiel management systems at the
AF enterprise level and ensuring capabilities meet procedures outlined in DoDM
4140.01.
1.4.1.62.3. Ensure security mechanisms are in place to provide secure and
uncompromised exchange of information.
1.4.1.62.4. Be responsible for providing role based security access to materiel
management systems.
1.4.1.62.5. Develop and implement common operating environment IAW DoDM
4140.01.
1.4.1.62.6. Ensure the materiel management IT systems properly supports and
implements AF policies and procedures at the retail level.
1.4.1.63. Readiness Driver responsibilities include:
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 29

1.4.1.63.1. Be the lead functional OPR for data system support to the AFRDP and
provide program management oversight to the AFRDP.
1.4.1.63.2. Develop and oversee the necessary processes and execution to provide an
effective AFRDP.
1.4.1.63.3. Identify changes needed to AFRDP policy/process issues and pursue them
accordingly.
1.4.1.64. AFMC Cataloging Activity responsibilities include:
1.4.1.64.1. Develop and maintain data automation and telecommunication support
for AF participation in, interface with, and supplementation of the Federal Catalog
Program and standardization programs.
1.4.1.64.2. Provide the oversight for contractors performing cataloging
responsibilities to ensure the Federal Catalog Program actions are accomplished and
the contractor is in compliance with DoDM 4100.39 and DoDM 4120.24, Defense
Standardization Program (DSP) Procedures. (T-0).
1.4.1.64.3. Serve as the AF liaison for issues and problems between the DLIS
Cataloging Center and AF activities.
1.4.1.64.4. Serve as AF contact point for the Federal Logistics Information System
(FLIS) Problem Reporting and System Change requests (SCR)
1.4.1.64.5. Develop guidance for Contractor Inventory Control Points. This guidance
will outline performance of cataloging support services functions for specific items,
Federal Supply Classification, subsystems, equipment, assemblies, and components
as contracted.
1.4.1.64.6. Manage the AF Interchangeability & Substitutability (I&S) Grouping
Program.
1.4.1.64.7. Disseminate Catalog Management Data Change. Changes to AF Catalog
Management Data, such as Expendability, Recoverability, and Reparability Category
(ERRC), unit of issue, etc., for all stock listed items will be published in the
appropriate AF and DoD systems.
1.4.1.65. Clothing and Textile responsibilities include:
1.4.1.65.1. Provide input to Army and Air Force Exchange Service AFMCSS
leadership as needed for sustainment related policy questions or issues.
1.4.1.65.2. Function as the AF focal point for Army and Air Force Exchange Service
inquiries on policies, concepts, interpretations, methods and systems concerning the
sustainment of the AF uniform clothing program. Notify AF/A4LR of all procedural
changes to ensure codification in policy before field implementation.
1.4.1.65.3. Monitor AF-worldwide inventories obtained from DLA Troop Support,
including withdrawal, redistribution, and recommend procedures for the management
of such assets.
30 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.1.65.4. Develop and implement requisitioning and stock control guidance

pertaining to the introduction of new items and phase-out of replaced or deleted
items. This includes development, publication, and distribution of special instructions
to requisitions’ in controlled multiple address letters or other media.
1.4.1.65.5. Obtain and develop procurement support technical data and supply
request packages per DoDM 4140.01, Volume 9, DoD Supply Chain Materiel
Management Policy: Materiel Programs.
1.4.1.65.6. Develop WRM pre-stockage and special program quantitative
requirements.
1.4.1.65.7. Administer the AF clothing quality assurance program, including the
processing of related quality deficiency reports for DLA Troop Support assigned
item.
1.4.1.65.8. Serve as the logistics liaison point with the DLA Troop Support.
1.4.1.65.9. Upon development of new items, coordinate plans and new or revised
specifications with DLA Troop Support.
1.4.1.65.10. Prepare and provide evaluation of draft manuals and regulations
affecting the AF clothing and textile program, including those for the ANG and
Reserve forces.
1.4.1.65.11. Maintain records, obtain data, and develop reports, studies, and projects
for internal use or when requested by HAF.
1.4.1.65.12. Initiate actions with DLA Troop Support to fill priority requisitions
when items are out of stock in the DLA materiel management systems.
1.4.1.65.13. Participate in periodic reviews of materiel obligations with DLA Troop
Support inventory managers.
1.4.1.65.14. Provide technical evaluation of suggestions concerning the AF clothing
and textile program.
1.4.1.65.15. Provide a current list of DLA Troop Support generic clothing store items
and prices to the AF Clothing Initial Issue Function (AFCIIF), Army and Air Force
Exchange Service and HAF. Update the list, through the fiscal year, to reflect changes
such as revised prices and new AF uniform clothing items entered into the DLA
Troop Support materiel management system.
1.4.1.65.16. Collaborate with AF/A1 and AF/A4 when the AFCIIF ceases issuing an
item and establish a recommended phase-out date to AF/A1 (AFI 36-2903, Dress and
Personal Appearance of Air Force Personnel, OPR).
1.4.1.65.17. Ensure the AFCIIF makes maximum use of phase-out items per DoDM
4140.01, V9.
1.4.1.65.18. Provide AF/A1 the prices of initial issue items.
1.4.1.66. Price Challenge and Verification responsibilities:
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 31

1.4.1.66.1. Be the AF POC for the validation of AF-managed price challenge

submissions.
1.4.1.66.2. Coordinate price verification for AF-managed items through DLA
Logistics Information Service on the validity of the over-pricing challenge.
1.4.1.66.3. Ensure the appropriate functions update cataloging data in the appropriate
materiel management IT system(s) as applicable.
1.4.1.66.4. Notify the requestor of the final outcome.
1.4.2. AFMC Logistics Readiness Division (A4R).
1.4.2.1. Serves as the AF/A4LR designated Enterprise Manager (EM) for select Class II
IPE materiel. The Enterprise Manager will establish processes, in coordination with
AF/A4LR, for centrally managing select Class II IPE materiel.
1.4.2.2. Supports the wing's deployment commitment and Chemical, Biological,
Radiological, Nuclear Threat Area Designation per AFI 10-2501, Air Force Emergency
Management Program, with IPE authorizations.
1.4.2.3. Develops and approves the global storage and sustainment strategy and
releveling/redistribution plans to meet enterprise IPE requirements. Redistribution actions
that place a unit below authorized stock levels are coordinated with the owning
MAJCOM IPE manager.
1.4.2.4. Establishes strategic reserve locations and Expeditionary Theater Distribution
Centers for prepositioned IPE assets to support operational requirements. Strategic
reserves and Expeditionary Theater Distribution Centers will be coordinated with key
stakeholders, (e.g., COCOM, MAJCOMs) and AF/A4LR.
1.4.2.5. Establishes Enterprise Mobility Equipment Facility (EMEF).
1.4.2.5.1. Centrally stores and manages IPE stock per DoDM 4140.27,Vol 2,
AFJMAN 23-210, Joint Service Manual (JSM) For Storage and Materials Handling,
and applicable TOs and manuals. (T-0).
1.4.2.5.2. Excess assets (inventory above 100% of the enterprise baseline
requirement) may be stored at the EMEF with prior Enterprise Management
coordination/approval.
1.4.2.6. Evaluates and approves request for new “site” establishment within the
Enterprise and determine appropriate administration within the approved mobility IT
system.
1.4.2.7. Forecasts Regular AF IPE funding requirements in the Combat Ready Airman
program office annual planning and programming process.
1.4.2.8. Coordinates with MAJCOMs for disposal actions of all IPE and Chemical
Warfare Defense Equipment.
1.4.2.9. Provides MAJCOMs with a tariff size chart annually for all sized items. This
will be done in conjunction with annual authorization/requirement updates.
1.4.2.10. Chairs the monthly AF Mobility IPE forum.
32 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.2.11. Develops, tracks, and reports key performance metrics. Leverages the approved
mobility IT system to the greatest extent possible to produce metrics.
1.4.2.12. Validates and inputs enterprise IPE authorizations and adjustments for IPE
requirements in the approved mobility IT system.
1.4.2.13. Manages enterprise TPO IPE to include authorization, forecasts, budgeting,
procurement, redistribution, and disposal. Note: To preclude Defense Accountability,
Reutilization and Disposal activity refusal, disposal requests must be made for the NSN
physically marked on the item.
1.4.2.13.1. Establish procedures to track TPO IPE shipments from Defense
Accountability, Reutilization and Disposal activity.
1.4.2.13.2. Coordinates with MAJCOM for emergent TPO IPE requirements.
1.4.2.13.3. Establish Transportation Account Code to move TPO IPE.
1.4.2.13.4. Identify TPO IPE NSNs with a “TG” in the fifth or sixth position and
load in the approved mobility IT system (e.g., 8415-TG-123-4567).
1.4.2.13.5. Review and approve TPO IPE disposal requests and forward request to
Defense Accountability, Reutilization and Disposal activity.
1.4.2.14. Manages AF-generated project codes (category codes A and B). Program
management responsibilities include:
1.4.2.14.1. Processing AF-enterprise requests to add or terminate codes.
1.4.2.14.2. Maintaining a master list of active and inactive codes.
1.4.2.14.3. Certifying project codes to ensure termination dates are not exceeded.
1.4.2.14.4. Cancelling or modifying outstanding requisitions upon notification that a
project code has been terminated.
1.4.2.14.5. Provide project code nicknames for AF generated requests.
1.4.3. AFMC Product Support Management Division (A4F).
1.4.3.1. Is designated as Technical Content Manager for TO 00-20-2, Maintenance Data
Documentation.
1.4.3.2. Serves as the SRD management focal point for overall use of SRDs within the
Maintenance Data Documentation (MDD) arena.
1.4.3.3. Determines and serves as the cognizant authority for message group addresses to
be used by the AFMC Centers, Agencies and Squadrons for notifications to SRD users.
1.4.3.4. Develops or recommends additional SRD management procedures, and SRD
data products, etc.
1.4.4. Air Force Sustainment Center (AFSC).
1.4.4.1. Applies UMMIPS release sequence for non-AF customer requisitions.
1.4.4.2. Applies UMMIPS, Execution & Prioritization of Repair Support System or
Spares Priority Release Sequence (SPRS) for AF customer requisitions.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 33

1.4.5. 635th Supply Chain Operations Wing (SCOW).

1.4.5.1. Support Degraded Operations and will:
1.4.5.1.1. Notify supported bases of system problems and estimated duration of
system outage. (T-1).
1.4.5.1.2. Assist supported bases (as needed) in degraded operations and coordinate
manual accounting recovery with materiel management activities. (T-1).
1.4.5.1.2.1. Participate in base level assessments of degraded operations and
adjust support as needed to maintain an agreeable level of support. (T-1).
1.4.5.1.2.2. Monitor system availability and direct supported bases when to
process manual accounting recovery transactions. (T-1).
1.4.5.1.2.3. Provide a periodic “window of opportunity” for supported bases to
schedule and conduct local exercises at least every 6 months. Coordinate with
bases/MAJCOMs on any scheduling conflicts. (T-1).
1.4.5.1.3. Provide functional guidance during degraded operations and recovery. (T-
1).
1.4.5.1.4. Support degraded operations at the Source of Supply (SOS) as required.
(T-1).
1.4.5.2. Support Base Closures and will:
1.4.5.2.1. Redistribute serviceable assets and report excess assets to the source of
supply. (T-1).
1.4.5.2.2. Notify the ILS-S Program Management Office 45 days prior before
established closure date. (T-1).
1.4.5.2.3. Run final ILS-S reports for account closure. (T-1).
1.4.5.2.4. Coordinate with Defense Finance and Accounting System (DFAS) on
SRAN deletion. (T-1).
1.4.5.3. Support Weapon Systems Transfers and will:
1.4.5.3.1. Process the Mission Change to update both the gaining and losing
spares/consumption data in the ILS-S for both SRANs. (T-1).
1.4.5.3.2. Coordinate with the losing base where to transfer its assets.
1.4.5.4. Ensure order fulfillment from the time a customer puts a requirement into the
system until it is satisfied by directing distribution actions as needed. (T-1).
1.4.5.5. Responsible for implementing and managing the Support Equipment APSR.
Specific responsibilities include:
1.4.5.5.1. Maintain an automated system to disseminate allowance and catalog data
to the MAJCOM.
1.4.5.5.2. Technically advise and assist MAJCOM equipment management functions
in matters affecting the equipment management system. (T-1).
34 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.5.5.3. Implement HAF policy and procedural changes through supporting

published guidance, data system designs, and operations and maintenance techniques.
(T-1).
1.4.5.6. Support Force Record Alterations and will:
1.4.5.6.1. Complete Forced Record Alteration Change processing for supported bases
including ANG/AFR satellites off of supported host accounts.
1.4.5.6.2. Retain original Forced Record Alteration Change output documentation.
(T-1).
1.4.5.6.3. Ensure a copy of Forced Record Alteration Change output documentation
is available.
1.4.5.7. Through the WRM GMO will:
1.4.5.7.1. Work with DLA to ensure DLA-managed items with Contingency
Retention Stock quantities are reviewed annually. (T-1).
1.4.5.7.2. Accomplish formal Allowance Standards and UTC reviews per AFI 10-
401, Air Force Operations Planning and Execution. (T-1).
1.4.5.7.3. Provide all WRM units 60 day notice prior to each formal AS review.
1.4.5.7.4. Review all NSNs in UTCs and validate Master NSN with input from
MAJCOMs, Functional Area Managers (FAMs), Pilot Units, LRS Equipment
Accountability Element (EAE), and equipment custodians. (T-1).
1.4.5.7.5. Six (6) months prior to any operational plan change(s), schedule Basis of
Issue and AS reviews in partnership with AFMC, AFSC, MAJCOMs, FAMs, and
Pilot Units, AFLCMC/WNZ (PMO), MAJCOMs, and the WRM GMO will use the
review to plan and budget for support equipment required to support the change. (T-
1).
1.4.5.7.6. Make applicable updates/changes to UTCs and equipment detail ASs in the
AF equipment IT system and other appropriate systems as recommended. (T-1).
1.4.5.8. Support Special Logistics arrangements and will:
1.4.5.8.1. Be responsible for the movement and control of forward support spares
(both serviceable and unserviceable) between AMC PSPs, FSLs, Forward Supply
Points (FSPs) and supporting SOSs.
1.4.5.8.2. Manage the AMC FSL Asset and Requisition Report to resolve conditions
negatively affecting AMC FSS.
1.4.5.8.3. Manage the AMC Contingency Program.
1.4.5.8.4. Justify leveling of AMC FSL items.
1.4.5.8.5. Support HAF and command-directed requirements for RED HORSE
materiel to include procurement, assembly, and shipment of necessary items.
1.4.5.8.6. Appoint a POC for RED HORSE project(s) support.
1.4.5.8.7. Fund all initial requirements for RED HORSE units.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 35

1.4.5.8.8. RED HORSE Expense items will be procured by the stock fund through
the normal stock fund process.
1.4.5.8.9. Support RED HORSE Expense items, which will be reimbursed from the
operations operating budget upon issue from the stock fund.
1.4.6. Centralized Equipment Management Activities.
1.4.6.1. Centralized Equipment Management Flight (CEMF). Will provide guidance and
oversight to AF organizations and assist with enterprise equipment requirements unless
otherwise directed. The CEMF will:
1.4.6.1.1. Redistribute equipment and issue equipment authorizations and allowances
based on war and peacetime needs of AF units.
1.4.6.1.2. Review, validate, and report equipment requirements are matched to
LOGMOD (Logistics Module)/UTC for approval by the Equipment Review Approval
Authority. (T-1).
1.4.6.1.3. Perform Pre-deployment Planning and Organizational Responsibilities.
1.4.6.1.4. Appoint a representative to the EPWG.
1.4.6.1.5. Participate with AFMC Allowance Managers (AM) in the determination of
items in the allowance standard and the Basis of Issue of support equipment (SE).
1.4.6.1.6. Ensure the maintenance of the auditable accountable records (verified by
physical inventories) for units assigned to the command and tenant units under the
jurisdiction of the command. (T-1).
1.4.6.1.7. Ensure complete and verified reports of all equipment authorized and in the
possession of units.
1.4.6.1.8. Conduct analysis, management studies, and reviews as required ensuring
an effective, responsive, and economical equipping system is fully supporting the
assigned mission.
1.4.6.1.9. Develop, maintain, and report forecast authorization equipment data as
required, to project equipment requirements in support of
programmed/unprogrammed unit actions.
1.4.6.1.10. Manage the Reporting Organization File program.
1.4.6.1.11. Authorizes changes to a specific unit's or weapon system’s authorization,
input command allowance change request into the Support Equipment APSR and
forward the approved change to the EAE and AFMC.
1.4.6.1.12. Perform Chief Financial Officer oversight for assigned bases.
1.4.6.1.13. Coordinate with functional managers for the prioritization of support
equipment requirements. (T-1).
1.4.6.1.14. Perform a biennial configuration review to ensure changes to unit data
sets in AF equipment IT system are calculated correctly. (T-1).
36 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.6.1.15. Review, approve, and submit LP and LR waiver requests for AF

Equipment items Centrally Managed and Procured “NF/ND” Nonexpendable Items
with Alpha Budget Codes to AFMC. Refer to specific requirements for LP and LR
waiver requests provided in AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).
1.4.6.1.16. Ensure redistribution of equipment is not possible to satisfy the urgency
of the mission requirement.
1.4.6.1.17. Consider the overall effect of realigning funds to fulfill the requirement
through procurement or repair.
1.4.6.1.18. Ensure prioritization categories have been assigned appropriately and if
requirement is in the AF Equipment IT system, ensure the prioritization categories
match.
1.4.6.1.19. Work with functional managers to assess the criticality of MAJCOM
requirements and record those assessments within the Equipment Requirements
System. (T-1).
1.4.6.2. Centralized Equipment Support. Aligned under the 440 Supply Chain Operations
Squadron and primary responsibility is to ensure the Support Equipment (APSR) data is
accurate and up-to-date and will:
1.4.6.2.1. Complete the quarterly Equipment Authorization and On-Hand Balance
Reconciliation.
1.4.6.2.2. Conduct allowance reviews of miscellaneous allowance source codes
(ASCs) (with representation from using commands, functional area manager, PMs,
IMs, and other AF agencies) annually. During review, invalid equipment
authorizations will be deleted and excess items will be turned-in and redistributed. (T-
1).
1.4.6.2.3. Notify gaining LRS/Materiel Management Activity of incoming transfer
assets.
1.4.6.2.4. When notified of a deployment, process transfer, loan, or RDO requests as
directed by CEMF. (T-1).
1.4.6.2.5. Track deployments/transfers.(T-1).
1.4.6.2.6. Manage Shipment Movement Follow-Up Notices.(T-1).
1.4.6.2.7. Execute Defense Property Accountability System responsibilities.(T-1).
1.4.6.2.8. Clear equipment rejects/variances (except for vehicles) in the support
equipment APSR.(T-1).
1.4.6.3. Allowance Identification Managers. Allowance Identification Managers are
responsible for: 1) developing and maintaining allowance standards that are matched to
LOGMOD in conjunction with MAJCOM Equipment Review Approval Authorities 2)
coordinating Unit Type Code equipment requirements with Equipment Review Approval
Authorities for approval and 3) identifying the appropriate amount of support equipment
needed to sustain a weapon system for contingency and non-contingency operations.(T-
1). Their duties include:
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 37

1.4.6.3.1. Chairing and perform Allowance Identification reviews in coordination

with MAJCOM Equipment Review Authorization Authorities and appropriate user
communities.
1.4.6.3.2. Consider MAJCOMs request for Allowance Identification reviews for such
things as a change in mission, operational or maintenance concepts, or conversion
from one weapon system to another, or determined to be mission critical. The activity
requesting the review must justify the review, and obtain coordination from other
using MAJCOMs.(T-1).
1.4.6.3.3. Will arrange for the required representation at the Allowance Identification
review conference. (T-1). This representation should include: Lead MAJCOM
equipment management, MAJCOM Command Functional Area Manager, WRM
GMO, Pilot Unit representation, contractors, or activities having subsystem or related
support responsibilities and other MAJCOMs utilizing the subject allowance standard
(AS).(T-1).
1.4.6.3.4. Assigning and maintaining WRM composition codes to allowance
identifications.(T-1).
1.4.6.3.5. Take final action on approved, modified, or disapproved allowance
identification standard change requests.
1.4.7. Air Force Installations and Mission Support Center. Through Air Force Civil Engineer
Center (AFCEC) and in coordination with AFMC will provide:
1.4.7.1. RED HORSE initial formation and initial requirements computations.(T-1).
1.4.7.2. Justification of RED HORSE requirements for subsequent AFMC funding of
initial supplies and equipment. (T-1).
1.4.7.3. Necessary requirements information for AFMC to accomplish funding of initial
RED HORSE requirements. (T-1).
1.4.7.4. Pursue establishment of an “FG” DODAAC satellite account at the overseas host
IT system support base to which the RED HORSE unit is being deployed.(T-1).
1.4.8. AFLCMC Through the ILS-S Program Office will:
1.4.8.1. Provide technical guidance during degraded operations and recovery (real world
and exercises, as needed).
1.4.8.2. ILS-S Program Office will notify materiel management activities of real world
system outages and estimated duration.(T-1).
1.4.8.3. Coordinate scheduled outages with MAJCOMs.(T-1).
1.4.9. Item Managers.
1.4.9.1. Initiate reclamation actions for AF-managed stock numbers and part
numbers.(T-1).
38 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.9.2. Use reclamation in place of procurement or repair to obtain components

whenever it will result in measurable savings. It will also be used whenever it will
provide the fastest means of satisfying a critical requirement or when there is no other
known SOS, regardless of savings.(T-1).
1.4.9.3. Will determine requirements for parts when end items or assemblies become
available for reclamation.(T-1).
1.4.9.4. Initiate reclamation requests for items capable of being reclaimed economically
or not available from other sources.(T-1).
1.4.9.5. Authorize changes/additions/deletions to save lists.(T-1).
1.4.9.6. Review and evaluate existing disposal freezes once a year before the annual
retention computation.(T-1).
1.4.9.7. Justify in writing equipment retention additive requirements to a subgroup
master stock number in the requirements data system and review retention additives to
ensure they are deleted once they serve their legitimate purpose.(T-1).
1.5. AMC Logistics Readiness Division.
1.5.1. Designates AMC PSPs, FSLs and FSPs.
1.5.2. Coordinates with owning MAJCOM and 635 SCOW before establishing AMC PSPs
on non-AMC bases.
1.5.3. Develops and publishes AMC supplemental procedures for non-merged FSLs.
1.5.4. In coordination with 635 SCOW, prioritizes the FSLs to define the priority of release
for requisitions generated by the FSLs.
1.5.5. Informs owning MAJCOMs and 635 SCOW of FSL-specific data changes.
1.5.6. At a minimum, conducts an annual review of organizational codes used by the FSLs.
1.5.7. Performs a monthly MICAP analysis for each weapon system by location.
1.5.8. Conducts a FSL category code review annually.
1.5.9. Develops, maintains, and runs software to establish/update FSS levels
1.6. Logistic Readiness Squadron.
1.6.1. LRS/Materiel Management General Responsibilities. To maintain standardization, the
standard LRS/Materiel Management activity will focus on: 1) maintaining war readiness and
supporting the wartime mission of the wing/base; 2) maintaining an overall customer support
focus; 3) expeditionary logistics support; 4) supply chain materiel management; and 5) care
and security of Nuclear Weapons-Related Materiel (NWRM). Most Efficient Organizations
or units with contract operations will be organized in a manner that complies with this
guidance. (T-1).
1.6.1.1. IAW AFI 38-101, Manpower and Organization, the LRS is made up of the
Commander, Commander’s Support Staff and various flights covering the disciplines of
logistics, fuels, materiel management, and vehicle management. The Commander’s
Support Staff is made up of Operations Officer, Logistics Manager, Squadron Readiness,
Operations Compliance, Squadron Superintendent (optional), and the First Sergeant.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 39

1.6.1.2. LRS/Materiel Management Activity will:

1.6.1.2.1. Establish and change DODAAC. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.1.1. Submit request to establish or change DODAACs IAW AFMAN 23-
230, Maintaining Air Force DoD Activity Address Codes (DODAAC). (T-2).
1.6.1.2.1.2. All materiel management activity accounts will use an APSR IAW
DoDI 5000.64, Accountability and Management of DoD Equipment and Other
Accountable Property and paragraph 7.3 of this instruction. (T-0).
1.6.1.2.1.3. Special Accounts. Requests for "FX" type accounts require AF/A4LR
approval. Justification should include why other accounts (e.g., “FB”, “FE”) are
not available or suitable. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.2. Support Financial Management and will:
1.6.1.2.2.1. Assist with annual or revised budget submission requirements as
determined by AFMC. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.2.2. Coordinate GSD Stock Fund operating programs with the appropriate
base or tenant financial management OPRs for customer requirements. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.2.3. Manage free issue and force credit returns for GSD and CSAG-S. (T-
2).
1.6.1.2.2.3.1. Approve GSD free issue/force credit return requests and
provides justification to AFMC. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.2.3.2. Forward requests for CSAG-S free issue/force credit return
approval to AFMC. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.2.4. Review and coordinate corrective action on suspect GSD and
CSAGS transaction errors. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.2.5. Review GSD stock fund on-order, in-transit inventories, and
liabilities. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.2.6. Monitor funds provided to base-level activities to purchase
investment equipment identified Budget Code (BC) “Z”. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.2.7. Monitor obligated backorders. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.2.8. Identify and validate billing actions that have not been received
within prescribed time limits for local purchase requirements. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.2.9. Work with the Financial Services Office to ensure adequate funds are
loaded to maintain day-to-day mission support requirements. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.3. Support RSP and Kits and will:
1.6.1.2.3.1. Act as the base focal point to see that all base responsibilities for
RSPs are properly carried out. (T-2). Determine, monitor, and ensure adequate
and timely corrective action by the responsible agency on all deficiencies
hampering the capability of the base to carry out its responsibilities for RSP. (T-
2).
40 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.6.1.2.3.2. Perform the necessary supply planning to support the wartime

mission with RSP using the planning guidelines in AFI 10-401. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.3.3. Maintain accurate RSP authorizations and process RSP reconciliation
program, annually. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.3.4. Maintain an accurate inventory of RSP assets through inspection and
inventory as required. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.3.5. Review annual Aircraft EOQ authorization requirements forwarded
from MAJCOM and keep the RSPs serviceable at all times IAW AFMAN 23-
122. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.3.6. All classified RSP assets will be inventoried, stored and maintained
in accordance with AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).
1.6.1.2.3.7. Ensure HPMSK assets are ready for deployment when authorized.
(T-1).
1.6.1.2.3.8. Perform an RSP pre-deployment computation prior to deployment
using IAW AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).
1.6.1.2.4. Support Base Closures and will:
1.6.1.2.4.1. Request assistance from the major command when specific
phasedown instructions are not provided. (T-1). The phasedown plan must meet
the following objective: To achieve a smooth, orderly closeout while the variety
and number of supplies are gradually reduced in order to minimize mission
impact. The rate of supply reduction is determined by resources and the closeout
date. Phasedown actions require careful attention and will be taken by the
appointed personnel. (T-1).
1.6.1.2.4.2. Resolve all late inbound shipment discrepancies prior to base closure
date. Failure to do so will delay closure of the account in the ILS-S. (T-1).
1.6.1.2.4.3. Reduce all item and detail balances to zero prior to closure. (T-1).
1.6.1.2.4.4. Notify the local servicing auditor of an account deactivation as soon
as the deactivation date is known. (T-1). Note: An audit is not required to delete
an account; however, auditor general personnel should be made aware of the
opportunity to audit accounts being inactivated. The phasedown plan must meet
the following objective: To achieve a smooth, orderly closeout while the variety
and number of supplies are gradually reduced in order to minimize mission
impact. The rate of supply reduction is determined by resources and the closeout
date. Phasedown actions require careful attention and will be taken by the
appointed personnel. (T-1).
1.6.1.2.4.4.1. Support weapon system transfers and will coordinate with the
gaining bases to review the due-outs to determine which details should be
transferred. Only due-outs that are required to bring transferred weapons
systems/end items and associated support equipment to a serviceable
condition will be transferred using this process.
1.6.1.2.5. Support materiel returns and will:
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 41

1.6.1.2.5.1. Process all retail level return requests through the FSC. (T-1).
1.6.1.2.5.2. Coordinate with maintenance to identify components for which there
is base level repair capability as well as no base level repair capability and update
repair cycle records. (T-1). The LRS/Materiel Management Activity will review
this information at least semiannually. (T-1).
1.6.1.2.5.3. Recover consumable useable material defined by DoDM 4160.21,
Volume 1, Defense Materiel Disposition: Disposal Guidance and Procedures.(T-
0).
1.6.1.2.5.4. Establish on-base and off-base pick up points for return of
consumable materiel. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.5.5. Establish agreements with the servicing Defense Logistics Agency
Disposition Services (DLADS) that ensure cooperation, support, and assistance.
1.6.1.2.6. Support supply chain materiel management systems and will:
1.6.1.2.6.1. Support core logistics readiness systems while maintaining a
common operating environment IAW DoDM 4140.01. (T-0).
1.6.1.2.6.2. Ensure the use of materiel systems are IAW DoDM 4140.01. (T-0).
1.6.1.2.6.3. Through systematic management procedures, provide effective,
standard, and controlled automated data processing support for base-level
LRS/Materiel Management Activity operations.
1.6.1.2.6.4. Provide standard data processing system fundamentals, work
processes, and methodology, for the training, development, and maintenance of
functional automated data processing LRS/Materiel Management Activity
personnel.
1.6.1.2.6.5. Submit system specific requirements to execute a computer
replacement plan.
1.6.1.2.6.6. Maintain integrity of local item records.
1.6.1.2.7. Manage CRF Host or CRF Supported LRS Units as applicable.
1.6.1.2.7.1. CRF Host LRS Commander/Accountable Property Officer will:
1.6.1.2.7.1.1. Provide interface between Maintenance, Materiel Management,
and Transportation.
1.6.1.2.7.1.2. Provide adequate supply capability to receive, store, and
distribute required items.
1.6.1.2.7.1.3. Provide storage for reparable assets until delivered to the CRF.
1.6.1.2.7.1.4. Provide storage IAW proper warehousing procedures for
serviceable assets awaiting disposition.
1.6.1.2.7.1.5. Ensure Maintenance personnel have the capability to access
ILS-S reports (e.g., D23 DIFM listing) needed for day-to-day management of
the CRF. (T-2).
42 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.6.1.2.7.1.6. Provide a single turn-in point for CRF SRUs and LRUs. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.7.1.7. Ensure DIFM status updates and estimated time for completion
dates are received from CRFs daily. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.7.2. CRF Supported LRS Units will process unserviceable reparable
assets as Not-Reparable This Station (NRTS) code “D” (ship to another base to
repair) for shipment to the appropriate CRF within 24 hours but NLT next duty
day. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.8. Support Individual Protective Equipment and will:
1.6.1.2.8.1. Use the approved mobility IT system to manage and account for
select IPE Class II materiel. All transactions will be processed real-time. (T-2).
Note: Degraded operations procedures are authorized during exercises or system
outages.
1.6.1.2.8.2. Perform Asset management for Tactical Air Control Party, Combat
Control Team, Pararescuemen, Battlefield Weather/Combat Weather, Special
Operations Weather, Explosive Ordnance Disposal, Office of Special
Investigations, and Survival Evasion Resistance and Escape will be maintained
IAW AFPD 10-35, Battlefield Airmen. (T-2). Individual Body Armor (IBA)
accountability for Special Tactics Operation Forces belonging to USSOCOM will
be managed and maintained in the Special Operations Forces Sustainment Asset
Visibility Information Exchange System. Battlefield Airman Management System
and Sustainment Asset Visibility Information Exchange System are NOT
managed by LRS/Materiel Management Activities. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.8.3. Issue serviceable IPE assets in Low Threat Areas for deployment and
contingency operations only, with the exception Explosive Ordnance Disposal
and Security Forces personnel for real-world home-station use. (T-3).
1.6.1.2.8.4. Coordinate with MAJCOM for disposal actions of IPE. (T-2).
1.6.1.2.8.5. Provide secure storage and management of IPE assets identified in
Tables 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, and 5.4 and associated training gear. (T-2). Wing leadership
may designate another activity(s) to manage training gear for the base. Requests
to store or manage tenant IPE assets will be considered by the local LRS
Commander/APO. (T-2). Approved requests will be documented in the Host
Tenant Support Agreement (HTSA). When issued for home-station use (e.g., SFS
response measures), IPE assets will be maintained IAW AFMAN 23-122 and only
for the duration of the intended use and not on a perpetual basis. (T-2). Note:
Storage and management of nonstandard items is the responsibility of the using
unit. (T-2).
1.6.2. LRS Commander (LRS/CC). In addition to unit commander responsibilities IAW AFI
51-509, Appointment to and Assumption of Command, AFI 38-101, and organizational
commander responsibilities in paragraph 1.8 the LRS/CC has the following materiel
management related responsibilities. The LRS/CC will:
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 43

1.6.2.1. Act as the APO and Nuclear Weapons-Related Materiel Accountable Officer for
squadron assets and supply system stock record accounts B and E, and within the
Defense Property Accountability System (DPAS) IAW AFI 23-111, Management of
Government Property in Possession of the Air Force and AFI 20-110, Nuclear Weapons-
Related Materiel Management. (T-1).
1.6.2.1.1. When the APO is replaced by a newly-designated APO, a transfer of
accountability will occur. (T-2). See AFMAN 23-122 for transfer procedures.
1.6.2.1.2. Accountability will include categories II and IIA satellites that function
according to paragraph 9.4 of this instruction. (T-1). However, this accountability
will not include those categories II and IIA satellites located in contingency locations
with an Expeditionary Logistics Readiness Squadron (ELRS). (T-1). For contingency
supply accounts, accountable property officer will be appointed in accordance with
AFI 23-111. (T-1).
1.6.2.1.3. APO Signature Delegation. In the event the APO will be absent for more
than 30 days, the APO will appoint in writing APO signature authority for
documentation requiring accountable officer approval to the Logistics Manager or
Operations Officer. (T-1).
1.6.2.1.3.1. Delegation of APO Signature authority must be in writing and
approved by the Mission Support Group Commander (Mission Support
Group/CC) or equivalent. (T-1).
1.6.2.1.3.2. During an APO absence lasting longer than 30 days, non-APO
review and signature authority is given to the Materiel Manager Flight
commander or Flight superintendent.
1.6.2.2. Review metrics related to Materiel Management effectiveness. (T-1).
1.6.2.3. Wartime Responsibilities. The LRS/CC will develop, in coordination with
AFMC, degraded operations plans to maintain materiel management support during times
of materiel management systems interruption, in peace and war. (T-1).
1.6.2.4. Budget and fund Joint Service Mask Leakage Tester long term preventive
maintenance checks.
1.6.2.5. The LRS APO is responsible for the safekeeping and management of materiel
management inventories and will ensure implementation and compliance with PICP
guidance for materiel under their control or supervision. (T-1).
1.6.2.6. LRS APO and AFMC are responsible for Base Retail Materiel Management
operations. AFMC location Commanders are collectively responsible for depot wholesale
materiel management operations. For degraded operations, the applicable commanders
will.
1.6.2.6.1. Appoint, in writing, the primary and alternate Control Team Chief. (T-1).
1.6.2.6.2. Activate the Control Team, as required. (T-1).
1.6.2.6.3. Ensure degraded operations exercises are conducted at least every 6
months. (T-1).
44 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.6.2.6.4. Assess degraded operations activities and adjust the applicable support
plan as needed. (T-1).
1.6.2.6.5. Establish Continuity of Operations (COOP) for the applicable level of
responsibility. (T-1).
1.6.2.6.6. Through the Control Team Chief (at LRS or AFMC) will:
1.6.2.6.6.1. Ensure data needed to support operations is prepositioned and readily
accessible. (T-1).
1.6.2.6.6.2. Assemble the Control Team when directed by the LRS/CC. (T-1).
1.6.2.6.6.3. Keep the LRS/CC informed regarding the status of the degraded
operation. (T-1).
1.6.2.6.6.4. Appoint (with flight chief coordination) Control Team members in
writing. (T-1).
1.6.2.6.6.5. Ensure all Control Team members are trained, equipped, and
qualified to perform degraded operations and training is appropriately
documented in training records. (T-1).
1.6.2.6.6.6. Coordinate actions among materiel management chain partners and
customers. (T-1).
1.6.2.6.6.7. Ensure all transactions are processed and rejects are cleared before
resuming online processing actions. (T-1).
1.6.2.6.6.8. Coordinate schedule of exercises with the MAJCOMs. (T-2).
1.6.2.6.6.9. Coordinate IT system outages. (T-2).
1.6.2.7. Support AWP program and will:
1.6.2.7.1. Ensure primary and alternate AWP monitors are appointed in writing to
manage wing/base AWP program. (T-2).
1.6.2.7.2. Conduct a semiannual surveillance of the wing AWP program. (T-2).
1.6.2.7.3. Ensure all wing AWP monitors attend repair cycle training within 30 days
of appointment and be certified in AWP management core tasks. (T-1). This
certification will be documented in training records. (T-1). Monitors will closely
monitor the AWP program to ensure assets are returned to serviceable condition and
pieces are feasible. (T-1).
1.6.2.8. As CRF Host LRS Commander/Accountable Property Officer will:
1.6.2.8.1. Provide interface between Maintenance, Materiel Management, and
Transportation. (T-2).
1.6.2.8.2. Provide adequate supply capability to receive, store, and distribute required
items. (T-2).
1.6.2.8.3. Provide storage for reparable assets until delivered to the CRF. (T-2).
1.6.2.8.4. Provide storage IAW proper warehousing procedures for serviceable assets
awaiting disposition. (T-1).
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 45

1.6.2.8.5. Ensure Maintenance personnel have the capability to access ILS-S reports
(e.g., D23 DIFM listing) needed for day-to-day management of the CRF. (T-2).
1.6.2.8.6. Provide a single turn-in point for CRF SRUs and LRUs. (T-2).
1.6.2.8.7. Ensure DIFM status updates and estimated time for completion dates are
received from CRFs daily. (T-1).
1.6.2.9. Support Bench Stock management and will:
1.6.2.9.1. Create and maintain organizational bench stock records and bin labels for
organizational bench stocks. (T-2).
1.6.2.9.2. Ensure bench stock management products are available for use by
organizations. (T-2).
1.6.2.9.3. Support organizational routine and urgent bench stock replenishment
requests. (T-2).
1.6.2.9.4. Create and maintain bench stock records to document requested and
approved customer bench stock authorization requests. (T-2).
1.6.2.9.5. Review bench stock requirements. (T-2).
1.6.2.9.6. Deliver bench stock assets to on-base customers. (T-2).
1.6.2.10. Provides overall management of the base equipment and:
1.6.2.10.1. Conduct face-to-face responsibility briefings with all incoming squadron
commanders. Briefings should be done by the LRS APO or a designated
representative, to include tenant organizations, within 90 days of incoming
commanders’ arrival. (T-2). The LRS APO may perform this briefing via telecom for
geographically separated units that he/she supports. (T-2).
1.6.2.10.2. Establish a base level equipment review and authorization activity that
will ensure only those equipment items necessary to support the mission are in-use or
on order and are matched to LOGMOD/UTC equipment requirements. (T-1).
1.6.2.10.3. Establish and maintain accurate accountable records for all units
supported by the accountable officer. (T-1).
1.6.2.11. Support Document Control management and will:
1.6.2.11.1. Ensure document control support for satellite and other accounts directly
assigned to the LRS/Materiel Management Activity and for satellite accounts in
categories III and IIIA not assigned to the LRS/Materiel Management Activity. (T-1).
1.6.2.11.2. Authorize use of stamps in lieu of written signature IAW Chapter 5. (T-
2).
1.6.2.11.3. Ensure inventory of transferred MRSP/MSK kits. (T-1).
1.6.2.11.4. Select an option for retention of non-fileable documents IAW Chapter 5
as applicable. (T-2).
1.6.2.11.5. Sign Forced Record Alteration Change or equivalent documents. (T-2).
46 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.6.2.11.6. When an automated asset tracking IT system is utilized, select an option

for maintaining the Classified and NWRM Authorization Receipt Listing. Note:
Receipt authorizations for Classified and NWRM will be maintained on separate
listings. (T-1).
1.6.2.11.7. Provide a letter of receipt authorization to activities authorized to process
classified and NWRM property IAW AFI 20-110. (T-1).
1.6.2.12. The LRS APO will appoint in writing an individual as Chief Inspector to
oversee the Care of Supplies in Storage (COSIS) Program IAW AFMAN 23-125(IP),
Stock Readiness, this includes all inspection functions within the Deployment and
Distribution flight. (T-1).
1.6.3. Operations Officer (LGR). The Operations Officer is the next senior officer and
oversees day-to-day operations within the squadron. The Operations Officer also acts for the
commander IAW AFI 51-509, in the absence of squadron commander. The LGR will:
1.6.3.1. Provide direct support to the LRS/CC and directly supervises the LRS Unit
Deployment Manager (UDM) and Squadron Readiness function.
1.6.3.2. Recommend, in coordination with the UDM and squadron leadership,
assignment of squadron personnel to deployment positions for commander approval and
coordinates on all taskings. (T-2).
1.6.3.3. Carry out all Logistics Manager duties when no Logistics Manager is assigned.
(T-2).
1.6.4. Unit Deployment Manager (UDM). The UDM reports directly to the Operations
Officer (except in ANG where the UDM is in Operations Compliance). Refer to AFI 10-401,
and AFI 10-403, Deployment Planning and Execution, for specific UDM duties.
1.6.5. Squadron Readiness (LGRDX). Responsible for LRS Unit Control Center (UCC). (T-
2). The UCC may be staffed by permanent personnel with augmentation during
contingencies and surge operations. Maintains squadron recall rosters. Serves as the squadron
level WRM Manager for the WRM program. (T-2). See AFI 25-101and Chapter 2 of this
instruction for additional information on WRM responsibilities. Serves as the unit Resource
Readiness monitor IAW AFI 10-201, Force Readiness Reporting. (T-2).
1.6.6. Logistics Manager (LGL). The Logistics Manager is responsible for oversight of
programs and processes associated with squadron business processes, resource management
(facilities, funds management, stock control and infrastructure), squadron analysis, strategic
planning, compliance, squadron training, accountability, metrics, and systems management.
(T-2). When the LRS does not have a Logistics Manager, the Operations Officer assumes
responsibilities.
1.6.6.1. Functions as the director of Operations Compliance (OC).
1.6.6.2. Develops civilian employees with critical operational career-enhancing
experience that will prepare them for more senior management positions.
1.6.6.3. Assigned as the Functional Director for all contracts to maintain oversight of
those programs.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 47

1.6.6.4. Carry out all Operations Officer duties when no Operations Officer is assigned.
(T-2).
1.6.6.5. Appoint in writing a primary and alternate security manager for Materiel
Management information systems IAW AFI 16-1404, Air Force Information Security
Program. (T-1).
1.6.6.6. Manages Squadron Operations and is the commander’s single point of contact
for “health of the squadron” issues. Provides oversight of squadron compliance, annual
inspection, self–inspection program, training resources, accountability and analysis.
1.6.7. Quality Assurance (QA). Performs duties as specified in AFI 20-112, Logistics
Readiness Quality Assurance Program. The Quality Assurance Evaluator (QAE), where
applicable, are responsible for coordinating compliance actions for their assigned logistics
management function, and will be aligned under individual flights within LRS. (T-2).
1.6.8. Squadron Training Section. Responsible for overall training management IAW AFI
36-2670, Total Force Development. Note: Squadrons, with the exception of the ANG, which
do not have a 3S2XX Unit Education and Training Manager assigned are highly encouraged
to convert a billet to this Air Force Specialty Code. However, duties can be augmented by
any LRS career field.
1.6.9. Resource Management Section. Serves as Unit Resource Advisor complying with AFI
65-601, Volume 2, Budget Management for Operations.
1.6.10. Functional Systems Management Section. Responsible for the centralized
management and decentralized execution of core squadron logistics systems. Key materiel
management responsibilities are:
1.6.10.1. Liaison for LRS, AFMC, and the AF Program Executive Office.
1.6.10.2. Submits system specific requirements to execute computer rotation plan.
1.6.10.3. Troubleshoots and resolves all system related issues to include submitting
Supply Difficulty Reports.
1.6.11. Contractor Support. Contractor supported supply operations will comply with AF
Materiel Management directives as specified within each applicable Statement of Work. (T-
1). The contractor shall provide all resources and services necessary to perform their
functional responsibilities as defined in the applicable Statement of Work. (T-2). The
Statement of Work will also include those specified actions the contractor will be obligated
to perform such as Government-Furnished Property stewardship and reporting, and
implementation of Automatic Identification Technology (AIT) initiatives. (T-2). Contractors
are typically obligated per the contract solicitation and award documents, to use standard AF
logistics systems when performing their functional responsibilities.
1.6.12. Materiel Management Flight (LGRM). Responsible for all retail materiel
management functions for a base/location, such as storing, inspecting, inventorying, issuing,
returning, repair cycle and customer support. This flight is the primary liaison between
customers and AFMC. Note: Vehicle Management Flight or equivalent is responsible for
vehicle assets. Materiel Management Flight leadership will:
48 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.6.12.1. Maintain diagrams of the supply storage areas showing the layout of each
warehouse, storeroom, bay, and pallet storage area.
1.6.12.1.1. Ensure that all items are stored and handled according to DoD and AF
TOs, manuals, and directives. (T-1).
1.6.12.1.2. Oversee and manage the flight’s self-inspection program, review of
metrics and flight training programs.
1.6.12.1.3. Be responsible to the LRS CC/APO for the processing, handling, COSIS
and material handling equipment.
1.6.12.1.4. Ensure flight personnel adhere to and apply proper inspection, issue,
storage, warehousing, and materiel handling techniques.
1.6.12.1.5. Provide materiel management technical guidance.
1.6.12.1.6. Bring evidence of fraud or theft to the attention of the APO and
participate in inquiries or investigations regarding the loss, damage, destruction, or
theft of Government property.
1.6.12.1.7. Provide Resources Readiness related information to unit Defense
Readiness Reporting System administrator IAW AFI 10-201. (T-1).
1.6.12.1.8. Review and coordinate requests for base initiated ASL.
1.6.12.1.9. Review and approve all Forced Record Override transactions (currently
referred to as a forced record alteration) and requests through AFMC. Note: May be
delegated to QA OIC/Superintendent.
1.6.12.1.10. Oversee Document Control and Reject Management.
1.6.12.1.11. Lead, analyze and evaluate squadron degraded operations program.
1.6.12.1.12. Review shipment loss (M16 or equivalent report) analysis.
1.6.12.1.13. Review inventory analysis/research in an effort to identify root causes,
trends of inventory discrepancies/adjustments and recommend corrective actions to
mitigate further out-of-balance conditions.
1.6.12.1.14. Attend the Deputy Maintenance Group Commander (MXG/CD) daily
production/scheduling meeting per AFI 21-101, Aircraft and Equipment Maintenance
Management. (T-1).
1.6.12.1.15. Approve access to auditable documents for other than Document Control
personnel, maintain a written copy of approval, and use local controls to limit access.
Note: May be delegated to QA OIC/Superintendent.
1.6.13. Asset Management Section (LGRMS). This section consists of the following
elements: Central Storage, Aircraft Parts Store (APS), Hazardous Materials (HAZMAT)
Tracking Activity, Individual Equipment Element, and Individual Protective Equipment.
Responsible for stocking, storing, issuing, and inspection management of DoD supplies and
equipment and will:
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 49

1.6.13.1. Provide oversight and guidance to storage elements to ensure compliance with
DoD and AF directives. Maintain central locator functions and ensure storage facilities
adhere to general warehousing requirements IAW AFJMAN 23-210.
1.6.13.2. Ensure the proper storage and authorized handling of controlled materiel.
1.6.13.3. Manage the LRS in-warehouse equipment Unit Identification Code on behalf of
the APO. Materiel Management Supply Activities will assign responsibilities to similar
asset management functions within the organization. (T-3).
1.6.14. Aircraft Parts Store Element (LGRMSA). Key duties include storing and issuing
select weapon system spares and in-warehouse supply assets, selecting items to be shipped or
transferred, conducting warehouse validations, maintaining central locator functions,
performing warehouse inspection functions (e.g., shelf-life, functional checks), managing
RSP, and managing the staging area for delivery of items. Accomplish general warehousing
requirements identified above IAW AFJMAN 23-210.
1.6.15. Central Storage Element (LGRMSS). Key duties include storing supply and
equipment items, to include classified and sensitive items and War Consumables Distribution
Objective (WCDO) items and NWRM IAW AFI 20-110. Other key duties include selecting
items to be issued, shipped or transferred; conducting warehouse validations; and
maintaining central locator functions.
1.6.16. Hazardous Materials (HAZMAT) Element (LGRMSH). Serves as the installation
HAZMAT Tracking Activity and manages the storage, receipt, issue and inspection of
HAZMAT. The HAZMAT Element will utilize Enterprise Environmental, Safety, and
Occupational Health Management Information System (EESOH-MIS) to support reporting
requirements and to manage material IAW AFMAN 32-7002, Environmental Compliance
and Pollution Prevention. (T-1).
1.6.17. Individual Equipment Element (LGRMSI). Responsible for the issue of select Class
II items, unless contracted out, and operates centralized on-base issue, storage, and return
intake point for Class II items.
1.6.18. IPE Element (LGRMSP). Responsible for the storage, inventory, inspection and
issue of mobility bags, base mobility small arms/light weapons, Chemical, Biological,
Radiological, Nuclear IPE and IBA. Ensure the accuracy of the appropriate materiel
management IT system records under their control. Provides support as specified in AFI 10-
2501, Emergency Management Program.
1.6.19. Customer Support Section (LGRMC). This section consists of two elements:
Equipment Accountability and Customer Support Liaison.
1.6.19.1. Equipment Accountability Element (EAE) or (LGRMCE). EAE serves as the
base equipment review and authorization activity and manages all base level equipment
items, with the exception of vehicles. EAE is responsible for updating base level data in
the applicable materiel management IT system. Assist installation equipment custodians
with processing equipment transactions. Note: AFMC’s Vehicle Support Chain
Operations Squadron manages vehicle transactions and updates base level vehicle data in
the vehicle management IT system. EAEs will:
50 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.6.19.2. Provide materiel management support and guidance to APOs, Responsible

Officers, and Responsible Persons in the control and accountability equipment assets
within the AF equipment system.
1.6.19.3. Be responsible for interfacing with Equipment Review Authorization Activities
(ERAA) and AFMC organizations in regards to equipment management. Ensure all
information involving the movement of equipment is coordinated with ERAA and
CEMF, as appropriate, for processing actions. (T-1).
1.6.19.4. Advise approving and appointing authorities on equipment guidance and
procedures affecting lost, stolen, damaged, or destroyed government property (Class II,
VII and IX). Provides Block III and Communication Security (COMSEC) training to
custodians.
1.6.19.5. Coordinate and direct deployment and redeployment of Class VII assets
between APOs and Responsible Officers/Persons. Attend base deployment concept
briefings to identify organizations deploying/transferring equipment.
1.6.19.6. Ensure Unique Item Identifier (UII) construct and application for equipment
managed in the Materiel Management IT system is IAW MIL-STD-130N, Identification
Marking of U.S. Military Property, if APSR is utilizing Item Unique Identification
(IUID) capability.
1.6.19.7. Responsible for updating data for WRM equipment records. Base
Expeditionary Airfield Resources (BEAR) and Fuels Support Equipment record data
updates will be directed or approved by the WRM GMO.
1.6.19.8. Manage Communication Security/Controlled Cryptographic Item
(COMSEC/CCI) and Small Arms/Light Weapons (SA/LW) reconciliation.
1.6.19.9. Conduct annual assessment on all organizational equipment accounts and
document results. Visit may be conducted via telecom for Geographically Separated
Units (GSUs). (T-1). Note: Out of cycle assessments may be conducted as required to
resolve problem areas. MAJCOM may modify assessments for wings with contracted or
Most Efficient Organization LRS’s when organizational visits significantly increase the
cost of current contracts or Most Efficient Organization manpower. The unit will provide
EAE with a waiver request that includes reason(s) they cannot comply, proposed
alternative methods to ensure equipment accountability and projected get well date. (T-
2).
1.6.19.10. Manage equipment CFO and will:
1.6.19.11. Input and ensure CFO data is loaded in an approved APSR: Statements of
Federal Financial Accounting Standards (SFFAS) No. 6 and Accountability of
Equipment, IAW the CFO Act of 1990. SFFAS No. 6 outlines capitalization and
depreciation of general property, plant, and equipment (PP&E). SFFAS No. 6, states any
equipment that meets the following criteria must be capitalized, depreciated, and reported
on the annual financial statements. If the combined cost of the components comprising a
system equals to or exceeds $1M, the personal property must be capitalized and
depreciated.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 51

1.6.19.12. All assets meeting capitalization requirements must be recorded in Support

Equipment APSR with the following data: acquisition cost, acquisition date, part number,
serial number/unique identifier, Commercial and Government Entity code and the fund
designator. The supporting documentation must accompany the physical asset throughout
its movement/lifecycle. (T-1).
1.6.19.13. Ensure key supporting documentation for the CFO assets in the applicable
materiel management IT system is maintained in Master Jacket File.
1.6.19.14. Ensure equipment custodians/commanders are signing/utilizing a Customer
Authorization/Custody Receipt Listing (CA/CRL) from ILS-S or DPAS Custodian
Inventory reports. Note: Authorized equipment listings are processed using ILS-S or
DPAS.
1.6.19.15. Manage DPAS equipment transfers and 99S Requisition Tracing Action for
lateral SPRAM Transfers.
1.6.19.16. Attend base deployment concept briefings and process transactions to deploy
or transfer equipment.
1.6.19.17. Validate custodians complete Block III Computer Based Training (CBT).
Provide and document initial and annual AF/A4LR equipment custodial supplemental
training. Ensure COMSEC training is provided. COMSEC training is mandatory for
custodians who oversee COMSEC assets.
1.6.19.18. Update organization configuration data when directed by CEMF and
equipment custodian profile data. (T-2).
1.6.19.19. Coordinate with MAJCOM ERAA or CEMF on all equipment transactions
impacting the movement of equipment assets such as redistribution orders and equipment
transfers. (T-2).
1.6.19.20. Manage Low Speed Vehicles (LSV), Other Government Motor Vehicle
Conveyances (OGMVC) and “non-registered vehicle” trailers (with the exception of the
LSVs, OGMVCs and “non-registered vehicle” trailers purchased with Non-Appropriated
Funding [NAF]) on EAID accountable records. (T-2).
1.6.19.21. LSV are centrally procured and cannot be purchased by field units. All
requests to add LSVs to unit equipment account will be denied and the host LRS Vehicle
Management Flight will be contacted.
1.6.19.22. All requests to add an authorization and purchase OGMVCs will be routed
IAW AFI 24-302, prior to approval. (T-1). See AFI 24-302, Vehicle Management for
definition of “OGMVC".
1.6.19.23. Validate GPC purchases of equipment/SPRAM per customer request per AFI
64-117, Government Purchase Card (GPC) Program. (T-1).
1.6.19.24. Work with custodians to clear all variances.
1.6.19.25. Maintain Equipment Jacket Files. DPAS Custodian Inventory reports are
used. (T-2). Note: Vehicle records do not fall under the responsibility of EAE.
1.6.19.26. Perform annual weapons and semi-annual COMSEC reconciliations. (T-2).
52 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.6.19.27. Review requisitioning of equipment items from DLADS to ensure the

requesting organization has a valid equipment authorization established. (T-2).
1.6.19.28. Provide Customer Service the names of equipment custodians upon
appointment and change of custodian. (T-1).
1.6.19.29. Validate and authorize AF equipment items prior to processing all issues for
non-centralized bases. (T-2).
1.6.19.30. Validate allowance change requests. (T-2).
1.6.19.31. Ensure organizational requests that exceed allowance standard quantities, or
recommended changes to the standard, are forwarded through MAJCOM channels for
approval/disapproval. (T-2).
1.6.19.32. Prepare and record all equipment turn-ins. (T-2).
1.6.19.33. Be responsible for SPRAM processes and will:
1.6.19.34. Report SPRAM authorizations and balances in the appropriate APSR. This
data is reported as changes occur to SPRAM asset levels or when other changes occur to
the applicable NSN.
1.6.19.35. Maintain a copy of each letter requesting changes to SPRAM authorizations in
a folder along with the current SPRAM listing and the custodian appointment letter. (T-
2). Previous R25 listing on file may be destroyed when a new SPRAM listing signed by
the SPRAM custodian is received.
1.6.19.36. Review all SPRAM authorizations annually and certify them as valid.
Certification may occur during the annual SPRAM inventory and may be noted on the
approved SPRAM listing.
1.6.19.37. Maintain SPRAM Custodian Files.
1.6.19.38. Review justification for SPRAM authorizations concurrent with the annual
inventory.
1.6.19.39. Specifically determine whether the original justifications are still valid and
validate annually.
1.6.19.40. Delete invalid SPRAM authorizations, turn in excesses and cancel unneeded
requisitions.
1.6.19.41. Maintain justification documentation for all SPRAM authorizations until the
authorization is deleted.
1.6.19.42. Customer Support Liaison Element (LGRMCC). Responds to customer
logistics concerns and proactively anticipates problems that could stand in the way of
wing units fulfilling mission requires.
1.6.19.43. Responsible for interfacing with AFMC and provides guidance to work center
supervisors on utilization of supply management products.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 53

1.6.19.44. Responsibilities include monitoring the overall maintenance and materiel

interface, perform document control, customer support, research and base level records
maintenance, base level stock control functions, bench stock management. Focal point
for customer feedback. Submit Price Challenge and Verification Program (formerly
known as Zero Overpricing Program) submissions.
1.6.19.45. Responsible for coordinating Base-Level Supply Customer Training as it
pertains to Block I (General Materiel Management Indoctrination) and Block IIA/B
(Bench Stock/Repair Cycle).
1.6.19.46. Coordinate Materiel Management related training needs for Decentralized
Materiel Support personnel.
1.6.19.47. Responsible for conducting quarterly visits to maintenance work centers;
providing guidance and training for processing issue requests; cannibalization actions;
validating customer backorders, management of DIFM, bench stock, shelf-life, shop and
operating stocks, work order residue and Tail Number Bin (TNB); and assisting users in
resolving any materiel management related problem. For Geographically Separated Units
(GSUs), conduct quarterly telecoms in lieu of physical visits. Exception: ANG/AFR
activities will conduct semi-annual visits.
1.6.19.48. Conduct an annual supply procedural surveillance visit to
maintenance/maintenance support work centers. Brief work center supervisors on results,
follow-ups on corrective actions and provide a copy of the report to affected Unit
Commander or Designated Representative. The annual supply procedural surveillance
visit may be conducted in lieu of one quarterly maintenance work center visit. For GSUs,
conduct annual telecoms to address issues and physically visit the units at least once
every three years. Note: MAJCOMs must request a waiver in writing to AF/A4LR for
any deviations from the GSU visit guidance. The waiver request will include justification
along with an estimated date for visits to start. Note: For ANG/AFR activities the annual
supply visit may be conducted in lieu of one semi-annual maintenance work center visit.
1.6.19.49. Coordinate with customers to obtain mission impact statements to substantiate
supply assistance requests. Review and forward supply assistance requests for supply
difficulties to AFMC for review.
1.6.19.50. Perform semi-annual Supply Discrepancy Report (SDR) analysis and forward
to Operations Compliance (LGLO) for distribution to respective MAJCOMs IAW
Defense Logistics Manual (DLM) 4000.25 Volume 2, Supply Standards and Procedures.
1.6.19.51. When there is no Decentralized Materiel Support (DMS), reconcile
maintenance and supply systems records by correcting mismatched records listed in the
NFS540 Document Validation Report contained in Integrated Maintenance Data System
(IMDS). This report is required to maintain a smooth interface between Maintenance and
Supply systems. Act as a focal point to coordinate and consolidate 1SH rejects and other
management notices (e.g. IMDS report screen 113 outputs). Print and distribute them to
the appropriate work center for resolution. Follow-up daily to ensure 1SH rejects are
resolved.
1.6.19.52. Manage stock positioning and will:
54 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.6.19.53. Monitor the results of automatic sourcing. Rejects associated with the
A2A/A21/SHP need to be researched and not just “clear carded” to ensure the accurate
response to requisitioning of another account.
1.6.19.54. Use ILS-S to identify due-ins (inbound shipments) that have exceeded normal
transit time and are therefore considered overdue. Use the ILS-S User’s Manual - Manage
Orders – Overdue Shipment Conditions to manage and resolve due-ins with overdue
shipment status.
1.6.19.55. Mandatory Delete. Overdue unclassified and pilferable (inbound) shipments
with an extended cost less than $100 are authorized for automatic deletion (no
research/tracing is necessary).
1.6.20. Maintenance Support Section (LGRMM). This section is responsible for two
elements; Flight Service Center and Decentralized Materiel Support (DMS).
1.6.21. Flight Service Center (LGRMMF). This element serves as the primary point of
contact with units regarding repair cycle management. Key duties include managing supply
points, time-change, TCTOs, DIFM, Found On Base (FOB), AWP, turn-around, local
manufacture, and Quality Deficiency Report (QDR) programs. Flight Services Center will:
1.6.21.1. Process DIFM returns and serves as the single return processing point for
materiel in stock record accounts B and E.
1.6.21.2. Act as a turnaround processing point supporting organizations not supported by
the IMDS.
1.6.21.3. Review and update repair cycle data semi-annually, using the Q04 Repair
Cycle Data listing.
1.6.21.4. Coordinate disposition of unserviceable condition code “F” DIFM items
through AFMC.
1.6.21.5. Responsible for Semi-annual Direct NRTS validation.
1.6.21.6. Manage TCTOs and the kit monitor will:
1.6.21.6.1. Ensure compliance with roles and responsibilities IAW AFI 21-101 and
this instruction. (T-1).
1.6.21.6.2. Ensure Storage and Control of TCTO Kits to prevent loss or unauthorized
use of kits and their components. (T-1).
1.6.21.6.3. Requisition all TCTO kits using normal Military Standard Requisition
and Issue Procedures (MILSTRIP) procedures IAW AFMAN 23-122. Will ensure
establishment of a TCTO Kit Item Record and Monitors will maintain a listing of all
current TCTO requisitions and ensure accurate status on a monthly basis. (T-1).
1.6.21.6.4. Screen supply stocks for TCTO applicability, update materiel
management IT system, tag affected materiel, maintain copies of active TCTOs, and
notify maintenance of stock screening results. (T-1).
1.6.21.6.5. Establish and maintain a file for all documents pertaining to the TCTO
upon notification from Plans Scheduling and Documentation (PS&D). (T-1).
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 55

1.6.22. Decentralized Materiel Support (DMS) (LGRMMA, LGRMMB, LGRMMC, etc.

except LGRMMF). DMS personnel coordinate maintenance and materiel management
actions, manage supply transactions for their assigned maintenance activity, monitor and
track assets in the repair cycle, resolve support problems and report aircraft parts status to
maintenance supervision. DMS personnel also support maintenance in processing issue
requests, researching sources of supply, entering manual requisitions (part number only),
updating exception code lists, and resolving other peculiar maintenance supply problems.
DMS personnel will:
1.6.22.1. Advise maintenance leadership of supply support problems regarding the
maintenance efforts and recommends corrective actions.
1.6.22.2. Identify supply related training needs to maintenance work center supervisors.
1.6.22.3. Coordinate with maintenance work centers to identify components for which
there is no base level repair or diagnostic capability and develop a NRTS list.
1.6.22.4. Coordinate with Flight Service Center to ensure the repair work center is
loaded on the repair cycle record for components with base repair capability.
1.6.22.5. Solicit and consolidate inputs from maintenance sections to initiate a Quick
Reference List as needed. Distribute the Quick Reference List to appropriate work
centers including the APS.
1.6.22.6. Monitor status of backorder requisitions and initiate supply assistance requests
for supply difficulties when necessary. Send to Customer Support Liaison Element for
review.
1.6.22.7. Assist AF Government Purchase Card (GPC) holders in administering and
coordinating with weapon system purchases. The PM must approve the local purchase of
all weapon system parts. Refer to AFI 64-117, Government Purchase Card Program, for
additional guidance.
1.6.22.7.1. Request approval from the weapon system program office for local
purchase of aircraft parts.
1.6.22.7.2. Purchase parts and hardware IAW AFI 64-117, AFI 23-101, and AFMAN
23-122.
1.6.22.8. Reconcile IMDS and ILS-S records by correcting mismatched records listed in
the NFS540 Document Validation Report contained in IMDS. This report is required to
maintain a smooth interface between maintenance and supply systems.
1.6.22.9. Track DIFM.
1.6.22.9.1. Conduct a quarterly reconciliation, track and process DIFM assets to
include warranty parts.
1.6.22.9.2. Schedule and monitor all repair cycle assets through the repair flights
based on priority assigned.
1.6.22.9.3. Process DIFM assets to ensure appropriate DIFM status codes are used.
See AFH 23-123, Volume 2, for list of appropriate codes.
56 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.6.22.10. Move reparable assets from work center to work center in an expedient
manner.
1.6.22.11. Ensure the proper documentation and reusable container accompany reparable
assets to meet the required evacuation time frames.
1.6.22.12. Parts ordering. All parts ordering will be initiated from the LRS/materiel
management activity through the appropriate Maintenance Information System (MIS)
when an interface with ILS-S exists. (T-2). Request supply assistance from LRS/materiel
management activity if status is unacceptable.
1.6.22.12.1. Process issue request per AFMAN 23-122 using data received from
maintenance. Ensure maintenance provides all required data.
1.6.22.12.2. Process the Mission Impaired Capability Awaiting Parts (MICAP) start
through the MIS/ILS-S interface and coordinate with the LRS/materiel management
activity to upgrade, downgrade and cancel MICAP requirements.
1.6.22.12.3. Order transient aircraft parts per AFMAN 23-122 and TO 00-20-3,
Maintenance Processing of Reparable Property and Repair Cycle Asset Control
System.
1.6.22.12.4. Ensure proper use of Urgency Justification Code and Force Activity
Designators (FAD) codes. See AFH 23-123, Volume 2, for further details on Urgency
Justification Code, FAD, and FAD override option procedures.
1.6.22.12.5. Use the FAD of the supported unit and process the request utilizing
procedures for a FAD override when supporting a unit with a higher FAD.
1.6.22.12.6. Requestor will ensure validity and completeness of requisition forms and
verify Urgency Justification Code and SRD codes. (T-2).
1.6.22.12.7. Requisition parts and use supply management products. Initiate follow-
up action when necessary.
1.6.22.12.8. Establish a reusable container program and manage per AFI 24-602,
Volume 2, Cargo Movement and TO 00-20-3. (T-1).
1.6.22.12.9. Establish a storage area for reusable containers. Consolidation with other
work centers is authorized.
1.6.22.12.10. Control and manage aircraft TNBs if stored within the Support Section.
Note: When other maintenance assets are collocated with TNB, they must be
similarly controlled and managed.
1.6.22.12.11. DMS or designated personnel will not release parts from the TNB
without proper documentation.
1.6.22.12.12. IAW AFI 21-101, items removed from the TNB that are not installed
that duty day will be returned to TNB/DMS by maintenance. (T-2).
1.6.22.12.13. DMS or designated personnel will inform the Production Supervisor
(Pro Super) or Flight line Expediter of TNB assets, which may prevent or satisfy a
mission-limiting condition. (T-2).
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 57

1.6.22.12.14. Validate “mark for” changes with Pro Super and Flight line
Expediter(s).
1.6.22.12.15. Manage the cannibalization program supply transactions and the
associated documentation.
1.6.22.12.16. Review/validate part status with the Daily Document Register (D04),
Priority Monitor Report (D18) and the Monthly Due-Out Validation Listing (M30).
1.6.22.12.17. Follow-up with LRS/materiel management activity to resolve AWP
status.
1.6.22.12.18. Complete Aircraft Document Reviews as outlined in AFI 21-101.
1.6.22.12.19. For units with IMDS, reconcile IMDS and ILS-S records listed in the
NFS540 Document Validation Report contained in IMDS.
1.6.22.12.20. Manage Precious Metals Recovery Program outlined in Chapter 5 and
Chapter 6 of this AFI.
1.6.22.12.21. Turn in excess materiel to LRS/materiel management activity.
1.6.22.12.22. Process maintenance turnarounds (TRN) to record usage of an item and
ensure demand levels and percent of base repair are updated per AFMAN 23-122.
1.6.23. Inspection Section (LGRMI). Responsible for conducting limited inspector training
to all personnel assigned materiel manager limited inspector duties. Responsibilities include:
1.6.23.1. The Chief Inspector is responsible to oversee the COSIS for all warehouse
operations IAW AFJMAN 23-210.
1.6.23.2. Establish and maintain the identification of items received, stored, issued,
shipped, and transferred. Validate and process all identity changes for materiel for which
the LRS/CC is responsible.
1.6.23.3. Maintain a file of all active TCTOs for items in warehouse stockrooms.
1.6.23.4. Accept or reject items delivered under contracts that require acceptance at the
destination. NWRM assets received under contract will not be rejected.
1.6.23.5. Coordinate with maintenance to determine if items suspected as damaged
should be repaired or disposed.
1.6.23.6. Store incomplete items and notify LRS TCTO Monitor to initiate issue requests
for items that are needed to bring incomplete assemblies to a serviceable condition.
1.6.24. Physical Inventory Control Section (LGRMP). This section is responsible for
centralized execution of inventory functions for the LRS/CC IAW inventory policy contained
in DLM 4000.25, Volume 2, and paragraph 5.7 of this instruction. This section will:
1.6.24.1. Prepare and publish annual inventory schedule for all categories of property.
1.6.24.2. Conduct physical inventories of equipment and supplies as specified in this
policy.
1.6.24.3. Perform causative research inventory discrepancies.
58 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.6.24.4. Manage and control all rejects resulting from item records being frozen for
inventory to include lifting the freeze code.
1.6.24.5. Obtain APO signature for Consolidated Inventory Adjustment Document
Register.
1.6.25. Documented Cargo. Documented Cargo section will pick up recoverable item DIFM
returns for those customers outside of maintenance community. DIFM items will be picked
up from on-base issue/drop off points and delivered to FSC. Customers will ensure items
contain proper documentation prior to pick up. Refer to TO 00-20-3 and see AFMAN 23-122
for documentation required for FOB returns resulting from ICBM weapon system
deactivation or modification. Note: Documented Cargo personnel are not required to inspect
or complete documentation.
1.7. Program Manager (PM).
1.7.1. RSP and Kit Management. PMs will:
1.7.1.1. Direct RSP managers to provide use instructions for aggregation accounts, act as
the RSP focal point, control assignment of RSP serial numbers, develop RSPs IAW the
RSP Authorization Document and conduct RSP reviews to ensure conformation with
authorization documents.
1.7.1.2. Monitor and ensure that RSP worksheets or control lists are reviewed, updated,
and signed in a timely manner, manage the data flow to and from appropriate data
systems and monitor their operation, provide MAJCOM EOQ spares and spare parts
requirements to their OPR in a timely fashion, correctly execute the work units necessary
for overlay of EOQ RSP requirements to the appropriate IT system.
1.7.1.3. Review existing authorized HPMSK during the scheduled RSP review. They
will assist the MAJCOM requesting a new HPMSK to build and compute a test kit in the
appropriate IT system.
1.7.2. TRAP Management. PMs will:
1.7.2.1. Consider the standard delivery configuration of each aircraft MDS use code as
described in the applicable aircraft -21 technical manual and the projected fleet size when
determining Alternate Mission Equipment (AME)/Normally Installed Equipment (NIE)
TRAP requirements.
1.7.2.2. Procure a standard complement of AME/NIE for new aircraft in the initial
aircraft procurement with major end item funds. Original aircraft buys normally include
10% over the initial AME/NIE requirement levels. This action supports the routine
inspection and repair cycles and initial TRAP item condemnations, if any.
1.7.2.3. Fund TRAP requirements when an AME/NIE requirement develops after aircraft
production is complete. If, after a thorough search by the PM, TRAP item procurement
funds may be used to procure newly identified TRAP items when BP1000 funds are not
available.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 59

1.8. Air Force Organization Responsibilities.

1.8.1. All AF levels. It is the responsibility of all AF levels of management to ensure strict
compliance with approved stockage guidance in accordance with AFI 25-101, War Reserve
Materiel, in relationship to approved targets.
1.8.2. Installations.
1.8.2.1. Bases are responsible for physical materiel handling, receipt, storage, and
processing of WRM shipment requests. Bases act as the local liaison with organizations
regarding management of WRM. EAE is responsible for updating the appropriate system
of record for all WRM and mobility equipment. Only WRM 463L system pallets, nets,
and associated tie-down equipment will be managed in equipment IT system. Operational
463L pallets and nets will not be managed in equipment IT system.
1.8.2.2. Bases will establish and maintain WCDO details IAW AFMAN 23-122. WCDO
detail records are unclassified but are For Official Use Only.
1.8.2.3. Base commanders will follow guidance outlined in AFI 34-211(I).
1.8.3. Base level units that are pilot units will:
1.8.3.1. The Manpower & Equipment Force Packaging Responsible Agency will manage
UTCs IAW AFI 10-401. (T-1).
1.8.3.2. Submit UTCs to the MAJCOM Manpower and Equipment Force Packaging
OPR for approval, cancellation or change.
1.8.4. Maintenance Activities.
1.8.4.1. Maintenance activities at base level are responsible for implementing the TCTO
program at the base level: TCTO publication distribution; coordination of TCTO matters;
identification and submission of TCTO kit requirements; installing kits; and advising
LRS/Materiel Management Activity of impending transfers of aircraft or end items.
Maintenance advises the FSC of any kit excesses or changes required.
1.8.4.2. Maintenance activities are responsible for removed DIFM items. The
Maintenance Commander or equivalent will ensure removed items are physically
returned to the LRS/Materiel Management Activity. (T-1). Base repair activities, also
known as back shops, will ensure reparable assets are returned to LRS within 45 duty
days from date of issue. (T-1). Note: Base repair activities are organizations primarily
established to perform component repair.
1.8.4.3. Maintenance activities will:
1.8.4.3.1. Appoint a primary and alternate AWP monitors in writing for each
maintenance activity to manage their own individual AWP program and liaison with
the LRS/Materiel Management Activity. These individuals are required to attend
Supply Course - Block IIB training. This certification will be documented in training
records.
1.8.4.3.2. Ensure Monitors closely monitor the AWP program to ensure assets are
returned to serviceable condition as soon as possible, and determine if cross-
cannibalization of serviceable bits and pieces is feasible. (T-2).
60 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.8.4.3.3. When cross-cannibalization is possible, maintenance activities are

responsible for providing the LRS/Materiel Management Activity with the end-item
DIFM document number(s) and the bits and pieces involved.
1.8.5. Group Commanders. Group Commander or equivalent within the scope of specified
responsibilities and authority:
1.8.5.1. Review and certify as the approval authority, all requests for SPRAM
authorizations submitted by SPRAM custodians.
1.8.5.2. Ensure all SPRAM assets are properly maintained and safeguarded. Note: These
actions may be delegated by the Group/CC to the Squadron Commander/Designated
Representative. Delegation below that level is not authorized.
1.8.6. Organizational Commanders. Unit/Squadron Commanders are responsible for the
inventory and accounting of materiel and equipment assigned to their unit. Duties apply to
LRS commanders. Organizational Commanders will:
1.8.6.1. Out-process airmen scheduled for release from RegAF, ANG duty, or discharge
in accordance with AFI 36-3208, Administrative Separation of Airmen, and AFI 36-
3012; and AFI 36-3209, Separation and Retirement Procedures for the Air National
Guard and the Air Force Reserve Members.
1.8.6.2. Disposition of Personal Effects. Process all clothing of deceased personnel
obtained IAW AFI 34-501, Mortuary Affairs Program, except for items of the uniform
required for burial.
1.8.6.3. Support equipment management and will:
1.8.6.3.1. The using organizational commander or designated representative in
coordination with the LRS APO, will establish custodian responsibility for in-use/in-
place equipment. (T-2).
1.8.6.3.2. Appoint primary and alternate equipment custodians in writing for all
equipment accounts in his/her organization. (T-2). Custodians must be commissioned
officers, NCOs, warrant officers, contractors (as specified in contract), or civilians
(minimum civilian grade is GS-5, Non-Appropriated Funding-III or other equivalent
civilian pay grade series). Local wage rate (LWR) employees (foreign employees in
host countries) may be appointed primary or alternate custodian only if the host
country's laws hold them financially liable. (T-2). The appointment letter will be
signed by the commander and should include: (T-1).
1.8.6.3.2.1. Section title.
1.8.6.3.2.2. Name and grade of primary and alternate custodians.
1.8.6.3.2.3. DPAS Unit Identification Code & corresponding Custodian Number.
1.8.6.3.2.4. Building number of the custodian's duty section.
1.8.6.3.2.5. Telephone number/Email address
1.8.6.3.2.6. Signature for both the primary and alternate equipment custodians.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 61

1.8.6.3.3. Not use Organizational Visibility List to account for property that is
classified, sensitive, or has a unit price equal to or greater than $5,000, IAW DoDI
5000.64. (T-0).
1.8.6.3.4. Ensure all GPC equipment purchases are coordinated through the EAE
prior to purchase per AFI 64-117. (T-1).
1.8.6.3.5. Initiate financial liability investigations per DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 12,
Chapter 7, Department of Defense Financial Management Regulations. (T-0).
1.8.6.3.6. Appoint primary and alternate deploying equipment custodians for all
equipment accounts with use code A (mobility) assets. Custodians must be
commissioned officers, NCO's, warrant officers, contractors (as specified in contract),
or civilians (minimum civilian grade is GS-5 or other equivalent civilian pay grade
series). (T-2).
1.8.6.3.7. Ensure owning custodian(s) conduct periodic mobility equipment reviews
with the UDM to ensure tasked equipment is identified with the proper UTC in the
Support Equipment APSR and are matched to LOGMOD/UTC equipment
requirements. (T-2).
1.8.6.3.8. Ensure appointed custodians conduct inventories of all accountable
property as required/scheduled. (T-2).
1.8.7. Equipment Custodians. Equipment custodians are responsible for equipment on their
account. Custodians may be held financially liable for such equipment if it becomes lost,
damaged, or destroyed. Custodians can also be appointed as deployed equipment custodians.
Equipment custodians will:
1.8.7.1. Complete Block III Computer Based Training (CBT), COMSEC training, and
AF/A4LR supplemental training prior to assuming equipment custodian duties. Complete
the AF equipment IT System COMSEC training module. (T-2). Complete Block III
refresher training annually.
1.8.7.2. Request establishment, cancellation or changes to equipment detail records.
1.8.7.3. Manage equipment assets under their control, perform annual inventories and
match to LOGMOD/UTC equipment requirements.
1.8.7.4. Submit Allowance Change Requests. Provide EAE with justification supporting
any Allowance Change Request.
1.8.7.5. Notify EAE of upcoming deployment and provide a list of assets to be
transferred/deployed.
1.8.7.6. Immediately report any excess authorizations, allowances, or in-use assets to the
LRS EAE.
1.8.7.7. Notify EAE of when there is a change of command /appointing official.
1.8.7.8. Validate equipment authorizations and backorders. Turn-in excess and request
cancellation of unneeded backorders and requisitions.
1.8.7.9. Ensure that all items are on-hand and serviceability/condition is properly
recorded in the approved Support Equipment APSR.
62 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.8.7.10. Identify critical/important requirements through their FAM. MAJCOM

equipment management will verify criticality with the FAM.
1.8.7.11. Conduct annual floor-to-book and book-to-floor inventory of organization’s
OGMVC.
1.8.7.12. Deploying Equipment Custodians. The primary/alternate deploying equipment
custodian has the following responsibilities:
1.8.7.13. Complete Deployed Equipment Custodian training prior to all deployments.
1.8.7.14. Conduct an inventory with the owning custodian, prior to processing for
movement, to identify assets to be deployed/transferred.
1.8.7.15. While deployed, act as the single point of contact in the deploying organization
on all matters relating to the deployed equipment.
1.8.7.16. Upon notification of termination of deployment, notify ELRS and AFMC of
assets to be returned.
1.8.7.17. Upon return to home-station, perform a 100% inventory of returned assets, with
the original owning equipment custodian to ensure all assets were received/returned.
1.8.7.18. Notify EAE after inventory completion and within 24 hours of return of
deployed equipment.
1.8.8. Support SPRAM management and will:
1.8.8.1. Ensure all mission-essential SPRAM assets are on-hand or on-order to support
the assigned or programmed functions and unit mission. Annually, certifies by signing
the SPRAM listing all authorizations are current and necessary for mission support. This
will be done in conjunction with the annual inventory or upon assumption of the account.
1.8.8.2. The using organizational commander or designated representative will appoint
capable individuals as SPRAM custodians and alternates, including establishment,
change, or cancellation of SPRAM accounts. Custodians may be commissioned officers,
noncommissioned officers, civilians or contractors (as specified in contract), and must be
mutually agreed upon by the organization commander. This applies to Regular Air Force
(RegAF) and Reserve personnel. Foreign nationals or local wage rate employees (foreign
nationals in host countries) may be appointed as primary or alternate SPRAM custodians
only when they may be held pecuniarily liable under the laws of the host country. A new
primary custodian or alternate is appointed when both the primary and alternate custodian
will be absent simultaneously for 45 or more calendar days, or when either custodian is
reassigned or separated.
1.8.8.3. Ensure primary and alternate SPRAM custodians, not previously trained, attend
block training courses provided by the LRS APO.
1.8.8.4. Ensure primary and alternate SPRAM custodians receive refresher block training
courses within every 2 years provided by the LRS APO.
1.8.8.5. Ensure qualified individuals are preselected as SPRAM custodians on all unit
deployments. Individuals identified to the host LRS APO receive training regarding
management of SPRAM assets during deployment.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 63

1.8.8.6. Ensure personnel are aware of policies and guidelines established in AFI 23-111
and AFI 20-110.
1.8.8.7. SPRAM Custodians. Primary and Alternate SPRAM custodians will:
1.8.8.8. Upon assignment, and every two years thereafter as a custodian, attend training
on responsibilities, current policies, and procedures with EAE.
1.8.8.9. Perform initial, annual and periodic inventories of SPRAM assets.
1.8.8.10. Periodic inventories and validations occur when there is a change of primary
custodian, when requested by the Organization Commander/designated representative or
higher authority, or when directed by MAJCOM.
1.8.8.11. Ensure that all items are on-hand and serviceable.
1.8.8.12. Validate SPRAM authorizations and backorders. Turn-in excess and request
cancellation of unneeded backorders and requisitions.
1.8.8.13. Concurrent with annual inventory, specifically determine whether the original
justification is still valid and annotate the annual validation accordingly. If a change in
mission or number of end items supported has occurred since the last validation,
custodians must provide rationale if there is no corresponding change in authorizations.
1.8.8.14. Provide SPRAM listing to organizational commander/designated representative
for their certification and signature that authorizations are current and necessary for
mission support.
1.8.8.15. Maintain justification documentation for all SPRAM authorizations until the
authorization is deleted.
1.8.8.16. Report any incorrect authorizations and excess on-hand assets to the EAE.
1.8.8.17. Verifies the SPRAM listing received from the EAE to ensure data are complete
and accurate. Signs and returns the SPRAM listing to EAE within 15 workdays from the
production date on the SPRAM listing (off-base organizations are allowed 30 workdays).
1.8.8.18. Furnishes all information and documentation required to change SPRAM
records to be relieved from accountability or responsibility for items lost or destroyed.
1.8.8.19. Makes sure the custody account has been properly transferred to the new
custodian when responsibility ends and the custodian is cleared by EAE.
1.8.8.20. Provides justification to EAE citing supporting documentation when requesting
new or increased SPRAM authorizations. Supporting documentation includes TO
references, maintenance directives, correspondence, etc. PM, end article item manager
(EAIM) approval is required for SPRAM authorizations. Also, the EAIM may challenge
requests for suspect excess quantities. The methodology for computing the SPRAM
quantity will be included in the justification. For example, a maintenance directive states
a quantity of two SPRAM assets are required per aircraft and 24 aircraft are assigned to
the organization. The SPRAM quantity authorized under this justification would be 48
each.
1.8.8.21. Performs a due-out validation with the EAE in the LRS/Materiel Management
Activity.
64 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.8.8.22. Establishes an accounting method or system that allows immediate

identification of SPRAM assets stored or used outside the custodian's workcenter. This
may be done by using hand receipts (AF Form 1297, Temporary Issue Receipt), logs,
letters, charts, etc. and is normally documented in a local MOI.
1.8.8.23. Provide EAE a listing of all SPRAM assets to be transferred or deployed
indicating the duration, location, and any special actions required. The custodian
determines if any requirements on order at the time of transfer action will remain on
order or be cancelled.
1.8.8.24. Support authorized receipt of special materiel. This may be performed by the
Officer In Charge (OIC) or Designated Representative, and will:
1.8.8.25. Submit a letter certified by their unit security manager to the LRS APO which
identifies individuals authorized to receive classified and NWRM.
1.8.8.26. For classified equipment, the organization will submit all requests to appoint or
change a custodian directly to the EAE.
1.8.8.27. Every June and December, the organization reviews the Authorization Receipt
Listing provided by the LRS APO, annotates required changes, signs and dates the
listing, and returns it to the APO.
1.8.8.28. Retain the classified and NWRM authorization receipt listing (from Document
Control/Customer Service) until an updated listing is received.
1.8.9. All Air Force Personnel. All AF personnel are responsible for government property
under their control IAW AFI 23-111. AF members and employees may be held financially
liable for the loss, damage, or destruction of AF property caused by their negligence, willful
misconduct, or deliberate unauthorized use. For determining when a financial liability
investigation (formerly Report of Survey) is required, see DoD Financial Management
Regulation 7000.14-R, Volume 12, Chapter 7, DoD Financial Liability for Government
Property Lost, Damaged, Destroyed, or Stolen.

Section 1C—Supply Chain Goals, Metrics, Boards and Working Groups

1.9. Goals Supply chain management (SCM) goals are promoted to:
1.9.1. Achieve ample planning and resourcing of the logistics infrastructure to ensure
weapon system readiness that meets warfighter needs.
1.9.2. Champion policy, programs and processes to field, modify and sustain weapon
systems.
1.9.3. Advocate for robust depot level maintenance/repair capability through continuous
improvement and innovation to include SCM innovation and responsiveness.
1.9.4. Advocate for an integrated supply chain through new or improved business initiatives
and appropriate resources.
1.9.5. MAJCOM and base-level goals will support AF enterprise-level goals. MAJCOMs
and bases will identify materiel management objectives that support the AF Enterprise goals.
(T-1).
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 65

1.10. Metrics.
1.10.1. Metrics will be used at all levels of command to drive improved performance and
adhere to well-established guidelines. (T-1). While recognizing the utility of legacy metrics,
the emphasis of AF metrics shall highlight leading versus lagging indicators.
1.10.2. Development. AF/A4L serves as the approving authority for metrics. In conjunction
with AFMC, will clearly define metrics.
1.10.3. Metrics Data Call.
1.10.3.1. Metrics Updates. A4LR directs an annual data call for updates to metrics (for
next FY) by 1 Mar of each year. This data call should include, at a minimum, information
in support of:
1.10.3.1.1. President’s budget and BES.
1.10.3.1.2. HAF and Office of Secretary of Defense (OSD) quarterly execution
reviews.
1.10.3.1.3. OSD SCM Group monthly metrics.
1.10.3.2. Data Call Responses. MAJCOMs provide responses to AF/A4L annual data
call NLT 1 Apr of each year, or the date specified.
1.10.4. MAJCOMs develop metrics to support enterprise level metrics, and ensure their units
have the capability to gather and track required information.
1.10.5. AFMC tracks, analyzes and reports AF SCM metrics. Additionally, AFMC interfaces
with DLA to obtain AF data and metrics.
1.10.6. Supervision at all levels will use metrics to evaluate the overall health of the unit and
ability to meet mission requirements. (T-1). Leaders, supervisors and technicians must have
accurate and reliable information to make decisions. To do this, metrics will be:
1.10.6.1. Accurate and useful for decision-making.
1.10.6.2. Consistent and clearly linked to goals/standards.
1.10.6.3. Clearly understood and communicated.
1.10.6.4. Based on a measurable, well-defined process.
1.11. Boards and Working Groups.
1.11.1. Overview. The AF supply chain community has established several boards and
working groups to work important issues. One of these various working groups, is the
Logistics Working Group (LWG). The LWG is part of the AF Enterprise Logistics
Governance structure. The LWG reports to the AF Logistics Board. The LWG is chaired by
the AF/A4L with the following members: Deputies from Logistics and Product Support
(SAF/AQD), AF/A4L, Directorate of Resource Integration (AF/A4P) and MAJCOM/A4s.
The working groups identified in this section are sanctioned by the AF Logistics Board. The
purposes and membership composition of these boards and working groups are explained in
the following paragraphs. In all cases, the ultimate objective is to apply the principles of
quality management to all facets of the AF supply chain.
1.11.2. Air Force Materiel Management Chiefs Advisory Board (AFMMCAB).
66 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.11.2.1. The AFMMCAB will:

1.11.2.1.1. Review and comment on all proposed changes in the materiel
management career field. The board will accept inputs on any materiel management
issues and promote changes for improving the overall organization, equipping, and
training of all assigned materiel management.
1.11.2.1.2. Review issues from an AF perspective and provide its assessments to the
appropriate AF policy working group. The board will be directly responsible to the
Logistics Readiness Division (AF/A4LR) Materiel Management Air Force Career
Field Manager (AFCFM) when in session. (T-1). In turn, the AFMMCAB will
provide any input to the AF Logistics Board through the AF Logistics Readiness
Chiefs Advisory Group.
1.11.2.2. Membership. The AFMMCAB members include the Materiel Management
AFCFM, the Materiel Management MAJCOM Functional Manager and the MAJCOM
Materiel Management Chiefs. The Materiel Management AFCFM is the chairperson.
Topics, comments, and recommendations are solicited from all MAJCOMs. The AFCFM
should direct additional membership changes as necessary to maintain a balanced mix of
materiel management backgrounds from the MAJCOMs, Numbered Air Forces, FOA,
DRU, LRSs and other base level organizations as appropriate. Members should attend all
board meetings.
1.11.2.3. Advisors. AFMMCAB advisors include materiel management senior enlisted
leaders from the Air Force Personnel Center overseeing materiel management enlisted
assignments (Air Force Personnel Center/DPA) and deployment scheduling functions
(Air Force Personnel Center/DPW); HAF Functional Manager and Global Force Manager
with oversight of materiel management war plans and tasking functions; and the
USAFCENT staff CMSgt. Representatives should attend all meetings unless otherwise
directed by the chairperson. Base level materiel management Chief Master Sergeants in
the local area may attend open sessions with prior coordination with the AFCFM.
1.11.2.4. Meeting Frequency. The board will meet at least annually. The chairperson
may call special meetings as appropriate.
1.11.2.5. Minutes. The board publishes and distributes meeting minutes to all
MAJCOMs, all supply chief master sergeants, and all supply organizations through their
MAJCOM Chief or Senior Enlisted Manager.
1.11.3. Air Force Supply Chain Policy Working Group (AFSCPWG).
1.11.3.1. Purpose.
1.11.3.1.1. Focuses on supply and inventory control policies and related logistics
functions that affect or influence AF stockage requirements/inventory control policies
and their corresponding interface with DoD inventory control point requirements and
distribution systems.
1.11.3.1.2. Provides a forum for fostering a cooperative approach to supply
warfighting issues to include communications and other non-airborne supply policy
issues.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 67

1.11.3.2. Membership. The Chair is the AF/A4LR Division Chief, or his/her designated
representative. The AFSCPWG is an executive-level group consisting of military or
civilian logistics leaders from the MAJCOMs and other key logistics agencies. Each
voting member has an equal voice on issues.
1.11.3.3. Advisors. Non-Voting membership will be determined by the AFSCPWG
voting membership.
1.11.3.4. Secretariat. AFMC will serve as the Secretariat or appoint another organization
to accomplish these activities. The Secretariat will work with the Chair to develop a
conference agenda for AFSCPWG meetings. After agenda approval, the Secretariat will:
1.11.3.4.1. Identify who will make presentations at the conference and the proposed
length of the presentation.
1.11.3.4.2. Secure any briefings or other documents for AFSCPWG discussion prior
to the conference. Provide all documents via a designated website for access by all
AFSPCWG members.
1.11.3.4.3. Take conference minutes and provide them to the Chair for review and
approval.
1.11.3.4.4. Manage all AFSCPWG Action Items to define what is to be done, who is
to do it, and when is the estimated completion date. Prior to each AFSCPWG
conference, the Secretariat will contact the designated Action Item OPRs to ensure
either Action Item resolution or a status report will be available to the AFSCPWG
members.
1.11.3.5. AF/A4LR will schedule AFSCPWG meetings on a semiannual basis or as
needed to work critical time sensitive issues.
1.11.3.6. Minutes. The board through the Secretariat publishes and distributes meeting
minutes to all AFSCPWG members.
1.11.4. Equipment Policy Working Group (EPWG).
1.11.4.1. Purpose:
1.11.4.1.1. Address equipment matters, to include authorizations, review process,
computation, allocation, reporting, supporting information technologies, use, and
accountability.
1.11.4.1.2. Seek input and provide clear and effective equipment policy and
guidance.
1.11.4.2. Membership. The Chair of the EPWG is the Air Force Logistics Readiness
Division (AF/A4LR) Chief, or his/her designated representative. Voting membership in
the EPWG consists of a single representative from each MAJCOM. The EPWG Chair
retains veto authority.
1.11.4.3. Advisors. Non-Voting membership will be determined by the EPWG voting
membership.
68 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.11.4.4. Secretariat. AF/A4LR will either serve as the Secretariat or appoint another
organization to accomplish these activities. The Secretariat will work with the EPWG
membership to develop a conference agenda. After agenda approval, the Secretariat will:
1.11.4.4.1. Identify who will make presentations at the conference and the proposed
length of the presentation.
1.11.4.4.2. Secure any briefings or other documents for EPWG discussion prior to
the conference. Provide all documents via a designated website for access by all
EPWG members.
1.11.4.4.3. Take conference minutes and provide them to the EPWG Chair for review
and approval.
1.11.4.4.4. Manage all EPWG action items to define what is to be done, who is to do
it, and when is the estimated completion date. Prior to each EPWG conference, the
Secretariat will contact the designated action item OPRs to ensure either Action Item
resolution or a status report will be available to the EPWG members.
1.11.4.5. Meeting frequency. The EPWG will meet at a minimum once per year.
1.11.4.6. Minutes. The board through the Secretariat publishes and distributes meeting
minutes to all EPWG members.
1.11.5. The Contractor Supported Weapon Systems Working Group (CSWSWG).
1.11.5.1. Purpose:
1.11.5.1.1. Focus on materiel management stockage and inventory control policies
and related logistics functions that affect or influence AF contractor supported
weapons systems policies and their corresponding DoD requirements. The types of
contracts include, but are not limited to: Performance Based Logistics, Contractor
Logistics Support (CLS), Interim Contractor Support (ICS), etc.
1.11.5.1.2. Establish a partnership between Government and industry for the most
effective and efficient means of managing the AF's premier weapon systems.
1.11.5.1.3. Provide a forum to address AF contractor supported weapons systems
issues.
1.11.5.1.4. Seek input and provide clear and effective AF contractor supported
weapons systems policy and guidance.
1.11.5.2. Membership. The Chair is the AF/A4LR Chief or his/her designee.
Membership in the CSWSWG includes the materiel management representatives from
the MAJCOMs and other key logistics agencies. The CSWSWG Chair retains the
authority to guide the agenda of the working group.
1.11.5.3. Secretariat. AF/A4LR will either serve as the Secretariat or appoint another
organization to accomplish these activities. The Secretariat will work with the Chair to
develop a conference agenda for CSWSWG meetings.
1.11.5.4. Meeting Frequency. The CSWSWG will meet twice a year.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 69

1.11.5.5. Minutes. The board through the Secretariat publishes and distributes meeting
minutes to all CSWSWG members.
1.11.6. Joint Physical Inventory Working Group (JPIWG).
1.11.6.1. Purpose
1.11.6.1.1. The DoD is chartered to develop, maintain, and improve the program of
physical inventory control for DoD supply system materiel.
1.11.6.1.2. Resolve inter-Service problems through direct coordination among
JPIWG members.
1.11.6.1.3. Find solutions to problems presented to the JPIWG.
1.11.6.1.4. Recommend changes to DoD supply system to the Deputy Assistant
Secretary of Defense for Logistics (DASD(L)) as necessary.
1.11.6.2. Membership. The DoD PICP Administrator, DLA Logistics Management
Standards Office, chairs the JPIWG. Membership in the JPIWG includes each Military
Department and Defense Agency with an interest in physical inventory matters. Also, the
Under Secretary of Defense (Comptroller)/Chief Financial Officer, Department of
Defense (USD(C)/CFO) provides one representative to the JPIWG.
1.11.6.3. Refer to DoDM 4140.01, Volume 5, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management
Policy: Delivery Of Materiel and DLM 4000.25, Volume 2.
70 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Chapter 2

PLAN

2.1. Overview. This chapter outlines AF guidance for the materiel management processes
associated with demand and supply planning for base and depot retail operations. See paragraph
3.4 of this instruction for AF guidance on depot wholesale Item Management stockage
requirements. These activities include Stockage Policy; Financial Management; WRM;
Degraded Operations; and Readiness Spares Packages and Kits; Contingency/Wartime Planning;
Life Cycle Product Support Planning; Provisioning; Weapons System Support Program; Spares
Breakout Program and TRAP. See DoDM 4140.01, AFI 10-401, and AFI 10-403 for guidance
contained in this section.
2.2. Stockage Policy.
2.2.1. Stockage policy addresses requirements (stock levels), retention, transfer (to include
excess materiel) and reclamation requirements except fuels.
2.2.2. Determining materiel requirements.
2.2.2.1. The consumable and reparable requirements objective must accomplish the
following:
2.2.2.1.1. Purchase needed items at minimal ordering and holding cost.
2.2.2.1.2. Make maximum use of available assets before acquiring additional
materiel. This includes, but is not limited to:
2.2.2.1.2.1. Substitute interchangeable items where differences are minor.
2.2.2.1.2.2. Modify items if considered suitable and economical.
2.2.2.1.2.3. Use assets from the DLADS.
2.2.2.1.2.4. Use reconditioned serviceable assets and assets from reclamation,
where practical.
2.2.2.1.2.5. Maintain an effective repair program for reparable items.
2.2.2.1.3. Allocate resources (materiel, facilities, personnel, and funds) to achieve an
optimum balance in program support consistent with availability and support goals,
mission priorities and assigned unit precedence.
2.2.2.1.4. Implement the latest applicable AF planning and programming documents
when computing stock requirements, including RSP materiel requirements and
supplemental program data, such as missile months and projected flying hours.
2.2.2.1.5. Maintain current standard catalog and Consolidated Sustainment Activity
Group (CSAG) Supply Division price data.
2.2.2.1.6. Establish flexible supply management procedures capable of providing
continuous support during volatile and sometimes adverse conditions.
2.2.2.1.7. Ensure adequate initial stockage of items.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 71

2.2.2.1.8. Ensure retention of adequate stockage for issuance and MAJCOM

coordination for contingency purposes.
2.2.2.1.9. Establish quantitative goals to reduce unneeded inventory.
2.2.2.1.10. Ensure potential reutilization/disposal materiel, as well as inactive and
obsolete items, are removed from the AF supply system stock in an efficient, timely,
and economical manner.
2.2.2.1.11. Ensure timely management action to reduce or cancel purchase requests
and terminate contracts when requirements are reduced for items in the procurement
cycle.
2.2.2.1.12. Ensure asset data is available for use.
2.2.2.1.13. Ensure there are adequate quality control procedures established to verify
and validate the data and critical factors that affect requirements computations.
2.2.2.2. Categories and Characteristics of Consumable Items:
2.2.2.2.1. An item categorized as a consumable is an item of supply (except
explosive ordnance and major end items of equipment) that’s normally expended or
used up beyond recovery in the use for which it is designed or intended.
2.2.2.2.2. Categorize consumables according to the ERRC. Refer to TO 00-20-3,
Maintenance Processing of Reparable Property and Repair Cycle Asset Control
System.
2.2.2.2.2.1. Consumables may be expendable and non-reparable “XB3” or
expendable and field reparable “XF3”.
2.2.2.2.2.1.1. “XB3” items may be reconditioned (cleaned, painted,
straightened, sharpened, etc.) by users. “XB3” items costing $50 or more may
be authorized repair by the competent maintenance authority at organizational
and intermediate levels.
2.2.2.2.2.1.2. Don’t return unserviceable goods marked “XF3” to the depot or
specialized repair unit. XF3 items that cannot be restored at the retail
maintenance level should be transferred to the servicing DLADS.
2.2.2.2.2.2. Non-working capital funds items are categorized as EOQ
requirements. They derive the EOQ requirement from a mathematical equation
both for wholesale and retail. For consistency, wholesale and retail activities share
computational methodology.
2.2.2.3. Consumable Item Computational Guidance:
2.2.2.3.1. Use the EOQ to:
2.2.2.3.1.1. Minimize the total cost of ordering and holding inventories.
2.2.2.3.1.2. Compute peacetime and WRM purchase requirements for
consumables.
2.2.2.3.1.3. Develop categories for budgeting and evaluating inventory.
72 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.2.2.3.2. Consider the importance of each mission in determining which

requirements to fill.
2.2.2.4. Consumable Item Computing Requirements:
2.2.2.4.1. Determine EOQ at the wholesale level for a maximum of 24 months
demand. To determine the minimum EOQ, use either the Administrative Lead Time
or 6 months, whichever is less.
2.2.2.4.1.1. The EOQ minimum level may be overridden if a lesser quantity is
demonstrably more cost effective.
2.2.2.4.1.2. AFMC may adjust the maximum EOQ downward to ensure they
operate within budget.
2.2.2.4.1.3. Adjust EOQ downward for phased-out end items or those declining
in demand.
2.2.2.4.2. Determine EOQ at the retail level-for a maximum of 12 months demand.
2.2.2.4.2.1. Adjust EOQ downward for phased-out end items or declining in
demand.
2.2.2.4.2.2. Override the targeted EOQ requirement when more cost-effective
quantity is documented.
2.2.2.4.3. Estimate projections for demand-based requirements using past records of
recurring demand. Factor in serviceable returns.
2.2.2.4.3.1. Purchase demand-based items when demand for items exceeds goods
on-hand and on order.
2.2.2.4.3.2. Determine the reorder point by adding together the Administrative
Lead Time, stock due-out quantity, variable safety level and applicable non-
demand-based additive requirements.
2.2.2.4.3.2.1. Determine the variable safety level to augment the operating
level of supply. This allows for continuous operations when demand rises
steeply or when lead-time is extended. Decrease safety levels as fluctuations
even out.
2.2.2.4.3.2.2. Determine non-demand-based requirements for goods that have
limited or no demand history, but qualify for purchase based on other criteria.
Two types of non-demand-based requirements are insurance (INS) and
calendar time change items.
2.2.2.4.3.2.3. Identify essential items with no demand records or forecast for
failure reports and stock them at the wholesale level as INS items. These
should not exceed the cost of one minimum replacement unit without
documentation and justification of the added cost.
2.2.2.4.3.2.4. Determine additive requirements to identify items not supported
by past demand records.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 73

2.2.2.4.3.2.4.1. Document and validate these requirements for authorization

at both the retail and wholesale levels.
2.2.2.4.3.2.4.2. Request authorization for additive requirements when
laying in stock at a base or adding stock to support a net increase in end item
population or in base deployments.
2.2.2.4.3.2.4.3. Use the additive requirement for items such as those with
calendar time changes, short shelf-life and short program life.
2.2.2.4.3.2.4.4. Request additive requirement authorization for modified
items and applications that can’t adapt for use with the EOQ formula.
2.2.2.5. Consumable Item Reporting Stratification.
2.2.2.5.1. Use stratification reports to develop item purchasing and depot
maintenance budgets; determine readiness status of inventories; and relate assets to
the approved acquisition objective, other authorized retention of stock, and potential
for reusing or disposing of materiel. Maintain an audit trail if a method other than
stratification for budgeting is utilized.
2.2.2.5.2. Develop wholesale and retail dollar value stratification summaries
outlining individual item asset and requirement comparisons. Stratify consumable
items at least semiannually to reflect inventory as of September 30 (consulted during
inventory reporting and funding reviews) and once to reflect inventory as of March
31 (used for budget preparation).
2.2.2.6. Reparable Item Computation. The AF reparable requirements computation
system will be forward-looking using past usage that is converted to a demand rate. (T-
1). It will apply this rate to project future usage. (T-1). The reparable item computation
will be used to develop inventory stratification tables needed for budget submission and
inventory evaluation. (T-1).
2.2.2.6.1. Categories and Characteristics of Reparable Items:
2.2.2.6.1.1. An item categorized as a reparable is an item of supply (except
explosive ordnance and major end items of equipment) is subject to repair cycle
control.
2.2.2.6.1.2. Removal of a malfunctioning reparable item is normally followed by
a request to supply for a replacement item.
2.2.2.6.1.3. When the replacement request either issues or backorders, the
removed item will normally be automatically placed under DIFM control. (T-1).
2.2.2.6.1.4. Refer to AFMAN 23-122 for DIFM return procedures. Categorize
reparables according to the ERRC. Refer to TO 00-20-3, Maintenance Processing
of Reparable Property and Repair Cycle Asset Control System.
2.2.2.6.1.5. Reparable may be both field reparable “XF3” and depot reparable
“XD2”.
2.2.2.6.2. Requirements Computation. Requirements for spares support consists of
the following elements. (Ref. Attachment 1, Terms for more detail on terms).
74 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.2.2.6.2.1. Base Stock Level.

2.2.2.6.2.2. Base Repair Cycle.
2.2.2.6.2.3. Order and Shipping Time (O&ST).
2.2.2.6.2.4. Safety Level.
2.2.2.6.2.5. Negotiated Level.
2.2.2.6.2.6. Depot Stock Levels.
2.2.2.6.2.7. Depot Repair Cycle.
2.2.2.6.2.8. Procurement Lead Time.
2.2.2.6.2.9. Operating Requirement.
2.2.2.6.2.10. Condemnation Requirement.
2.2.2.6.2.11. Additive Requirement.
2.2.2.7. Non-demand-Based Requirements. Items with limited or no-demand history, but
qualify for stockage based on other criteria. Three types of non-demand-based
requirements are for INS, Numeric Stockage Objective, and calendar time change items.
2.2.2.7.1. No Demands. Essential items with no demands or forecast of failure will
be identified and stocked as determined by AFMC as INS items and will not exceed
one minimum replacement unit unless fully justified and documented. (T-2).
2.2.2.7.2. Low or Sporadic Demands. Essential items with demands or forecast of
failure with either low or sporadic is treated as Numeric Stockage Objective. These
items are stocked in minimum quantities.
2.2.2.7.3. Additive Requirements. Additional requirements authorized for initial lay-
in of base stocks and to support a net increase in end item population or planned base
deployments. May be used for items such as those with calendar time changes, short
shelf-life and short program life items, or for modifications and other applications
that are not computing in the computation.
2.2.2.8. Asset usage data is data necessary for the computation of requirements. Asset
usage data is obtained from appropriate IT systems, stock balance consumption reports as
well as any other official source. Data includes:
2.2.2.8.1. Worldwide Assets. All serviceable and unserviceable assets, including
DIFM and TO compliance at both wholesale and retail level.
2.2.2.8.2. On-Order Assets. On-order assets include firm quantities due-in obtainable
through the Interservice Supply Support Program; items bailed to contractors;
quantities subject to contract termination, Foreign Military Sales (FMS); customer
excess; and assets from reclamation.
2.2.2.9. Materiel Programs. Inventory positions or levels of activity are expressed in
terms of hours, months, units, overhauls or recoveries. These include:
2.2.2.9.1. Past Programs. Statements of actual inventory or accomplishments during
a specific past period.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 75

2.2.2.9.2. Projected Programs. Estimates of planned inventory and accomplishments

during a future period.
2.2.2.9.3. Organizational Intermediate Maintenance Programs.
2.2.2.9.4. Depot Level Maintenance Programs.
2.2.2.10. Consumption Rate Development. These rates are computed from base
consumption information and depot reparable generations.
2.2.2.10.1. Base Consumption Rates. Base consumption rates are determined by
taking the number of failures at base level, over a specific period of time, divided by
the operating program for that same time period. (T-1). Base consumption rates
include (Ref. Attachment 1, Terms for more detail on terms):
2.2.2.10.1.1. Total Organizational Intermediate Maintenance Demand Rate.
2.2.2.10.1.2. Base Condemnation Rate.
2.2.2.10.1.3. Base NRTS Rate.
2.2.2.10.2. Depot Consumption Rates. These rates are computed using the number of
failures at depot level divided by the appropriate depot program.
2.2.2.11. New Items.
2.2.2.11.1. Initial Requirements Quantity. Calculated as the total of Expendability,
Recoverability, Reparability Category Designator (ERRCD) “XD2” items needed to
support a program time span equal to the Procurement Lead Time, plus an operating
period of 3 months (lead time plus 3 months), which will be at least 12 months. The
operating period allows for the conversion from the initial requirements computation
to the recurring replenishment computation.
2.2.2.11.2. Compute quantities for the operating period, base and depot repair cycle,
and if authorized, additive requirements not covered by other segments.
2.2.2.12. Reparable Item Stratification Reports are generated in the applicable IT system
from the requirements determination process. They are used to uniformly portray the
materiel requirements and available assets (on-hand and on-order) of individual items at
the wholesale and retail levels.
2.2.2.12.1. The wholesale level will develop dollar value stratification summaries
depicting individual item asset and requirement comparisons. (T-1).
2.2.2.12.2. Reparable items will be stratified quarterly, unless waived. (T-1).
Stratification cutoff dates are 30 September, 31 December, 31 March and 30 June of
each fiscal year.
2.2.2.13. Centrally Managed Equipment.
2.2.2.13.1. Criteria:
2.2.2.13.1.1. Assigned Procurement Source Code (PSC) “5”.
2.2.2.13.1.2. Separate, primary, end item (other than the weapon itself), needed
by an individual or organization to perform an assigned mission.
76 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.2.2.13.1.3. Assigned ERRC “ND” or “NF”.

2.2.2.13.2. Equipment will be acquired to:
2.2.2.13.2.1. Meet a specific predetermined future requirement.
2.2.2.13.2.2. Fill an existing shortage.
2.2.2.13.2.3. Replace a condemned item.
2.2.2.13.3. Equipment item requirements computation will cover the conditions
above; however, circumstances may arise which will generate requirements for
equipment items other than those identified. In these cases, AFMC may establish
levels in the equipment item requirements computation IAW HQ AFMC guidance.
2.2.2.13.4. Base and depot stock levels are not authorized for centrally acquired
equipment items. Exceptions to this policy are non-expendable individual equipment.
2.2.3. Retention.
2.2.3.1. Retention rules ensure proper utilization of Government property and prevent
unnecessary procurement.
2.2.3.2. Wholesale Stockage Retention. AFMC will:
2.2.3.2.1. Retain only sufficient quantities of centrally procured serviceable and
economically reparable assets used on active DoD weapon systems and end items
required to support the projected life of the weapon system.
2.2.3.2.2. Retain stocks IAW DoDM 4140.01 and this AFI.
2.2.3.2.3. Retain serviceable assets up to the authorized Foreign Military Sales Order
I (FMSO I) stock level to support projected Cooperative Logistics Supply Support
Arrangement (CLSSA) program requisitions.
2.2.3.2.4. Retain all serviceable LP, Local Manufacture (LM), and one-time buy
assets for active DoD Weapons systems and end items for 30 months after the last
demand.
2.2.3.2.5. Retain ample quantities of assets applicable to DoD weapons systems or
end items to support modified or phased out items through the modification program
or phase-out period.
2.2.3.2.6. Retain serviceable assets peculiar to weapons systems or end items used
solely by FMS customers pending completion of a buy-out program. Keep these
items no longer than 2 years from the date the AF makes a buy-out offer to FMS
customers.
2.2.3.2.7. Consider shelf-life, storage space limitations, weapons system essentiality,
population, and projected life when deciding what to keep. Regularly review retention
additives and ensure they have been deleted once they have served their legitimate
purpose and are no longer justified.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 77

2.2.3.2.8. Asset Stratification. Stratify principal and secondary items to show assets
against materiel requirements IAW DoDM 4140.01, Volume 6, DoD Supply Chain
Materiel Management Policy: Materiel Returns, Retention, And Disposition for:
AFMC
2.2.3.2.8.1. Approved Acquisition Objective (AAO) stock.
2.2.3.2.8.2. Economic Retention Stock (ERS).
2.2.3.2.8.2.1. ERS is developed by calculating an Economic Retention Limit
which represents the maximum retention level of stock that could be
economically justified to meet future peacetime requirements. ERS is the
quantity of stock excess to the AAO requirement, but within the Economic
Retention Limit.
2.2.3.2.8.2.2. True economic retention criteria, includes evaluating potential
future reprocurement costs, repair costs, depot survival rate, expected returns
from disposal of materiel, costs of storing peacetime demand expectations. To
warrant ERS, an item must have a reasonably predictable demand rate.
2.2.3.2.8.3. Contingency Retention Stock (CRS).
2.2.3.2.8.3.1. WRM Contingency Retention Stock is stock held above the
approved acquisition objective to support anticipated contingencies or
operations. The contingency retention stock will mainly consist of critical and
difficult to obtain assets. Items authorized as WRM CRS are identified against
allowance standard 929AAOA.
2.2.3.2.8.3.2. WRM GMO will work with DLA to ensure DLA-managed
items with CRS quantities are reviewed annually.
2.2.3.2.8.3.3. MAJCOMs are authorized to maintain quantities of WRM and
BEAR CRS. WRM CRS requires approval by WRM GMO.
2.2.3.2.8.3.3.1. CRS-Storing MAJCOMS will request CRS by
memorandum to WRM GMO. Approved requests will be maintained on the
WRM GMO SharePoint.
2.2.3.2.8.3.3.2. The WRM GMO, in conjunction with Storing Commands,
will annually validate approved requests for CRS.
2.2.3.2.8.3.3.3. Centrally managed stock will require disposition from the
Item Manager for disapproved or non-validated CRS requests.
2.2.3.2.8.3.4. Replacement of CRS is not authorized.
2.2.3.2.8.3.5. CRS is not authorized if valid shortages exist within the WRM
enterprise.
2.2.3.2.8.4. Potential Reutilization (PR) stock.
2.2.3.2.9. Retain wholesale assets up to the total allowable AAO, ERS, and CRS
levels for the projected life of the weapon system or end item. Support and provide
AF/A4LR with AF wholesale retention data IAW DoDM 4140.01, Volume 6.
78 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.2.3.3. Retail Stockage Retention. For serviceable items used to support a weapon
system or end item in use at the retail activity, retain:
2.2.3.3.1. Centrally procured investment ERRCD “XD2” items until the AFMC
wholesale Inventory Management Specialist provides disposition instructions.
2.2.3.3.2. Centrally procured serviceable consumable budget code “8” and “9”
(ERRCD code XB3, XF3, and NF1) items with a Date of Last Demand less than 10
years, assigned Stockage Priority Code (SPC) not equal to 5 or E, and the SPC date
assigned is less than 9 years.
2.2.3.3.3. Other centrally procured serviceable consumable budget code “8” and “9”
items (ERRCD code XB3, XF3, and NF1) not used to support a weapon system or
end item in use at the retail activity, when date of last demand is less than 3 years,
SPC assigned is not equal to 5 or E, and the Date SPC assigned is less than 2 years.
2.2.3.3.4. LP, LM, or non-national stock numbered items for 12 months.
2.2.3.3.5. Equipment authorization inventory data (EAID) items and specified non-
EAID items (AS016) as long as authorized and required to perform assigned
missions.
2.2.3.3.5.1. Authorization will be established based on an allowance standard or a
special ASC, and recorded on the authorized/in use detail records.
2.2.3.3.5.2. Authorizations will be deleted when the equipment is no longer
needed to perform the assigned mission. Retain EAID items carried on the “FB”
or “FE” supply account as long as authorized to a support organization.
2.2.3.3.6. Serviceable non-EAID (retail outlet) equipment items authorized for stock
for 30 to 39 months after the last demand or 24 months after the new item record is
established.
2.2.3.3.7. Inventory Control Point (ICP) unserviceable assets until receiving
disposition instructions from the wholesale manager.
2.2.3.3.8. Items on systems or end items no longer in use at activity or for which no
item record is found in the materiel management IT system or requirement, report the
items to AFMC and transfer or dispose of the assets as directed.
2.2.3.3.9. Assets may be transferred to disposal or to the wholesale supply point
before the required retention period expires if they exceed shelf-life or storage space
limits. Consult with the LRS CC/APO or equivalent to deviate from retention policy
when storage space is a problem. Coordinate with AFMC before returning assets to
the wholesale stock point.
2.2.3.3.10. Retail activities must retain secondary items applicable to weapon
systems and end items in use at the retail activity, up to the total allowable AAO and
ERS levels.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 79

2.2.3.4. Review Potential Reutilization Stock (PRS) (Excess) prior to approval for
disposal. All PRS (excess) items must be reviewed prior to disposal to ensure that no
known or projected requirements exist. This review will include exploring possible needs
due to next higher assembly (NHA) application, possible modification to a usable
configuration, uses for other than its intended purpose and reclamation of component
parts. This review may result in the retention of computed excess assets.
2.2.4. Transfer Guidance. AFMC will ensure that AF materiel management IT systems’
capabilities effectively support redistribution policy to effectively manage and execute the
transfer of materiel.
2.2.4.1. Transfers within the DoD. It is DoD and AF policy that materiel assets be
utilized within the DoD to the fullest extent practicable. Assets of one military service
shall be transferred to fill requirements of another military service requirement. Transfer
excess AF assets to DoD activities using Interservice Supply Support Procedures.
Conduct Interservice Supply Support Procedures interrogations for asset availability,
offers of excess assets, and transfers. Interservice transfers will be handled IAW AFMC
guidance. Note: NWRM assets will not be transferred without written approval from the
Wholesale IM IAW AFI 20-110.
2.2.4.2. Transfers to Allied Forces. Transfers to Allied Forces are accomplished
according to FMS policy and procedures contained in Defense Security Cooperation
Agency (DSCA) Manual 5105.38, Security Assistance Management Manual (SAMM) and
DoD FMR 7000.14-R, Volume 15.
2.2.4.3. Cooperative Logistics Supply Support Arrangement (CLSSA).
2.2.4.3.1. Assets to support recurring CLSSA secondary item demands shall be
stocked and maintained on order from procurement in anticipation of FMS country
requisitions.
2.2.4.3.2. When assets are transferred under matured CLSSAs, the sales are made
from DoD inventory financed by CLSSA funds, and the materiel cost shall be
reimbursable at full stock list price.
2.2.4.3.3. Materiel sold through FMS under matured CLSSAs shall be given equal
treatment with AF requisitions (within priority) for on-hand and on-order depot
stocks.
2.2.4.3.4. Materiel requests received prior to maturation of the CLSSA are
considered non- CLSSA requirements and shall not be provided the same priority as
CLSSA requirements. Materiel may be released, but not normally below the control
level to fill non-CLSSA requirements.
2.2.4.3.5. On an exception basis, materiel may be transferred from stocks below the
control level to fill non-CLSSA requirements if release of the stocks will not
adversely affect the support of U.S. Forces (such issues shall not be below the safety
level).
80 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.2.4.4. Nonstandard Support. Under nonstandard support procedures the customer's

materiel requirements are normally filled from procurement rather than from DoD stocks.
Nonstandard support includes hardware or services required to support commercial end
items; DoD obsolete end items, including end items that have undergone system support
buy outs; and selected non-U.S. origin military equipment. In the event assets are
available from DoD inventories, and the transfer out of stock will not adversely impact
the support of U.S. Forces, materiel costs shall be reimbursable as follows:
2.2.4.4.1. When assets are within the AAO, materiel costs shall be recouped at full
stock list price.
2.2.4.4.2. When assets exceed the AAO and have not been procured in anticipation
of military assistance or sales requirements as a result of CLSSAs, or pursuant to a
military assistance or sales order, they are termed Excess Defense Articles and shall
be sold in an "as is" condition at excess prices exhibited in DoD 7000.14-R, Volume
15.
2.2.4.4.3. All FMS requirements for nonstandard support will be excluded from the
demand base of the respective computational systems. Materiel shall not be procured
nor retained in stock in anticipation of FMS transfers under nonstandard support
procedures.
2.2.4.5. Transfers to Federal Civil Agencies.
2.2.4.5.1. With the exception of DoD excess materiel, the transfer of assets to
agencies outside the DoD shall require reimbursement IAW DoD 7000.14-R, Volume
11a and 11b.
2.2.4.5.1.1. Transfers of stock fund items shall be priced at the current stock list
price.
2.2.4.5.1.2. Transfers of non-stock fund items below the AAO shall be priced at
the estimated replacement cost of the item minus an adjustment for age and
condition of the item being sold, if applicable.
2.2.4.5.1.3. Transfers of non-stock fund items above the AAO shall be priced at
the current stock list price minus an adjustment for age and condition of the item
being sold, if applicable.
2.2.4.5.2. Transfers of DoD excess materiel shall be non-reimbursable and are not
normally authorized from DoD stocks. Such transfers are the responsibility of the
DLADS IAW DoDM 4160.21, Volume 3, Defense Materiel Disposition:
Reutilization, Transfer, and Sale of Property.
2.2.4.5.3. Transfers of DoD non-lethal surplus property may be made to the
Department of State for humanitarian relief purposes pursuant to the Federal Used
Property for Domestic Use Act of 1990 (reference Title 40, United States Code,
Chapter 48 (as amended), Section 203 - Federal Property and Administrative
Services Act of 1949). Such transfers are the responsibility of the DLADS IAW
DoDM 4160.21, Volume 3.
2.2.4.6. Transfer of Cryptologic Materiel.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 81

2.2.4.6.1. Transfers of peculiar cryptologic materiel, including communications

security materiel shall be accomplished IAW National Security
Agency/Cryptographic and Cyber Systems Division regulations. AFMC has overall
responsibility for cryptologic materiel management within the AF. This includes item
management responsibility for cryptologic materiel and peculiar items related to
cryptologic equipment.
2.2.4.6.2. Transfers of common cryptologic materiel. Items of supply having
application to both cryptologic and non-cryptologic equipment and obtained from
supply sources other than AFMC shall follow normal AF policy and procedures.
2.2.4.7. Wholesale Level Redistributable Material.
2.2.4.7.1. Review PRS (Excess) prior to approval for disposal. All potential
reutilization (excess) items must be reviewed prior to disposal to ensure that no
known or projected requirements exist.
2.2.4.7.1.1. This review will include exploring possible needs due to NHA
application, possible modification to a usable configuration, uses for other than its
intended purpose and reclamation of component parts.
2.2.4.7.1.2. This review may result in the retention of computed excess assets.
2.2.4.8. Base level redistributable material guidance for AF Serviceable Centrally
Procured Items.
2.2.4.8.1. Quantities with ERRC code of “XD2” which exceed the base
requisitioning objective, are available for redistribution. This also applies to:
2.2.4.8.1.1. AFMC except for items contained in their storage account.
2.2.4.8.1.2. Equipment items (ERRCD coded ND2 and NF2), except for
controlled item code either "N" or "4" (pilferable/sensitive), qualify for
redistribution when assets on-hand, plus due-in, exceed quantities authorized to
all activities supported by the base. Items coded either "N" or "4"
(pilferable/sensitive) will be reported to the IM.
2.2.4.8.2. The quantity of materiel support division stock fund items above the
requisitioning objective will be reported provided the extended line item value is $20
or greater.
2.2.4.9. Base level redistributable material guidance for AF Unserviceable (Reparable)
Centrally Procured Items.
2.2.4.9.1. Items coded “XD2”, beyond base repair capability, will be processed as
directed by AFMAN 23-122 or as indicated in the RIMCS.
2.2.4.9.2. Normally, items coded “XF3” and “XB3”, which are not feasible to repair
or recondition at local level, are authorized for processing to DLADS without
reporting to the IM. Ensure control codes do not require special actions/processing.
82 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.2.4.9.3. Items coded “ND”, beyond base repair capability, will be reported to the
IM. Reparable “NF” items, controlled item codes either “N” or “4”
(pilferable/sensitive) beyond base repair capability, will be reported to the item
manager regardless of unit/extended dollar value. Reparable “NF2” items, other than
controlled item code “N” or “4”, beyond base repair capability, will be processed to
DLADS when the extended line item value is less than $100.00; items $100 and over
will be reported to the IM.
2.2.4.10. Reporting redistributable serviceable AF centrally procured items.
2.2.4.10.1. Items coded “XD2” are to be reported to AFMC. Redistribution of these
items is determined by AFMC.
2.2.4.10.2. Items coded “XF3” and “XB3” will be reported as detected by the
materiel management IT system. (T-1). When items are in a buy position, the item
manager will advise bases to report excess immediately. (T-2).
2.2.4.10.3. Items coded “ND” and “NF” will be reported as detected by the materiel
management IT system. (T-1).
2.2.4.11. Reporting requirements for redistributable reparable AF centrally procured
items.
2.2.4.11.1. Items coded “XD2” beyond base repair capability (NRTS will be shipped
to the nearest specialized repair activity or contractor when authorized).
2.2.4.11.2. Item coded “XB3” and “XF3”, regardless of extended line item value,
will not be reported to the item manager prior to transfer to DLADS unless special
actions are prescribed.
2.2.4.11.3. Reparable “NF2” items, controlled item code “N” or “4”
(pilferable/sensitive), which cannot be repaired at base (including base funded
contracts) will be reported to the item manager regardless of unit/dollar value. (T-1).
Reparable "NF2" items, other than controlled item code “N” or “4”, which cannot be
repaired at base level (including base funded contracts), will be processed to DLADS
when the extended line item value is less than $100.00; items $100 and over will be
reported to the IM. (T-1).
2.2.4.12. Reporting Requirements for AF centrally procured materiel.
2.2.4.12.1. All AF centrally procured items will be reported when the total line item
on-hand quantity is determined to be excess (total excess) to the needs of an activity
and is valued at over $20. (T-1). Total quantities valued at $20 or less will be
processed for disposal without reporting to AFMC for disposition instructions. (T-1).
2.2.4.12.2. When only part of the line item on-hand quantity is determined to be
excess (partial excess) to the needs of an activity, and is valued at $50 or less, the
stock will not be reported to the ICP and will be retained. (T-1). Partial excesses
valued at greater than $50 will be reported to AFMC requesting disposition
instructions. An exception is permitted when AFMC designates an item as critical.
(T-1). Such items will be reported according to instructions issued by the wholesale
manager.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 83

2.2.4.13. Transportation.
2.2.4.13.1. All transportation costs for movement of AF materiel to centralized repair
facilities or wholesale materiel management activity will be IAW AFI 65-601
Volume 1, Budget Guidance and Procedures.
2.2.4.13.2. The appropriate accounting classification will be cited on the shipping
document issued to move the materiel.
2.2.4.14. Reporting Other Than AF Centrally Managed Items.
2.2.4.14.1. Specific instructions for these items are contained in the following
references:
2.2.4.14.2. For DLA items, refer to DoDM 4160.21, Volume 1, and other applicable
guidance.
2.2.4.14.3. Other Services have management responsibility for items in Federal
Supply Classes which are used by the AF. Refer to the Service ICPs for disposition
instructions within 30 days subsequent to the receipt of the excess report.
2.2.4.14.4. General Services Administration (GSA) items. Base closures or other
actions that require exception to normal disposition procedures will be coordinated
with GSA, Federal Supply Service through the MAJCOM before any associated
reporting or shipments actions are taken. Procedures for reporting excess GSA
managed items are in AFMAN 23-122.
2.2.4.14.5. Locally manufactured items and commercial vendor items will not be
reported.
2.2.4.15. Special reporting instructions for certain types of excess.
2.2.4.15.1. Save list items are excess at base level and are not reported. The item
manager directs distribution of these items through instructions contained in the
original save list.
2.2.4.15.2. Items not identified by a NSN are included on an interservice/agency
basis.
2.2.4.15.3. Industrial plant equipment identified only by plant equipment
code/manufacturers part number. These items will be identified through DLA
Aviation Engineering, Industrial Plant Equipment website.
2.2.4.15.4. Class V (W) ground (surface) ammunition process IAW AFMAN 21-201.
2.2.4.15.5. Items under Defense Threat Reduction Nuclear Agency management,
such as, Federal Supply Group (FSG) 11 and all Energy Research and Development
Administration (ERDA) Department of Energy (DOE) special design and quality
controlled items (identified by manufacturer's code 87991 in DLA’s master item file),
and all DoD items designed specifically for use on or processed IAW TO 11N-100-1,
Supply Management of Nuclear Weapons Materiel.
84 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.2.4.15.6. Complete Aircraft and Missiles Except Ground Instructional Items. Local
excesses will be reported IAW to AFI 16-402, Aerospace Vehicle Programming,
Assignment, Distribution, Accounting, and Termination. In no instance will complete
aircraft be automatically returned.
2.2.4.15.7. Complete Aircraft Engines and Auxiliary Power Units. Base engine
managers will issue instructions for local excess serviceable (reparable) engines units
IAW AFI 20-115, Propulsion Management for Aerial Vehicles.
2.2.4.15.8. AF Vehicles and Attachments. These items will be processed according to
AFMAN 23-122. Note: Vehicular equipment or special purpose vehicle attachments
originally received with new vehicle, will be processed IAW AFI 24-302. Tires will
be obtained IAW AFI 24-302.
2.2.4.15.9. Cryptologic materiel will not be abandoned, screened by any foreign
government or international organization, nor will it be released to a state government
or the general public. Exceptions to this guidance shall be addressed and coordinated
with AF/A4L.
2.2.4.15.9.1. Where no special procedure exists for unclassified cryptologic items
with materiel management aggregation codes (MMACs) “CI" and "CS" and
Federal Supply Classes 5810 and 5811, the local excess will be reported to the
applicable item manager for disposition instructions. No shipment is authorized
until disposition instructions are received.
2.2.4.15.9.2. Both serviceable and unserviceable (reparable) local excesses of
cryptologic spare parts and equipment with MMACs "CI" and "CS" and Federal
Supply Classes 5810 and 5811 will be reported.
2.2.4.15.10. AF Medical Service Supplies and Equipment will be processed IAW
AFMAN 41-209, Medical Logistics Support.
2.2.4.15.11. Subsistence. All local excesses of subsistence items will be processed
according to Defense Commissary Agency operating policies.
2.2.4.15.12. Petroleum (to include packaged petroleum products), petroleum-based
chemical items, oils, lubricants and chemical items will be processed IAW AFI 23-
201, Fuels Management.
2.2.4.15.13. For Chapel and Chaplains Equipment and Supplies refer to AFI 52-105,
Chaplain Corps Resourcing.
2.2.4.15.14. Report and process Class V (Munitions) excess IAW AFMAN 21-201.
2.2.4.15.15. For Information Technology equipment process see AFMAN 17-1203.
2.2.4.15.16. Flags, Pennants, Guidons, Streamers, and Aircraft Plates.
2.2.4.15.16.1. Retain Flags, Pennants, Streamers, and Guidons having AF
historical or sentimental value as historical property IAW AFI 84-103, United
States Air Force Heritage Program. For non-retained items of inactivated units,
process IAW DoDM 4160.21 Volume 4, Defense Materiel Disposition:
Instructions For Hazardous Property And Other Special Processing Materiel.
Items no longer suitable for display will be completely destroyed by burning.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 85

2.2.4.15.16.2. When an Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps detachment is

inactivated, unit U.S. flags will be turned in to the support base. Organizational
flags with school specific emblems may be donated to the school. The military
property custodian will clear equipment APSR asset records.
2.2.4.15.16.3. These type items of inactivated ANG units may be transferred to
the state US property and fiscal officer as historical mementos. Those not retained
will be processed IAW DoDM 4160.21, Volume 4.
2.2.4.15.16.4. Turn-in aircraft plates to DLADS as excess.
2.2.4.15.17. Process local WRM excess per AFMAN 23-122.
2.2.4.15.18. Redistributable and Excess Security Assistance Program Property. This
property will be processed IAW DSCA Manual 5105.38, DoD 7000.14-R, Volume
15.
2.2.4.15.19. Containers (All Types). Process IAW AFI 24-602, Volume 2.
2.2.4.15.20. Aircraft Conversions or Program Changes. Expendable items may be
transferred to the extent required at the gaining base. Replacement type items (“ND2”
and “NF2”) will be transferred IAW AFMAN 23-122.
2.2.4.15.21. Activities Scheduled for Inactivation. The commander responsible for
affected activities (e.g. Wing Commander), immediately upon notification of
inactivation, will:
2.2.4.15.21.1. Arrange for the redistribution of personal property within the
MAJCOM.
2.2.4.15.21.2. Process all personal property ( systems and equipment, materials,
and supplies) as local excess according to applicable paragraphs of this chapter or
other applicable instructions.
2.2.4.15.21.3. Process all authorized service excess personal property according
to applicable paragraphs of this chapter or other applicable instructions. Note:
When the activity will continue to be utilized or retained by any federal agency,
items of personal property required for maintenance or protection will be retained
and transferred at inactivation. Transfer other personal property as needed by the
agency.
2.2.4.15.22. TCTO Kits and Parts Kits. Refer to paragraph 4.2 of this instruction.
2.2.4.15.23. FSG 69 (Training Aids and Devices) and Ground Instructional Material.
Using activities will coordinate transfer of serviceable and unserviceable (reparable)
to the supporting Logistics Readiness Activity. Return unneeded materiel to the
Materiel Management Flight.
2.2.4.15.24. AF vehicles will be processed IAW AFI 24-302.
2.3. Financial Management. The guidance contained in this section has been developed within
the general guidelines of AFI 65-601, Volume 1. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.
2.3.1. WCF.
86 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.3.1.1. WCF must sustain itself through sales of materiel purchased or be authorized
additional financial resources to invest in inventory levels or support issues that do not
result in cash collections.
2.3.1.2. The intent of WCF pricing methodology is to neither lose money nor make a
profit. Out year adjustments will be made to return profits or recover losses.
2.3.1.3. Identical items will not be simultaneously included in more than one AFWCF
division.
2.3.1.4. Inventory Valuation. Serviceable and unserviceable assets will be valued at
moving average cost, which is included in the asset record in the retail and wholesale
supply systems.
2.3.1.5. Price Stabilization. Price stabilization is the policy wherein the Standard Price
(SP) of each cataloged asset remains constant throughout each fiscal year. WCF prices
for a given execution year are fixed to protect the customer funds from unforeseen
fluctuations that would affect their ability to purchase the programs approved by
Congress. The prices established for CSAG-S assets are set on an annual basis to recover
the cost of doing business. There are instances where an error resulted in a gross
misstatement of a price is identified and after analysis, may be changed if the magnitude
to the customer or the WCF is significant and after weighing other circumstances. New
assets that enter the supply system during the year have all prices computed and
distributed through the next available monthly stock list change cycle. These changes for
assets entering the inventory after the 1 October effective date along with significant
price error changes are authorized deviations from the stabilized pricing concept.
2.3.1.6. Point of Sale. For non-fly AF customer orders and all non AF orders, customer
funds are obligated at the time an order is placed with base or depot supply. For flying
hour orders from approved AF flying hour customers, flying hour appropriated funds
must be available before billings occur based on actual hours flown, and are obligated at
the beginning of the month billings are to occur.
2.3.2. The GSD
2.3.2.1. The GSD includes all retail-managed (BC “9”) expense items acquired primarily
from the DLA.
2.3.2.2. The local GSD outlet will act as the procuring agent for expense items required
to satisfy either inventory levels or due-outs to customer organizations. Customer funds
will not be cited for GSD items (unless specifically authorized by AFMC) on
procurement documents issued to commercial vendors, DLA, GSA or other suppliers
except for initial procurement by the AFWCF as authorized in AFI 65-601, Volume 1.
2.3.2.3. The designated accounting IT system consolidates general ledger balances,
which are transmitted to DFAS for consolidating and reporting to MAJCOM, division
and higher levels of authority. See DFAS-DE 7077.4, Standard Materiel Accounting
System User's Manual for procedures.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 87

2.3.2.4. Reimbursable Issues. All transactions by which customers obtain materiel from
the GSD are considered issues or sales. All issues to authorized customers will be
reimbursed to the GSD from appropriations or other approved sources of reimbursement
except for non-reimbursable issues specifically authorized by AFMC and SAF. Cost Per
Flying Hour (CPFH) items ordered and filled will be reimbursed centrally by the
customer on a monthly basis based on hours flown. Authorized customers include
contractor, appropriated and non-appropriated fund activities. Expense items brought into
the GSD Stock Fund from sources outside the normal AF supply channels at no cost to
the GSD Stock Fund will be processed as a receipt without charge and issues require
reimbursement, except as authorized.
2.3.2.5. Non-reimbursable Transactions.
2.3.2.5.1. The issue, shipment or transfer of GSD items are authorized without
reimbursement for the following situations:
2.3.2.5.1.1. To approve Security Assistance Programs (SAP grant aid) when
materiel is in excess of approved force acquisition objectives.
2.3.2.5.1.2. Excess property with a SP of less than $3,000 to an accountable
materiel management officer of another military service or defense agency. This
does not apply to issues within the AF.
2.3.2.5.1.3. Excess items resulting from base closure and identified as designated
as personal property required by the community’s land use plan. Transfers are
coordinated through base civil engineering.
2.3.2.5.1.4. Equipment items are authorized free issue/shipment as follows:
2.3.2.5.1.4.1. Redistribution Order (RDO) of on-hand items that have
completed the mandatory reporting cycle and are directed for disposal.
2.3.2.5.1.4.2. Issue of excesses received through the applicable materiel
management IT system RDOs when the customer has a memo backorder
established prior to receipt processing.
2.3.2.5.1.4.3. If the GSD Stock Fund is previously reimbursed, in-stock
equipment may be free issued when the requesting organization has a valid
authorization. Note: Verification must be performed to ensure a receipt-not-
due-in or backorder cancellation without a direct customer charge was
processed in the last 365 days. If either condition exists, the item cannot be
free issued until the criteria identified in this instruction are met.
2.3.2.5.1.4.4. Prior to granting free issue, every attempt should be made to
sell items at a reduced price. Equipment-in-stock without previous
reimbursement from the customer must remain in stock for 365 days prior to
free issuing. Free issues are authorized after 365 days. Note: The LRS APO or
funds manager may elect to retain property, if they believe there is a potential
future sale.
88 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.3.2.5.1.5. Items may be withdrawn from DLADS to satisfy specific customer

requirements and issued without reimbursement regardless of supply asset
position. Returns from DLADS to fill stock levels will require reimbursement
upon subsequent issue.
2.3.2.5.1.5.1. Unserviceable assets may be withdrawn from the local DLADS
without reimbursement regardless of the supply asset position. The LRS APO
or his/her designated representative will authorize all withdrawals to ensure
that the requirement is valid.
2.3.2.5.1.5.2. Items located in other than the local DLADS may be withdrawn
when a valid memo backorder exists and is issued without reimbursement. To
ensure proper use of transportation funds, the following restrictions apply to
withdrawals from other than local DLADS units:
2.3.2.5.1.5.2.1. The item must have a valid NSN.
2.3.2.5.1.5.2.2. The extended cost of the item requisitioned must be greater
than $500. Exceptions to this must be approved by the LRS APO.
2.3.2.5.1.5.2.3. The requisitioner is responsible for providing transportation
funds for movement of the assets requisitioned from DLADS.
2.3.2.5.1.6. If the entire on-hand quantity of an item is excess (i.e. its mandatory
reporting cycle is completed and is authorized for transfer to DLADS) any portion
of this quantity may be issued without reimbursement. Issue of partial excess
items that are over and above a stock level for the same item requires
reimbursement.
2.3.2.5.1.7. Shop/laboratory type equipment (NF2, BC “9”) with an established
equipment authorization and immediate need may be issued without
reimbursement when received from contract termination without cost to the GSD
Stock Fund. This authorization does not apply to administrative and housekeeping
type equipment.
2.3.2.5.1.8. Issue of an unserviceable GSD item for an unsatisfactory report
exhibit or for shipments to another Service or contractor when the item will not be
returned to the issuing activity.
2.3.2.5.1.9. Issue of an unserviceable GSD item for a Deficiency Report when the
AF will not receive credit. The issue will be processed as materiel returns for
credit. Current DLA credit return policy consists of the SP minus the DLA
surcharge.
2.3.2.5.1.10. Non-reimbursable transactions will be reviewed to determine
whether any were unauthorized. Unauthorized non-reimbursable issues will be
reversed and the transaction processed correctly so that the appropriate customers
are billed.
2.3.2.6. Procedures to free issue/ship assets are detailed in AFMAN 23-122.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 89

2.3.2.7. Automatic Credit Guidance. Credit for items with Expendability, Recoverability,
Reparability Category Designator (ERRCD) "XB" and "XF," BC “9” will be allowed for
all serviceable assets as stated below and indicated in AFMAN 23-122. Credit is not
allowed for other than serviceable “XB” and “XF” assets returned by any customer. See
Credit Policy Table in AFH 23-123, Volume 1.
2.3.2.7.1. GSD “XB” automatic credit guidance. Grant 100% credit up to the
requisitioning objective minus the on-hand plus due-in assets, and grant a graduated
percentage of credit up to the requisitioning objective plus 2 years of demand (daily
demand rate times 730). The percentage will vary by the amount of previous
demands.
2.3.2.7.2. GSD “XF” automatic credit guidance. Returns of serviceable “XF” assets
with a DIFM detail minus those as a result of DLADS withdrawals are considered
returns with a sale. These returns will be granted 100% credit up to the requisitioning
objective minus the on-hand plus due-in assets. Returns of “XF” assets FOB or as a
result of a DLADS withdrawal will be credited 100% up to the requisitioning
objective minus the on-hand plus due-in assets and a predetermined percentage of
credit up to the requisitioning objective plus 2 years of demand (daily demand rate
times 730). The percentage will vary by the amount of previous demands.
2.3.2.7.3. The credit guidance on return of expense equipment (BC “9”) to the GSD
is 100 percent for serviceable returns of non-EAID (retail sales) items if the quantity
turned in is within the stock level or there is a known requirement.
2.3.2.7.4. Forced Credit Guidance. Forced credit, using credit code "Y" allowed for
turn-in of items under certain conditions. The use of credit code "Y" is approved by
the LRS/LGL prior to processing except for base service store, individual issue and
tool issue turn-ins. Following are the criteria for using credit code "Y":
2.3.2.7.4.1. Turn-in of warranty items for shipment to contractor sources for
correction as directed by the IM.
2.3.2.7.4.2. Turn-in of quantities issued to a customer in excess of customer
request.
2.3.2.7.4.3. Turn-in of an item issued in error on the part of supply. When the
error is caused by the customer, the customer will be charged for the item unless
base supply has a need for the item. Such customer errors are to be processed as a
turn-in with the credit code left blank.
2.3.2.7.4.4. Turn-in of excess repair parts caused by shipment of an awaiting
parts reparable end item/assembly when items are required by the base. Items not
required by the base will be processed as stated in TO 00-20-3. This procedure is
limited to base level transactions only. Normal credit policies apply to the AFMC
depot level repair activities.
2.3.2.7.4.5. Turn-in of a serviceable item from directed cannibalization to satisfy
MICAP condition for shipment when credit would not otherwise be granted.
90 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.3.2.7.4.6. Credit will be allowed for turn-in of an item having a latent defect
when issued (includes unsatisfactory report exhibits/product quality deficiency
reports (PQDR). Credit code "Y" may be used to force credit at activities not
under program control.
2.3.2.7.4.7. Turn-in of seasonal clothing items when there is a known
requirement for the next season.
2.3.2.7.4.8. Process serviceable IEX E and K returns without a credit code, stock
position will determine whether credit is allowed. Local authority can override
this policy, judgment will be used to determine when there is a probable future
requirement for the item before using credit code "Y". When there is no future
need foreseen for the item, credit code "N" will be used.
2.3.2.7.4.9. Base/unit phase-out/down. GSD assets, which become excess and
turned in to the GSD Stock Fund as result of base closure/phase down will be
turned in without credit. ILS-S bases will use credit code "N," and retail depot
supply will turn-in under program control.
2.3.2.7.4.10. Any proposed additions to this list will be submitted to AFMC for
review and recommended approval.
2.3.2.8. Conditional Policies for Special Areas of Support. Within the AF, there are
various special procedures in existence that furnish logistics support for peculiar
requirements that are not provided in the normal manner.
2.3.2.8.1. LP support for overseas activities. LP actions will follow procedures
prescribed in AFMAN 23-122.
2.3.2.8.2. Local purchase minimum quantity buys. When the GSD is required to
purchase a minimum quantity of an item that is greater than the actual need, only the
quantity requested by the customer will be issued. The balance of the minimum
quantity of purchase should be retained in the local GSD account. At the expiration of
the retention period, disposition will be taken as prescribed in this instruction.
2.3.2.8.3. When items are to be assembled by an AFMC Air Logistics Complex,
GSD items will normally not be requisitioned until 90 days prior to out shipment.
Waivers for earlier requisitioning must be approved by AFMC or SAF.
2.3.2.8.4. Disaster preparedness decontaminants. All decontaminants for disaster
preparedness will be expensed upon receipt to a designated/requiring organization.
2.3.2.9. Transfer of inventory responsibility for GSD items between Services, agencies,
divisions etc., will be processed as capitalization/decapitalization transactions with funds
provided by the capitalizing organization to reimburse the losing organization.
2.3.2.10. Disposition of GSD Items. Excess items managed by integrated managers (e.g.,
DLA) will be referred to the integrated item manager for disposition instructions when
the item meets the reporting criteria of this instruction. The decision of the AFMC IM
will be followed regardless if credit is or is not allowed for materiel returned.
Transportation costs associated with return of excess materiel to the item manager will be
borne by GSD. Refer to AFMAN 23-122 for stockage procedures.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 91

2.3.2.11. Repair of GSD Items.

2.3.2.11.1. GSD items normally will not be subject to repair by the local GSD
maintenance activity. Items in inventory, whose serviceability is determined doubtful
by inspection due to mishandling while in stock such as being dropped, should be
repaired as an O&M expense to the LRS APO’s account. Transportation costs for
shipment of GSD items to a contractor for repair or servicing is charged to the O&M
appropriation as stated in AFI 65-601, Volume 2.
2.3.2.11.2. The only items that are to be repaired at GSD expense are those items
returned as unserviceable and later a subsequent requirement developed and repair of
the item is authorized in lieu of new procurement. For assets not owned by the GSD,
the owning organization pays all associated cost for repair, cleaning and
transportation. When it is appropriate for the GSD to pay for repair of items in stock,
the transaction should be processed as repair expense.
2.3.2.12. Assembly/Disassembly Involving GSD Items. Assembly is the process of
combining two or more separately identified articles and the re-identification of this
grouping to a new identity. Because the general type of item involved in the GSD is
considered to be a "bit and piece," there should only be rare instances when the
assembled item would be a GSD article. Normally, the resultant article will be identified
as an investment item or a CSAG-S reparable item. The assembled article will be
returned and processed as a return to the LRS/Materiel Management Activity. If the
return is a GSD item, it will be subject to a credit determination under program control.
When the assembled article is identified as an investment item it will process as a non-
GSD transaction; therefore, it will not involve the credit determination. Disassembly is
the reverse process of assembly. The "bit and piece" component part will be processed as
a return subject to a credit determination under program control.
2.3.2.13. Contract Termination Cost Guidance. Termination costs for GSD commercial
vendor LP items resulting from cancellation of LP items will be absorbed by the GSD.
2.3.2.14. Management of local manufacture and Life of System Stock (LSS) items.
These stocks are normally bought as a package and furnished with an end article for the
specific purpose of providing spares support for the life of the end article or system.
Refer to AFMAN 23-122 for financial management information.
2.3.2.15. Temporary Loan of GSD Equipment. For loan policy, refer to AFI 23-119,
Exchange, Sale, Or Temporary Custody Of Nonexcess Personal Property.
2.3.2.16. War Reserve Materiel/Readiness Spares Packages. WRM funds for
procurement of new WRM requirements are specifically authorized through the
budgeting process.
2.3.2.16.1. The approved WRM obligation authority provided by the GSD manager
for ordering initial WRM shortages is a firm limitation and must not be exceeded.
Requirements in excess of approved obligation authority must be forwarded to the
AFMC GSD manager for additional authority.
92 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.3.2.16.2. When used to satisfy MICAP requirements, these items are replaced with
initial GSD operating obligations authority procured with appropriation 3400 O&M,
PEC 28031F or 41135F funds. WRM items should be rotated with like peacetime
assets to the extent possible to assure their continued serviceability. When WRM
assets become unusable or outdated, replacement is considered an initial procurement
of new WRM and must be acquired with GSD WRM obligation authority and
identified to AFMC GSD functional office on the GSD Operating Program for
additional WRM funding. For WRM Funding Procedures refer to AFMAN 23-122.
Also refer to AFI 25-101 for specific stock fund budgeting and programming
procedures for WRM.
2.3.2.17. For Shipment/Disposition of Defective GSD Items. AFMC will determine
when a defective GSD item should be returned to a vendor/contractor or other
disposition. AFMC activities will assure that GSD items are properly accounted for when
dropped from GSD inventory in order to prevent the loss of GSD property.
2.3.2.18. Unit Price. Unit prices for GSD items locally procured or manufactured will be
developed at retail/base level using the instructions for computing SPs in subsequent
paragraphs.
2.3.2.18.1. Use of SPs. Each item financed under a GSD shall have a SP which will
be effecting reimbursements for sale or issue. There will be no reductions to the item
record SPs in the GSD.
2.3.2.18.2. SPs for items will consist of the product cost, a percentage to recover
transportation charges, inventory losses and other expenses authorized for payment
by the GSD.
2.3.3. Consolidated Sustainment Activity Group (CSAG) - Supply Division Working Capital
Fund (CSAG-S). CSAG-S is a division of CSAG of the AFWCF. The CSAG-S operates
under a revolving fund or working capital fund concept whereby inventories are held and
sold to customers. AF assets stocked at depots and bases belong to CSAG-S until sold to the
customer. This includes RSP assets.
2.3.3.1. AF-managed reparable and design unstable consumable assets fall under the
umbrella of CSAG-S. CSAG-S embraces a multi-tiered pricing framework to recover the
cost of acquisition, repair, and related wholesale overhead expenses. CSAG-S prices are
established annually.
2.3.3.2. Business Operations funds the day-to-day operating costs of CSAG-S. The
BOCR recovers costs that CSAG-S pays for ICP and Headquarters (HQ) /Command level
operations.
2.3.3.3. CSAG-S Scope.
2.3.3.3.1. CSAG-S encompasses all wholesale managed (BC "8") items acquired
primarily from commercial suppliers and other DoD services. It also includes non-
reparable fabricated (local manufacture) items when local manufacture by depot
maintenance is the preferred means of procurement. Assets will be used by other than
depot maintenance and most bases do not have the capability to fabricate.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 93

2.3.3.3.2. Certain assets have been excluded from CSAG-S because of the special
management procedures associated with them. Central procurement accounts
continue to finance these assets. All requests for program exclusion from CSAG-S are
processed through AFMC to SAF/FMBM for approval. Assets excluded from
CSAGS are:
2.3.3.3.2.1. Classified Program Reparables. These assets have a BC “@." Note:
This does not include assets that may be part of a program that is intended to be
managed in a non-classified logistics support environment.
2.3.3.3.2.2. Assets Managed in the AF Combat Ammunition System.
2.3.3.3.2.3. All Federal Supply Class 1377 assets. These are cartridge and
propellant actuated devices and components.
2.3.3.3.2.4. All BC “H” or “U” assets, which are budget program (BP) 35,
otherwise referred to as munitions assets.
2.3.3.3.2.5. All BC “B” assets, which are BP 17, otherwise referred to as war
consumable spares. These include auxiliary fuel tanks, missile launchers, pylons,
ejector racks, and adapters that are consumed during contingency operations and
peacetime operations.
2.3.3.3.2.6. All BC “K” assets which are BP 83, otherwise referred to as
cryptographic/cryptologic assets managed by AF Cryptographic and Cyber
Systems Division.
2.3.3.3.2.7. Spares for government furnished re-competition support packages
associated with contractor logistics support.
2.3.3.3.2.8. Aircraft whole engine spares (BP 16 only).
2.3.3.3.2.9. Missile/drone whole turbojet engine spares (BP 26 only).
2.3.3.3.2.10. Missile whole rocket engine spares (BP 25).
2.3.3.3.2.11. Missile Telemetry packages that are not recovered for repair (BP 25
only).
2.3.3.3.2.12. Quick Engine Change (QEC) kits.
2.3.3.3.2.13. Pods that are cataloged for control purposes only. These assets were
procured with program funds, not replenishment spares funds, and will not be
stocked, stored or issued.
2.3.3.3.2.14. Minuteman and Peacekeeper Missile Guidance Sets.
2.3.3.3.2.15. Contractor Inventory Control Point BC “S” assets.
2.3.3.4. Inventory and Capital Control.
2.3.3.4.1. The AF finances materiel support inventories using a revolving fund
concept. When a customer orders and receives a CSAG-S non-fly asset (and all non
AF customer orders), customer funds are used to reimburse the CSAG-S. For flying
hour orders from approved AF flying hour customers, flying hour appropriated funds
are billed (monthly) based on actual hours flown.
94 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.3.3.4.2. CSAG-S operates on the premise of self-replenishment without periodic

appropriations. Exception: New weapon or operating systems that require cash
infusion, through initial appropriations.
2.3.3.5. CSAG-S WCF Prices and Costs. CSAG-S uses a multi-tiered pricing and cost
structure. Prices and costs are normally computed for all CSAG-S items once a year
during the budget process utilizing the appropriate IT system computation cycle. All
prices are updated annually and forwarded to the bases with a 1 October effective date.
The SP, exchange price, and unserviceable asset price are part of the stock list records
that are provided to the customer. There is one price and two costs for AF-managed
ERRC “N” and “P” consumable items. There are four prices and six costs for ERRC “T”
reparable items.
2.3.3.6. The various computed prices and costs are effective 1 October each year and
remain constant throughout the fiscal year except for approved Price Verification
challenges or significant cost updates/increases.
2.3.3.7. I&S Group. Each price and cost is computed once a year for each CSAG-S I&S
Subgroup Master (SGM) stock number. If the subgroup is one-way interchangeable, each
one-way interchangeable stock number will have its own price, unless someone (usually
the Item Manager) changes them to be the same. If it is a two-way interchangeable, all
items in the group will have the same price as the SGM that heads the two-way
interchangeable group.
2.3.3.8. Price Corrections. Under certain very narrowly defined circumstances, AFMC
can authorize immediate standard/exchange price reductions/increases on specific NSNs
to promote better overall supply management and reduce excess inventory. However,
usually price changes are only approved due to a gross error in the original price
calculation.
2.3.3.9. Credit Indicators.
2.3.3.9.1. Credit indicators will be used to identify when credit can be given for
return of an asset without an established DIFM.
2.3.3.9.2. Credit is allowed if an asset is in a projected buy in the apportionment year,
budget year, or extended year. This means that credit is allowed if an asset is in a buy
position projected from the current point in time to three years out.
2.3.3.9.3. LRS/Materiel Management Activities may force credit to retail customers,
but local managers must consider the effect on CSAG-S to prevent skewing the
overall buy computation process and the creation of imbalances in CSAG-S to the
greatest extent possible.
2.3.3.9.3.1. To ensure integrity of the process, forced credit procedures will not
be used at the retail level unless the forced credit is for the return of an item
issued in error.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 95

2.3.3.9.3.2. This procedure is applicable only if the LRS/Materiel Management

Activity made the error and cannot perform a record reversal. All forced credit
transactions must be approved prior to processing. For retail, the approving
authority is the LRS/LGL and at the wholesale level it is the appropriate item
manager. For all other circumstances, forced credit override must be approved by
AFMC.
2.3.3.10. Free Issue. A non-reimbursable or free issue of an asset could potentially result
in a lost sale that has a significant impact on the ability of CSAG-S to stock, store, and
issue materiel for all customers. To this end, non-reimbursable issues of assets will be
made only in exceptional circumstances. Retail WCF managers do not have the authority
to free issue CSAG-S assets unless previously authorized by AFMC. Units must submit
free issue requests to the AFMC. See AFMAN 23-122 for free issue procedures
2.3.3.11. CSAG-S and Depot Repair. The AFMC depot maintenance function is financed
under the CSAG-M Division of the AFWCF. CSAG-M finances depot operations in
support of its customers. CSAG-M is both a customer of and a supplier to the CSAG-S.
2.3.3.11.1. CSAG-M as a Customer. One of the main tenets of CSAG is to eliminate
internal billings between CSAG divisions. As a result, CSAG-M is provided
serviceable spares for the repair of higher assemblies at no cost. Organic depot
maintenance normally requisitions CSAG-S parts through depot supply using the
DIFM process.
2.3.3.11.2. In order to recover the cost of CSAG-S assets used during repair, the cost
of the assets used is included in the materiel portion of CSAG-M End Item Sales
Prices.
2.3.3.12. Contract Depot Maintenance. CSAG-S also obtains repair services from non-
Organic sources. The repair cost of an item repaired by contract is factored into the
average latest repair cost (LRC) of an item that is recovered in the item's sales price. The
LRC is a weighted cost determined by the cost to repair an item organically, contractually
or dual sourced based on the percentage of repair accomplished by each.
2.3.3.12.1. Reparable item Contract Depot Maintenance contracts will be funded
through CSAG-S or O&M, Depot Procured Equipment Maintenance funds. When a
decision is made to provide CSAG-S assets on a Depot Procured Equipment
Maintenance funded repair contract as Government Furnished Material (GFM), the
CSAG-S must be reimbursed at the appropriate price (standard, exchange,
unserviceable asset, etc.) depending on the maintenance being performed, the
condition required, and whether a carcass is planned to be returned. CSAG-S absorbs
the cost of GFM when the contract is for CSAG-S repair workload. This cost will be
recovered at the time the asset is sold.
2.3.3.12.2. The wholesale IM must approve/disapprove release of CSAG-S asset for
use as GFM.
2.3.3.12.3. Besides the above, consideration must be given for two categories of
returned GFM.
96 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.3.3.12.3.1. Serviceable GFM Returns. These returns go through the normal

issue and return process.
2.3.3.12.3.2. Excess GFM or Asset Removals. Excess GFM or asset removals, as
a result of 100% replacement or modification, will be returned IAW AFMC
procedural guidance.
2.3.3.13. Missing Assets. AF activities will not return end items to the depot for repair
with missing components or parts unless an exception has been negotiated with the
AFMC end IM before movement of the end item from the activity to the depot. Likewise,
AF depot repair activities will not return end items with missing components or parts to
operational AF activities unless an exception has been negotiated with the AFMC end IM
and the affected MAJCOM. Materiel costs for missing items are not normally contained
in the CSAG-M rates since AF policy dictates that the above all components and parts
will be returned with the end item unless otherwise negotiated as described above. As a
consequence, replacement of missing parts would be considered a change to the
negotiated work requirements and the CSAG-M is authorized to negotiate a change to the
stabilized end item sale price of the workload being performed. Procedures to address
missing assets are in AFMAN 23-122.
2.3.3.14. Stock Funding of Initial Spares. To obtain the necessary stock funding of initial
spares, the program management community will identify the initial spares requirements
in conjunction with developing the cost estimate for the program. Appropriated funds
will reimburse CSAG-S as initial spares parts deliver.
2.3.3.15. AFMC Aerospace Maintenance and Regeneration Activity Assets. The removal
or reclamation of reparable assets from the AFMC Aerospace Maintenance and
Regeneration Activity to satisfy valid requirements is accomplished only through the
wholesale IM in conjunction with the single manager. See AFMAN 23-122 for
removal/reclamation procedures.
2.3.3.16. Contractor Logistics Support (CLS). CLS spare parts are budgeted and funded
within the central procurement accounts, or as an alternative, can be replenished from
Fund 3400, Element of Expense Investment Code (EEIC) 578. The AFMC CLS Manager
needs to advise MAJCOMs of increased costs needed to cover any Depot Level
Reparables currently being issued under CLS. There are two types of CLS requirements:
2.3.3.16.1. Stocklisted assets managed by AFMC that are used on CLS systems.
Generally, this would be an asset common to both a CLS and non-CLS weapon
system.
2.3.3.16.2. Non-Stocklisted assets bought as spares packages that are government
owned materiel used by contractors in performance of CLS contracts. These
requirements are funded with central procurement funds.
2.3.3.17. Foreign Military Sales (FMS). FMS customers can participate in the AF
logistics system through the CLSSA. The AF also provides support for requirements that
are not part of a CLSSA. The AF primarily uses a repair and replace concept where the
country returns a reparable carcass and is issued a serviceable asset from the normal
supply system.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 97

2.3.3.18. Interim Contractor Support (ICS). The CSAG-S does not pay for the cost of
depot repair of assets under ICS, nor does the CSAG-S collect repair cost from the
customer for assets under ICS. Until the assets transition to organic depot repair, the
carcass cost for these assets is computed assuming a depot repair cost of zero. This
prevents CSAG-S from collecting repair funds that are not required. Therefore, only the
operational costs are recovered by CSAG-S. Given this, the IT system shows the LAC
and carcass cost as equal until the asset transitions to organic depot repair. If any portion
of an asset's repair is funded by ICS, the asset is treated as 100% ICS. When an ICS item
is scheduled to transition to organic repair during a given fiscal year, the LRC is
established as a percentage of the contractor’s repair cost (dependent on when the item
transitions).
2.3.3.19. Loans. A CSAG-S asset may only be loaned to activities for the purposes
specified in DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 4. Loans must be for reverse engineering, sample
parts, or if in the best interest of the CSAG-S. For specific loan procedures, refer to AFI
23-119.
2.3.3.20. Local Purchase/Local Repair. Local Purchase/Local Repair are not considered
standard business practices within the CSAG-S. If these options are elected, they must
follow the guidance of this instruction AFI 23-119. The wholesale IM must provide a
CSAG-S funds cite.
2.3.3.21. Product Improvement. Product improvement supports selecting viable spares to
finance. The IIRP combines the preferred spares and 100% replacement program into one
integrated effort. IIRP offers the AF a way to correct deficiencies, replace obsolete assets,
or introduce, through technology insertion, state-of-the-art components such as LRUs and
SRUs that are stocked, stored, and issued as assets of supply. The IIRP covers both
installs and spares in support of the installed assets. IIRP assets must be a form, fit, and
function replacement for the old asset. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.
2.3.3.21.1. Criteria. IIRP candidates:
2.3.3.21.1.1. Represent Reliability and Maintainability (R&M) improvements,
obsolescence resolution, or safety improvements over the existing items intended
for replacement verifiable utilizing measures of merit (e.g., Mean Time Between
Maintenance, MICAP avoidance, and mishap resolution, etc.). Additional
consideration will be given to NSNs associated with the IIRP that may drive
savings in a different NSN.
2.3.3.21.1.2. Show a positive Return On Investment (ROI) over the remaining
Future Years Defense Program associated with the Program Objective
Memorandum (POM) in which the candidate's funding will be included.
2.3.3.21.1.3. Be form, fit, function, and Interface compliant with the item
intended for replacement and result in added performance or capability
enhancements.
2.3.3.21.1.4. Measures of merit will be used to quantify R&M benefits.
98 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.3.3.22. RSP Requirement and Funding Guidance. Refer to paragraph 2.6 of this
instruction for additional information and AFMAN 23-122 for procedures on deployed
weapon/operating systems and their associated RSP assets.
2.3.3.23. Special Cases - Repair. Services in support of CSAG-S assets are funded by
CSAG-S. These services include: first article testing, condition checks, TO verification
and validation, reclamation, on-site test station refurbishment, and other services as
approved on a case-by-case basis.
2.3.3.24. Special Purpose Recoverables Authorized Maintenance (SPRAM).
2.3.3.24.1. Initial/Increased SPRAM Requirement.
2.3.3.24.1.1. The initial issue of SPRAM will be provided free of charge by the
PM. For the purposes of this instruction, initial issue of SPRAM is defined using
the concept of new support. The following provide examples of the concept of
new support.
2.3.3.24.1.1.1. The requirement is supporting a new aircraft.
2.3.3.24.1.1.2. New mission. The using organization is converting from one
weapon system to another or the unit’s mission changes, requiring a change in
the SPRAM mix.
2.3.3.24.1.1.3. New requirement. The TO has changed requiring a change in
the amount of SPRAM.
2.3.3.24.1.2. The PM will fund the SPRAM buy requirement using initial
Materiel Systems Division Cost Authority based on the end item (e.g., aircraft
support or electronics and telecommunications) that the SPRAM is supporting. To
accomplish the free-of-charge issue, the PM will work with the wholesale item
manager to acquire the necessary SPRAM assets and have them direct delivered
to the using base. Once the assets are received at the using base, the base supply
receiving function will not process a receipt for the asset, but will place the asset
directly on the customer's SPRAM detail (K detail).
2.3.3.24.1.3. Required initial SPRAM could be satisfied through on-hand supply
balances, if the asset is in an excess position.
2.3.3.24.1.3.1. When assets are at bases other than the requesting base, the
PM, working with the wholesale item manager, will process RDO for those
assets. The receiving base supply will take the necessary action to place the
asset on the customer's SPRAM detail. The PM will use O&M funds to
support all RDO actions.
2.3.3.24.1.3.2. When assets are at the base requesting the SPRAM, the
requesting base supply will issue the asset to the requesting activity, which
will pay SP for the transaction. In turn, the PM will work with their FM
offices to reimburse the base requesting the SPRAM using O&M funds.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 99

2.3.3.24.2. Replacement/Replenishment SPRAM Requirements. For SPRAM

supporting flying hour programs, all replacement/replenishment SPRAM
requirements will be funded by Centralized Asset Management. All other
replacement/replenishment SPRAM requirements will be paid for by the MAJCOM
or using organization. Replenishment is any asset that does not meet the criteria in
SPRAM Materiel Systems Division charges Exchange Price if a carcass is returned,
otherwise the SP will be charged.
2.3.3.25. TCTOs.
2.3.3.25.1. When in-stock CSAG-S assets require modification, the asset is issued
using activity code “C” to the repair shop and the accompanying TCTO kit is free
issued (one TCTO kit for each installed CSAG-S asset requiring modification).
2.3.3.25.2. CSAG-S is not responsible for funding the installation of modification
kits when completed as a separate maintenance action. Exception: When a
modification kit is being installed during depot overhaul of a Management of Items
Subject to Repair exchangeable asset. The reason for this exception is that the cost of
installation cannot be separated from the cost of the overhaul.
2.3.3.25.3. The CSAG-S will not finance the replacement of modification kit
components, which are CSAG-S items that are lost or used for other purposes by a
using organization. Replacement kits are financed by the modification account that
originally procured the kit.
2.3.3.25.4. For kits that are cannibalized, the activity responsible for cannibalization
is responsible for replacing the assets in the kit. As an example, if the base has a kit
and needs to withdraw an asset to support a MICAP requisition, that base must order
the asset at its expense to satisfy the kit shortage. If a wholesale IM directs the
shipment of a kit asset to support a MICAP, then the wholesale IM must replace the
asset in the kit.
2.3.3.26. Transient Aircraft Support.
2.3.3.26.1. Transient Aircraft Support for AF aircraft (to include ANG and AFR).
Transient support is financed by the transient base. Parts will be backordered or
issued from the LRS/Materiel Management Activity at the transient base, regardless
of cost and source of supply, and normal sales and credit policies apply. Exception:
En-route maintenance units that are funded and operated by AMC for strategic airlift
aircraft.
2.3.3.26.1.1. Issuance and billings of reparable assets are managed the same as
assigned aircraft maintenance. The transient base will support all transient aircraft
using a Type Organization Code “3” organization cost center record (OCCR),
preferably via a dedicated transient alert or “TA” OCCR. Naturally, the transient
base has an opportunity to repair the asset if a repair shop is loaded on the repair
cycle record. The repair shop returns serviceable assets at Exchange Price and
unserviceable assets receive no credit.
100 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.3.3.26.1.1.1. If there is no repair shop loaded on the repair cycle record for
that reparable asset at the transient base, the asset is tagged NRTS by
maintenance. It is then shipped by supply directly to the depot maintenance
facility for repair, or the CRF for those units under the alternate maintenance
concept.
2.3.3.26.1.1.2. If the transient base has a repair shop, the unserviceable asset
is transferred to that shop using the original document number of the asset that
was issued. The original issue document number should be used through the
entire repair cycle until returned. The repair shop has the option to either
NRTS the asset or it can repair the item and return the serviceable asset to
supply. The cost of SRU/bits and pieces used is recorded against the transient
base repair activity. For assets ordered in support of the flying hour program,
there is no charge or credit at the item level as reimbursement to WCF is made
through the CPFH process. For non-fly assets item level prices and credit
return policies apply.
2.3.3.26.1.1.3. Aircraft deployed or temporarily transferred from another base
for an exercise, deployed operations, or other reasons (such as runway repair
at their home-station) are not considered transient and will not be issued parts
using the above transient rules. Such deployed aircraft will be supported via
establishment and use a dedicated Project Funds Management Record
(PFMR) and Type Org Code “3” OCCR.
2.3.3.26.1.1.3.1. The one exception to the deployed aircraft rule is when
aircraft are deployed to or operating from another base with a PFMR and
OCCR linked to that same MDS and MAJCOM already loaded at the
operating site. If a PFMR and OCCR are already in place for the same MDS
and MAJCOM, there is no need to create a new PFMR & OCCR for the
deployed aircraft, though the local LRS/Materiel Management Activity has
the option of directing the customer to create and use a new OCCR linked to
the preexisting PFMR.
2.3.3.26.1.1.3.2. Centralized Asset Management (CAM)-type PFMRs &
OCCRs will be established for “regular” customer Wings which are
deployed to or receive transient support at a given base three or more times
in a calendar year. See above for guidance on MAJCOM/MDS business
rules.
2.3.3.26.2. Transient Aircraft Support for other Services (US Navy, Army, etc.) and
Agencies (National Aeronautics and Space Administration ), Department of
Homeland Security, etc.). Transient aircraft support is financed by the transient base.
If parts are issued from base supply at the transient base, normal sales and credit
policies apply, except other services or agencies will always pay SP for assets issued.
2.3.3.26.2.1. The home base is responsible for reparable support for its aircraft,
which require repair at a transient location when both of the following conditions
occur: (1) the spare part is not available at the transient location and 2) the
Exchange Price for the reparable is greater than $20,000.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 101

2.3.3.26.2.2. The two options available to home bases are:

2.3.3.26.2.2.1. Lateral support from the nearest location, enabled by the home
base providing a funding document to the support location. This allows
standard MICAP procedures to occur, or maintenance-to-maintenance
channels.
2.3.3.26.2.2.2. Using maintenance-to-maintenance procedures, the
serviceable and reparable part originates and returns to the home base. This
allows for DIFM control and associated financial transactions to be processed
at the home base.
2.3.3.27. Initial issue of Depot Level Reparable spares in Support of Cost per Flying
Hour, Non-Cost per Flying Hour and Contractor managed items.
2.3.3.27.1. Justification letters for the initial issue of DLRs are required to support
the requirement and are signed by the requesting organization commander.
2.3.3.27.2. Requesting organization submits justification letter to LRS Materiel
Management Flight. LRS will review justification and funding prior to
approval/disapproval. LRS will provide MAJCOM A4R visibility of the initial issue
transaction requests. (T-2).
2.3.4. Flying Hour Reimbursement.
2.3.4.1. The flying hour reimbursement concept allows CSAG-S and GSD to sell flying
hour related consumable/reparable spares and management services to the customer
based upon hours supported with those parts and services.
2.3.4.2. Each flying hour customer manages their cost per flying hour (CPFH) funding
centrally with a single focal point loading and executing funds with no funds being
distributed to the operating units/bases. Funds are loaded centrally into the applicable
Accounting and Finance IT system so that monthly consolidated billings can occur.
2.3.4.3. An obligation will be established at the beginning of each month using projected
hours flown by each weapon system multiplied by the current, approved Air Force Cost
Analysis Improvement Group CPFH rates. At the end of the month, the WCF will bill
each weapon system for actual hours flown multiplied by the approved Air Force Cost
Analysis Improvement Group CPFH rate.
2.3.4.4. New Project Funds Management Records (PFMR) for each weapon system will
be assigned as flying hour program only. No funds targets will be loaded nor will funds
checks be performed for these OCCR/PFMR(s).
2.3.4.5. Billing for the flying PFMRs will be by the actual flying hours flown and not by
individual stock numbers. The revenue will be recorded into one billing stock record
account number per customer for CSAG-S and for GSD for by the associated element of
expense identification code for the appropriated funds reimbursing each WCF activity.
2.3.5. SE Funding.
2.3.5.1. SE is procured with O&M (EEIC 3400) or central procurement (appropriation
3010/3011/3020/3080) dollars depending on the unit cost.
102 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.3.5.1.1. SE items with a unit/system cost less than $250K are funded with O&M
dollars. AFMC provides the POM input for O&M requirements to AFMC/A4F.
2.3.5.1.2. Those SE items with a unit/system cost of $250K and above or exempted
items are funded with central procurement dollars. Exempted items are all vehicles,
items in support of Program Executive Office programs, munitions and associated
equipment, automatic test systems, and night vision goggles. Requirements for central
procurement dollars for the items/programs that fall into this category are placed in
the POM by the MAJCOM. These items are budgeted using Procurement Documents
submitted to Congress through SAF/AQX. Procurement Documents reflect the
decisions of the POM submissions.
2.3.5.1.3. RegAF O&M funding for the procurement of support equipment
requirements (EEIC 63812, 63883, 63884) will be centralized under the CAM
structure Operating Agency Code (OAC) 87. HQ AFMC/A4 will submit SE funding
in their POM submission and manage it from an RegAF perspective.
2.3.5.1.4. ANG and Air Force Reserve (AFR) will POM their funding and manage
their SE requirements. AFR and ANG funding will not be centralized with DAF
RegAF funding and will be managed by the AFMC accordingly.
2.4. War Reserve Materiel (WRM).
2.4.1. AF WRM consists of an enterprise managed global strategy, dynamically positioned,
equipment, vehicles and consumables, to support operations across the full Range of Military
Operations (ROMO). It enables the Air Force Forces (AFFOR) to reduce the time required to
achieve an operational capability or produce an operational effect.
2.4.2. WRM Program (includes Fuels Support Equipment and Basic Expeditionary Airfield
Resources (BEAR)). See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.
2.4.3. WRM Requirements.
2.4.3.1. WRM authorizations will not affect the peacetime stockage objective. WRM
assets are not subject to automatic redistribution.
2.4.3.2. WRM requirements will be transmitted to the IM annually by 15 May using the
appropriate format.
2.4.3.3. BEAR unconstrained FY buy requirements will be identified to AFLCMC
BEAR PMO by the WRM GMO per AFI 25-101.
2.5. Degraded Operations.
2.5.1. Governing materiel management support processes must be performed in the event the
materiel management IT system (in whole or in part) is not available. A degraded operation
condition exists when automated systems are inoperative or other circumstances significantly
impede normal materiel management processing.
2.5.1.1. Materiel management support operations are degraded when automated systems
are not accessible; are temporarily down due to power failure, environmental condition,
hardware/software problem, etc.; or during normal offline periods (end-of-day, end-of-
year).
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 103

2.5.1.2. Manual accounting procedures must be used during degraded operations. See
Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.
2.5.2. Degraded Operations Planning.
2.5.2.1. COOP. To the maximum extent feasible redundancies and failsafe capabilities
will be included in materiel management systems to prevent outages. However, system
outages will still occur. In anticipation of such outages, each materiel management
activity will maintain a COOP that addresses situations when normal system processing
is unavailable and manual accounting will be required. Not all situations addressed in the
COOP will require manual accounting.
2.5.2.2. Materiel Management Contingency Team. As part of a base’s materiel
management contingency plan, a contingency management team will be established to
maintain control of overall materiel management operations. The composition of the
management team may vary, but normally it will include the LRS APO or equivalent, the
Control Team Chief, and representatives from each affected elements. The initial team
meeting will focus on assessing the situation and reviewing the contingency plan. This
team will conduct situation assessments, identify problems, and make recommendations
for operation changes throughout the exercise/situation.
2.5.2.3. System Transaction Recovery (STR). Occasionally problems will occur that
cause database errors in Materiel Management IT systems. When this happens the system
will be restored to the last back-up and thorough research must be conducted to determine
what transactions must be replayed/reprocessed. Materiel management activities will be
prepared to respond to these situations that require STR. These situations may drive the
need for manual accounting during the database recovery.
2.5.2.4. Support to Contingency Operations. Support to contingency operations may or
may not involve manual accounting operations. Most contingency sites will have access
to materiel management automated systems so normal transaction processing will apply.
However, when systems are not available manual accounting procedures will apply.
2.5.3. Manual Accounting.
2.5.3.1. Materiel management activities will establish a Control Team capable of
executing and managing degraded operations. (T-1).
2.5.3.2. Materiel management activities will maintain applicable data prepositioned for
degraded operations. (T-1).
2.5.3.3. Materiel management activities (base retail and wholesale) will follow
procedures in AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).
2.5.3.4. Materiel management manual accounting operations are mandatory for UND A
issues and MICAP reportable transactions (e.g., backorders, shipments, receipts, due-out
releases (DORs)).
2.5.3.4.1. Transactions are assessed on a case by case basis with close coordination
between materiel management activities as needed.
104 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.5.3.4.2. After 72 hours, impacted materiel management activities will perform a

daily assessment and adjust transaction processing as needed to support mission
requirements (e.g., begin accepting and processing requests for RSP replenishment,
single point failure, UND B, receipt, turn-in).
2.5.3.5. Exercises directed by AF/A4LR, end-of-year closeout, and real world outages
may be counted as a local degraded operations exercise.
2.5.3.6. After a degraded operations exercise, QA will submit an After Action Report to
the LRS/CC no later than 10 working days after completion of recovery. (T-1). Note:
Operating in a degraded/manual mode does not supersede the need to ensure special
handling is enforced. Each functional area will ensure that special handling continues to
be applied as warranted. Special emphasis will be placed on the control of classified and
NWRM items.
2.6. RSP and Kits.
2.6.1. RSP Overview. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.
2.6.1.1. Readiness Spares Packages. RSPs are used to support deployments of AF
weapon systems. AF doctrine is to establish immediately premium transportation based
air routes for eligible Class IX (a) and Class VII (x) assets from point of use to repair
node and retrograde to point of use to achieve consistent resupply within 72 hours.
Fundamental logistics warfighting doctrine and assumptions are found in the AF War and
Mobilization Plan (WMP), Volume 1. Over time, as force structure and operational
planning change, authorizations for RSP change also.
2.6.1.2. Authorization Document.
2.6.1.2.1. Authorizations are based entirely on formal wartime tasking in the WMP.
That tasking is determined by agreement between AF/A3 (or equivalent for non-
airborne authorizations) and the appropriate MAJCOM operational OPR.
Authorizations for RSP resulting from those wartime taskings are listed in the RSP
Authorization Document. Volume 3, Part III provides authorization for airborne RSP
and Volume 2 provides authorization for non-airborne RSP. MAJCOMs are
authorized RSP for allocation to specific units/bases. The only effective avenue for
the update/correction of Volume 3, Part III of the authorization document is for the
using MAJCOM operations community to advocate such an update/correction to the
appropriate Air Staff OPR.
2.6.1.2.2. For airborne systems, since the PM must build RSPs IAW the published
authorization document. MAJCOMs, in conjunction with AFMC, develop the spares
lists, which make up the RSP. The RSP will be adapted to fit the peculiar mission
requirements of each individual organization to which it applies. Squadron specific
contingency packages may be developed for all aircraft weapon systems other than
strategic airlift aircraft. Either MRSP or In-Place Readiness Spares Package (IRSP)
will be authorized against a single requirement, but not both. End items (including
communications security items) with ERRC Code "S" or "U" will not be included in
RSP.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 105

2.6.1.2.3. A separate unit-specific contingency package may be established for each

unit authorized an MRSP or IRSP. AMC strategic airlift aircraft are exempted from
unit specific contingency package development per policy waiver granted by
AF/A4LR. When required, MAJCOM will assign discrete identification numbers to
contingency authorizations provided to field units.
2.6.1.2.4. When an RSP authorization is permanently transferred from one command
to another, the MRSP bins and assets will be transferred intact to the gaining
command. Those items of RSP that are not transferred will be made available for
redistribution. When an RSP authorization is deleted from AF requirements, the using
command will inform the storing command materiel management activity.
Disposition instructions will be requested through the MAJCOM to AFMC to
determine appropriate disposition. The RSP Authorization Document will identify
transfers and deletions wherever possible. Any omissions or conflicts with the
document must be addressed from the using command's operations staff to the
authorizing OPR at HAF, with information copies to AF/A4LR.
2.6.2. Spare Parts program objective. The major objective of the RSP program is to support
national strategy in consonance with the guidance issued by OSD. Specifically, the AF
objective is to authorize, acquire on time, preposition, pre-stock, and maintain in a
serviceable condition ready for use, all RSP needed to support the wartime activities
specified in the Defense Planning Guidance and the WMP.
2.6.3. Contingency support for AF and the Air Reserve Components (ARC) is provided
through the utilization of on-hand Peacetime Operating Stock (POS) and RSPs. Contingency
support can come from RSP or POS through many supply chain processes, such as special
levels, CHPMSKs, MSKs, and CRSPs to ensure that stocks are in place at the right time to
support the contingency mission. The RSP is prepositioned at or near the base of intended
use or airlifted to the employment bases prior to, concurrently with, or following the
deploying forces.
2.6.4. The only items authorized in airborne RSP are those listed on the Minimum Essential
Subsystem List (MESL). These items support a specific weapon system and generate a Non-
Mission Capable (NMC) grounding condition. Note: Safety-of-flight items are authorized
even if not listed on the MESL and must be computed to the maximum extent possible.
2.6.5. Funding for RSPs.
2.6.5.1. Operating commands conduct RSP reviews annually in association with AFMC
PM RSP Managers. To update the types and number of parts needed for right sizing is
based on modifications, force structure, direct support objectives, Mean Time Between
Demand (MTBD) changes, cannibalization indicators, and maintenance experience with
past deployments. New requirements are computed by the AFMC logistics systems and
validated by MAJCOM. Programming and budgeting for RSP and HPMSK annual
adjustments is the responsibility of AFMC. AFMC will include these requirements in the
AFWCF budget as part of the Materiel Support Division buy requirement. See
paragraph 2.3 of this instruction for further information.
106 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.6.5.1.1. New RSPs and authorization changes required for modification of current
weapon systems or mission changes are funded through the 3010/3080 procurement
accounts. New authorizations can be driven by new weapon systems entering AF
inventory, modification of current weapon systems, or mission changes.
2.6.5.1.2. Mission changes include changes in operational requirements (e.g.,
conventional vs. nuclear), changes in number of Primary Aircraft Assigned
supported, changes in the WMP-3, Part III, such as independent vs. dependent kits or
in-place vs. mobility kits.
2.6.5.1.3. New authorizations and mission changes will be carried in an “unfunded”
status until verification of funding/asset source. The presence of an authorization in
an “unfunded” status reflects the lead Commands’ commitment to advocate for the
requirement in their POM for all users of the new kit requirement. The lead
command’s A8 is responsible for the POM process.
2.6.5.1.4. Lead MAJCOM A4 notifies the MAJCOM/A8 of new RSP authorization
requirements and justifying the new authorizations to the A8 for prioritization in the
MAJCOM POM request. The lead command is responsible for addressing the total
force RSP requirement. Responsibility for determination of the total force POM
requirement is with the lead command in conjunction with AFMC.
2.6.5.1.5. AFMC determines the net buy and repair cost of new MRSP
authorizations.
2.6.5.1.6. The AFMC will pass the net cost to the lead command A4/A8, so
programming actions can be undertaken during the POM.
2.6.5.1.7. Once funding is approved through the POM/BES/President’s Budget, the
lead MAJCOM/A4/A8 should notify AF/A3OD (through AF/A4) to have the
authorization moved to the funded section.
2.6.6. New Weapon Systems.
2.6.6.1. The initial step in RSP development will be a preliminary meeting between the
PM and MAJCOM, chaired by the PM or delegated alternate, to determine when and by
what method the initial RSP provisioning quantities will be computed and passed to the
PM RSP manager. Minutes of the meeting will be prepared to document the specific
ground rules and method of operation. Copies of the minutes will be provided to AFMC,
the MAJCOM RSP manager, AF/A4L, and all attendees.
2.6.6.2. Selection of newly designed non-stocklisted items for inclusion in RSP must be
a joint decision of the PM and the MAJCOM.
2.6.6.3. The provisioning quantities will be computed to the greatest extent possible
using ASM.
2.6.6.4. Close coordination in this process is required by AFMC and the MAJCOM
OPRs.
2.6.7. Accountability
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 107

2.6.7.1. Equipment items, including support equipment, will not be included in

applicable non-airborne RSPs. Spare parts to repair support equipment may be included
in the RSP.
2.6.7.2. All investment items, regardless of authorization source, will be carried on stock
record account “FB” and “FE” detail records.
2.6.7.3. Allowance Standard items (equipment items -- ERRC code "S" and "U") will be
accounted for the appropriate equipment APSR. Spares to support equipment packages
such as BEAR and Fuels Support Equipment must be accounted for on a RSP detail
records. These types of RSP must be managed per AFMAN 23-122 and AFI 25-101.
2.6.7.4. RSPs are prepositioned as follows:
2.6.7.4.1. The using command will be responsible for arranging logistics support for
its activities at non-AF locations in the continental United States. Arrangements with
ANG units will be negotiated through the National Guard Bureau. This will be
coordinated with storing/reporting commands (as appropriate), AFMC, and any other
AF command, military service or governmental agency concerned. When the
designated storing/reporting command has an RSP prepositioning requirement at a
non-AF location and does not have the capability to support that requirement, the
using command and AF/A4LR will be advised. The using command will evaluate the
requirement for prepositioning the RSP and, if valid, will negotiate an alternate
method of support. When a solution to the problem cannot be found, the issue will be
elevated to AF/A4LR for final resolution.
2.6.7.4.2. When RSPs cannot be prepositioned at AF locations, the storing command
will select alternate storage locations in coordination with the using command,
AFMC, and any other affected commands.
2.6.7.5. The peacetime deployment of an MRSP or MRSP segment will be transferred to
the host account if the deployment is for greater than 30 days. RSP will not be transferred
if the deployment is for less than 30 days. The using command or subordinate
headquarters will coordinate all support requirements in advance with the command
providing computer support for the deployment (and the command providing home-
station support, if different than the using command). Temporary package transfers
involving packages assigned to ARC units will also be coordinated with AFR or ANG, as
appropriate. In addition, the using command or subordinate headquarters will publish
detailed guidance in appropriate deployment planning and implementation documents to
ensure adequate controls over the deployed assets.
2.6.7.5.1. For deployments (less than 30 days), details will contain deployment
indicators, and accountability for the items will remain at the home-station. Establish
deployment indicators as follows:
2.6.7.5.1.1. CONUS deployment indicators will be established no earlier than
nine (9) days prior to deployment.
2.6.7.5.1.2. OCONUS deployment indicators will be established no earlier than
14 days prior to deployment.
108 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.6.7.5.2. For temporary transfer, the designated CSB will assume RSP
accountability. However, the owning base still retains MRSP Resource Readiness
reporting responsibility unless Resource Readiness reporting is done by a centralized
agency.
2.6.7.5.3. Deploying units will submit requests to transfer supply kits and packages
to AFMC. AFMC will provide detailed kit transfer and specific redeployment
instructions, to include a request for the latest results of the PC-Aircraft Sustainment
Model assessment. AFMC will coordinate with the gaining Contingency Operations
Activity (servicing the deployment theater) as required.
2.6.7.6. The deployed unit CC assigns supervisory responsibility to a deployed unit
member when no forward supply account exists. Accompanying personnel may be
collocated with the aviation package under control of the deployed unit CC.
2.6.7.7. Use and peacetime replenishment of MRSP assets while deployed will be as
specified in MAJCOM to MAJCOM operations orders and agreements.
2.6.7.8. Items consumed while the MRSP is on temporary loan will be replaced by the
using organization, insofar as possible, prior to return of the package. When time does
not permit, it will be returned to the organization with the existing shortages, and action
taken to replace items.
2.6.8. Review Process.
2.6.8.1. Review Schedule and Milestones.
2.6.8.1.1. The PM and affected MAJCOMs will review RSP annually. The review
cycle will be timed to conclude in time for Air Staff approval of the requirement prior
to the March IT system cycle RSP overlay. The purpose of the review is to update the
range of items in authorized RSPs and verify the complete set of data used to
compute quantities for those items. The review will include all recoverable items.
Stock class 1377 cartridge actuated devices and propellant actuated devices are
exempt from annual review. Selected EOQ items, to include the following categories,
must also be reviewed: aircraft guns, gun components, aircraft wheels, aircraft tires,
aircraft brakes and brake components, and others, as agreed between the PM and
affected MAJCOMs. Reviews may be formal (face-to-face and unit funded) or
informal (by correspondence). A formal review will be held for all new weapon
systems or end items and for all weapon systems or end items undergoing significant
changes in configuration or demand rates. The decision to hold a formal or informal
review will be made jointly by the PM and affected MAJCOMs. When a weapon
system or end item has been reviewed informally for three consecutive years, a
formal review will be held. The scheduling of a review is done jointly by the PM and
the using commands; the PMs decision is final. Once the review is scheduled, all
using commands must provide their required inputs IAW the milestones.
2.6.8.1.2. For major milestones and additional details for the MRSP review process,
refer to AFH 23-123, Volume 2.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 109

2.6.9. Asset Reporting. Levels and assets will be reported in the Air Force Recoverable
Assembly Management System (AFRAMS) or equivalent system using document identifier
“9QN” format contained in AFH 23-123, Volume 1.
2.6.10. Storage Management.
2.6.10.1. Maintain all RSP and peacetime assets in serviceable condition. MAJCOMS
requiring RSPs to be stored at non-AF locations will be responsible for its maintenance.
RSPs are considered supplies of vital importance and must be stored in facilities that
meet the fire protection standards identified in the MIL-STD-3007F, Standard Practice
for Unified Facilities Criteria and Unified Facilities Guide Specifications.
2.6.10.2. Tenant organizations required to maintain a deployment capability will keep
the required manpower authorizations to support the mobility requirement. Host/tenant
support agreements will be established to specify who will store and maintain the RSP.
2.6.10.3. Assets authorized for IRSP may be commingled with POS. Assets in MRSP
may not be commingled with POS, they should be segregated and clearly marked within
the warehouse location.
2.6.10.4. MRSP will be stored in mobility bins or in segregated base warehouse
locations. Items too large for mobility bins may be stored on 463L pallets for immediate
movement.
2.6.10.5. The maintaining activity must ensure that proper shelf-life control, rotation, TO
compliance, and inventory practices are followed.
2.6.10.5.1. IAW AFMAN 23-125 (IP), COSIS, shelf-life controls and other
inspection functions established for like peacetime assets will be applied to RSP
items. All expendables owned by the materiel management activity will be rotated
with similar peacetime items to protect their continued serviceability.
2.6.10.5.2. TO and Functional Check. Complete TO compliance actions for RSP
assets in the same manner as peacetime stocks and IAW applicable TOs. Functional
check requirements, as identified in paragraph 5.7 of this instruction will be
performed prior to the item being placed in RSP. The frequency of subsequent
inspections or checks will be as specified in the governing TO.
2.6.10.5.3. Inventory. All configurations of RSP and MSK’s will be inventoried
within 10 calendar days after return from deployment or transfer. Submit inventory
parameter request to AFMC IAW AFH 23-123, Volume 2 to update detail Date of
Last Inventory. All classified assets will be inventoried and stored IAW with this
instructions and AFMAN 23-122. Inventory all other assets annually. The materiel
management activity will seal MRSP bins at the time of deployment. In addition, the
gaining materiel management activity will inventory an MRSP when it is received on
a transfer or loan from another unit.
2.6.11. RSP Packages
2.6.11.1. Packages are developed to support the force as it is planned to exist at several
specific points in time.
110 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.6.11.1.1. Contingency packages are built to support the force as it will exist at the
end of the current review cycle; therefore the review contingency package will be
built to match authorizations for the next fiscal year.
2.6.11.1.2. A buy package is to be input to the next budget cycle after the current
review cycle is completed. The review buy package will be built to match
authorizations three fiscal years into the future.
2.6.11.2. Independent/Dependent Concept. The independent/dependent squadron is a
mobility concept designed to recognize wartime deployment and beddown plans for
aircraft units. When two aircraft squadrons having the same MDS are programmed to
deploy and operate from a single wartime beddown location, an attempt will be made to
draw those squadrons from a single wing and tailor unit equipment and manning to
recognize the efficiencies inherent to multiple squadron beddown.
2.6.11.3. Regardless of how the authorized MRSP is warehoused or packaged for
deployment, it will be reported as a single MRSP of the Primary Mission Aircraft
Inventory. The dependent MRSP must be combined with the independent MRSP and will
be Resource Readiness reported as a single MRSP of the combined Primary Mission
Aircraft Inventory.
2.6.11.4. When units operate under the independent/dependent concept, a "working
package" of the combined Primary Mission Aircraft Inventory must be built. This
package will not be listed in the RSP Authorization Document, and must always have an
authorization factor of zero, because no such unit actually exists. It is built solely to aid in
determining the quantities for NSNs in the dependent package. The working package and
dependent MRSP will be built after all file maintenance has been done on the
independent package. See AFMAN 23-122 for procedures detailing the creation of the
working package and associated computations.
2.6.12. Airborne MRSP:
2.6.12.1. In-Place Readiness Spares Package (IRSP). The IRSP includes only the parts
needed over and above the normal POS levels expected to be available to a unit during
wartime. IRSP use POS for wartime requirements. The AF offsets the Total Wartime
Requirement by subtracting the amount of POS it expects to be serviceable on-hand,
which becomes the additive IRSP Authorized Quantity.
2.6.12.2. The CRSP concept allows MAJCOMs to use either MRSP or IRSP details to
manage consumable item support for contingency deployments. The CRSP process
provides requirement and asset visibility, has automated transfer and deployment
procedures, the capability to provide the correct priority and project-coded replenishment
requisitions.
2.6.12.2.1. AF units will maintain all approved CRSP authorizations in the retail
systems and in a constant state of readiness to deploy in support of contingency
operations. When reconciliation/approved authorization files are received from
MAJCOM they will be loaded and requisitioned immediately. The CRSP levels for
AF units will be based upon 2 years of demand history data, retrieved using the 7SC
data for ERRC “XB3”/”XF3”. Where possible and applicable, MAJCOMs should use
demand history from multiple bases using the same MDS weapon system.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 111

2.6.12.2.2. MAJCOMs will use 7SC data to create a list of consumables candidates.
MAJCOMs will compute all EOQ requirements and for those items required for the
LRU (attaching hardware) apply the higher of the computed quantity versus the
quantity per aircraft required quantity. MAJCOM's will conduct an annual base level
review to determine the range of items to be included in the CRSP. Units will provide
a valid justification for out-of-cycle changes or items that are not on the 7SC list of
candidates.
2.6.12.3. Non-Airborne MRSP:
2.6.12.3.1. Non-airborne requirements are determined by the MAJCOM. The
concurrence of the Inventory Management Specialist/Equipment Specialist (ES) will
be obtained for AF-managed assets.
2.6.12.3.2. The RSP will include spares necessary to support all end items in the
deploying non-airborne UTC. Equipment items, including support equipment, may
not be included in RSPs. Spare parts, to repair support equipment, may be included in
RSP.
2.6.12.4. End Item Serial Number /Package Serial Number (ESN/PSN) Structure.
2.6.12.4.1. A standard thirteen-digit serial number structure will be used to identify
all RSPs. The PM RSP managers (or subsystem program manager for end items not
managed under a PM office will assign serial numbers in appropriate IT systems.
Refer to AFH 23-123, Volume 1, for ESN/PSN structure definition.
2.6.12.4.2. Non-airborne reparable authorizations are shown for the “Purpose” or
“Mission” they are designed to perform, such as a CRE (Control Reporting Element),
or an individual combat communication system (such as GRC-239, Troop-Satellite
Support Radio). “Purpose packages” composed of end item packages for individual
components are built in D087H and their supported relationships are established in
the ESN/PSN Relationship Table.
2.6.12.5. PM RSP managers will perform file maintenance of the relationship table.
MAJCOMs will provide updates to PM RSP managers as required.
2.6.12.6. Mission Support Kit (MSK).
2.6.12.6.1. A MSK is a transportable package of expendable supplies and spares,
parts for aircraft, engines, aerospace ground equipment, and communications end
items. These items are required to support an AF unit or segment of a unit when
deployed for short durations. If deployed for less than 30 days and support (the levels
and replenishment requisitions) is from the home base or no replenishment is
necessary, then a MSK can be used.
2.6.12.6.2. Deployed MSKs cannot be replenished from the deployment location, nor
is replenishment for spares pulled from home-station to fill MSKs authorized. Special
priority or Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) project codes are not authorized for home-
station requisitions generated because assets were pulled for an MSK (e.g., if a part is
cannibalized to fill a kit, then a MICAP is generated to replace the part). MSK detail
records are usually kept on home-station record with a deployed indicator.
2.6.12.7. High Priority Mission Support Kit.
112 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.6.12.7.1. A HPMSK is an additive air-transportable package of expendable

supplies and repair cycle assets designed to support a weapon system at a deployed
location. The HPMSK supports selected units by providing a spares package which
contain assets that are additive to the base demand level and to worldwide
requirement in D200A. The HPMSK is built to support units with unique peacetime
operational profiles that cannot support with unit Based Levels. HPMSKs are funded
by the owning MAJCOM.
2.6.12.7.2. AF/A4LR is the approval authority for all HPMSKs. MAJCOMs will
forward HPMSK requests directly to AF/A4LR. Only in unique situations, and with
the approval of AF/A4LR, will units with authorized MRSP be authorized an
HPMSK. Once approved, HPMSK authorization will be documented in the WMP 3,
Part 3, “RSP Authorization Document.” All approved HPMSKs will be loaded into
the appropriate IT system. The ASM will compute HPMSKs using the Direct Support
Objective and flying profiles provided in the WMP or OPLAN. RSP Non-optimized
rules will also apply to HPMSK computations. Any exceptions to computation policy
and parameters will be approved by AF/A4LR.
2.6.12.8. Temporary High Priority Mission Support Kit (THPMSK).
2.6.12.8.1. A THPMSK is an MSK built to support short term deployments
(generally more than 30 days and less than 90 days) and the level/details records are
transferred to the gaining host base. Requisitioning action comes from the
contingency site to the source of supply. The “transferred to” base increases its
Requisitioning Objective (RO) for the THPMSK and the home base RO is reduced by
the amount of the THPMSK levels. When THPMSK is an option, MSKs should not
be used. The THPMSK is similar to the CHPMSK, except it is used to support
contingency operations for a period less than 90 days or to support quick reaction
contingencies (when there is no time to get a CHPMSK approved or when it is
unknown if the contingency will last more than 90 days). Also THPMSK levels come
only from the deploying unit, the home-station RO is reduced for all NSNs loaded in
the THPMSK. THPMSKs can become CHPMSKs if the contingency is extended
beyond 90 days.
2.6.12.8.2. The Host LRS APO can approve deployed MSK. When the THPMSK
option is available to MAJCOMs, MSKs will not be transferred (deployed only).
Exceptions must be granted by AF/A4LR. (T-1).
2.6.12.9. CHPMSK.
2.6.12.9.1. CHPMSK levels are provided from the overall worldwide POS
requirements not just from the home-station of the deploying aircraft. Readiness Base
Levels are allocated in a way that minimizes worldwide expected backorders. Refer
to AFMAN 23-122 for approval procedures and transaction processing to establish
CHPMSK.
2.6.12.9.1.1. CHPMSKs are authorized for tactical JCS coded units supported by
IRSP offset levels.
2.6.12.9.2. CHPMSK Approval Authority.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 113

2.6.12.9.2.1. AFMC is the approving authority for CHPMSK requests.

2.6.12.9.2.2. Requests for new CHPMSKs or additions to existing CHPMSKs
will flow from the requesting MAJCOM through the applicable Lead Command
to AFMC for approval.
2.6.12.9.2.3. AFMC/SCOW will analyze the impact (increase in worldwide
expected backorders) if the CHPMSK is fielded and will approve, disapprove or
recommend adjustments to range and depth or requested quantities. Note:
CHPMSKs will be reviewed at least annually.
2.6.12.9.2.4. Information Requirements for CHPMSK Requests. Requesting Lead
Command will provide AFMC/SCOW with justification to support establishing a
new CHPMSK or adding to an existing CHPMSK. The justification provides
information why an existing MRSP cannot meet/support the peacetime or
contingency needs and include the following information to compute a CHPMSK:
the expected mission duration, primary/secondary units tasked, the number of
weapon systems tasked, the number of that weapon system in the AF fleet, MDS
tasked (model and block specific if necessary), as well as operational flying hour
program, required operational support objective (i.e., aircraft availability target)
the range/depth of NSNs required, deployed location (including stock ), and the
recommended MRSP to apply as the offset. Under no conditions will the
CHPMSK and the MSRP support the same portion of the requirement.
2.6.12.9.3. CHPMSK and deployed MSK are separate and distinct from HPMSKs.
When a deployment or tasking can be accomplished within existing flying hour
programs (i.e. aircraft are flying peacetime hours at a site away from home-station),
the CHPMSK or deployed MSK are the options to use. A CHPMSK should be used
when transferring the assets to a contingency and support (replenishment and
requisitioning) will come from the contingency base. These packages provide support
to tasked units without increasing the worldwide requirement and are not additive
requirements. Therefore, additional funding is not required.
2.6.12.9.3.1. CHPMSK may also support CRF until demands are sufficient to
establish peacetime levels.
2.6.12.9.3.2. AF units supporting split operations (deploying a unit to more than
one location) or rainbow unit deployments (aircraft from different units deploying
to one location) to support recurring deployments may use CHPMSKs. Using
CHPMSKs for this purpose reduces redundant airlift requirements, alleviates
support problems associated with the lack of depth in RSPs for split operation
deployments, and minimizes home-station support degradation for lead unit
rainbow deployments.
2.7. Contingency/Wartime Planning.
2.7.1. General Considerations. Planning shall be done IAW AFI 10-401, AFI 10-403 and
AFMAN 10-409-O, Support to Adaptive Planning. This section provides the basis for
developing and providing materiel management inputs for this planning. See Section 1B for
roles and responsibilities.
114 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.7.2. The AF materiel management IT system must support wartime combat operations
from any location, whether it is a bare base, a collocated operating base, or an existing
theater main operating base (MOB) in OCONUS or any other contingency area identified in
published operational plans. It must also support the worldwide deployment commitment of
tactical and strategic forces as specified in the AF 10-series instructions. During
contingencies, maximum materiel management IT system processing support must be
provided for direct mission requirements. For degraded operations refer to paragraph 2.5 of
this instruction.
2.7.3. Wartime support for AF forces is provided through the use of peacetime assets plus
WRM. On-hand base primary operating stocks will be used to support WRM requirements
when sufficient WRM assets are not available to support implementation of an approved AF
war plan. The WRM is prepositioned at or near the base of intended use or is transported to
the employed bases before, concurrently with, or following the deploying forces. During
contingencies, all WRM assets will be integrated with and used as operating stocks.
2.7.4. The LRS APO must ensure prompt and accurate reporting of wartime stocks IAW AFI
10-201, Chapter 4 to facilitate stockpile readiness decisions. (T-2).
2.7.5. Mobility equipment required to meet wartime taskings will be identified by the
MAJCOM and incorporated in either the Weapon System Allowance Standard or a general
allowance standard. All mobility equipment authorizations are mandatory and will either be
on-hand, on-order, or contained in appropriate budget documents (unless centrally procured).
Air Reserve Component (ARC) units tasked to fulfill the same UTC deployment
requirements will be similarly equipped so they can be used interchangeably. These
requirements are identified by gaining MAJCOMs and incorporated in the Weapon System
Allowance Standard.
2.7.6. The Concept of Operations (CONOPS) developed by AF/A4LX, outlines materiel
management operations to support sustained combat operations across the entire spectrum of
hostilities.
2.7.7. The base-level materiel management planner will:
2.7.7.1. Coordinate with MAJCOM counterparts and the Plans and Integration Section.
(T-2).
2.7.7.2. Comply with OPLAN support requirements IAW AFMAN 10-409-O. (T-2).
2.7.7.3. Comply with BSP requirements IAW AFI 10-404, Base Support And
Expeditionary (BAS&E) Site Planning. (T-2).
2.7.7.4. Ensure materiel management inputs are provided IAW AFMAN 10-206,
Operational Reporting (OREP). (T-2).
2.7.7.5. Monitor Designed Operational Capability Statement and Resource Readiness
IAW AFI 10-201. (T-2).
2.7.7.6. Identify training requirements for assigned UTCs and ensure LRS/CC or
equivalent cognizance for necessary action. (T-2).
2.7.7.7. Identify and prioritize all Limiting Factors/shortfalls to LRS Plans and
Integration Section. (T-2).
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 115

2.7.8. The base materiel management planner will prepare for the actions required of
deployed materiel management units deployed and absorbed as component forces in the
theater. (T-2).
2.7.8.1. Home-station pre-deployment actions will be IAW AFI 10-403 for the
movement of equipment custodians and WRM (RSP, equipment, facilities, and WCDO)
and the preparation of the deployment location (bare base or collocated operating base).
2.7.8.2. After full-up communication connectivity, the materiel management UTC will
establish accountability of deployed RSP and equipment using the materiel management
IT system tied to the host computer for the deployed location. In-line processing by the
host computer starts and normal base materiel management operations begin.
2.7.8.3. Bulk shipments of Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear IPE and
weapons will be received and stored by the deployed LRS/ Materiel Management
Activity until issued. (T-2).
2.7.8.4. Planning For Redeployment/Reconstitution. This involves redeployment of
forces within the Area of Responsibility to forward operating locations (FOLs) or to
home-station. The materiel management planner will be aware of the following:
2.7.8.4.1. FOL support will come from the main deployed base. FOLs will be
considered off-base organizations of the main base. Support and accountability of
assets will be provided and maintained by the main base.
2.7.8.4.2. Redeployment will be accomplished by deployed teams who handle WRM.
Property will be shipped in UTC configuration with shortages identified and
inventory lists attached to designated locations for reconstitution. Reconstitution will
be accomplished at specified sites by deployed or home-station reconstitution teams.
After reconstitution, assets will be forwarded to prepositioning sites.
2.7.8.4.3. Deployed or homes-station functional agencies/custodians are responsible
for inventorying and processing the accountability of assets through materiel
management. Materiel management will then transfer accountability back to the
original unit/prepositioning site, and direct property flow of RSPs and equipment.
2.7.8.5. Reconstitution will be conducted/accomplished for all equipment, and RSPs,
upon return of WRM assets to the storing units as money and contractual limitations
permit.
2.7.9. Planning guidelines for materiel management support at deployed locations.
2.7.9.1. The following general guidelines will be used by the base materiel management
planner for operating at the deployed location.
2.7.9.2. The LRS APO will ensure maximum survivability of WRM assets and critical
peacetime operating stocks, preferably by storing in hardened shelters. In wartime,
critical assets must be dispersed and not stored in a single location. Potential sortie delays
caused by dispersal can be tolerated as opposed to total loss of critical spares. The
planner will ensure planning is based upon anticipated wartime vulnerability rather than
peacetime efficiency.
116 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.7.9.3. The base materiel management planner will designate alternate demand
processing and LRS readiness locations. COOP planning is essential for materiel
management operations.
2.7.9.4. A large workload is generated by break-out and issue of WRM, especially
auxiliary fuel tanks. Planners will ensure break-out/movement of WRM is practiced and
publish adequate procedural guidance. WRM break-out and movement may be the largest
materiel management workload early in a contingency.
2.7.9.5. Materiel management planners will identify all buildings projected for materiel
management use and, if none exist, plan for storage/work area alternatives. Storage space
requirements depend upon the aviation packages being supported. Special care will be
given to wartime use of WRM facilities for conversion to general materiel management
storage. MAJCOM planners will pre-identify these buildings and MMHS/SAS required
to convert from WRM to standard materiel management warehouses.
2.7.10. Logistics Support Decisions.
2.7.10.1. Materiel management planning requires a review of logistics support decisions
prior to deployments to ensure selected procedures are consistent with the planned
logistics support concept. As a minimum, these decision elements are:
2.7.10.2. Length of deployment (if known).
2.7.10.3. Identification of owning and supporting materiel management IT system
accounts. Unless deployed asset accountability transfers at time of deployment, the home
base materiel management IT system will be the owning account. Otherwise, the gaining
materiel management IT system must be identified as the owning materiel management
IT system. Provide designated lateral materiel management IT system support bases
including communication routing identifiers, DoDAAC and system designators.
2.7.10.4. Spares Replenishment. Specify when and if replenishment is authorized.
2.7.10.5. Specify if special vehicle or general purpose vehicle requirements will be
identified and sourced.
2.7.10.6. Requirement for base service store support and scope of operations. This
requirement must address whether stocks are planned for initial lay-in and means for
replenishment considering length of deployment.
2.7.10.7. The force activity designator (FAD) of unit(s) to be supported.
2.7.10.8. The planned maintenance concept, e.g. remove and replace or remove, repair,
and replace or if a transition from former to the latter is planned.
2.7.10.9. The movement of retrograde (reparable) must not be delayed. Deployed units
must be aware of where to send reparable.
2.7.10.10. The frequency/method for sending materiel management transactions must be
determined.
2.7.10.11. Contracting support and associated funding. Identification shall be made of
needed contracting support to provide for local purchase materiel management capability.
2.7.11. Other Planning Tasks.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 117

2.7.11.1. Depending upon geographic location, MAJCOM, and mission, the LRS/CC
may be responsible for planning actions other than reception. Some of these may include:
2.7.11.2. Planning for Contingency Operating Bases or Bare Bases. Main operating
bases are usually tasked to accomplish base-level deployment/reception planning for
contingency operating base and bare bases. The base logistics plans office/wing plans
office can identify contingency operating base/bare base support responsibilities.
2.7.11.3. Noncombatant Evacuation Operations (NEO) or Noncombatant Emergency &
Evacuation Plan. In areas of hostility and natural disaster, the US military may be tasked
to assist the Department of State to evacuate, shelter, and provide for noncombatant
personnel. For guidance, contact the installation base support planning manager within
the LRS or the MAJCOM base support planning POC within the A4 directorate.
2.7.11.4. Host Nation Support Agreements. At overseas locations, LRS planners will be
aware of Host Nation Support Agreements. The host nation may agree through
negotiations with the Department of State, Service components, and MAJCOMs to
provide materiel/services to the US Government for use during a war or contingency.
Knowledge of Host Nation Support Agreements significantly enhances planning efforts.
However, the planner will have a back-up plan in the event host support does not
materialize.
2.7.12. Materiel Management Wartime CONOPS.
2.7.12.1. CONOPS development will be done in IAW AFI 10-401. CONOPS
assumptions include:
2.7.12.1.1. Materiel management operations will be based upon a combination of
self-sufficiency and responsive resupply management. Forward stockage, in-
theater/regional repair capability, and theater-wide asset management will be
employed, when appropriate, to support materiel management operations. Materiel
management support systems will be deployed as soon as possible prior to or after the
onset of hostilities or contingency and IAW current Operations Plan (OPLAN)
taskings.
2.7.12.1.2. Deployable communications to support stand-alone materiel management
operations with an eventual communications link for upgrade to on-line operations, in
conjunction with resupply management, are critical to combat capability.
Communications and resupply management, therefore, must be established as early as
possible. Since communication availability is never assured in wartime, data will be
accumulated and transmitted by whatever means are available.
2.7.12.1.3. Logistics support may be limited during the initial deployment period.
Not all essential materiel can be initially deployed. Therefore, critical spares
identified after arrival in the area of hostilities/contingency must be supported
through expedited resupply management.
118 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.7.12.1.4. Materiel management processing by deployed locations will be phased in

by site as hardware and communications become available. The centralized capability
provided by AFMC is particularly appropriate for supporting combat operations from
bare bases or locations that are too far from an established materiel management IT
system.
2.7.13. Contingency materiel management support requirements.
2.7.13.1. The materiel management system must be structured to provide uninterrupted
support for both in-place and deploying forces. How materiel management support
processing is facilitated is largely driven by the scenario. Coordinate with AFMC to
ensure uninterrupted materiel management support.
2.7.13.2. Day-to-day operations must mirror contingency operations to the greatest
extent possible to minimize disruption and training disconnects.
2.7.13.3. Base self-sufficiency and resupply management responsiveness must be
maximized.
2.7.13.4. In-place and deployed materiel management activities will maintain an audit
trail on all transactions.
2.7.13.5. Theater resource allocation decisions must be made within the theater
command structure.
2.7.13.6. Support must include the entire spectrum of combat materiel including aircraft
spares, equipment, vehicles, communications, civil engineering items, Chemical Warfare
Defense Equipment, uniform items, and base reconstitution supplies.
2.7.13.7. Prepositioning WRM, surging depots, and resupply management efforts must
be based on coordinated actions between AFMC, the lead command and operating
commands.
2.7.13.8. Range and depth of support will depend upon the nature/anticipated length of
the contingency and total units to be supported, i.e. deployed units as well as those
already in place (support infrastructure).
2.7.13.9. Coordination with AFMC must be standardized as much as possible to
accommodate any MAJCOM or contingency.
2.7.13.10. Contingency materiel management concept.
2.7.13.10.1. In-place units will operate with materiel available at the onset of
hostilities and critical parts secured by whatever means is available after the
contingency operation begins.
2.7.13.10.2. Employment of mobile units will be comprised of two phases. The first
phase involves deployment of a materiel management advance echelon team
(LRS/CC and materiel management infrastructure) to include capability of processing
materiel management IT system transactions in a degraded operations mode. The
second phase involves arrival of materiel management augmentation teams and
connectivity with AFMC.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 119

2.7.13.10.3. From the beginning of a contingency until normal materiel management

operations are resumed, materiel management support will consist of POS, RSPs,
follow-on RSPs and responsive "Express Delivery Service" of high priority items.
2.8. Life Cycle Product Support Planning.
2.8.1. The PSM is responsible for developing a program's product support execution plan
and documenting it in the Life Cycle Sustainment Plan. The Life Cycle Sustainment Plan
specifically addresses materiel management support. It delineates the PSM's plan for
identifying, resourcing and implementing actions to acquire and repair spares, and all classes
of supply to ensure the best equipment/capability is available to support the user. For
additional detail, reference AFI 63-101/20-101 and AFPAM 63-128, Integrated Life Cycle
Management.
2.9. AF provisioning policies. AF provisioning policies will comply with requirements in
DoDM 4140.01; DoDI 5000.02, Operation of the Defense Acquisition System; DoDM 4100.39,
DoDM 4140.27, Volume 1 and 2, MIL-HDBK-502, AFPD 23-1; and AFI 63-101/20-101. Refer
to Chapter 1 for delegation of authority.
2.10. Participation in the WSSP.
2.10.1. AF participation in this DLA-managed program is required by DoDM 4140.01,
Volume 2, and is essential to receiving the required level of DLA support for AF weapon
systems. WSSP provides Services the capability to identify DLA-managed NSNs required to
support specific weapon systems. AF weapon systems using DLA-managed NSNs are
identified in the program by a WSDC. DLA-managed NSNs are loaded in WSSP against the
specific WSDC on which the NSNs are used and each NSN is assigned an essentiality code
(EC). EC's indicate the degree to which failure (shortage/stock-out) of a WSSP item affects
the ability of a weapon system to perform its intended operation. See Section 1B for roles
and responsibilities.
2.10.2. WSSP Eligibility. Only those weapon systems requiring DLA parts support will be
registered in the DLA WSSP. Also, support systems/subsystems providing direct and
immediate support to weapon systems (e.g. trainers, simulators, engines, support equipment,
communications-electronic systems/subsystems) relating to a priority weapon system may be
nominated for WSSP inclusion.
2.10.2.1. The following guidance will apply for nominating weapon systems:
2.10.2.1.1. All new WSDC requests will initially be assigned WSGC level C
Upgrade to WSGC level A or B will be made, if required, during the next annual
WSDC WSGC review.
2.10.2.1.2. WSGC level A will be limited to weapon systems designed as instruments
of combat, either offensive or defensive, issued to destroy, injure, defeat, or threaten
the enemy. These systems require the most intensive management to support
performance goals and readiness objectives. WSGC level A may also include weapon
systems experiencing long-term readiness problems or failures of supply support
where the condition can be improved by management and resource reallocation with
DLA.
120 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.10.2.1.3. WSGC level B will be limited priority systems that are designed for and
have a primary combatant function, or provide supplemental, direct, and immediate
support to a combatant weapon system or situation. These systems require intensive
management to support performance goals and readiness objectives.
2.10.2.1.4. WSGC level C will be assigned to systems not requiring intensive
management to reach assigned performance goals and readiness objectives.
2.11. Spare Parts Breakout Program.
2.11.1. The objective of the AF Spare Parts Breakout Program (AFSPBP) is to reduce costs
by purchasing parts from other than prime weapon-system contractors. See Section 1B for
roles and responsibilities.
2.11.2. The DFARS PGI 217.7506 requires DoD personnel involved with design control,
acquisition, and management of any centrally managed replenishment or provisioned part to
evaluate the part for competitive buy to reduce its cost. AFMC must buy parts without
compromising configuration integrity, safety, and performance.
2.11.2.1. AFSPBP applies to any centrally managed replenishment or provisioned part
for military systems and equipment. All DoD personnel involved with design control,
acquisition, and management of such parts including, but not limited to project, program,
and system managers, technical personnel, contracting officers, legal counsel, inventory
managers, inspectors, and small business specialist and technical advisors.
2.11.2.2. The AFSPBP does not apply to:
2.11.2.2.1. Foreign military sale peculiar items.
2.11.2.2.2. INS items.
2.11.2.2.3. Local Purchase.
2.11.2.2.4. Obsolete items.
2.11.2.2.5. Phase out parts.
2.11.2.2.6. Parts acquired under other specifically defined initial support programs.
2.11.2.2.7. Items with annual buy values below the threshold developed by DoD
components or field activities.
2.11.2.2.8. Component breakout.
2.11.2.3. An AMC and AMSC are assigned to provide the best possible technical
assessment of how a part can be procured. The technical assessment will be based on
factors such as: the availability of adequate technical data, the government’s rights to use
the data, technical restrictions placed on the hardware, and breakout cost versus projected
savings. A part does not have to be coded as noncompetitive based on an initial market
survey that only uncovers one interested source. When sufficient technical data is in the
government’s possession to enable other sources to manufacture an acceptable part and
there are no technical restrictions on the part which would preclude other sources from
manufacturing it, the part should be coded competitive. Note: Component breakout under
DFARS 207.171.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 121

2.11.3. General Guidance:

2.11.3.1. The breakout program develops supplemental procedures, processes and
policies to accomplish the screening process detailed in DFARS PGI 217.7506.
2.11.3.2. To aid breakout to competition or direct purchase, AFMC identify, select, and
screen parts for breakout as early in an acquisition as possible. This AFMC review should
occur during the provisioning cycle. When parts are not fully standardized early in the
acquisition process, the optimum solution may be breakout to the actual manufacturer.
2.11.3.3. AFMC Breakout Program Managers apply resources and assign priorities to
those parts that have the greatest opportunity for breakout and potential savings.
2.11.3.4. The AF may not deny any firm the opportunity to demonstrate its ability to
furnish a part that satisfies AF needs. For specific guidance regarding qualification, refer
to Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.202.
2.11.3.4.1. The evaluating AF activity expedites its evaluation and gives a decision to
the demonstrating firm or provides status within 60 days. The contracting officer need
not delay a proposed award to give a potential offer or an opportunity to demonstrate
its ability to meet the qualification standards.
2.11.3.4.2. The AFMC Air Logistics Complex may consider parts manufactured by
approved sources, and then offered by surplus or other nonmanufacturing sources.
Restrictive codes or low annual buy value does not preclude such consideration.
2.11.3.4.3. Dealer or other nonmanufacturing sources must give the AF all necessary
facts to prove that the proposed parts meet the AF's needs. The AF considers
authorized dealers and distributors identified through appropriate contracting
documents as nonmanufacturing sources of commercial items.
2.11.3.5. To aid breakout decision making, the AF may use contractors' experience in
developing, designing, manufacturing, and testing equipment.
2.11.3.5.1. The AF may get technical information from the contractor through the
GEIA-STD-007 as part of the provisioning process or directly from the contractor,
applying DFARS PGI 217.7506.
2.11.3.5.2. The AF designates contractor technical information as CTIC. The AF
may not delegate responsibility for determining AMC and AMSC to a contractor.
2.11.3.5.3. AFMC request contractor help in screening selected parts only after
weighing the benefit expected from the contractor's technical information and the cost
to the government of obtaining such help. Program managers may not request
contractor help for:
2.11.3.5.3.1. Parts covered by government and industry specifications.
2.11.3.5.3.2. Parts that are commercially available.
2.11.3.5.3.3. Non-developmental items.
2.11.3.5.3.4. Parts for which data is already available.
122 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.11.3.5.4. Contracts to obtain technical information require impartial technical

evaluations conducted by competent personnel using applicable technical data. The
government incurs no cost for duplicate screening of parts.
2.11.3.6. Upon receipt of a funded requisition from an authorized AF activity or a
Military Interdepartmental Purchase Request from an authorized agency/service, AFMC
will screen for items that the AF has engineering responsibility and are not assigned an
Acquisition Method Code.
2.11.3.7. Inadequate or incomplete procurement data packages limit competition for
future procurement candidate items. Buying required data or acquiring the necessary data
through reverse engineering may relieve the limitations. The life-cycle savings should
clearly exceed the expected cost of acquiring data, or reverse engineering.
2.11.4. Identifying, Selecting, and Screening Parts:
2.11.4.1. Provisioned parts are subject to breakout.
2.11.4.1.1. Throughout this breakout process, the AF should purchase items directly
from the actual manufacturer whenever possible to avert added distributor and retailer
costs.
2.11.4.1.2. Actual screening of provisioned parts is not normally practical because
the parts lack design stability.
2.11.4.2. Generally, program managers need to periodically replenish provisioned parts.
2.11.4.2.1. Managers may use provisioning lists or similar lists of new parts for
selecting parts for screening.
2.11.4.2.2. Managers base screening priorities on design stability, performance
stability, and anticipated replenishment. They also consider buy values, buy
quantities, and the availability of technical data.
2.11.4.2.3. Managers should make efforts to fully screen parts as they enter the
inventory.
2.11.4.2.3.1. Parts should meet the above criteria.
2.11.4.2.3.2. The managing activity should program parts for replenishment
procurement.
2.11.4.3. AMCs and AMSCs are valid until the next assigned review date. The review
may vary by organization and part. Coding activities may assign a review date of less
than 5 years if available information indicates that no change in code is expected.
2.11.4.3.1. Suspense dates may vary with the circumstances surrounding each part.
2.11.4.3.1.1. AMSCs may receive suspense dates of: 24 months or less, 3 years, 5
years or 10 years.
2.11.4.3.1.2. Items with a 1G or 2G code do not require a suspense date.
Management may dictate a periodic review of the parts assigned these codes.
2.11.4.3.2. Program managers track the availability of data and the technical status of
proposed actions to improve the competitive status until completion.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 123

2.11.4.4. When an activity generates a buy requirement estimated to be over the

screening threshold for a part without the current AMC or AMSC, the part is submitted
for screening actions according to either the full or limited screening procedures IAW
DFARS PGI 217.7506.
2.11.4.5. Challenges to a suspect AMC/AMSC will be reviewed to verify the code.
2.11.4.6. When events occur which may improve the competitive condition of a part and
may result in recoding, management must conduct the screening and subsequent recoding
promptly without waiting for future procurement requests. Examples of actions that fall
into this class are:
2.11.4.6.1. Receipt of a technical data package.
2.11.4.6.2. Release of proprietary rights.
2.11.4.6.3. Completion of a reverse engineering project.
2.11.4.7. Screening procedures for parts may vary depending on circumstances. No set of
rules cover all conditions. Program managers may make an informed decision to breakout
without following the procedures step-by-step in every case. They should do the
following in all cases:
2.11.4.7.1. Obtain, consider, and record the necessary supporting facts.
2.11.4.7.2. Involve contractors in the decision-making process only to the extent of
providing technical information.
2.11.4.7.3. Document any coding conferences with industry.
2.11.4.7.4. Determine through screening whether a part is suitable for competitive
acquisition.
2.11.4.7.4.1. It may be possible to break out the part for direct purchase from the
actual manufacturer.
2.11.4.7.4.2. Parts with data belonging to the actual manufacturer and not likely
to be procured by the government are particularly suited to direct purchase. Such
direct purchase is particularly appropriate if the manufacturer assumes total
responsibility for the part, including its design, quality control, and testing.
2.11.4.7.5. For each screened part, establish a file to document and justify the
decisions and results of all screening efforts. Keep this file on-hand to supply
historical data for subsequent screening.
2.11.4.7.6. After a part gets an AMC and AMSC, screening does not cease. The
screening process continues as the AF receives documentation or contractor responses
until management assigns a competitive code or exhausts all efforts to improve the
code status.
2.11.4.7.7. Before completing the recoding action, the responsible engineering
activity reviews and concurs with proposed changes to all screening packages.
2.11.5. Reporting Instructions:
124 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.11.5.1. The Spare Parts Breakout Screening Report (RCS DD P&L [QS&A] 714A) is
a cumulative semiannual report detailing the accomplishments of the breakout program.
The report describes full and limited screening for provisioning and replenishment parts
by the number of different NSN for each AMC.
2.11.5.2. The Spare Parts Acquisition Report (RCS: DD P&K [QS&A] 714B) is a
cumulative semiannual report documenting all spare part purchases during the current
fiscal year. The report describes the number and extended-dollar value of different NSNs
purchased for each AMC.
2.11.5.3. The AF maintains actual cost-savings (or cost avoidance) data attributable to
the AFSPBP and include the data in the semiannual Spare Parts Acquisition Report.
2.11.5.4. The AF purchases reported in the Spare Parts Acquisition Report may not
match the screenings reported in the Spare Parts Breakout Screening Report because of
time differences between screenings and actual purchases and procurement lead-times.
2.11.5.5. The AFSPBP Costs required for the Spare Parts Breakout Screening Report
come from the SH069-LO3, RC Managers Cost Center Report. Activities should use
EEIC 392, Other Civilian Personnel Compensation, Gross Obligation to reflect their
costs.
2.11.5.6. Reports are due to AF/A4LR 30 days after the end of each reporting period
(October through March and April through September).
2.11.5.7. Correct and revise the midyear reports in the year-end reports. Year-end reports
may not be revised.
2.12. TRAP. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.
2.12.1. TRAP Categories.
2.12.1.1. WRM. WRM TRAP assets include the following subcategories: combat,
current operations, and forward presence.
2.12.1.2. Peacetime Operating Stocks. POS TRAP assets include the following
subcategories: AME, NIE, Test and Evaluation, and training. Note: All categories of
TRAP assets are subject to consumption during wartime and peacetime operations.
2.12.2. Funding.
2.12.2.1. TRAP items are procured with 3400/72834/63817 CAM funds; LEAN Support
Equipment (SE). This includes TRAP war consumables previously procured with aircraft
3010/BP17 funds. Care must be exercised to ensure TRAP procurement funds
(3400/72834/63817) can be executed within the FY they are received since these funds
are one (1) year funds.
2.12.2.2. WRM is war consumables equipment purchased with 3400/72834/63817 CAM
(LEAN SE) funds. These additional TRAP items are used to replenish projected losses
that are forecast to occur during wartime operations.
2.12.3. TRAP Requirements Determination.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 125

2.12.3.1. WRM TRAP requirements will be determined annually through a year-long

process that begins with the Munitions Working Group. Attendees will include various
representatives from Air Staff, AFMC TRAP Activity, applicable sustainment depots, the
combat MAJCOMs, and other key personnel.
2.12.3.2. The latest theater war plans, force structure documents, operational, and other
pertinent inputs will be reviewed at the TWG meeting(s) to develop and determine WRM
TRAP requirements.
2.12.3.3. Modeling, war plan review, current and projected force structure review, and
manual inputs will be used to develop viable, defendable WRM TRAP requirements.
2.12.3.4. WRM TRAP requirements will be published in the NCAA. The NCAA
provides near term (budget year) WRM requirements; out year (6 years hence) WRM
TRAP requirements; TRAP Inventory Objectives (IO); and midterm TRAP requirements.
2.12.3.4.1. Budget year requirements will be considered in determining near term
stockage levels.
2.12.3.4.2. The out year WRM requirement is based on projected inventories of
TRAP items and supported munitions; it is the basis for determining excesses for
demilitarization, foreign military sales, etc., when compared to IOs.
2.12.3.4.3. The out year TRAP IO supports an optimum mix of existing and
developing weapons and is used as a basis for procurement decisions. The IOs may
be less than the sum of MAJCOM-identified WRM TRAP requirement.
2.12.3.4.4. The midterm WRM TRAP requirements will be used for continuing trend
analysis.
2.12.3.5. WRM TRAP item apportionment will be computed in the NCAA and identified
as theater starter objectives.
2.12.3.6. TRAP requirements will be forwarded to the AFMC TRAP Activity and TRAP
IMs. TRAP requirements will be file maintained and implemented in the applicable
AFMC materiel management IT system’s instructions for scheduling TRAP depot repair
actions. These coordinated instructions, along with the current near and out year NCAA
TRAP requirements, will be transmitted to each applicable AFMC Air Logistics Complex
for review.
126 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.13. Base Closures/Weapons System Transfers. Base closures and associated weapon
system transfers due to mission changes involve numerous actions outside the Logistics
Readiness Squadron (e.g., medical and library accounts, etc.) and are rarely alike. Close
coordination with all key players (e.g. MAJCOM, Maintenance, Comptroller, Materiel
Management, etc.) is essential. Because of these characteristics, this paragraph provides only
general base closure policy for stock record accounts B and E maintained under the ILS-S and its
satellites. References for base closure policy and procedures are further outlined in AFMAN 23-
122; AFH 23-123, Volume 2, for IT procedures; AFI 65-301, Internal Audit Services; DFAS-DE
7077.10-M, DoD Financial Management Regulation; AFI 25-201, Intra-Agency, and Inter-
Agency Support Agreements Procedures; TO 00-20-1, Aerospace Equipment Maintenance
Inspection, Documentation, Policies, and Procedures, and other directives. Major command
headquarters will answer questions about base closure policy and procedures not outlined in this
section or the above-referenced directives. See Section 1B for base closure and weapon system
transfer roles and responsibilities.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 127

Chapter 3

SOURCING OF MATERIEL

3.1. Overview. This chapter outlines AF guidance for the supply chain materiel management
processes associated with the sourcing of materiel activities. These activities include Local
Purchase and Retail Sales; Receipt Processing, Item Management; and Diminishing
Manufacturing Sources and Materiel Shortages. For this chapter, DoDM 4140.01, DoDM
4140.26-M, Volume 1, serve as primary DoD sources and various AF publications also serve as
references.
3.2. Local Purchase and Retail Sales.
3.2.1. LP is a request for supplies and equipment that is initiated from a materiel
management information technology system and transmitted through an interface with the
local Contracting office or equivalent. Requests for items of supply to be locally procured
may be requested only after all government supply and mandatory sources have been
exhausted. Public law requires all federal agencies to purchase products at or below the
micro-purchase threshold IAW FAR Part 13. The procurement of Local Purchase items will
comply with the Air Force Green Procurement Program which supports Executive Order
13834, Efficient Federal Operations; the FAR, Subpart 23.4—Use of Recovered Materials
and Biobased Products; and AFI 32-7001, Environmental Management. See Section 1B for
roles and responsibilities.
3.2.2. For AF retail supply accounts, the use of LP is defined for the following customer
requests:
3.2.2.1. Cataloged NSNs with a unit price over $5,000 with an Acquisition Advice Code
of “L”.
3.2.2.2. Non Cataloged items requiring equipment accountability with a unit price over
$5,000.
3.2.3. Base-level Requests.
3.2.3.1. Originators of LP requests will ensure funding is available, provide a full
description of the requested item, provide required multiple commercial sources as
defined by the FAR and if requested, justification letters through the organization
commander or designated authority. For HAZMAT, the originator must obtain HMMP
authorization IAW AFI 32-7086 for the specific hazardous item prior to procurement. (T-
1).
3.2.3.2. LRS/Materiel Management Activity personnel will validate documentation and
process the LP requests in a materiel management IT system and provide item
descriptions to base contracting. (T-2).
3.2.3.3. Contracting Office or equivalent approves and procures the item.
3.2.3.4. Contracting Response/Assistance on LP requisitions. MILSTRIP processing
time standards do not apply to LP requisitions.
3.2.4. Management Method for AF-Managed Items.
128 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

3.2.4.1. AFMC will not catalog items as LP if they are end items or if any of the
following conditions exist:
3.2.4.1.1. The item is coded NWRM and COMSEC/CCI.
3.2.4.1.2. The item affects safety of flight.
3.2.4.1.3. The item affects the configuration of the NHA.
3.2.4.1.4. The item is design unstable, i.e. number of design changes may occur in
the future
3.2.4.1.5. The item requires inspection and QA in the manufacturing process to
comply with specific government technical specifications and standards.
3.2.4.1.6. The item requires technical data beyond the normal commercial handbook
or operating instructions and parts list.
3.2.4.1.7. The item is classified or requires special security characteristics.
3.2.4.1.8. The item is required to support a number of end items or locations to make
central procurement more cost effective.
3.2.4.1.9. The items are on hand in depot stock.
3.2.4.2. AFMC will catalog item as LP if none of the conditions above apply, and if one
or more of the following conditions exist:
3.2.4.2.1. The item is available as a standard commercial item.
3.2.4.2.2. The item is an investment item that is required for initial installation.
3.2.4.2.3. The item is a non-logical spare that is procured on a one-time basis.
3.2.4.2.4. The item is a system designated as command supported.
3.2.4.2.5. The item has a base identifiable source other than a prime AF contractor
(Lockheed, Boeing, Pratt and Whitney, etc.).
3.2.5. LP of AF Centrally Managed Items. The policy for LP of centrally managed items
comes from the DFARS. LP of centrally managed items is authorized if judged to be in the
best interest of the government in terms of quality, timeliness, and cost.
3.2.5.1. Exceptions. It is not necessary that every item be advantageous. This exception
does not apply to:
3.2.5.1.1. Items necessary for war reserve or war mission requirements, required for
unit deployment, or to support the industrial base. This includes weapons of military
application.
3.2.5.1.2. The item is coded NWRM and COMSEC/CCI.
3.2.5.1.3. Items with special security characteristics.
3.2.5.1.4. Items which are dangerous such as explosives or munitions. Refer to
AFMAN 21-201 and AFMAN 21-202, Missile Maintenance Management.
3.2.5.1.5. Drugs or pharmaceuticals.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 129

3.2.5.1.6. Items directly related to the operation of a weapon system, subsystem, or

its support equipment. Weapon systems include aircraft, space, missile, engine or
ground command/control/communication. Approval to purchase weapon system
items will be accomplished IAW AFI 64-117.
3.2.6. Retail Sales functions (formerly known as Base Service Store (BSS)).
3.2.6.1. Operational Scope. Retail Sales items are defined as Commercial type items,
including items obtained from commercial sources and GSA. These items fall within the
LP micro purchase threshold outlined in the FAR 2.101, 13.2 and 13.301.
3.2.6.2. Use of the GPC card, GSA Stores or other contracted operations are the primary
and preferred method to support Retail Sales items. MAJCOM’s must obtain approval
from AF/A4LR to establish operations in support of Retail Sales items.
3.2.6.3. Use of Materiel Management IT systems for Retail Sales items is restricted to
TO weapon system assets.
3.2.6.4. Retail Sales at Contingency locations.
3.2.6.4.1. Request for items which are defined as Retails Sales will be supported by
use of GPC, Blanket Purchase Agreements or other methods defined by DoD
Contingency Contracting Policy.
3.2.6.4.2. AF personnel supporting contingency operations in the Area of
Responsibility are authorized to purchase assets from local DoD materiel
management activities (e.g., U.S. Army). Prior to going to the local DoD materiel
management activities, all AF units in the Area of Responsibility will obtain written
approval from the AF activity responsible for materiel management support within
the Area of Responsibility (e.g. the host Expeditionary Logistics Readiness
Squadron).
3.3. Receipt Processing.
3.3.1. AF/A4L shall retain final approval authority for receipt processing policy.
3.3.2. Delegation of Authority. Reference Chapter 1.
3.3.3. Retail materiel management receiving tasks are performed by the Deployment and
Distribution Flight (LGRD). Reference AFI 24-602, Volume 2, for additional information on
receipt processing.
3.3.3.1. Local Manufacture. In order to reduce transportation and handling costs, the
FSC will process receipts for local manufacture items. (T-2).
3.3.3.2. Excluding Local Manufacture, performance of receipt process duties other than
by Receiving Element (LGRDD) of the Deployment and Distribution Flight (LGRD) will
only take place to maximize efficiencies and only if approved in writing by the
Installation Transportation Officer and unless otherwise exempted in AFI 24-602,
Volume 2.
3.3.3.3. Materiel Management IT systems will acknowledge receipt processing and
respond to follow-ups from wholesale activities. See AFH 23-123, Volume 2, for IT
guidance.
130 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

3.4. Item Management. Item Management includes world-wide distribution and redistribution,
quantitative materiel requirements determinations, budget estimates, provisioning, cataloging,
repair programs, marketing and other related functions (e.g. Reliability Improvement Warranties
[RIW], Plant Clearance Automated Reutilization Screening System (PCARSS), Special
Tooling/Special Test Equipment [ST/STE]). AF IM policies will comply with requirements in
DoDM 4140.01; DLM 4000.25, DLM 4000.25-1, Military Standard Requisitioning and Issue
Procedures (MILSTRIP); DLM 4000.25-2, Military Standard Transaction Reporting And
Accountability Procedures (MILSTRAP); DoDM 4100.39; DoDM 4140.26-M;Volumes 1-6,
DoDM 4140.27, Volume 1 and 2; DoDM 4140.68 Integrated Materiel Management of
Nonconsumable Items, Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR); Defense Federal Acquisition
Regulation Supplement (DFARS); DoDM 5010.12, Procedures for the Acquisition and
Management of Technical Data; AFPD 23-1; AFI 20-110; and AFMAN 23-120, Spares
Requirement Review Board (SRBB). See Chapter 1 for Delegation of Authority reference.
3.5. Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages (DMSMS). DMSMS is
the loss or impending loss of manufacturers of items or suppliers of items or raw material.
DMSMS is caused when manufacturers of items or raw material suppliers discontinue
production. DMSMS policies will comply with requirements in DoDM 4140.01; DoD
Standardization Document 22 (SD-22), Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material
Shortages; DoD SD-5, Market Research; and AFI 63-101. Reference Chapter 1 for delegation of
authority.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 131

Chapter 4

MAKE AND MAINTAIN MATERIEL

4.1. Overview. This chapter outlines AF guidance for the supply chain materiel management
processes associated with the making and maintaining of materiel. These processes include Time
Compliance Technical Order; Repair and Time Change Items. For this chapter, DoDM 4140.01
serves as a primary DoD reference source.
4.2. Time Compliance Technical Order (TCTO).
4.2.1. TCTOs are intended to expedite the accomplishment of retrofit changes to end
articles/items, parts, and materiel within specific time periods and reduce the probability of
accidents/unreliability of systems or equipment due to non-compliance IAW TO 00-5-15, Air
Force Time Compliance Technical Order Process, AFMAN 21-202, and AFI 21-101. For
maintenance activities that are non-Aircraft, refer to AFPD 21-1, Maintenance of Military
Materiel, for the governing maintenance publication. See Section 1B for roles and
responsibilities.
4.2.2. TCTO Kit Monitor Files. The LRS/Materiel Management Activity manages
documents pertaining to the TCTO upon notification from PS&D. The TCTO Kit File will
contain:
4.2.2.1. The TO publication.
4.2.2.2. AF Form 2001, Notification of TCTO Kit Requirements.
4.2.2.3. Copy of receipt documents.
4.2.2.4. Kit availability notice or copy of transaction history showing transaction (latest
notice only).
4.2.2.5. Notification of kit shipments. These notifications may be maintained in a central
file provided that the letters, messages, and the AF Form 2001 are cross-referenced.
4.2.2.6. TCTO kit reconciliations. These assets are reconciled with the LRS/Materiel
Management Activity on a monthly basis. The purpose of this reconciliation is to validate
kit availability, shortages, excesses, due-outs, and due-ins.
4.2.3. Kit Guidance.
4.2.3.1. TCTO kits will contain all parts/material necessary to accomplish the
modification, except as noted in TO 00-5-15.
4.2.3.2. Kitted TCTOs are assembled at the wholesale level and provided free of charge
to base units.
4.2.3.3. Non-kitted TCTOs are assembled by the end user or customer at the base level
when directed by AFMC and lead command concurs.
4.2.4. Assembly of Kits.
4.2.4.1. TCTOs will indicate how the kits will be assembled, obtained, and funded.
132 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

4.2.4.2. Billing Base-Assembled TCTO Kits. To make it easier to bill expenses incurred
for the base assembly of TCTO kits, an OCCR and Project Funds Management Record
(PFMR) are loaded for each kit or source of funds. The supply activity will load the
OCCR using an organization code in the 100-999 series and type organization code “K”.
The responsibility center/cost center code will be 99xxxx, as provided by Accounting &
Finance (A&F). Upon receiving authority to assemble a kit at base level, the TCTO Kit
Monitor will furnish A&F the TCTO kit number, the appropriate funding source, and the
A&F disbursing station number.
4.2.4.3. Inclusion of Unauthorized Materiel in TCTO Kits. When a modification requires
materiel not authorized for inclusion in the kit--such as explosives, NWRM, munitions,
or medical items; the item or system manager (IM/SM) responsible for the modification
will provide appropriate funding for the required materiel to the activity developing or
assembling the kit. The end user activity will then obtain the required materiel. All such
items will be kitted separately and identified as part of the total TCTO kit so that proper
safety measures can be taken.
4.2.4.4. Deviations from the Complete Kit Guidance. Deviations from the complete kit
guidance require waivers agreed to by the lead command. Host command LRS/Materiel
Management Activities will accept responsibility for kit buildup of incomplete TCTO
kits waived by a tenant unit's MAJCOM. (T-2). Items excluded from TCTO kits by
waiver are acquired from existing organizational resources or purchased through regular
supply channels as necessary. Waivers may be approved by the Cryptologic and Cyber
Systems Division, IAW TO 00-5-15. Note: When the need is urgent and a using
command has adequate materiel assets but not at the requiring bases, it may be necessary
to redistribute the materiel laterally to complete the TCTO kits.
4.2.5. Shelf-Life Item Control.
4.2.5.1. Kitted TCTOs containing shelf-life items will be assigned a shelf-life code of the
shortest shelf-life item in the kit.
4.2.5.2. When shelf-life items become outdated, normal shelf-life control procedures will
apply IAW AFMAN 23-122.
4.2.6. TCTO Release. TCTO items will only be released for MICAP conditions.
4.2.7. Incomplete Kits. AF bases/activities will notify the PM/Technical Content Manager
responsible for the TCTO of any kit shortages.
4.2.8. Rescission of TCTO. Rescission of the TCTO will be done IAW TO 00-5-15.
4.2.9. Completed TCTO Kit Files. Upon completion of TCTO, the completed jacket file will
be retained as specified in the AF Records Disposition Schedule.
4.3. Repair.
4.3.1. Overview. The repair cycle includes involves the LRS/Materiel Management Activity,
FSC, Documented Cargo, Maintenance and Base Repair activities. See Section 1B for roles
and responsibilities.
4.3.2. DIFM management. The materiel management IT system establishes a DIFM record
and tracks the unserviceable asset until it is repaired, evacuated, or condemned.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 133

4.3.2.1. All DIFM monitors will attend Block IIB Repair Cycle Training. (T-2).
4.3.2.2. Multiple DIFM indicators. The materiel management IT system will reject a
DIFM issue processed for a quantity of more than one each. If more than one of a
particular item needs to be requested, the customer will submit a multiple DIFM request
(with document justification, e.g. TO reference) to the LRS/Materiel Management
Activity for approval. The LRS will retain document justification for duration of the
DIFM indicator.
4.3.2.3. Maintenance (TRN). The LRS/Materiel Management Activity will maintain
close coordination with maintenance activities to expedite turnaround processing.
4.3.2.3.1. DIFM turn-ins. All DIFM assets will be returned to the LRS/Materiel
Management Activity in the appropriate reusable container with the required
documentation IAW paragraph 6.2 of this instruction. (T-1).
4.3.2.3.2. The LRS/materiel management activity will appoint a primary and
alternate TRN manager in writing to act as the single point of contact for all TRN
actions.
4.3.2.4. Reparable items will be returned by Maintenance Activities. (T-1).
4.3.2.4.1. Repair Cycle items identified as Direct NRTS will be returned by the end
of the 4th duty day from the date of issue. (T-1).
4.3.2.4.2. Base reparable assets assigned to back shops will be returned by the end of
the 45th duty day from the date of issue. (T-2). Note: Failure to return reparable
items to LRS in a timely manner will delay replenishment of serviceable items to the
installation.
4.3.2.5. DIFM status/location update. To accurately control DIFM assets, the status and
location of the item will be known and appropriately reflected at all times.
4.3.2.5.1. Base reparable assets – Within 4 duty days from the date of issue, the
correct DIFM status code shall be applied to accurately reflect the status and location
of the asset.
4.3.2.5.2. Customers with a maintenance information system will update DIFM
location and status daily.
4.3.2.5.3. Customers without a maintenance information system will notify FSC of
any status changes so appropriate inputs are reflected in the materiel management IT
system.
4.3.2.6. DIFM inventory. A repair cycle asset management list will be used to manage
and control DIFM assets on a daily basis. A DIFM inventory will be conducted on a
quarterly basis with the appointed DIFM monitor and FSC personnel. (T-1). Note: When
discrepancies are discovered between DIFM record balances and the physical count, the
LRS/Materiel Management Activity will request a special inventory. For further details
refer to paragraph 5.7 of this instruction.
4.3.3. Base contract maintenance. Any item in stock requiring contract maintenance will be
controlled using DIFM procedures. Items processed to contract maintenance will not update
historical demand data in the materiel management IT system.
134 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

4.3.4. Product Quality Deficiency Report items. Guidance regarding these items can be
found in TO 00-35D-54, USAF Deficiency Reporting, Investigation, and Resolution.
Deficiency report exhibits. Items identified to show materiel deficiency conditions will be
processed as unserviceable deficiency report exhibit turn-ins IAW with TO-00-35D-54. The
LRS/Materiel Management Activity will store deficiency report exhibits until final
disposition instructions are received. (T-2).
4.3.5. AWP Management. AWP procedures are detailed in AFMAN 23-122. See Section 1B
for roles and responsibilities pertaining to AFMC, LRS/Materiel Management Activity and
Maintenance.
4.3.6. CRF.
4.3.6.1. Purpose of CRF.
4.3.6.1.1. Centralized repair consolidates maintenance and supply resources at
designated locations. These services are available to an organization that cannot
service its own equipment or cannot perform intermediate level maintenance on AF
reparable assets.
4.3.6.1.2. To provide intermediate level maintenance of unserviceable assets,
centralized repair offers the following resources: tools, test equipment, spare and
repair parts, and skilled personnel.
4.3.6.1.3. Centralized repair sustains or enhances logistics responsiveness and
effectiveness while reducing costs.
4.3.6.2. Guidance. MAJCOM, AFMC, Host and Supported CRF LRS
Commander/Accountable Property Officer roles and responsibilities are outlined in
Section 1B. Responsibilities for Maintenance personnel at CRFs and supported units are
outlined in AFI 21-101 and AFI 20-117.
4.4. Time Change Items.
4.4.1. Time Change management. A time change manager will be assigned from the Flight
Service Center and be appointed in writing by the Materiel Management Flight Chief or
equivalent.
4.4.2. The time change manager will coordinate time change requirements with maintenance
and will maintain supporting documentation IAW AFI 21-101 and TO 00-20-9, Forecasting
Replacement Requirements for Selected Calendar and Hourly Time Change Items. (T-2). For
maintenance activities that are non-Aircraft, refer to AFPD 21-1 for the governing
maintenance publication.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 135

Chapter 5

DELIVERY OF MATERIEL

5.1. Overview. This chapter outlines AF guidance for the supply chain materiel management
processes associated with the delivery of materiel. These processes include Order and
Requisitioning; Physical Asset Management; Equipment Management; Document Control and
Detail Records, Record Reversal and Correction, Physical Inventory and Inventory Adjustments;
SPRAM; Inspection and Related Operations; Management of Discrepant, Counterfeit and
Suspect Counterfeit Materiel; Stock Positioning; and Materiel Disposition. As listed in
Attachment 1, References, various DoD and AF publications are reference sources for this
publication. For this chapter, DLM 4000.25, Volume 6, Logistics Systems Interoperability
Support Services, DLM 4000.25-1, DLM 4000.25-2, DoDM 4140.01, DoDM 4140.27, Volume 1
and 2.
5.2. Order and Requisitioning.
5.2.1. Requisition Management.
5.2.1.1. Guidance. To ensure order fulfillment, AFMC Activities and LRS/Materiel
Management Activities not centralized under AFMC:
5.2.1.1.1. Receive and process customer requisitions (to include modifiers and
cancellations) and provide status. Ensure any issues that affect aircraft readiness are
addressed before cancellation/termination action is initiated, as the items under
contract could be used for future demands.
5.2.1.1.2. Track requisitions through completion (e.g. cancellation, receipt, receipt
acknowledgement, among other actions) with some requiring special emphasis (e.g.
overdue/lost shipments, MICAPs, AWP).
5.2.1.1.3. Reconcile requisitions with the SOS quarterly via automated response
using the appropriate materiel management IT system to ensure requisitioned materiel
is still required and valid.
5.2.1.1.4. Oversees airlift challenges, centrally managed exception codes, supply
difficulty requests, and the special requirements programs.
5.2.1.2. LRS/Materiel Management Activities manage requisitions and will:
5.2.1.2.1. Manage local purchase/local manufacture requisitions, cancellations and
status. Ensure any issues that affect aircraft readiness are addressed before
cancellation/termination action is initiated, as the items under contract could be used
for future demands. (T-2).
5.2.1.2.2. Validate requisition requirements with requesting activities monthly.
5.2.1.2.3. Manage due-ins with overdue shipment status.
5.2.1.2.4. Submit non MICAP part number requests to the SOS.
136 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.2.1.2.5. In support of DoD’s Tire Commodity Management Privatization, order

aircraft tires IAW DLA’s Tires Successor Initiative. The procedures in AFMAN 23-
122 outline how residual AF stocks will be ordered "free issue" until depleted and
how tires will be ordered IAW with this initiative.
5.2.1.2.6. Manage locally assigned Issue Exception (IEX) codes. (T-2).
5.2.1.2.7. Ensure Unit Commanders with assigned individuals as organizational
resource advisors and organizational materiel control personnel attend Block I,
General Materiel Management Indoctrination.
5.2.1.3. Materiel Management Customers will:
5.2.1.3.1. Submit, validate, and request modifications/cancellations of backorders
(e.g. orders, requisitions or due-outs) per AFMAN 23-122. (T-2).
5.2.1.3.2. Requisition submission. The establishment and transmission of AF-
generated materiel management requisitions will comply with DLM 4000.25-1, DLM
4000.25-2, and DoDD 8190.01E, Defense Logistics Management Standards (DLMS).
(T-0).
5.2.1.3.3. MICAP Management. MICAP customer backorders are one of the highest
forms of expedite backorder established in customer retail supply systems. MICAP
conditions require intense scrutiny and verification to ensure item shortages are
satisfied locally by all means possible prior to backorder establishment.
5.2.1.4. AFMC manages MICAPs and will:
5.2.1.4.1. Validate base level MICAP checks (e.g. TO, NHA, Percent Base Repair,
etc.) are accomplished prior to requisitioning.
5.2.1.4.2. Review all Program Depot Maintenance cannibalization and AFMC
Maintenance and Regeneration Activity pull requests.
5.2.1.4.3. Direct overall weapon system operational support, to include current
unsupportable MICAPs and AWP Management. Note: AFMC will coordinate with
Lead Command Weapon System Personnel and affected Command HQ to follow the
AFH 23-123, Volume 2, to establish SPRS when deemed in the best interest of the
global enterprise. (T-1).
5.2.1.5. AFMC and LRS/Materiel Management Activities will:
5.2.1.5.1. Reconcile MICAP requirements with the appropriate maintenance IT
system.
5.2.1.5.2. Ensure lateral and depot requisition action are not active simultaneously
for the same MICAP request.
5.2.1.5.3. Requisition MICAP requirements from the SOS or satisfy through lateral
redistribution. Update current status in the applicable materiel management IT
system. Note: Units will follow the MICAP lateral support and sourcing logic
procedures outlined in AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).
5.2.1.5.4. Coordinate sourcing and movement of all MICAP requirements at Forward
Supply Locations (FSLs) with 618 Air Operations Center (TACC).
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 137

5.2.1.6. LRS/Materiel Management Activities manages MICAPs and will:

5.2.1.6.1. Confirm supported end-item is not MICAP.
5.2.1.6.2. Verify all local resources are exhausted prior to submitting and reporting
MICAP backorder.
5.2.1.6.3. Ensure MICAP verification (e.g. TO, NHA, Percent of Base Repair, etc.) is
accomplished prior to submitting request IAW AFMAN 23-122.
5.2.1.7. Transient Aircraft Support for AF aircraft (to include ANG and AFR). Transient
parts will be requisitioned (or issued) by the base supply activity at the transient base
(where the aircraft is physically located), regardless of cost and SOS. (T-2). Reference
the Financial Management and Special Logistics Support Sections of this instruction for
more details.
5.2.1.8. The following applies for MICAP reporting of aircraft possessed by depot
maintenance Depot Field Team or Programmed Depot Maintenance:
5.2.1.8.1. Depot Field Team/Programmed Depot Maintenance requirements will
continue to be satisfied using AFI 21-101 and this instruction.
5.2.1.8.2. MICAP requests submitted prior to depot possession will remain valid if
the programmed possession time is less than 5 days for Continental United States
units or 10 days for overseas units. When programmed possession time is longer, all
MICAPs will be downgraded when depot possession occurs.
5.3. Physical Asset Management.
5.3.1. General Management Guidance. The care and safekeeping of AF and DoD property is
the materiel manager’s primary responsibility IAW DoDM 4140.01. (T-0). The following
general policies will be applied to all aspects of physical asset management.
5.3.2. Safety. All managers and supervisors must incorporate Operational Risk Management
(ORM) within the workplace. Identify, eliminate or control, and document hazards to
minimize risk associated with uncertainty in the decision-making processes. Safety
procedures established in AFMAN 91-203, Air Force Occupational Safety, Fire, and Health
Standards, will be adhered to.
5.3.2.1. Personnel will wear the proper safety clothing and equipment when handling
hazardous material.
5.3.2.2. Leakage or spillage of hazardous commodities. If leakage or spillage occurs,
follow the installation and facility/site-specific Spill Response Plan or HAZMAT
Emergency Response Plan IAW installation procedures.
5.3.3. Storage Policy. The provisions of DLM 4000.25-2, and AFJMAN 23-210 control the
storage of all supplies and equipment unless amended by this instruction. Because of safety
and environmental considerations, some items may need to be stored separately by
commodity. When there is a conflict between the general storage provisions contained in
AFJMAN 23-210 and the specific storage directions in a TO, the specific provisions of the
TO will apply.
5.3.3.1. Item Accountability and Control.
138 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.3.3.1.1. Security of Materiel and Storage. All physical asset management

operations will follow the standards of security of materials and storage locations
IAW DoDM 4140.01.
5.3.3.1.2. Classified or Sensitive Materiel. Guidance for handling classified material
is found in paragraph 10.2 of this instruction.
5.3.3.1.3. NWRM. NWRM will be handled IAW AFI 20-110. Additional
information can also be found in paragraph 10.2 of this instruction.
5.3.3.1.4. Pilferable Materiel. Items coded with a pilferable Controlled Inventory
Item Code (CIIC) will be afforded adequate protection IAW paragraph 10.2 of this
instruction and AFJMAN 23-210.
5.3.3.1.5. Hazardous Material. These assets will be authorized, input in EESOH-
MIS, and tracked IAW AFI 32-7086.
5.3.3.1.6. Property Locations. Warehouse personnel will assign and maintain
permanent (primary) warehouse locations for each serviceable item stocked per
AFJMAN 23-210. (T-0). Every attempt will be made to consolidate property storage
to a single location. These locations will provide the appropriate level of protection
and safeguard property from any unnecessary deterioration and damage. When
possible, material will be kept in covered storage areas/facilities. Those items
maintained in outside storage areas will be afforded proper protection which may
include the use of plastics, tarps, or portable shelters.
5.3.3.1.7. Discrepancies. When any item identity or condition discrepancies exist, a
fully qualified inspector will resolve the discrepancy. More information concerning
inspector responsibilities can be found in paragraph 5.9 of this instruction.
5.3.3.1.8. TNB will be maintained IAW AFI 21-101.
5.3.3.1.9. Suspect materiel. For base suspect materiel, a qualified inspector will
determine if the materiel is unsuitable and pursue appropriate actions. (T-2). More
information concerning inspector responsibilities can be found in instruction AFI 21-
101, Aircraft and Equipment Maintenance Management.
5.3.3.2. Documentation. Ensure appropriate documentation is accurately prepared and
maintained IAW DoD and AF applicable guidance.
5.3.3.3. Movement. LRS/Materiel Management Activity personnel will ensure assets are
properly protected and accounted while in transit. Specifically, they will secure the assets
to prevent excessive movement, properly package for movement, and protect assets (to
include recovery and re-use of reusable containers) from inclement weather. Personnel
will also follow all applicable TOs and Transportation regulatory guidance. (T-1).
5.3.3.4. Preservation.
5.3.3.4.1. Functional Check. When materiel is identified as requiring functional
check materiel management personnel will coordinate with appropriate maintenance
personnel to ensure proper serviceability of assets.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 139

5.3.3.4.2. Shelf-life management policies and procedures are contained in DoDM

4140.27, Volume 1 and 2, and will be followed for stocking, storing and issuing
shelf-life designated material. Additional information can be found at the DoD Shelf-
Life Program web site. The material owning organization, regardless of material
origin, is responsible for costs related to assets Shelf-Life testing.
5.3.3.4.2.1. Inspection Element will serve as POC for base shelf-life program. It
ensures unit shelf-life monitors are properly trained in all aspects of shelf-life
management.
5.3.3.4.2.2. Supported Organizational commanders will appoint shelf-life
monitors and ensure they are properly trained in all aspects of shelf-life
management for items in their care.
5.3.3.4.3. Electro-Static Devices (ESD). All ESD items will be handled and stored
IAW TO 00-25-234, General Shop Practice Requirements for the Repair,
Maintenance, and Test of Electrical Equipment. Additionally, ESD will be
consolidated for placement in storage and as feasible segregated from other items.
5.3.3.4.4. Precious Metals. These items will be handled and stored IAW DoDM
4160.21, Volume 1 and IAW paragraph 6.3 of this instruction.
5.3.3.4.5. TCTO. For TCTOs refer to paragraph 4.2 of this instruction.
5.3.3.4.6. Warranty/Guarantee. A qualified inspector will determine if the item is
warranty/guarantee and will initiate action to assign the appropriate exception code to
the item record in the applicable materiel management IT system. (T-2). Refer to
paragraph 5.9 of this instruction for further guidance.
5.3.3.4.7. Materiel management activities will comply with the AF Reusable
Container Program as detailed in AFI 24-602, Volume 2, to ensure high levels of
protection for assets during storage or shipment (T-1).
5.3.4. Manage Materiel in Stock.
5.3.4.1. Storage Guidance. Items with safety and environmental considerations will be
stored separately by commodity.
5.3.4.1.1. Host LRS units supporting Forward Supply Locations will store supported
aircraft wheels and tires in a built-up configuration. (T-2).
5.3.4.1.2. SA/LW Storage/Security Requirements. For SA/LW storage/security
requirements, refer to AFI 31-101, Integrated Defense and DoDM 5100.76, Physical
Security Of Sensitive Conventional Arms, Ammunition, And Explosives (AA&E).
5.3.4.2. Warehouse planning. AFMC will be informed when a base warehousing facility,
operating under the retail materiel management system, plans to build or redesign a
warehouse. Warehouse planning will include Mechanized Materiel Handling System
(MMHS) consideration. Reference paragraph 7.2 of this instruction for further details.
5.3.4.3. Storage locations. Property will be maintained in fixed warehouses, supply
points, transportable spares packages/support kits, or in maintenance activities to include
in-use assets.
140 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.3.4.3.1. Assigning Primary Storage Locations. Warehouse personnel assign and

maintain permanent (primary) warehouse locations for each serviceable item stocked
IAW AFMAN 23-122.
5.3.4.3.2. Assigning Reserve Storage Locations. Warehouse personnel may establish
temporary reserve (secondary) locations on an as-required basis.
5.3.4.3.2.1. The LRS APO will establish controls to ensure reserve locations are
assigned only as a last resort and that they are promptly deleted when no longer
needed.
5.3.4.3.2.2. Warehouse personnel cross-reference bin labels or the bin
label/holder of both permanent (primary) and reserve (secondary) locations.
5.3.4.3.3. Items under detail record management (e.g. RSPs, unserviceable details,
in-use equipment, etc.) may contain duplicate storage locations; the storage facility
must have the capability to cross-reference the applicable document number to
maintain the audit trail and item accountability at all times.
5.3.4.3.4. Warehouse personnel will obtain the inventory schedule, conduct and
document warehouse validations within 10 workdays prior to the inventory start date.
5.3.4.4. Supply points. Supply points are an extension of warehouse stock. The supply
point authorization will not exceed the RO. Organizational Requests to exceed the RO
must be submitted to the LRS/Materiel Management Activity. The organizations
requesting a supply point will coordinate with LRS/Materiel Management Activities and
provide the necessary space and facilities. The LRS/Materiel Management Activity will
maintain overall accountability and control of supply point assets. Supply point monitors
will be appointed in writing by their organizational commander to manage and account
for supply point assets.
5.3.4.4.1. Supply point reconciliation. Semiannual reconciliations of all supply points
are mandatory. Reconciliations will be performed by Supply Point Monitors. (T-2).
The reconciliation will review items less than authorization, verified excesses, and
balance discrepancies. One of the semiannual reconciliations will be done at the same
time as the annual supply point inventory.
5.3.4.4.2. Buildup items. Repair cycle items requiring buildup before use will be
identified and accounted for on supply point records by LRS.
5.3.4.5. Warehouse change documents. Warehouse personnel will validate warehouse
change documents and take appropriate action within one duty day. (T-1). Warehouse
personnel will confirm changes on the Daily Document Register and resolve any
uncompleted actions. (T-1). Note: NSN Catalog updates (e.g. Unit of Issue Changes,
Price Changes, etc.) are transmitted to ILS-S systematically. Reviewing the Daily
Document Register daily will ensure all warehouse change actions are completed.
5.3.5. Select and Move Materiel.
5.3.5.1. Selecting assets for issue. Warehouse personnel will take prompt action to select
and move assets for issue within the following designated timeframes based on issue
priority: (T-2).
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 141

5.3.5.1.1. Over the counter requests will be selected immediately. (T-2).

5.3.5.1.2. Expedite requests for delivery will be selected within 30 minutes. (T-2).
5.3.5.1.3. Routine requests will be selected within 12 hours from the initial point of
request.
5.3.5.1.4. Warehouse Refusals. When a warehouse location does not contain
sufficient assets to fill the order, warehouse personnel will initiate warehouse refusal
procedures IAW AFMAN 23-122. (T-1). When assets are not located within 24
hours, initiate a special inventory.
5.3.5.1.5. Zero Balance Validation. Warehouse personnel will validate zero balances
and if stock remains, request a special inventory. (T-2).
5.3.5.1.6. Delivery of large, bulky or heavy items will be accomplished IAW AFI 24-
301, Ground Transportation. (T-1).
5.3.5.1.7. Controlled materiel. All materiel management personnel will ensure proper
custody chain of the item is maintained IAW paragraph 10.2 of this instruction. (T-
1).
5.3.5.1.8. Organizational Refusals. Customers may refuse to accept an item because
it is misidentified, unserviceable, damaged, unsuitable substitute or issued in excess
quantity at time of delivery. Wrong item customer orders or items received due to
customer failure to cancel a due-out do not constitute an Organizational Refusal. The
document and property will be returned to Inspection personnel for further processing
IAW paragraph 5.9
5.3.6. Shipments.
5.3.6.1. Inspection and marking. Warehouse personnel will ensure the correct item and
quantity are selected prior to shipment. One hundred percent inspection action will be
applied to all items shipped. (T-1).
5.3.6.2. Inspector/Limited Inspector will verify shipments to ensure proper identification,
security classification, marking, labeling and tagging IAW MIL-STD 129. (T-1). All
shipments will be inspected prior to shipment. Particular attention will be given to dated
items to ensure fulfillment of criteria in DoDM 4140.27, Volume 1. The inspector will
sign or stamp the materiel management IT system document. (T-1).
5.3.7. Bench Stock.
5.3.7.1. General. Bench Stock items are physically stored in the customers work area to
give greater access to certain high demand items. Roles and responsibilities are located in
Section 1 B. Organizations requiring a bench stock will:
5.3.7.1.1. Request to establish bench stock. The supported organization commander
will submit a letter to the LRS APO requesting the establishment of a bench stock.
The letter will also specify a maximum dollar threshold for the unit price on bench
stock details. Organizational bench stock request letters will be maintained by the
LRS/Materiel Management Activity for as long as the organization is authorized a
bench stock. (T-1).
142 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.3.7.1.2. Dollar Thresholds. Exceeding the established dollar threshold for any item
requires a letter of justification from the supported organization commander. This
letter will be maintained on file in the LRS/Materiel Management Activity attached to
the original bench stock request letter.
5.3.7.1.3. Bench stock storage. Organizations will provide secure storage facilities
for each bench stock IAW AFI 23-111.
5.3.7.1.4. Appointing bench stock monitors. The supported organization commander
will appoint a bench stock monitor in writing. The letter will be maintained by the
LRS/Materiel Management Activity until superseded by appointment of a new bench
stock monitor. (T-1).
5.3.7.2. Bench Stock Monitors will:
5.3.7.2.1. Complete Supply Customer Training, Block I (General Supply
Indoctrination) and Block IIA (Bench Stock Management). (T-2).
5.3.7.2.2. Establish controls for shelf-life IAW DoDM 4140.27, Volume 1. (T-0).
5.3.7.2.3. Monitor bench stock item balances and flag items for replenishment.
Reorder through appropriate IT system when the on-hand balance is less than or equal
to 50% of the authorized stock level.
5.3.7.2.4. Review bench stock transactions (e.g. backorders).
5.3.7.2.5. Perform monthly review of recommended additions, changes and deletions
to the bench stock using an M04 report furnished by Customer Support.
5.3.7.2.6. Perform a semi-annual bench stock review and an annual validation of the
bench stock IAW AFMAN 23-122. One of the semi-annual reviews may be
conducted in conjunction with the annual validation. These reviews and validation are
documented.
5.3.8. Individual Protective Equipment.
5.3.8.1. Physical Management. LRS/Materiel Management Activities are responsible for
the physical management of select IPE materiel. See Section 1B for roles and
responsibilities.
5.3.8.1.1. Assets will be maintained per AFJMAN 23-210, and DoDM 4140.27,
Volume 1 and 2, and TO’s: 11D1-3- 11-1, Operators Manual, Individual Equipment
Decon Kit, M295; 11H2-14-5-1, Operating Instructions, Paper, Chemical Agent, M8;
11H2-2-21, Operators Manual, Paper, Chemical Agent Detector, M9; 14P3-1-131,
Operation and Maintenance Instructions with IPB, Aircrew Chemical-Defense
Ensemble; 14P3-1-141, Operation and Maintenance Instructions, Chemical
Protective Ensemble; 14P4-1-151, Chemical-Biological Canisters and Filter Element;
14P4-15-1, Operator Instructions, Mask, Chemical Biological, Land Warrior, M45;
14P4-18-2, Unit Maintenance Manual For Mask, Chemical Biological, Land
Warrior, M45; 14P4-20-1, Mask, Chemical Biological, Joint Service Purpose Field,
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 143

XM50, TO 33A4-7-10-1, Operator’s Manual v3.0 for Tester, Leakage, Protective

Mask: M46 (Joint Service Mask Leakage Tester [JSMLT]), TM 10-8470-208-10,
Technical Manual Operator Manual for Improved Outer Tactical Vest (IOTV), and
TM 10-8470-208-24&P, Technical Manual Field and Sustainment Maintenance
Manual for Interceptor Body Armor System, for shipment, movement, inspection, and
storage of Enhanced Small Arms Protective Insert and Side Plates. (T-0).
5.3.8.1.2. All IPE assets will be bulk stored. Kits are not authorized.
5.3.8.1.3. Physically separate operational and TPO IPE assets. (T-1).
5.3.8.1.3.1. TPO IPE must be marked and identified IAW applicable T.O. (T-1).
5.3.8.1.3.2. Notify MAJCOM/A4R and AFMC/A4R when TPO IPE becomes
unserviceable to begin disposal and procurement process. Initiate disposal of TPO
Chemical Warfare Defense Equipment utilizing approved DARD form and
forward to MAJCOM and AFMC/A4R
5.3.8.1.3.3. Report changes in TPO IPE requirements to AFMC and MAJCOM.
5.3.8.1.3.4. Annually coordinate with host installation commander to validate
TPO IPE requirements and develop process to support all tenant units via host
tenant support agreement.
5.3.8.1.4. IPEE personnel will coordinate with Inventory personnel to ensure all
mobility assets are inventoried in the approved mobility IT system per paragraph 5.7
of this instruction. The Inventory Section will perform annual inventories to ensure
segregation of duties. (T-1).
5.3.8.1.5. Account for AFMC/A4R specified IPE replacement parts in the approved
mobility IT system. (T-1). IPEE may process an inventory adjustment to account for
routine usage of parts, these daily usage adjustments may be omitted from monthly
M-10 analysis. IPEE will not perform adjustments during Inventory Sections
scheduled complete inventory. (T-1).
5.3.8.1.6. Utilize expired shelf-life assets for training to the maximum extent possible
per AFI 10-2501. (T-1).
5.3.8.1.7. Fill system generated redistribution orders within five duty days or notify
MAJCOM within five duty days if redistribution orders cannot be satisfied.
5.3.8.1.8. Materiel Management Flight will request corrected erroneous mobility IT
system data from the EM via coordination through the respective MAJCOM. This
action will only be accomplished when the erroneous data cannot be resolved using
existing mobility IT system processes. Note: Refer to ILS-S User’s Manual, Chapter
40, for resolution alternatives.
5.3.8.1.9. Coordinate with Force Support Squadron (FSS) for Linen Exchange and
Laundry and Dry Cleaning. O&M funds are authorized for standard service as part of
the base linen contract per AFMAN 34-135, Air Force Lodging. FSS manages the
Wing linen program, authorized items are included in this instruction.
144 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.3.8.2. Authorizations. AFMC/A4R pre-populates planning factors on the Stock-level

Authorization Calculators using World-Wide UTA and/or PAS Code Registry. Stock-
level authorizations will be calculated for select Class II IPE materiel. Calculators will be
made available to MAJCOM A4Rs for validation NLT 15 November of each year.
5.3.8.2.1. IPE Element, in conjunction with the Logistics Plans and Integration
Section will validate pre-populated planning factors, document any requested
adjustments, and provide to MAJCOM A4Rs NLT 1 December of each year per AFI
10-403. (T-1).
5.3.8.2.2. MAJCOM A4Rs will validate LRS adjustments to the pre-populated
planning factors added by the unit. MAJCOM A4Rs will work with Logistics Plans
and IPE Elements to resolve any differences, and provide finalized calculators to
AFMC/A4R NLT 15 December of each year. MAJCOM A4Rs will provide
AFMC/A4R with justifications for any changes to the pre-populated calculator.
5.3.8.2.3. AFMC/A4R will validate any updates to the pre-populated planning factors
and/or any adjustments added to the calculators. Any differences will be resolved by
working with respective MAJCOMs. When proper justification cannot be provided
for adjustments, the original pre-populated planning factors will be used.
5.3.8.2.4. All authorization updates to the approved mobility IT system will be
completed by AFMC/A4R NLT 15 January of each year.
5.3.8.3. Stock Levels. Select Class II IPE materiel and SA/LW stock levels are based on:
5.3.8.3.1. The applicable percentages in Table 5.1 of the total number of positions in
the installations/base single most stringent deployment requirements (authorizations).
5.3.8.3.2. Requirements defined in AFI 10-2501.
5.3.8.3.3. SA/LW and accessory requirements are defined in AFI 10-403.
5.3.8.3.4. Sustainment Groups are based primarily on Threat Area assessments,
priority or pacing unit support requirements, and consultation with the AF Civil
Engineer Center Emergency Management Division (AFCEC/CXR). The EM
considers MAJCOM prioritization recommendations and maintains site sustainment
group assignments.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 145

Table 5.1. Individual Protective Equipment Stock Levels.

Table 5.2. General Purpose Mobility Bag Contents (Type A).

146 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Table 5.3. Small Arms/Light Weapons Accessories (Type A).

Table 5.4. Extreme Cold Weather Mobility Bag Contents (Type B).

Figure 5.1. Small Arms/Light Weapons Stock Level.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 147

5.3.8.4. Funding. Air Force Installation and Mission Support Center centrally funds
select Class II IPE materiel. AFMC/A4R will centrally requisition all IPE components
and determine annual procurement requirements
5.3.8.5. Enterprise IPE Inspection and Repair Programs.
5.3.8.5.1. AF Mask Inspection Repair Program. Regular AF IPE activities will
participate and support program in accordance with procedures per T.O. 14P4-20-1.
(T-1).
5.3.8.5.2. AF Hard Armor Non-Destructive Test Equipment Program. Regular AF
IPE activities will support and participate in testing. (T-1). All hard armor plates must
be NDTE scanned, prior to issue to an Airmen for operational use in accordance with
the EM defined schedule/CONOPs. (T-1).
5.3.8.5.3. Hard to Fit Program. AFMC/A4R centrally manages stock of extra small
M45 masks for the purpose of supporting the Hard to Fit Program. These masks will
be distributed at the request of the LRS and returned to AFMC/A4R upon customer
return.
5.3.9. SA/LW Storage Management. SA/LW will be stored and handled IAW AFI 31-101,
AFI 31-117, Arming and Use of Force by AF Personnel, AFI 36-2654, Combat Arms
Program, AFMAN 21-209 Volume 1, Grounds Munitions, AFMAN 31-129, USAF Small
Arms and Light Weapons Handling Procedures, Defense Transportation Regulation (DTR)
4500.9-R, Part 1, Passenger Movement, DoDM 5100.76 and current Special Package
Instruction (SPI) or TO. (T-0).
5.3.9.1. IPE is responsible for storage of SA/LW assigned to the LRS and IAW
Host/Tenant Support Agreements.(T-2). When requested and storage is available, IPE
may provide courtesy storage of SA/LW for other organizations.
5.3.9.2. LRS/CC will designate in writing personnel authorized to perform Armorer and
Clearing Barrel Attendant duties associated with firearms protection and control IAW
AFMAN 31-129.
5.3.9.3. Access to SA/LW storage facilities.
5.3.9.3.1. Personnel authorized unescorted access will be identified by the LRS/CC
or equivalent by letter. The letter will include: individual names, rank/grade, duty
title, security clearance, and units of assignment.
5.3.9.3.2. A current, signed copy of the authorization letter will be posted within the
SA/LW storage areas and on file.
5.3.9.3.3. Each organization utilizing the SA/LW storage vault for courtesy storage
will provide a letter identifying authorized personnel responsible (e.g. inspections) for
their courtesy stored SA/LW. (T-2).
5.3.9.4. Inspection of SA/LW.
5.3.9.4.1. The owning activity is responsible to coordinate with Base Combat Arms
for ensuring maintenance and inspection requirements are met, as well as cleaning
and packing, regardless of the storing activity. Note: A formal MOA/MOU should
exist that states other SA/LW in storage.
148 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.3.9.4.2. SA/LW will be inspected as prescribed in AFI 36-2654. (T-1).

5.3.9.5. Shipment of SA/LW. The owning organization and Traffic Management
package SA/LW for shipment IAW current SPI or TO, AFMAN 10-409-O, Support to
Adaptive Planning, AFI 24-602, Volume 2, DTR 4500.9-R and DoDM 5100.76.
5.3.9.5.1. Under normal processes, custodians will not use DD Form 1149,
Requisition and Invoice/Shipping Document to transfer equipment, it bypasses
programmatic controls. However, the following are exceptions to the usage of DD
Form 1149. (T-1).
5.3.9.5.1.1. Deployment Transition Center (DTC) attendees will turn in their
weapons to the Distribution Section, Cargo Movement Element at the
Expeditionary Theater Distribution Center. These weapons will be shipped via
DD Form 1149. (T-1).
5.3.9.5.1.2. General Officers will ship their weapon via DD Form 1149. (T-1).
This weapon may be shipped via this mode during initial receipt from Small Arms
Program Office and permanent change of station.
5.3.9.5.2. Deployed members returning due to confirmed Red Cross Emergency
Leave may turn-in their SA/LW to ELRS when available.
5.3.9.5.3. Extended Deployment Advance Assignments (365-Day). Deployed
locations and gaining activities will secure custody and coordinate weapon transfer to
the appropriate property account with the CEMF.
5.4. Equipment Management.
5.4.1. Equipment management guidance covers Class VII support equipment. Vehicles are
excluded from this guidance and are contained in AFI 24-302.
5.4.1.1. ERAAs are a collection of technically qualified individuals or organizational
representatives responsible to determine if requested equipment meets engineering,
economic, and mission requirements.
5.4.1.2. ERAAs are assembled at multiple levels of operation to assist the facilitation of
equipment management. The host base-level or HHQ supply chain organization is
designated as the ERAA-lead and will collaborate actions with the CEMF on behalf of
the ERAA.
5.4.1.3. Lead Command ERAAs will perform CEMF roles for new and emerging
command weapon and support systems when allowance standards have not been formally
established. Once allowance standards are established, CEMF will assume ERAA
responsibility from Lead Commands. Air Reserve Components (NGB and AFRC)
ERAAs will perform all CEMF roles emerging and existing weapon and support systems.
(T-1). Note: Logistics Readiness Divisions for Air Education and Training Command
(AETC), USSF, Air Force Special Operations Command (AFSOC) and AMC are Core
Functional Leads (CFL) and will assume CEMF responsibilities for peculiar Allowance
Standards identified in Table X-1 of Program Action Directive D16-03.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 149

5.4.1.3.1. New and emerging command weapon system and support systems are
those in the initial stages of determining support equipment forecasting,
programming, assessment, disposition, and readiness requirements.
5.4.1.3.2. Program Office, lead command, and CEMF will determine an appropriate
date to transfer responsibilities after allowance standards are capable of supporting
sustained operations.
5.4.1.4. Waivers and exceptions to policy for unique missions and requirements will be
reviewed and considered by AF/A4LR.
5.4.2. Local Purchase Waiver Requests. AFMC develops buy/budget projections and
initiates procurement actions for centrally procured NSNs. AFMC oversees waivers for
equipment purchases and will:
5.4.2.1. Review Local Purchase Waiver Requests.
5.4.2.1.1. The Equipment Policy and Procedures Implementation Office will assign a
tracking control number to Local Purchase Waiver Requests and act as the focal point
between the MAJCOM equipment management and the applicable ALC Integrated
Product Team (IPT) members.
5.4.2.1.2. The IPT will:
5.4.2.1.2.1. Review Critical Requirements within 10 working days.
5.4.2.1.2.2. When LP is approved, the IPT will provide the following:
5.4.2.1.2.2.1. Source for procurement of the item and any special instructions
required.
5.4.2.1.2.2.2. Scope of approval including quantity approved and expiration
date of the waiver.
5.4.2.1.2.2.3. Funding will be provided for Investment items/Direct AF EEIC.
638 O&M items. Refer to AFMAN 23-122 for exclusions.
5.4.2.1.2.3. Review other services Local Purchase Waiver Request IAW Joint
Regulation AMC-R 700-99, NAVSUPINST 4740.7, AFMCR 400-21, MCO
PRR10-22C, Wholesale Inventory Management and Logistics Support of
Multiservice Used Nonconsumable Items.
5.4.2.1.3. The IM will:
5.4.2.1.3.1. Ensure the applicable requisition(s) is appropriately coded
5.4.2.1.3.2. Confirm the requisition(s) as delivered.
5.4.2.1.3.3. Maintain the LP Waiver Request in history files for 2 years after
confirmation of asset receipt.
5.4.2.1.3.4. Update procurement history files and assume materiel management.
5.4.2.2. Review Local Repair Waiver Requests.
150 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.4.2.2.1. The Equipment Policy and Procedures Implementation Office will assign a
tracking control number to Local Repair Waiver Requests and act as the focal point
between the MAJCOM ERAA and the applicable ALC Integrated Product Team
(IPT) members. (T-2).
5.4.2.2.2. The IPT will:
5.4.2.2.2.1. Review the urgency of need and determine the support options. They
will have a defined number of days to work the issue based upon the Prioritization
Category assigned to the requirement.
5.4.2.2.2.1.1. Critical Requirements will be reviewed within 10 working days.
5.4.2.2.2.1.2. Important Requirements will be reviewed within 15 working
days.
5.4.2.2.2.1.3. Routine Requirements will be reviewed within 25 working
days.
5.4.3. Accountability of Equipment.
5.4.3.1. Accountable Property Records. DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 4 and DoDI 5000.64
establishes policy requirement for DoD agencies regarding government owned
assets/equipment. The DoD has an obligation to safeguard property from theft, abuse,
waste, and unauthorized use. All persons entrusted with the management of Government
property shall possess and continually demonstrate an appropriate level of competence
and proficiency in property accountability and management. These personnel may be
held financially liable for property lost, destroyed, or damaged because of their
mismanagement or negligence while in their use, care, custody, or safeguarding.
5.4.3.1.1. Accountable property records shall be established for all property
purchased, or otherwise obtained, having a unit acquisition cost of $5,000 or more;
leased assets (capital leases) of any value; and assets that are sensitive or classified.
Property records will be kept current and shall provide a complete trail of all
transactions, suitable for audit i.e. a transaction-based history of asset activity.
Accountable property records shall reflect current status and location, until
disposition of property. Note: Special RDT&E procedures are located in AFMAN 23-
122.
5.4.3.1.2. Equipment Management Code (EMC) Equipment Not Requiring EAID
Accounting. Equipment items that do not require authorized/in-use detail records are
assigned EMC 1. EMC 1 equipment is included in allowance standards but as a
general rule is not subject to EAID accounting. EMC 1 equipment costing $5,000 or
greater must be accounted for in an approved Support Equipment APSR. EMC 1
equipment that does require EAID accounting includes the following items:
5.4.3.1.2.1. Mobility items (use code A). The MAJCOMs have the option to
waive this requirement for “NF1” items stored in mobility bags.
5.4.3.1.2.2. WRM (use code D).
5.4.3.1.2.3. WRM joint use (use code C).
5.4.3.1.2.4. Weapons AFI (controlled item code N).
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 151

5.4.3.1.2.5. EMC 1 equipment items that are related to a substitute or a preferred

item that is not EMC 1. Relationship in this case is by document number since
EMC items are assigned without regard to Interchangeable and Substitute Group
relationship.
5.4.3.1.3. Equipment accounts will be inventoried a minimum of annually (not to
exceed 365 days between inventories). Date of Last Inventory field must be updated
in the month inventory was completed. CA/CRL or DPAS Custodian Inventory report
will be signed by custodian(s) and Unit Commander or Designated Representative
using original or digital Controlled Access Card (CAC) signature, within 15
workdays.
5.4.3.1.4. Unsigned Equipment Accounts. If a commander/designated representative
allows primary/alternate equipment custodians to depart a duty station or unit without
designating a new replacement to receipt for the equipment account within 45
calendar days prior to departure, the commander will immediately sign the CA/CRL
or DPAS Custodian Inventory Report to accept responsibility. (T-1).
5.4.3.2. Equipment purchased outside the Materiel Management IT System which meet
the established criteria for accountability must be reported to the EAE.
5.4.3.3. The EAE will work with the custodian to ensure that UIIs are applied and
associated with equipment data and registered with the approved marking/inventory
management tool. (T-1). UII construct and application for managed equipment shall be
done IAW MIL-STD-130N. This is mandatory for all assets on the CA/CRL or DPAS
Custodian Inventory Report with the exception to assets that have formal UII waivers
from AF/A4LR. The equipment custodian will advise the EAE when replacement labels
are required.
5.4.3.3.1. Most capitalized assets contain an Identaplate that reflects the
manufacturers’ serial number. When no serial number can be found, the equipment
custodian will contact EAE for assignment of a number. When the EAE provides a
locally assigned serial number to a capital asset, the custodian must engrave the serial
number on the asset where it is visible.
5.4.3.3.2. Exception: When engraving has the potential to affect form, fit, and
function, the EAE will contact the Cognizant/Chief Engineer before engraving and
maintain in documentation of the approval/disapproval from the Chief Engineer in
TAB C of the CA/CRL or DPAS Custodian Inventory jacket folder.
5.4.3.3.3. EAE must maintain a central log for all serial numbers assigned to the
custodian. (T-2). EAE will assign a 13-position serial numbers as follows:
152 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Table 5.5. Serial Numbers.

POSITIONS POSITIONS SERIAL NUMBER DATA
Positions 1-4 Base SRAN. Note: Only use numeric part of
the SRAN i.e. 4488.
Positions 5-11 Four digit calendar year, three digit Julian date
Positions 12, 13 Two digit number beginning with 01 each day
5.4.3.4. All in-use identity changes for equipment assets require certification from a
qualified inspector. The Chief Inspector will appoint individuals of the EAE to act as
limited inspectors. The APO may appoint individuals from the Inspection Element. In
addition, the APO may appoint and train individuals in supported Geographically
Separated Units (GSUs) when the travel time to the GSU is more than one duty day by
the most economical means of transportation. The LRS APO will use written notification
to delegate this authority to individuals.
5.4.3.5. Financial liability investigation (formerly Report of Survey) will be initiated per
DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 12, Chapter 7 and AFI 20-110. (T-1).
5.4.3.6. Fixed Ground Communications-Electronics (C-E) Equipment. Fixed ground C-E
equipment is non-tactical, which means it is not moved from one location for tactical
deployments. C-E equipment includes all radio, wire, and any other means used for the
electrical and visual transmission and reception of information or messages in the clear or
by cryptographic means; radar and radiation aids to Air Traffic Control and navigation
and enemy aircraft warning and interception; electronic weather equipment, electronic
countermeasure devices, and related electronic systems and equipment. Accountability is
IAW AFI 21-103.
5.4.3.7. Space weapons systems consist of ground stations and systems which may be
deployed in tactical strategic roles. These systems consist of all ground electronic devices
and components for missile warning and space surveillance control and. Accountability is
IAW AFI 21-103.
5.4.3.8. Aircraft/Missile Installed Equipment Aircraft/missile installed equipment is
nonexpendable items formerly listed in the -21 series TOs and accounted for on AF Form
2691, Aircraft/Missile Equipment Property Record.
5.4.3.8.1. Authorizations for these items are for maintenance, safety, and protective
(MSP) equipment, collective protection system, and alternate mission equipment
(AME). AFMC system/IMs and the using command determine these authorizations
when an organization gets its weapon system or during allowance standard review.
AFMC will maintain authorized/in-use detail records for aircraft/missile installed
equipment. Aircraft installed -21 equipment coded “NF”/”ND” for various aircraft are
exempt from day-to-day EAID transaction processing. Account for and control this
equipment according to each MAJCOM supplement to AFI 21-103.
5.4.3.8.2. In-use balances will be updated based on the information provided in the
annual inventory. Discrepancies are resolved using reports of survey, equipment
transfer orders, etc. Requisition replacements using activity code “P” with an
authority for issue flag R, MAJCOM-directed projects.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 153

5.4.3.9. Cranes, Hoists, Monorails, Rails, and Trolleys. All moveable items are included
in an allowance standard and will be accounted for on EAID detail; for guidance on what
qualifies as a non-moveable Real Property Install Equipment (RPIE) see AFI 32-9005,
Real Property Accountability.
5.4.3.10. Crested China/Crystal Issued to Special Command Positions (AF). These items
are managed and accounted for IAW AFI 32-6000, Housing Management.
5.4.3.11. Food Services Activities appropriated funded equipment. All appropriated fund
(APF) support equipment, including collateral equipment, for non-self-supporting
activities are listed in allowance standards and funded through appropriated fund sources
and will be accounted for on EAID records.
5.4.3.12. Military Affiliate Radio System Equipment. Equipment for Military Affiliate
Radio System stations will be maintained on authorized/in-use detail records.
5.4.3.13. Military Missions, Air Attaches, and AF Sections of Advisory Groups.
Separate EAID will be assigned to each military mission attaché, or section of an
advisory group for which the AF has been designated to provide support.
5.4.3.14. Military Working Dogs. Military working dogs are scout, sentry, patrol,
tracker, and detector narcotic/contraband dogs the AF requires for a specific purpose,
mission, or combat capability. AFI 31-121, Military Working Dog (MWD) Program,
contain processing policies and procedures for military working dogs.
5.4.3.15. OGMVC are defined IAW AFI 24-302. All OGMVCs will have an authorized
in-use detail record established in equipment account. OGMVCs will also have a non-
CFO record established in the applicable materiel management IT system. Non-CFO
record will include: serial number, part number, Commercial and Government Entity
code, manufacturer’s name, acquisition date, acquisition cost, and fund designator.
Exceptions are those purchased with Non Appropriate Funding. Note: Additional
guidance for accounting for other equipment items can be found in AFMAN 23-122.
5.4.3.16. Relocatable Buildings. A habitable prefabricated structure that is designed and
constructed to be readily moved (transportable over public roads), erected, disassembled,
stored, and reused. Also included in the definition are tension fabric structures assembled
from modular components and air supported domes, both of which can be easily
disassembled, moved, and reused. For the purpose of this Instruction, this definition
excludes mobile military equipment such as communications vans, emergency
management and command post trailers. Also excluded are tents, modular sheds less than
500 square feet, temporary contractor trailers, and temporary government construction
administration trailers that are located on or in the vicinity of a construction site.
Relocatable buildings are purchased with budget code “9”, local purchase (JBB) funds.
5.4.3.17. Training Equipment. Training equipment authorizations required to support
training courses outlined in Education and Training Course Announcements or developed
IAW AETCGM2018-36-03, Interim Guidance for the Instructional Design of Basic
Military and Technical Training for resident school, field training detachment, and flying
training courses are derived from allowance standards (AS) of the same functional area or
weapon system allowance standard.
154 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.4.3.17.1. Individual Basis of Issue for AETC training equipment requirements will
not be cited in allowance standards due to variation in student loads, duration of
courses and other variable factors which preclude identity of fixed allowances. The
only exceptions to this policy are nuclear weapons-related equipment cited in AS 805
(Nuclear Weapons Training), weapons-related equipment cited in AS 538ACFB
(AETC Students/Deployers Requiring Weapons Training), and COMSEC/CCI
equipment (Serialized Report Code “C”).
5.4.3.17.2. A single organization and shop code will be established for each course or
field training detachment weapon system MDS. Training units with equipment in
multiple locations may have multiple equipment accounts. The unit’s organization
identification code (Org ID) will be consolidated at the appropriate level (i.e., wing,
group, squadron) and will be assigned by HQ AETC/A4R.
5.4.3.17.2.1. The equipment custodian will provide a single AETC Form 120,
Training Equipment List, or AETC Form 120A, Field Training Equipment List,
for each course or MDS. (T-2). The AETC Form 120/120A is utilized as the
allowance standard for the course or field training detachment. Custodians will
list items in stock number sequence and indicate maximum authorizations. (T-2).
5.4.3.17.2.2. A new AETC Form 120/120A will be provided whenever the
custodian requests authorization changes, additions, or deletions. The AETC
Form 120/120A must accompany a cover letter signed by the
Organizational/Detachment Commander, Director, or Flight Chief. The letter
must indicate any required authorization changes and identify any quantity to be
ordered. The letter and AETC Form 120/120A will be kept in the Master Jacket
File and the Custodian Jacket File. The new AETC Form 120/120A and signed
cover letter will replace superseded forms and letters in both files.
5.4.3.17.3. The LRS EAE will cite the AS of the functional area or weapon system
followed by alpha “O” (e.g., 734OOOO).
5.4.3.17.4. Equipment authorizations on the AETC Form 120/120A will be validated
annually by the custodian. (T-2).
5.4.3.17.5. Seized Equipment Search and seizure is an investigative technique used
by law enforcement to gather evidence pertaining to an investigation. Procedures for
seized equipment are IAW AFMAN 23-122.
5.4.4. Allowance Standards-Issue and Control.
5.4.4.1. Basis of Issue. The Basis of Issue in allowance standards is normally the
maximum quantity for nonexpendable items which may be authorized. Basis of Issue for
funded (BC “9”) equipment are advisory only and are not restricted to the identified
users. Note: The commander/designated representative are authorized to exceed the Basis
of Issue in weapons system support allowance standards if the prime authorization is base
funded (BC “9”). Base funds cannot be used to procure alpha budget coded items.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 155

5.4.4.2. Allowance Standard Items. Allowance standards normally list the master item in
the Interchangeable and Substitute Group. All prime authorization records will reflect the
stock number prescribed in the allowance standard. A prime NSN will not be substituted
for another prime. If another prime meets your requirement, submit a change request.
5.4.4.3. ASCs 081, 082, and 083 are reserved for special equipment management
purpose and may only be used when directed by AF/A4LR. These ASCs will only be
used when a need exists to account for equipment which has been returned from a theater
of operation, deployment, or other significant operation. The approval period is not to be
indefinite and is to be sufficient to resolve the problems necessitating use of these ASCs.
5.4.4.4. Nonexpendable Items. Generally, only nonexpendable items will be listed in
allowance standards. (Expendable items may be listed for the user's information).
Personnel may request quantities of expendable items that exceed the basis of issue in
applicable allowance standards, except for specialized tools, personal retention and
survival items, components of bench sets, and WRM. EMC 1 items are normally
excluded from EAID accountable records, but may be included in allowance standards.
5.4.4.5. Individual Basis of Issue for AETC requirements will not be cited in allowance
standards due to variation in student loads, duration of courses and other variable factors
which preclude identity of fixed allowances. The Basis of Issue cited for AETC use is
one per instructional group. An instructional group is the maximum number of students
whose training may be accomplished using one set of course related support equipment.
5.4.5. Transfer and Deployment of Equipment.
5.4.5.1. Transfer of accountability will be the preferred method to move equipment.
Movement of all accountable equipment in support of contingency, humanitarian, or
disaster relief operations will be accomplished using transfer procedures when an ELRS
or host materiel management support is available.
5.4.5.1.1. National Emergency. To support national emergencies, transfer procedures
will be followed. All replacement issues should be processed with the name of the
emergency or national disaster listed in the “mark for field”.
5.4.5.1.2. NWRM. For guidance applicable to NWRM assets, refer to paragraph
10.2 of this instruction.
5.4.5.1.3. The primary method to move equipment for ANG and AFR will be to
deploy not transfer. Transfer of ANG and AFR equipment can only occur when the
ANG/AFR ERAAs have determined that it is excess to their needs. Excess ANG and
AFR equipment will follow transfer procedures. Transfer of ANG and AFR
equipment that is not excess can only be transferred if DoDI 1225.6 and AFI 10-402,
Mobilization Planning are complied with first. (T-0). Additionally, at least 45 days
prior to initiating ANG/AFR equipment transfers, gaining MAJCOMs will provide a
replacement plan to AF/A4LR for staffing and subsequent approval with the
SECDEF through the Assistant SECDEF for Reserve Affairs (RA).). AF/A4LR will
forward the approved plan and proposal for withdrawal, diversion, or reduction of
equipment to the ANG/AFR ERAAs.
156 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.4.5.1.4. Under normal processes, custodians will not use DD Form 1149,
Requisition and Invoice/Shipping Document to transfer equipment because it
bypasses programmatic controls. The following are exceptions to the usage of DD
Form 1149:
5.4.5.1.4.1. Warranty/PMEL items needing repair by a contractor with no known
SRAN.
5.4.5.1.4.2. MAJCOM option: MRT (Maintenance Recovery Team) mission to
recover off station aircraft. MAJCOMs will establish guidance to ensure tracking
and return of equipment.
5.4.5.1.4.3. Transfers utilizing DPAS will use a DD Form 1149 produced through
the Logistics Tracking Tracker (LTS) until the automated Cargo Movement
Operations System interface is completed with DPAS.
5.4.5.2. Deployment. Deployment procedures for equipment will be used for
deployments over 30 days IAW AFMAN 23-122.
5.4.6. Registered Equipment (RE). Registered Equipment or motor vehicles, are assets
identified with budget code “V” and an ERRC of “NF5” or “ND5”. These assets are
managed by the Vehicle Management and Analysis section. Refer to AFI 24-302 for REM
guidance.
5.4.7. General SA/LW Management.
5.4.7.1. SA/LW are defined as carbines, grenade launchers, machine guns, pistols,
recoilless weapons, revolvers, rifles, shotguns, etc. Serialized control and reporting
applies only to complete weapons or the part of the weapon which the serial number is
stamped or etched, such as the receiver or frame.
5.4.7.2. SA/LW assets may be accounted for on a separate equipment account by serial
number.
5.4.7.3. Authorizations. Annually, the MAJCOM A4R will determine (via AFI 10-403
and AFI 10-2501) the minimum mobility SA/LW requirements in conjunction with
mobility bag authorizations provided by LRS.
5.4.7.4. AFMC or Base Level equivalent will provide the applicable SA/LW Item
Manager with the NSN, QTY and Condition Code of excess SA/LW and coordinate
disposition for subsequent processing of all shipment transactions IAW disposition
instructions.
5.4.7.5. For shipment of weapons, refer to Shipment of SA/LW and subparagraphs.
5.4.7.6. General Officer (GO) Personal Defensive Weapon (PDW) Program. AF General
Officers (including AFR and federally recognized ANG general officers) may be issued
the standard AF sidearm IAW AFI 31-117.
5.4.7.6.1. GOs must submit a letter of request to the AF General Officer
Management Group (A1/DPG), AF Reserve General Officer Management Office
(AF-REG), or the National Guard Bureau General Officer Management Office
(NGB-GOMO) for initial issue of GO PDW, as appropriate, in accordance with the
General Officer Handbook. (T-1).
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 157

5.4.7.6.2. The Small Arms Program Office (SAPO) is responsible for managing the
GO PDW program and will coordinate actions with A1/DPG, AF-REG, NGBGOMO,
AF/A4LR, the gunsmith shop, and 78 CPTS as appropriate. (T-1). SAPO will:
5.4.7.6.2.1. Maintain issued GO PDWs in approved APSRs and filed in
individual jacket files.
5.4.7.6.2.2. Ensure GO PDW serial numbers are introduced into the appropriate
Small Arms Registry.
5.4.7.6.2.3. Perform GO PDW serial number reconciliations with AF and DOD
registries.
5.4.7.6.2.4. Coordinate GO PDW physical inventories with GOs according to
frequencies identified in Table 5.5 of this instruction. (T-1).
5.4.7.6.2.5. Coordinate Limited Liability Investigations for lost, stolen, or
damaged weapons per DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 12, Chapter 7.
5.4.7.6.2.6. Collaborate GO PDW guidance updates to the General Officer
Handbook with A1/DPG.
5.4.7.6.2.7. Perform an annual GO PDW records audit with A1/DPG, AF-REG,
and NGB-GOMO.
5.4.7.6.3. AF General Officer Management Offices. These offices are responsible for
the management of AF general officers to include RegAF, guard, and reserve
personnel. These offices will:
5.4.7.6.3.1. Coordinate the initial request for issue and purchase of GO PDW.
5.4.7.6.3.2. Review and collaborate GO PDW procedural updates in the General
Officer Handbook.
5.4.7.6.3.3. Participate in annual GO PDW records audits with SAPO.
5.4.7.6.3.4. Submit promotion and retirement notifications to SAPO.
5.4.7.6.4. The general officer is personally responsible for the accountability,
serviceability, and inspection requirements associated with maintaining the issued
PDW. (T-1).To include
5.4.7.6.4.1. Comply with requirements established in the General Officer
Handbook for the initial issue and subsequent purchase of personalized PDW.
5.4.7.6.4.2. Arrange the serviceability inspection with Combat Arms.
5.4.7.6.4.3. Collaborate with the SAPO during all GO PDW inventories and
serial number validations.
5.4.7.6.4.4. Notify the SAPO of location changes for all permanent change of
stations and retirements.
5.4.7.6.5. AFMC/A4 is the approving authority for the purchase of general officer
PDWs.
158 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.4.7.6.6. All sales of GO PDWs must adhere to the provisions governing the
management of small arms in AFMAN 23-122.
5.4.7.7. Using organizations will not procure SA/LW. Units will only purchase SA/LW
accessories (e.g., holsters, magazine, magazine pouches, slings, cleaning supplies, etc.)
approved by AFSFC/SFXW for local or Commercial-Off-The-Shelf purchase. (T-1). The
base Combat Arms Section is the focal point for all authorized weapon parts procurement
and replacement IAW AFI 36-2654.
5.4.8. Base Closures/Transfers. For Base Closures/Transfers, refer to paragraph 2.2 for
appropriate guidance.
5.4.9. LP Waivers for AF Equipment Items Centrally Managed and Procured “NF”/”ND”
Nonexpendable Items with Alpha Budget Codes. All LP requests for AF centrally managed
and procured, nonexpendable equipment items (NF/ND) with alpha budget codes (further
defined below) must be submitted to AFMC.
5.4.9.1. In the event an ALC cannot support a command’s urgency of need for a centrally
managed equipment item, the MAJCOM must request a LP waiver.
5.4.9.2. The Local Purchase waiver process is to be utilized as a last resort when the
normal supply support process for equipment items cannot satisfy the requirement. A
Waiver Request is required to be submitted for each NSN, requirement, and requisition
number.
5.4.9.2.1. Items that must have a waiver approval for Local Purchase are further
defined below.
5.4.9.2.1.1. Have a procurement source code (PSC) of “5” assigned in the
cataloging system. This means the funds required to procure the equipment
comes from appropriations 3010, 3011, 3020, 3080, 3400 (EEIC 638XX) or
Research, Development, Test and Evaluation (RDT&E).
5.4.9.2.1.2. These items are separate, primary, end items (other than the weapon
system itself) needed by an individual or organization to perform an assigned
mission.
5.4.9.2.1.3. These are “nonexpendable items” that are not consumed in use, and
they do not generally lose their original identity during periods of use by
incorporation into, or attachment to, another assembly.
5.4.9.2.1.4. They are easily identified by their ERRC codes of “NF” or “ND”,
where: (1) “NF” is non-expendable, reparable (field level), recoverable (can be
repaired and reused), and (2) “ND” is non-expendable, reparable (depot level),
recoverable.
5.4.9.2.2. Other services requesting LP Waiver Request. Refer to Joint Regulation
AMC-R 700-99, NAVSUPINST 4740.7, AFMCR 400-21, MCO PRR10-22C,
Wholesale Inventory Management and Logistics Support of Multiservice Used
Nonconsumable Items.”
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 159

5.4.10. LR Waivers for AF Equipment Items Centrally Managed and Procured “ND”
Nonexpendable Items with Alpha Budget Codes. All LR requests for AF centrally managed
and procured, nonexpendable equipment items (ND) with alpha budget codes (further
defined below) must be submitted to AFMC.
5.4.10.1. In the event an ALC cannot support a command’s urgency of need for a
centrally managed equipment item, the MAJCOM must request a LR waiver.
5.4.10.2. This is only a Local Repair waiver process and is to be utilized as a last resort
when the normal supply support process for equipment items cannot satisfy the
requirement. A Waiver Request is required to be submitted for each NSN, requirement,
and requisition number.
5.4.10.2.1. Items that must have a waiver approval for Local Repair are further
defined below.
5.4.10.2.1.1. Have a procurement source code (PSC) of “5” assigned in the
cataloging system. This means the funds required to procure the equipment comes
from appropriations 3010, 3011, 3020, 3080, 3400 (EEIC 638XX) or Research,
Development, Test and Evaluation (RDT&E).
5.4.10.2.1.2. These items are separate primary end items (other than the weapon
system itself) needed by an individual or organization to perform an assigned
mission.
5.4.10.2.1.3. These are “nonexpendable items” that are not consumed in use, and
they do not generally lose their original identity during periods of use by
incorporation into, or attachment to, another assembly.
5.4.10.2.2. Other services requesting LR Waiver Request. Refer to Joint Regulation
AMC-R 700-99, NAVSUPINST 4740.7, AFMCR 400-21, MCO PRR10-22C,
“Wholesale Inventory Management and Logistics Support of Multiservice Used
Nonconsumable Items.”
5.5. Document Control and Detail Records. Document Control monitors supplies and
equipment documents that establish the LRS APO’s accountability of stock items. Document
Control will ensure any action affecting the stock record account is processed through the
applicable materiel management IT system. See AFMAN 23-122.
5.5.1. Special Delinquency Extension. MAJCOMs review or revise delinquency extensions
for on-base transactions and off-base issues and shipments as required. On-base transactions
are authorized a maximum 15 calendar day extension, and off-base transactions are
authorized a maximum 30 calendar day extension. As required, extend the deadline past 30
days for off-base transfers to consolidated DLADS in support of fuel conservation. The
MAJCOM will not grant across-the-command extensions; each base will apply for its own
extension.
5.5.2. Document Control Management:
5.5.2.1. Security. Auditable documents will be maintained in a secure location.
5.5.2.2. Records Dispositions. Accountable documents will be filed and disposed IAW
the AFRDS.
160 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.5.2.3. Document Removal. Removal of documents will be controlled via AF Form

614, Charge out Record.
5.5.2.4. Quality Control. Document Control will perform quality control checks. At a
minimum, document number, stock number, quantity and unit of issue are compared
between each document and the materiel management IT system record for accuracy.
Additional quality control checks are as follows:
5.5.2.4.1. All hardcopy accountable documents may be signed in blue or black ink or
by digital (CAC) signature.
5.5.2.4.1.1. Classified items. Only individuals identified on the classified
authorization listing can sign for classified items. Immediately report security
incidents to the LRS APO and the squadron security manager if unauthorized
individuals have signed for property.
5.5.2.4.1.2. Issues, sensitive and pilferable items including bench stock issues and
releases with an extended cost of $1,000 or more.
5.5.2.4.1.3. Reimbursement/refund issues (except non-sensitive bench stock
issues).
5.5.2.4.1.4. Only individuals identified as equipment custodians are authorized to
sign for equipment items, expendability expandability/recoverability/reparability
cost designator (ERRCD) “ND” and “NF”. If the custodians are absent, the
organization commander/designated representative is authorized to sign for the
items.
5.5.2.4.1.5. Receiving reports for local purchase or consignee inspection and
acceptance.
5.5.2.4.1.6. Shipping documents. Check for the inspector's stamp or signature and
the inchecker's stamp or the signature of a representative from Packing and
Crating.
5.5.2.4.1.7. Transfers to Defense Logistics Agency Disposition Services.
5.5.2.4.1.8. Warehouse change notice documents.
5.5.2.4.1.9. COMSEC items. The COMSEC custodian will sign or initial all
documents for COMSEC items.
5.5.2.4.1.10. NWRM items. Only individuals authorized on NWRM
Authorization Receipt Listing can sign for NWRM items. If an individual is not
on this listing and has signed for property, immediately contact the LRS APO and
the squadron security manager.
5.5.2.4.2. Specific Quality Control Checks. For each of the following document
categories, check the information listed below:
5.5.2.4.2.1. Due-out release documents. Verify all other bench stock documents
for warehouse personnel have initialed or stamped the document.
5.5.2.4.2.2. Turn-in documents. For all turn-ins, check for inspector’s stamp or
signature. For REM vehicles, also check for inchecker’s stamp or signature.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 161

5.5.2.4.2.3. Receipts. For material physically inspected, check for inspector’s

stamp or signature. Except for REM vehicles, check for inchecker’s stamp or
signature.
5.5.2.4.2.4. Shipment. Check for inspector’s stamp or signature and inchecker’s
stamp or signature from Outbound cargo.
5.5.2.4.2.5. Transfers.
5.5.2.4.2.5.1. Condemned radioactive transfers. The off-line shipment
document is signed by the LRS/Transportation activity and filed with the
transfer document.
5.5.2.4.2.5.2. MRSP/MSK transfer. When a transferred MRSP/MSK listing is
received, the gaining base Document Control checks it against the materiel
management IT system document control records to be sure processing is
complete. After verifying that 100% processing was done, Document Control
personnel sign the listing and forward it to the deployed unit’s materiel
management personnel to use in solving inventory problems when the unit
returns to home-station. See AFMAN 23-122 for further procedural guidance.
5.5.2.5. Supporting documentation control checks. In some cases, supporting
documentation is required such as reports of survey, statement of charges, cash collection
vouchers and reports of discrepancy in shipment. When applicable, file supporting
documentation with the materiel management IT system source document.
5.5.2.6. Manual Accounting documents. Document control records will match the
handwritten manual accounting documents.
5.5.2.7. Organizational refusals. When an organization refusal requires turn-in action, the
organization's refusal document must include the inspector's stamp or signature and the
applicable turn-in document number. For retail outlet individual equipment items,
Individual Equipment Element personnel sign the document.
5.5.2.8. Record Reversal Actions. Document Control processes reverse transactions
when the materiel management IT system control record and the source document do not
match.
5.5.2.9. Delinquent Documents:
5.5.2.9.1. Standard Delinquent Requirements. A document becomes delinquent on
the sixth calendar day after the processed date on the document control record for on-
base organizations. Also, on the 11th calendar date for satellite off-base organizations
unless it contains a modified delinquent requirement. Delinquency requirements are
modified for some documents because of their processing requirements.
5.5.2.9.2. Classified. All classified items (including NWRM) are delinquent after 3
calendar days.
5.5.2.9.3. SA/LW. All controlled item codes N, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 8 source documents
that apply to SA/LW are delinquent after 3 calendar days.
162 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.5.2.9.4. COMSEC/CCI documents. All COMSEC documents with NSNs which

have materiel management codes of CA, CR, CO, or CY are delinquent after 3
calendar days.
5.5.2.9.5. Off-base issues at bases operating under the main base or satellite are
delinquent after 10 calendar days.
5.5.2.9.6. Off-base shipments having priority 01-08 are delinquent after 5 calendar
days. Off-base shipments having priority 09-99 are delinquent after 10 calendar days.
5.5.2.9.7. Transfers to DLADS. On-base transfers to DLADS are delinquent after 15
calendar days. Off-base transfers to DLADS are delinquent after 30 calendar days.
Property that is batch-lotted will become delinquent using the same 15 and 30-
calendar day standards.
5.5.2.9.8. Documents created during regularly scheduled drill. Some ARC units are
only manned part time on drill weekends, rather than with full time technicians.
Documents for regularly scheduled drill are delinquent a maximum of 3 calendar days
after the next drill weekend.
5.5.2.9.9. Retail outlet items. Due-out releases for retail outlet items held for
customer pickup are delinquent after 10 calendar days.
5.5.2.10. Processing Delinquent Documents. Delinquent documents will be processed
IAW AFMAN 23-122.
5.5.2.11. Document Filing. Files will be maintained per DoDM 4140.01 and AF Records
Disposition (RDS). External work files contain source documents which Document
Control will keep for a specified time. Management sets up files according to the specific
document categories. These files are arranged in either document number sequence or
ascending Julian date serial number sequence.
5.5.2.11.1. Fileable. All LRS/Materiel Management Activities will retain all hard
copy or IT/electronic image source documents per DoDM 4140.01 and RDS coded
for the following transactions: (T-0).
5.5.2.11.1.1. Issue Transactions
5.5.2.11.1.2. Maintenance Issue Transactions
5.5.2.11.1.3. Local Purchase Receiving Transactions
5.5.2.11.1.4. Bench Stock Issue Transactions
5.5.2.11.1.5. Directed Shipment Transactions
5.5.2.11.1.6. Shipment Transactions
5.5.2.11.1.7. Unit of Issue and Unit Price Change Transactions
5.5.2.11.1.8. Identity Change Transactions
5.5.2.11.1.9. Disposal Transactions
5.5.2.11.1.10. FED Transactions
5.5.2.11.1.11. Condition Code Changes
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 163

5.5.2.11.1.12. 1GP Transactions

5.5.2.11.1.13. Record Reversal Transactions
5.5.2.11.1.14. Kit Detail Transactions
5.5.2.11.1.15. Materiel Return (TIN) Transactions
5.5.2.11.1.16. Receipt (REC) Transactions
5.5.2.11.2. In the event the IT system identifies a contrary disposition for these
transactions, this instruction takes precedence.
5.5.2.11.3. Non-fileable. These documents will be maintained for 15 calendar days.
5.5.2.11.4. Additional Filing Requirements. If an audit, inspection, or other reason
requires Document Control to keep destroyable documents after a specific time,
maintain the documents in a separate file. Do not mix them with documents normally
filed by Document Control.
5.5.2.11.5. Permanent Document Files. Document Control maintains permanent files
as directed by Air Force Records Information Management System. For conflicts
between Air Force Records Information Management System and this instruction,
documents will be retained for the longest period indicated. Indicative and price/unit
of issue change documents which meet the fileable criteria will be filed separately in
stock number and transaction date sequence. File all other documents in permanent
files in ascending or descending sequence. The following permanent documents will
be filed and maintained by Document Control:
5.5.2.11.5.1. All classified and NWRM.
5.5.2.11.5.2. Documents with ERRCDs ND3, ND4, ND5, NF3, NF4, NF5,
regardless of the extended cost dollar value, and ERRCDs NF1 and NF2 with an
extended cost greater than $999.99.
5.5.2.11.5.3. All receiving documents except local purchase, with an extended
cost dollar value greater than $1,000.
5.5.2.11.5.3.1. Local Purchase receiving documents are fileable regardless of
the extended cost dollar value.
5.5.2.11.5.3.2. If an SF 364, Report of Discrepancy, or SF 361,
Transportation Discrepancy Report, was prepared to correct a discrepancy in
receipt, file a copy with the receiving documents and maintain.
5.5.2.11.5.4. All repair cycle DIFM issues and turn-ins with ERRCD of
“XD”/”XF” with an extended cost greater than $999.99.
5.5.2.11.5.5. All sensitive, pilferable, and control item code 7 items.
5.5.2.11.5.6. All shipping documents with an extended cost greater than $1,000,
including transfers to DLADS and shipment of vendor-owned containers or AF
owned containers returned for credit.
5.5.2.11.5.7. Transactions with non-AF activities including bench stock.
164 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.5.2.11.5.8. Reimbursement or refund issue and turn-in documents including

bench stock having an extended dollar value of $1,000.00 or more and as
indicated by the materiel management IT system.
5.5.2.11.5.9. Returns (TIN) with forced credit.
5.5.2.11.5.10. Returns (TIN) with interchangeable relationship.
5.5.2.11.5.11. Documents associated with the following transactions:
5.5.2.11.5.11.1. Equipment/WRM Package Deployment Transaction
5.5.2.11.5.11.2. EAID/In-Use Inter-Custody Receipt Transfer Transaction
5.5.2.11.5.11.3. SPRAM Inter-Custody Receipt Transfer Transaction
5.5.2.11.5.11.4. Establishment of SPRAM Accountability Transaction
5.5.2.11.5.11.5. Equipment/WRM Packages Receipt of Transfer Transaction
5.5.2.11.5.11.6. Non-EAID Equipment Detail Update Transaction
5.5.2.11.5.11.7. Spares Deployment Transaction
5.5.2.11.5.11.8. Equipment/SPRAM Deployment/Return Transaction
5.5.2.11.5.11.9. EAID Accountability Termination Single Selection
Transaction
5.5.2.11.5.11.10. Equipment/SPRAM Accountability Transfer Transaction
5.5.2.11.5.11.11. EAID/In-Use Identity Change Transaction
5.5.2.11.5.11.12. Due-out release transaction
5.5.2.11.5.11.13. Identity/Condition Change Transaction(s)
5.5.2.11.5.11.14. Spares Transfer Transaction
5.5.2.11.5.11.15. Reversals of any of the transactions
5.5.2.12. Retrieve Forced Record Alteration Change Request details from
https://webapp.amc.af.mil/635SCMG/SAC/SCMGeFIX/. Ensure base approval was
completed and file a copy in serial number order in a permanent document file. The
original Forced Record Alteration Change output documentation is maintained in the
LRS and AFMC. Copies of the output documents are forwarded to Document Control for
filing.
5.5.2.13. Supporting Document Files. Maintain permanent files for the following
supporting documents:
5.5.2.13.1. All documents of a manual or automated materiel management IT system
for which a direct image document register is not produced.
5.5.2.13.2. Any document with information on it or attached to it for managers,
auditors, or inspectors to determine the disposition of an item.
5.5.2.13.3. Equipment management documents as required in Sec. 5E of this
instruction.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 165

5.5.2.13.4. Written requests for reversal of a direct charge. File with the record
reversal documents.
5.5.2.13.5. Notice of lost or missing documents.
5.5.2.13.6. Original local purchase receipts. File IAW DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 1,
Chapter 9, Financial Records Retention and AFRDS. (T-0).
5.5.2.14. NWRM Inventory Documentation. Maintain permanent files for the following
supporting documentation:
5.5.2.14.1. NWRM appointment letters IAW AFI 20-110.
5.5.2.14.2. Records of NWRM Audits and Inventories.
5.5.2.14.3. Certificate of Transfer of Accountability.
5.5.2.15. Shipment Suspense Records/Details. Document Control will manage shipment
suspense records/details manually or via the materiel management IT system. (T-2).
5.5.3. Receipt Authorization Requirements for Controlled Property. Documents that
authorize individuals to receive classified property must be prepared and maintained
separately from documents authorizing individuals to receive unclassified supplies and
equipment. Note: When the LRS APO opts to maintain the Classified and NWRM
Authorization Receipt Listing in the Customer Support Function, Document Control will
receive a copy of the list (either hard copy or electronic copy) in order to complete quality
control edits on non-asset tracking IT system prepared documents.
5.5.3.1. Maintain a separate file of individuals authorized to receipt for classified and
NWRM property and upon request, provide this information to the asset tracking IT
system security administrator.
5.5.3.2. Maintain a separate file of signed letters of authorization. Signed letters of
authorization will be destroyed upon filing the validated semiannual Authorization
Receipt Listings.
5.5.3.3. Prepare Classified and NWRM Authorization Receipt Listings from the receipt
authorizations and distribute copies IAW AFMAN 23-122.
5.5.3.4. Perform a semiannual revalidation of authorizations to receipt for classified and
NWRM property each June and December.
5.6. Record Reversal and Correction (RRC).
5.6.1. RRC requirements.
5.6.1.1. The materiel management IT system will have the capability for reversing
transactions (formerly Reverse Post (RVP).
5.6.1.1.1. The LRS APO will designate qualified Materiel Management Air Force
Specialty Code 2S0 personnel to process reversal inputs.
5.6.1.1.2. The Vehicle Supply Chain Operations Squadron will initiate and process
reverse inputs to correct errors involving vehicles if the base RE transactions are
centralized under them.
5.6.1.2. RRC procedures are identified in AFMAN 23-122.
166 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.6.2. Record Reversal and Correction Research.

5.6.2.1. Conduct research to identify all transactions affecting RRC prior to processing.
5.6.2.2. Ensure the sequence for reversal of each transaction is correct and applicable
detail records are loaded for the document number being reversed.
5.7. Physical Inventory and Adjustments. Inventories and inventory adjustments of all
property held by AF activities will be conducted as provided in this section and as outlined in
AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).
5.7.1. PICP AF Materiel Management Activity storage facilities will maintain a PICP per
DoDM 4140.01, DLM 4000.25-2, DoDI 5000.64 to provide for the economical stewardship
of DoD and AF materiel system. (T-0).
5.7.1.1. Physical inventories will be conducted using the floor-to-book/book-to-floor
method for all assets IAW DoDM 4140.01. Floor to book refers to physically checking
the entire work area to ensure items are accounted for on the appropriate APSR. Under no
circumstances will computer balances be reflected on initial HHT or initial inventory
count sheets. See AFMAN 23-122 for inventory count procedures.
5.7.1.2. When approved by the owning MAJCOM, AIT may be used to conduct
inventories per DoDM 4140.01. (T-0).
5.7.2. Adjustment to accountable records. All adjustments or corrections to accountable
records will be accomplished within 30 days following initial comparison of the count to the
record balance IAW DLM 4000.25-2 and DoD 7000.14-R. (T-0).
5.7.3. Planning and conducting inventories.
5.7.3.1. Establishing an inventory schedule. Within the LRS, the Inventory Section (or
equivalent in other materiel management activities) will establish an inventory schedule
by fiscal year to ensure all items assigned a warehouse location or on a detail record (to
include IPE) are inventoried at the designated frequency. EAE will develop an inventory
schedule for all in-use equipment details and provide to the Inventory Section for
consolidation. The warehouse validation schedule will follow the inventory schedule for
type stock record account codes “B” and “E”, and satellites. Out-of-cycle inventory
counts will not satisfy quarterly, semiannual, or annual complete inventory requirements.
The LRS APO has the authority to conduct inventories more frequently for assets on their
accountable record.
5.7.3.2. Closed warehouse inventory. A closed warehouse inventory is the normal
method for conducting inventories. During a closed warehouse inventory, only
emergency issue transactions are removed from the warehouse. Emergency issues are
defined as priority designator 01-08 requests. Ensure all transactions affecting locations
have been pulled or put-away prior to a physical count. Emergency issues will be
processed as degraded operations transactions and will be recorded on the inventory
recap sheet. The materiel management officer will ensure the warehouse does not remain
closed to normal receipts and issues for an unreasonable length of time and is
immediately reopened after completion of the count.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 167

5.7.3.3. Inventory types. Only two types of inventory counts are authorized to ensure the
accuracy of base materiel inventory records. They are complete counts and special
counts. Complete inventories will only be taken by the closed warehouse method.
5.7.3.3.1. Complete Inventory Counts. Complete inventory counts are conducted
using the closed warehouse-method of inventory. This method applies to all stock
record account codes, satellites, and custodial accounts. Procedures for conducting
complete inventory counts are in AFMAN 23-122.
5.7.3.3.2. Special Inventory Counts. Special inventory counts are used to reconcile
out-of-balance conditions that are discovered during other than complete inventory
counts. Special inventory counts apply to all on-hand and in-use supply and
equipment items.
5.7.3.4. Requirements for classified, sensitive, and pilferable items.
5.7.3.4.1. Inventory personnel must possess a security clearance equal to the highest
category of classified material that they inventory.
5.7.3.4.2. Waivers of research for minor inventory adjustments are not permissible
for classified, pilferable, or sensitive items.
5.7.3.4.3. For Information Technology equipment inventory procedures reference
AFMAN 17-1203.
5.7.4. Inventory adjustment approval, certification and reporting accuracy.
5.7.4.1. Approval/Authentication of inventory adjustments. All inventory adjustments
that do not qualify for automatic adjustment will be approved by the Materiel
Management Flight Commander/Chief or equivalent prior to processing the adjustment.
Approval requires verification for all inventory post count validation and pre-adjustment
research actions have been completed.
5.7.4.2. Tracking and reporting inventory accuracy. The LGRM or equivalent is
responsible to ensure causative research is accomplished IAW AFMAN 17-1203,
Information Technology Asset Management, criteria listed in this instruction for
inventory adjustments. Causative research results will be analyzed and used with other
inventory adjustment and discrepancy trend data; fraud, waste, and abuse
indicators/reports; and for reviewing other management/security products to monitor the
integrity of base resource management processes. This analysis will be formally
presented to the LRS APO.
5.7.5. Inventory frequency. The frequency of inventory counts is specified based upon
category of item.
5.7.5.1. All materiel management and equipment items, in storage or in use, will be
subject to inventory count as follows: (T-1).
168 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Table 5.5. Inventory Frequency.

5.7.5.2. Waiver of requirements for inventory.

5.7.5.2.1. Local management is authorized to delay and reschedule inventory work
within the same fiscal year in coordination with higher headquarters.
5.7.5.2.2. Delay of inventory work up to the end of the next fiscal year is authorized
by the MAJCOM if such action is deemed appropriate and advisable.
5.7.5.2.3. AF/A4LR will approve suspension of inventory work or delay in the
accomplishment of inventory of a selected lot longer than two fiscal years.
5.7.6. Special inventories.
5.7.6.1. Special inventories will be accomplished and necessary adjustments made
without delay but NLT 30 days IAW DLM 4000.25-2.
5.7.6.2. Misidentified Serialized Control CCI/COMSEC Items. Special inventory
procedures must be used to re-identify serialized control CCI/COMSEC items.
5.7.7. Inventory Accuracy Standards.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 169

5.7.7.1. Inventory Accuracy is computed as the Inventory Variance Rate IAW DLM
4000.25, Volume 2, Supply Standards and Procedures. Goals and standards are
prescribed in DLM 4000.25, Volume 2, Table C6.T1, General Supplies Record Accuracy
Goals Stratification Sub-Populations and Associated Goals and Tolerance Levels.
5.7.7.2. M10/M32 inventory accuracy rates will be used as the standard for unit
inventory accuracy.
5.7.8. Automatic Inventory adjustment guidance.
5.7.8.1. The dollar value for automatic inventory adjustment, computed by multiplying
the adjusted quantity by the unit price, is within the following limits:
5.7.8.1.1. Pilferable items less than $100.00.
5.7.8.1.2. Controlled item code “U”, unclassified items less than $1,000.00. Note:
Items with controlled item code “7”, although considered unclassified for storage and
handling purposes, require research prior to adjustment. The loss, theft, unlawful
disposition, or recovery of an item in this category will be investigated IAW DLM
4000.25-2 and DoDM 7200.10. (T-0).
5.7.9. Inventory Research. The objective of inventory research is to identify causes for out of
balance conditions. Specific types of errors can include errors in inventory counts,
transaction processing, and transactions that may not have been posted to the recap sheet. As
a minimum the following research will be conducted:
5.7.9.1. Post count validation will be done for all out of balance discrepancies. Post
count validation is a comparison of physical count to recorded balances with
consideration for transactions that have occurred since the date of last inventory. Post
count validation research ends when the accuracy of the original inventory count has
been verified or when any necessary recounts have been taken.
5.7.9.2. Pre-adjustment research will occur on all adjustments that do not meet automatic
adjustment criteria. Pre-adjustment research is a review of potential discrepancies, which
involves the review of all transactions to include supporting documentation: catalog
change actions, shipment discrepancies, and un-posted or rejected documentation
occurring since the last completed inventory; the last location reconciliation which
included quantity; or back one year whichever is sooner. The purpose of pre-adjustment
research is to determine the correct balance. Pre-adjustment research ends when the
balance has been verified or the required adjustment quantity has been determined.
5.7.9.2.1. For unclassified and pilferable assets, the maximum time to complete pre-
adjustment research is 7 calendar days.
5.7.9.2.2. For NWRM, Sensitive and Classified assets, the maximum time to
complete pre-adjustment research is 5 calendar days.
5.7.9.3. Causative research will be accomplished for all pilferable items valued over
$100, all other controlled items, DIFMs, and adjustments greater than $1,000. The
purpose of causative research is to identify, analyze, and evaluate the root cause of
inventory discrepancies with the aim of eliminating repetitive errors. Causative research
ends when the cause of the discrepancy has been discovered or when, after a thorough
review of the transactions, no conclusive findings are possible.
170 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.7.10. Inventory Analysis. An analysis will be made of inventory adjustments that have
been processed and potential variances resolved. Analysis can reveal trends that can be a
valuable tool toward gaining effective asset control by identifying areas of current and
potential high loss. Inventory Analysis will be performed monthly to accomplish the
following:
5.7.10.1. To identify failures in the control systems so improvements can be made.
5.7.10.2. To reduce similar discrepancies in the future.
5.7.10.3. To evaluate indicators of trends or system problems for corrective action.
5.7.10.4. To ensure that the proper inventory adjustments and proper controls were
asserted.
5.7.10.5. To ensure actions required for inventory adjustment of AF items with a security
classification were followed. See AFMAN 23-122 for appropriate Threat
Reduction/Controlled Material items procedures.
5.7.10.6. For areas with a high rate of inventory adjustments, extra controls will be
instituted selectively by the LRS APO or equivalent. These controls will include:
5.7.10.6.1. Additional research to identify systems/operational deficiencies causing
an inventory adjustment, high loss items and possible pilferage.
5.7.10.6.2. Initiation of a financial liability investigation (formerly report of survey).
5.7.10.6.3. Disciplinary action as required.
5.7.10.6.4. Establishment of studies and action items to correct deficiencies.
5.7.10.6.5. Elevation of levels authorized to review, certify and approve inventory
adjustments.
5.7.10.6.6. Referral of systems problems to higher echelons with recommended
solutions.
5.7.10.6.7. Follow-on actions of analysis.
5.8. SPRAM.
5.8.1. SPRAM assets. SPRAM assets are ERRCD code “XD”/”XF” items used by
maintenance to perform functions such as detecting or isolating a fault, calibrating or
aligning equipment, and duplicating an active system installed in an aircraft or on-line
equipment. SPRAM includes items listed in the -21 TOs and are used to conduct approved
AETC training courses. This section is applicable to AF activities providing or employing
SPRAM. Note: The exclusion of -21 TO items in the SPRAM program is optional when the
owning MAJCOM is using other methods to maintain accountability and visibility. The
owning MAJCOM has to provide the central IM an annual update of asset position.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 171

5.8.2. SPRAM management. SPRAM assets are managed on detail records accounted for by
LRS/Materiel Management Activity. This ensures additional SPRAM assets are procured if
requirements exceed asset availability. Recoverable assets accounted for by a different
method, such as supply points, do not require transfer to SPRAM details. SPRAM flag is a
code used to identify the types of requirements authorized for retention of SPRAM assets.
See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.
5.8.3. Requirements and Funding.
5.8.3.1. MAJCOMs ensure all SPRAM requirements will be forwarded to the CEMF for
submission to the MAJCOM FAM. (T-1). CEMF will forward request approved by the
MAJCOM FAM to the Lead Command FAM for final approval with a statement of
unit/MAJCOM funding availability for the requested items. (T-1). Once MAJCOM
receives Lead Command FAM approval with supporting documentation, CEMF will
forward a copy of approval documentation and notify the supported activity to requisition
the asset.
5.8.3.2. SPRAM requirements for aircraft maintenance/Cost per Flying Hour (CPFH)
programs, replacement, and replenishment will be funded by the appropriate Funds
Holder. The CAM office is the Funds Holder for most RegAF CPFH programs (excludes
AMC strategic airlift and Air Force Special Operations Command. The Air National
Guard, Air Force Reserve Command, Air Force Special Operations Command and AMC
(C-5 and C-17) are responsible for their individual SPRAM/Flying Programs. All other
(i.e., non-flying hour) replacement/replenishment SPRAM requirements will be paid for
by the owning MAJCOM or using organization. Materiel Systems Division charges
Exchange Price if a carcass is returned, otherwise the Standard Price will be charged.
5.8.3.3. Exceptions.
5.8.3.3.1. “XF3” items are not on SPRAM details unless MAJCOM or a higher
authority so directs for a specific program.
5.8.3.3.2. Recoverable assets accounted for by a different method, such as supply
point, do not require transfer to SPRAM details.
5.8.3.3.3. SPRAM assets may satisfy MICAP requirements. SPRAM requirements
will not be misused as a means to routinely fill MICAP requirements.
5.9. Inspection Operations and Related Operations.
5.9.1. Overview. Inspection operations include verifying identity, security classification,
condition (as certified by maintenance inspectors), status, markings, tagging, and labeling of
property at AF activities IAW DoDM 4140.01 and AFJMAN 23-210. (T-0).Note: Inspection
Programs and Inspector Qualifications for Munitions Inspectors will be IAW AFMAN 21-
201, TO 11A1-10, Air Force Munitions Surveillance Program and Serviceability
Procedures, Individual Item TOs, Air Force Qualification Training Package for Munitions
Inspector Qualification and Certification (2W0X1), and the Air Force Specialty Code
2W0X1 Career Field Education and Training Plan (CFETP). See Section 1B for roles and
responsibilities.
172 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.9.2. Chief Inspector (LRS/Materiel Management Activity). Chief Inspectors are

responsible for identifying, monitoring, testing, protecting, and preserving warehouse stock
for the LRS APO.
5.9.3. LRS Limited Inspector (LRS/Materiel Management Activity). The Chief Inspector
may authorize personnel to perform some duties designated as inspection functions. The
limited authority must be identified in writing by the chief inspector. Inspection duties are
decentralized to various asset management functions within LRS requiring inspection
actions.
5.9.4. Inspector qualification requirements. The following are minimum basic requirements
considered to be essential for the individual in order to adequately perform duties and
responsibilities of a materiel management inspector. Inspectors must:
5.9.4.1. Have functional knowledge with the use of TOs, stock lists, parts catalogs, and
specifications to determine the completeness or condition of an item.
5.9.4.2. Have a working knowledge of the applicable accounting systems used at the
activity where the inspector is assigned to assure the proper processing of
condition/identity changes.
5.9.4.3. Know who is the functional inspector for specialized areas such as: fuels/lubes,
lumber, munitions, weapons, small arms, preservation and packing, etc.
5.9.5. Authorized Inspectors and their general responsibilities.
5.9.5.1. The AF quality control representative is the quality control inspector directly
responsible for government quality control functions at a particular facility or group of
facilities, who is authorized to inspect and accept supplies and services for the
government.
5.9.5.2. A maintenance inspector is a person authorized by the Maintenance Group/CC,
or designated representative, of an AF organization or activity to perform inspection
functions IAW TO 00-20-3, Maintenance Processing of Reparable Property and the
Repair Cycle Asset Control System. (T-1).
5.9.5.3. The materiel management inspector is a person authorized to perform the
following inspection functions:
5.9.5.3.1. Establish and maintain the final identification and classification of all
property received, stored, issued, or shipped.
5.9.5.3.2. Identify property known or suspected to be damaged or to have
deteriorated or corroded during use, storage, or shipment.
5.9.5.3.3. Ensure that re-inspection dates prescribed by TOs are properly computed
and entered on the applicable tags or labels or are included on the marking used in
lieu of such tags and labels to identify property received, stored, issued, or shipped by
a supply activity.
5.9.5.3.4. Accept or reject property received on local purchase orders or contracts
requiring inspection or acceptance at destination.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 173

5.9.5.3.5. Ensure documentation accompanies all property received, stored, issued,

and shipped by a Materiel Management Activity, and directed condemned property
when such action is prescribed by directives of higher authority.
5.9.5.3.6. Establish and maintain inspection controls on materiel within the TO
compliance (TOC) category to ensure that inspection dates will permit the availability
of serviceable stock. Note: When condition status is in question or when the
serviceable tag has been lost, defaced or obliterated and not chargeable to the
originator of the shipment, the logistics inspector/personnel must bench check the
assets through authorized maintenance personnel to determine final condition. Under
no circumstance will logistic inspectors/personnel sign documentation attesting the
property condition when its status is questionable.
5.9.6. Inspection Program.
5.9.6.1. COSIS Inspection Program. The Chief Inspector will conduct an overall COSIS
inspection for each warehouse annually. The Chief Inspector will schedule, conduct, and
provide reports of the COSIS inspection program. Copies of the COSIS inspection report
will be provided to the inspected activity to accomplish corrective actions.
5.9.6.2. Inspection personnel will then perform a follow-up inspection within 10 days to
ensure discrepancies were corrected. These discrepancies will be briefed to the LRS APO
or designee until resolution. Forward copies of COSIS reports to LRS/QA.
5.9.7. General Requirements.
5.9.7.1. Marking, Tagging, Labeling. General Requirements for marking, tagging,
labeling, (Reparable) Items, and Incoming Shipments are outlined in MIL-STD-129,
Military Marking for Shipment and Storage, and MIL-STD-130N. This guidance will be
followed by AF activities and contractors. (T-2).
5.9.7.2. Barcode labels, machine/human readable markings, labels, or tags are for
identification purposes only. Identification on the outside container must match the DD
Form 1348, DoD Single Line Item Release/Receipt Document, or DD Form 1348-1A,
Issue, Release/Receipt Document. If the outside container does not match the DD
1348/1A, the container must be opened to properly identify the item. If the actual
property does not match the DD 1348/1A, follow Supply Discrepancy Report procedures
outlined in AFMAN 23-122. DD Form 1574, Serviceable Tag – Materiel or DD Form
1574-1, Service Label – Materiel, will be used to identify property and the remark field
will contain the statement: ID PURPOSES ONLY. Materiel management personnel will
not sign DD Form 1574/-1 stating the condition of an item.
5.9.7.3. Removal and Disposition of Tags and Labels. The Chief Inspector is responsible
for the removal, replacement, necessary destruction, or obliteration of tags and labels
unless otherwise required by applicable TOs or directives. Note: Excess property
authorized for transfer to the DLA Disposition Service will not be retagged unless the
property has in fact been properly condemned.
174 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.9.7.4. Authorized Forms. The materiel management inspector of the activity concerned
will ensure all materiel is properly identified, and the legibility/permanence of the
information is maintained on all forms as prescribed in TOs, MIL-STD-129 and MIL-
STD-130N. (T-2). Forms for Turn-In(s). Identification and Condition: The applicable
condition tag(s) will accompany all turn-ins and be placed on the outside of the container.
All forms will be completely filled out with a legible signature from a certified
maintenance inspector stating the identification of the asset and the condition.
5.9.7.5. Condition. Serviceable property will be accompanied with condition paperwork
(DD Form 1574/-1 or contractor forms (i.e. Federal Aviation Agency Form 8130-3,
Authorized Release Certificate, Air Worthiness Approval Tag, Certificate of
Conformance, European Aviation Safety Agency Form 1, Authorized Release Certificate,
Joint Aviation Authority (JAA) Form One, Authorized Release Certificate,
Transportation Canada Civil Aviation (TCAA) Form One, Authorized Release
Certificate, etc.)). This includes the inspector’s name/signature or the inspector’s stamp
certifying the condition of the asset on the outside of the container. If condition
paperwork is not located on the outside of the container, but the item is properly
identified, and no suspected damage is apparent; the accompanied DD 1348/1A will
suffice as condition paperwork (Note: For Federal Aviation Agency certified aircraft
reparable spares, the DD 1348/1A will not suffice as condition paperwork on its own;
Federal Aviation Agency Form 8130-3 or international equivalent form is mandatory).
The DD 1348/1A must be affixed to the outside container (packing slip) for tracing
purposes. No further labeling/tagging or opening containers are required. Exception:
Bulk assets will be stenciled when appropriate. When supplies are stenciled standard
required data contained on the DD Forms 1574/-1(i.e. bulk items) will be used. (T-2).
5.9.7.6. Identification Requirements For “XB”/”XF” (Expendable) Items: Expendable
serviceable items being received, stored, or issued; shall be received, stored, issued, or
shipped without any condition paperwork of any kind as long as the serviceability is not
compromised. If the condition status is unknown, use to SDR procedures outlined in
AFMAN 23-122, paragraph 5.3.
5.9.7.6.1. Identification of Locally Purchased Materiel. Locally purchased materiel
will be identified with commercial tags, labels, or markings. See AFMAN 23-122 for
procedures.
5.9.7.6.2. Identification of Multiple Packaged Items. Each package or unpackaged
component part which is physically unattached to an assembly, group, kit, or set,
collectively identified and listed as a single item of materiel management, will be
appropriately condition tagged or labeled.
5.9.8. Inspection Requirements.
5.9.8.1. ESD Items. Unit, intermediate, and exterior packs containing electrostatic
discharge sensitive items susceptible to damage from environmental field forces
(electromagnetic, magnetic, radioactive, and electrostatic due to environmental or
mechanical processes) will be marked according to MIL-STD-129 and handled IAW
AFMAN 23-122.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 175

5.9.8.2. Shelf-Life Coded Items. Shelf-life codes are established in the retail materiel
management system to identify the number of months new items may remain unused in
storage before they must be reconditioned or condemned. Inspection personnel will
process a listing of assigned item records with shelf-life codes and validate the shelf life
quarterly. Shelf-Life coded items are managed and stored IAW the policies contained in
DoDM 4140.27, Volume 1 and 2. Information regarding training can be found at the
Shelf-Life web site. See AFMAN 23-122 for shelf-life procedures.
5.9.8.3. For guidance on TCTOs, refer to paragraph 4.2 of this instruction.
5.9.8.4. Identification of Discrepant Material. To ensure the right items are identified as
unsuitable for AF use, the Inspection personnel will notify base customers via daily
bulletins, newsletters or phone calls as a means of notification. The basis for notification
depends upon the type of item, i.e. messages concerning items peculiar to one
organization will not be published in daily bulletins or newsletters.
5.9.8.4.1. Suspect Materiel Flag. Upon notification and subsequent identification of
an unsuitable item, Inspection personnel will process a stock control data load input;
see AFMAN 23-122 for processing information. The length of time an item will be
coded as suspect materiel will be published in the applicable directives. If not, the
code will remain on the item record for one year.
5.9.8.4.1.1. When suspect materiel is received or turned-in, Inspection personnel
determine if the materiel is unsuitable or not and dispose of unsuitable items
according to the disposition instructions provided in the applicable directive. They
return suitable items to a serviceable condition IAW AFMAN 23-122.
5.9.8.4.1.2. If disposition instructions must be obtained, the inspector notes the
corrective actions to be taken and signs/stamps and routes the management notice
IAW AFMAN 23-122.
5.9.8.4.2. Disposition. Remove on-hand unsuitable items from storage locations and
dispose of them according to the disposition instructions furnished in the applicable
directive. When disposition instructions have not been provided, process a stock
control data load input to change the condition of the assets to supply condition code
“J”. This will suspend the items on an unserviceable detail until disposition
instructions can be obtained.
5.9.8.4.3. Materiel Suspect Code Listing. Each month Inspection personnel must
request a utility program to list all stock numbers having materiel suspect codes
assigned to them. Inspection forwards one copy of the listing to Distribution Flight
and another copy to Flight Service Center, who in-turn uses them during Degraded
Operations. Inspection personnel maintain a working copy until a new monthly listing
is printed.
176 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.9.8.5. Supply Discrepancy Report. The Report of Discrepancy (ROD)/Supply

Discrepancy Report, SF 364, is filed by receiving activities to record item or packaging
discrepancies attributable to the shipping activity see DLM 4000.25, Volume 2. SDRs are
prepared for non-receipt of lost or misplaced requisitions (shipments) after Cargo
Movement or equivalent confirms non-receipt of lost or misplaced requisitions
(shipments). Use the ILS-S SDR function or the DoD Web-SDR system as the primary
means to submit SDRs and SF 364 when the ILS-S SDR function or the DoD Web-SDR
system is not available. Corrective action will be taken depending on the source/nature of
any discrepancy, and will involve proper identification and condition of materiel. Any
subsequent action taken will be determined only by qualified and authorized inspectors.
5.9.8.5.1. Customer Support Liaison Element must coordinate with the receiving
activity to ensure all SDRs are identified.
5.9.8.5.2. All replies to SDRs. Customer Support Liaison Element will ensure that
disposition action resulting from replies to SDRs are followed.
5.9.8.6. Warranty/Guarantee Items. Items under warranty/guaranty require special
handling. Inspection personnel will ensure the following procedures are adhered to:
5.9.8.6.1. Routing of Warranties. Copies of warranties will be attached to property
and routed to the activity responsible for maintaining the warranty.
5.9.8.6.2. Inspection must coordinate with base maintenance activities and with
contract repair services to ensure warranty/guaranty data are properly routed. Exact
procedures and checklists to ensure warranties/guaranties are fully utilized will be
locally developed. Generally, Inspection forwards a copy of the annotated receiving
document and the applicable warranty to the appropriate activity or office listed
below:
5.9.8.6.2.1. The Base Civil Engineer for items that Civil Engineering maintains
or repairs.
5.9.8.6.2.2. Vehicle Management Flight for new motor vehicles according to AFI
24-302 and TO 36-1-191, Technical And Managerial Reference For Motor
Vehicle Maintenance.
5.9.8.6.2.3. Other maintenance offices as appropriate. Processing of centrally
managed or procured items under warranty as described in AFMAN 23-122.
5.9.8.6.2.4. Other activities maintaining warranty/guaranty and serialized control
item data. This action will be accomplished as specified by MAJCOM rules.
5.9.8.6.3. Warranted or Guaranteed Items Requiring Repair. Normally, organizations
will process warranted or guaranteed items requiring repair directly to Contract
Maintenance. For exceptions to this guidance, either the AFMC IM or the ICP will
provide instructions for processing the item or FSC involved.
5.9.8.6.4. Supply Inspectors normally manage the functional check program for the
LRS APO. At the option of the LRS APO or the MAJCOM, the functional check
program for RSPs may be managed separately. The LRS APO, along with the
Aircraft Maintenance and Maintenance Squadron commanders, will jointly agree on
an individual to act as the Maintenance point of contact. (T-3).
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 177

5.9.8.7. Items in MRSPs. When the MAJCOM or LRS APO has not directed otherwise,
APS personnel will review dated items in MRSP using the Shelf-Life Control Listing.
The MAJCOM or local management may direct Inspection personnel to perform this task
using the Shelf-Life Control Listing provided by the MRSP monitor.
5.9.8.8. Processing Condemned Items. Condemned items will be processed according to
AFMAN 23-122.
5.9.8.9. Special Storage, Handling, and Inspection Requirements. There are numerous
categories of items and circumstances where alternate or additional procedures for
storage, handling, and inspection are required. Examples include: controlled items, items
requiring functional check prior to issue, hazardous commodities, shelf-life control,
assets pending modification, and items that may have a warranty/guaranty associated
with them. See AFMAN 23-122 for detailed procedures required to manage assets that
require special storage, handling, and inspection requirements.
5.9.8.10. Special Inspection Requirements.
5.9.8.10.1. Inspection Offline Checklist. Inspection personnel maintain a file/list of
items unsuitable for AF use (suspect materiel), functional checks, and TCTOs that are
not loaded during the initial screening. Items must remain in the file/list at least 1 year
or sooner if the situation or condition affecting the item has been resolved or
rescinded.
5.9.8.10.2. Monthly, Inspection personnel will use a local management program to
determine if any items have been subsequently loaded. When any of the items in the
file/list are loaded, Inspection must then take the action required by the appropriate
directives and ensure the correct codes are loaded.
5.9.8.11. Tagging Requirements for Materiel Directly Affected by TCTO.
5.9.8.11.1. Applicable to the AFMC Air Logistics Complexes.
5.9.8.11.1.1. Materiel spares in stock with outstanding TCTO requirements will
be tagged TO compliance (TOC), condition code “D” with a DD Form 1576,
Test/Modification Tag – Materiel or DD Form 1576-1, Test/Modification Tag -
Materiel upon receipt of the TCTO except when the TCTO will change the item's
form/fit/function (change in NSN and part number), or when specific serial
number controlled items are affected. In the case of serial number controlled
items, only the serial numbers identified will be tagged TOC.
5.9.8.11.1.2. There are instances when only a portion of the existing stock may
require TOC action. All units in stock will be tagged TOC upon receipt of the
TCTO. The IM will treat these items as management review items.
178 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.9.8.11.1.3. When serviceable materiel with no outstanding TCTOs is turned in

from organizational/intermediate or depot level maintenance to supply, the
serviceable tag/label (DD Form 1574/-1) will be annotated with the following
phrase in the remarks block: "The following TCTOs have been complied with:
(list all TCTO numbers in the remarks block or on the back of the tag)." The
annotation is not required whenever the item being returned has undergone TOC
action involving modification and resulted in a change in NSN or part number.
Material being turned in to supply with an outstanding TCTO(s) will be tagged
with a DD Form 1576 tag or DD Form 1576 label as condition code “D” (TOC),
and the phrase "TCTO (numbers(s)) not complied with" will be annotated in the
remarks block.
5.9.8.11.1.4. Material in a condition other than serviceable will not require
tagging as TOC. The maintenance activity will determine outstanding TCTO
requirements at the time of repair.
5.9.8.11.2. Applicable to AF bases. Items requiring modifications which change their
form, fit, or function will be assigned NPPC 4 or TCTO flag with DD Form 1576 tag
or DD Form 1576 label.
5.10. Management of Discrepant, Counterfeit and Suspect Counterfeit Materiel.
5.10.1. Non-conforming or malicious materiel reporting, investigating, and resolution
processes promote the ability to identify, report, and correct discrepant materiel issues before
they impact mission capability or present a serious hazard to the safety or health of AF
personnel, or to operational readiness. Discrepant materiel management procedures are
delineated in TO 00-35D-54.
5.10.2. Counterfeit Materiel Management. Counterfeit materiel management is a subset of
discrepant materiel management. When counterfeit or suspect counterfeit materiel is
identified (usually during the execution of discrepant materiel management procedures),
additional actions must be taken IAW DoDI 4140.67, DoD Counterfeit Prevention Policy.
(T-0). This section provides additional guidance for the handling of counterfeit materiel.
Information contained within this chapter applies to all AF activities or agencies and
personnel managing, issuing, receiving, storing, shipping and tracking of materiel. This
guidance is applicable to all AF Class V, VII, or IX items. Manage non-stock listed or raw
material discrepancies IAW AFI 91-202, The U.S. Air Force Mishap Prevention Program,
DoDM 4140.01, and DoDM 4160.21, Volume 4. (T-0).
5.10.2.1. Assistant Secretary of the Air Force for Acquisition (SAF/AQ) shall:
5.10.2.1.1. Ensure acquisition strategies address the risk of counterfeit goods entering
the supply chain.
5.10.2.1.2. Develop and maintain performance measures to determine effectiveness
and efficiency of anti-counterfeit programs.
5.10.2.1.3. Establish processes to ensure counterfeit or suspected counterfeit materiel
information is evaluated for weapon system program risk and that risk mitigation
plans are developed and implemented.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 179

5.10.2.1.4. Establish guidance to ensure PMs address the reduction of the occurrence
of counterfeit materiel entering the supply chain. Mitigate potential for counterfeit
materiel during life cycle sustainment planning and document in the Life Cycle
Sustainment Plan IAW AFPAM 63-128.
5.10.2.1.5. Establish procurement source management controls to include the process
for selection, evaluation, approval, and removal of procurement sources.
5.10.2.2. Assistant Secretary of the Air Force for General Counsel (SAF/GC) shall:
5.10.2.2.1. In conjunction with AF/JA, provide support for all legal matters
pertaining to discrepant materiel, including providing appropriate representation on
working groups associated with counterfeit mitigation activities. Additionally, AF/JA
in conjunction with SAF/GC shall:
5.10.2.2.2. Share appropriate legal information on discrepant or counterfeit materiel
issues and activities.
5.10.2.3. Assistant Secretary of the AF for Installations, Environment and Logistics
(SAF/IE) shall, in collaboration with AF/A4, establish and maintain policy for the proper
handling, storing, and disposing of discrepant materiel.
5.10.2.4. AF/A4 shall establish implementing guidance on the proper handling, storing,
stock screening and disposal of discrepant materiel for AF-used items, regardless of SOS.
5.10.2.5. Air Force Office of Special Investigations (AFOSI) shall:
5.10.2.5.1. Provide investigative support on suspect counterfeit items to determine if
intent to deceive warrants legal and or remediation actions.
5.10.2.5.2. Share appropriate information on counterfeit issues and activities with
other AF components, and DoD agencies.
5.10.2.5.3. Provide information on potential flight or product safety hazards to
SAF/GCR, Contractor Responsibility, AF/JAQ, and inform the AF Safety Center for
safety determination IAW AFI 51-1101, The Air Force Procurement Fraud Remedies
Program. (T-1).
5.10.2.5.4. Refer all counterfeit discrepancies to the AFMC for stock screening.
5.10.2.6. Air Force Chief of Safety (AF/SE) shall:
5.10.2.6.1. Publish and maintain safety instructions and guidance to ensure
compliance with the procedures in this document.
5.10.2.6.2. Distribute hazard information through various recurring publications and
periodic summaries IAW AFI 91-202.
5.10.2.6.3. Evaluate referred raw material, non-stock listed (that cannot be identified
as an AF Class V, VII, or IX item), and unidentifiable items.
5.10.2.6.4. Refer raw material discrepancies to AFMC or USSF for evaluation.
5.10.2.7. The Judge Advocate General of the Air Force (AF/JA) shall, in conjunction
with SAF/GC:
180 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.10.2.7.1. Provide support for review of incoming investigative materials and for
qui tam actions.
5.10.2.7.2. Coordinate with DoJ, AUSAs, Investigators, Auditors, DMCA, and
contracting representatives.
5.10.2.8. MAJCOMs shall:
5.10.2.8.1. Ensure personnel who manage and store AF materiel are trained with
respect to their job function to handle and manage discrepant materiel products
through the existing Product Quality Deficiency Reporting processes; including
retention of the suspected counterfeit materiel until investigation resolution. For
additional detail, reference paragraph 4.3 of this instruction.
5.10.2.8.2. Ensure all personnel submit discrepant or suspected counterfeit materiel
for review through the Joint Discrepancy Reporting System (JDRS) program IAW
TO 00-35D-54. (T-1).
5.10.2.8.2.1. Ensure stock screening of discrepant materiel is conducted and track
removal from the AF inventory.
5.10.2.8.3. AFMC will:
5.10.2.8.3.1. Document all occurrences of suspect and confirmed counterfeit
materiel in the appropriate reporting systems including the Government-Industry
Data Exchange Program (GIDEP).
5.10.2.8.3.1.1. Designate a command OPR to collect data on occurrences of
suspect counterfeit materiel on items managed by each command. Provide
data on occurrences of suspect counterfeit materiel to HAF as required.
5.10.2.8.3.1.2. For AF-managed items, report the occurrence of suspect
counterfeit materiel to all users, including Technical Coordination
Programs/International Engine Management Programs who will, in turn,
inform affected FMS customers.
5.10.2.8.3.1.3. For AF-used items, but the AF is not the Primary Inventory
Control Activity (PICA), report the occurrence of suspect counterfeit materiel
to the managing service/agency. Additionally, ensure all AF users are notified,
including Technical Coordination Programs /International Engine
Management Programs who will, in turn, inform affected FMS customers
5.10.2.8.3.1.4. For AF-managed items, report the occurrence of suspect
counterfeit materiel to all users utilizing the TCTO process as described in TO
00-5-15 AF Time Compliance Technical Order Process. (T-1).
5.10.2.8.3.1.5. Coordinate with AFOSI authorities to ensure a closed loop
process is established for counterfeit materiel reporting.
5.10.2.8.3.1.6. Designate counterfeit reporting officials in all logistics repair,
supply and distribution centers, complexes and directorates to act as the focal
point for counterfeit materiel reporting and program action. One official can
be designated at a geographical location to represent multiple functions.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 181

5.10.2.8.3.1.7. Maintain the Discrepant Materiel Reporting Program.

5.10.2.8.3.1.7.1. Ensure a closed loop reporting process for the AF by
utilizing a single point of entry for discrepant materiel notices
5.10.2.8.3.1.7.2. Utilize the strengths of the AF Deficiency Reporting,
Investigation, and Resolution (DRI&R) process governed by TO 00-35D-54
to ensure that discrepant parts are removed from the AF supply chain
through stock screening without altering the deficiency reporting process.
5.10.2.8.3.1.7.3. Receive AF-initiated screening/discrepant part
notifications from Joint Deficiency Reporting System (JDRS)
(www.jdrs.mil) IAW TO 00-35D-54.
5.10.2.8.3.1.7.4. Receive non-AF-initiated screening/discrepant part
notifications from external sources (GIDEP and others)
5.10.2.8.3.1.7.5. Introduce discrepant part notifications received from
external sources into the process utilizing JDRS for AF evaluation of the
affected weapon system(s).
5.10.2.8.3.2. Air Force Security Assistance and Cooperation (AFSAC)
Directorate will:
5.10.2.8.3.2.1. Establish counterfeit and deficient parts policy and procedures
for FMS resource allocation, Technical Coordination Programs/International
Engine Management Programs, international cooperative research, FMS
development and acquisition programs, military-to-military contract
programs, and foreign disclosure management activities. Provide support in
the establishment of counterfeit parts policy and procedures for foreign
military sales resource allocation, international cooperative research,
development and acquisition programs, military-to-military contract
programs, and foreign disclosure management activities.
5.10.2.8.3.2.2. Provide necessary support for stock screening actions of
discrepant material.
5.10.2.8.3.3. USSF will:
5.10.2.8.3.3.1. Designate counterfeit reporting officials in all logistics repair,
supply and distribution centers, complexes and directorates to act as the focal
point for counterfeit materiel reporting and program action. One official can
be designated at a geographical location to represent multiple functions.
5.10.2.8.3.3.2. Designate a command OPR to collect data on occurrences of
suspect counterfeit materiel on items managed by each command. Provide
data on occurrences of suspect counterfeit materiel to Headquarters Air Force
(HAF), as required.
5.10.2.8.3.3.3. Document all occurrences of suspect and confirmed
counterfeit materiel in the appropriate reporting systems including the
Government-Industry Data Exchange Program (GIDEP).
182 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.10.2.8.3.4. Suspected counterfeit materiel will be submitted, analyzed, and a

resolution determination will be made using the JDRS (www.jdrs.mil) IAW TO
00-35D-54.
5.10.2.8.3.5. Suspect Counterfeit Analysis. AFMC and USSF will:
5.10.2.8.3.5.1. Analyze all suspect counterfeit items to validate initial
determination that item is suspect counterfeit.
5.10.2.8.3.5.2. When the item is determined to be non-compliant, (i.e., it is
not confirmed as suspect counterfeit), process as a normal deficient item IAW
TO 00-35D-54.
5.10.2.8.3.5.3. When the item is confirmed to be suspect counterfeit:
5.10.2.8.3.5.3.1. Report suspect counterfeit occurrence to the centralized
designated office.
5.10.2.8.3.5.3.2. Create initial report in GIDEP. The GIDEP website can be
found at http://www.gidep.org.
5.10.2.8.3.5.3.3. Update the initial JDRS report until closeout IAW TO 00-
35D-54.
5.10.2.8.3.5.3.4. Conduct a risk analysis to include technical risk and
personal safety IAW MIL-STD-882E, System Safety. Develop and
implement risk mitigation actions as appropriate.
5.10.2.8.3.5.3.5. Segregate suspect counterfeit item to prevent re-entry into
the supply system by returning it in “L” supply condition code. Materiel will
remain segregated and held as evidence for potential legal procedures or
contracting action. Materiel shall not be disposed of until released by
AFOSI or other legal authorities. Follow appropriate disposition
instructions.
5.10.2.8.3.5.3.6. Determine whether materiel confirmed as suspect
counterfeit is present anywhere in the supply chain. Take appropriate action
as informed by the risk analysis
5.10.2.8.3.6. Remediation:
5.10.2.8.3.6.1. AFMC and USSF shall:
5.10.2.8.3.6.1.1. Develop and document metrics that quantify the impact of
suspect counterfeit and counterfeit items on:
5.10.2.8.3.6.1.2. Personnel Safety
5.10.2.8.3.6.1.3. Material Readiness
5.10.2.8.3.6.1.4. Finance (including damages incurred and the cost to cure
effects), and
5.10.2.8.3.6.1.5. Any other areas of interest.
5.10.2.8.3.7. Investigation
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 183

5.10.2.8.3.7.1. AFMC/USSF shall contact AFOSI to initiate investigation of

suspect counterfeit materiel.
5.10.2.8.3.7.2. AFOSI shall investigate all suspect counterfeit items that have
been identified to determine if intent to deceive warrants legal and or
remediation actions.
5.10.2.8.3.7.3. AFMC/USSF shall notify appropriate personnel of the final
results of the investigation.
5.10.3. Restitution. AFOSI, legal counsel and the contracting officer will determine the
appropriate actions necessary for restitution.
5.10.4. Disposal. Counterfeit materiel will be disposed IAW this instruction and AFMAN
23-122. In addition to these procedures, refer to AFMAN 21-201 for disposition of Class V
items.
5.10.5. Security Requirements. As a minimum, all classified discrepant materiel will be
protected IAW DoDI 5210.02, Access to and Dissemination of Restricted Data and Formerly
Restricted Data, and DoDM 5200.01, DoD Information Security Program and AFI 16-1404.
Classified Class of Supply V discrepant materiel will be protected IAW DoDM 5100.76 and
AFI 31-101. (T-0).
5.11. Stock Positioning.
5.11.1. Stock positioning decisions will optimize the storage and movement of materiel to
meet worldwide customer mission requirements. Stock positioning decisions will be based
primarily on achieving responsive and efficient materiel distribution support. See Section 1B
for roles and responsibilities.
5.11.2. AF stock positioning policies will comply with requirements in DoDM 4140.01;
DLM 4000.25; DLM 4000.25-1; DLM 4000.25-2; DoDM 4140.26-M, Volumes 1-6, DoDM
4140.68; AFPD 23-1; AFI 20-110; and AFJMAN 23-210. (T-0).
5.11.3. Automatic Sourcing. Automatic Sourcing will enable a capability to automate lateral
(base to base) support for high priority orders (HPOs) and automatically redistribute excess
assets.
5.11.3.1. The Automatic Lateral Support function supports MICAP, AWP, JCS, and FSL
requirements.
5.11.3.2. The Excess Redistribution function automatically screens outgoing lower
priority requisitions for assets to determine if redistributable excess assets are available at
other materiel management IT system accounts before forwarding the requisition to the
normal source of supply.
5.11.3.3. The AF’s policy is to laterally distribute serviceable assets from the location
that has the least need for the requested item in order to minimize subsequent resupply
actions (by the shipping location) and to ensure that any subsequent re-supply actions
(requisitions) will not have a higher priority than the requisition being released. The
overall distribution sequence is described in Enterprise Solution-Supply (ESS) manual.
184 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.12. Materiel Disposition.

5.12.1. See Section 1A for delegation of authority and Section 1B for roles and
responsibilities.
5.12.2. Reclamation.
5.12.2.1. The Department of Defense (DoD) Reclamation Program is prescribed by
DoDM 4140.01 and implemented by DoDM 4160.21, Volume 2.
5.12.2.2. The authority for reclamation of aircraft is AFI 16-402. Disposal of aircraft will
not take place until AF reclamation requirements are met. Failure to do so will result in
potential loss of parts. The PM must consider transferring assets to AFMC Aerospace
Maintenance and Regeneration Group for reclamation when non-programmed
requirements cannot be met on-site. Non-programmed reclamation must be planned prior
to requesting save lists.
5.12.2.3. AFI 20-115, specifies the authority for retention of aircraft engines.
5.12.2.4. Reclamation processes in this section primarily support AF-managed assets.
PM/ System Support Manager/end-item manager organizations supporting CLS weapon
system support programs must comply with the intent of DoD reclamation requirements
and design CLS reclamation processes accordingly.
5.12.2.5. Reclamations will be based upon the following criteria:
5.12.2.5.1. A justifiable requirement exists.
5.12.2.5.2. Removal must be economical. If it is not economical, the requirement will
be based on an extreme urgency or lack of any other known supply sources.
5.12.2.5.3. Base-funded items required locally may be reclaimed by retail activities
when the parts can be economically removed and restored to a serviceable condition
by the reclaiming activity.
5.12.2.5.4. Resources must be available for the timely repair of reclaimed
unserviceable items.
5.12.2.6. Reclaimed items must be returned to proper materiel management activities and
maintained on accountable records.
5.12.2.7. Priority reclamation of DLA items must be initiated by DLA or a DLA
designated SOS representative.
5.12.2.8. Aircraft that crashed before 19 November 1961, and that remain wholly or
partially unrecovered, are considered formally abandoned. The AF neither maintains title
to, nor has property interest in, these aircraft.
5.12.2.8.1. The authority for access to, and recovery of, these aircraft, as well as
liability for damages associated with their recovery, are matters to be resolved
between persons seeking recovery and landowners of the wreckage sites.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 185

5.12.2.8.2. When any human remains are discovered at the site, recovery personnel
should immediately contact the nearest United States Embassy or United States
military installation. To assist in proper identification of remains, recovery personnel
should refrain from further operations at the site pending removal of the remains by
United States experts.
5.12.2.9. Programmed/non-programmed disposal freeze requests may be generated by
HAF, AFMC, or as a result of a request from an AFMC Air Logistics Complex or ICP.
5.12.3. Review of Potential Reutilization (Excess) Wholesale Stock Prior to Approval for
Disposal. All potential reutilization (excess) items must be reviewed prior to disposal to
ensure that no known or projected requirements exist.
5.12.3.1. This review will include exploring possible needs due to NHA application,
possible modification to a usable configuration, uses for other than its intended purpose
and reclamation of component parts.
5.12.3.2. This review may result in the retention of computed excess assets.
5.12.4. Impairment
5.12.4.1. Impairment is a significant and permanent decline in the service utility of an
asset due to damage, obsolescence, or when the asset is excess to requirements. To meet
the definition of impairment, the asset is no longer required by any AF activity and is
being placed into long-term storage with no expectation of being returned to service.
Typically such assets are shipped to the 309th Aerospace Maintenance and Regeneration
Group to be held until disposal is directed by the owing activity.
5.12.4.2. Indicators of impairment
5.12.4.2.1. Evidence of physical damage
5.12.4.2.2. Enactment or approval of laws or regulations which limit or restrict usage
5.12.4.2.3. Changes in environmental or economic factors
5.12.4.2.4. Technological changes or evidence of obsolescence
5.12.4.2.5. Changes in the manner or duration of use of the asset
5.12.4.2.6. Construction stoppage or contract termination
5.12.4.2.7. Assets is idled or unserviceable for excessively long periods
5.12.4.3. Impairment Test
5.12.4.3.1. The magnitude of the decline in service utility is significant.
5.12.4.3.2. The decline in service utility is expected to be permanent. The decline is
considered permanent when management has no reasonable expectation that the lost
service utility will be replaced or restored.
5.12.4.4. Documenting evidence of management’s decision to permanently remove the
asset from service (Impairment).
186 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.12.4.4.1. Documentation specifying that an asset is Impaired is required to support

an impairment decision, and should specify that the asset is being permanently
removed from service and the asset’s use is terminated.
5.12.4.4.2. The Impairment documentation shall be signed by the disposition
authority (IM/PM).
5.12.4.5. Financial Accounting for Impaired assets
5.12.4.5.1. When the disposition authority (IM/PM) decides to permanently remove,
retire, or dispose of an asset from service and the asset’s use is terminated, the asset’s
acquisition cost and associated accumulated depreciation shall be removed from the
APSR general Property, Plant, and Equipment account and transferred to the Other
General PP&E (Account 1890), IAW DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 12, Chapter 7, and
Federal Accounting Standards Advisory Board (FASAB) Statement of Federal
Financial Accounting Standards (SFFAS) 44: (T-0). Accounting for Impairment of
General Property, Plant, and Equipment Remaining in Use. Note: When Account
1890 is not available, account for impaired assets in an AFMC approved property
accountability system.
5.12.4.5.2. Upon completion of the disposal of the asset, the storing activity should
write off the asset from its financial records. Any difference between the expected net
realizable value previously recorded and the actual disposition amount should be
recognized as a gain or loss.
5.12.4.6. When impaired assets are returned to service, comply with reclamation process
per this instruction IAW DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 12, Chapter 7, Department of Defense
Financial Management Regulations. (T-0).
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 187

Chapter 6

MATERIEL RETURNS

6.1. Overview. This chapter outlines AF guidance for the supply chain materiel management
processes associated with materiel returns and disposal of materiel. These activities include
Returns, Disposal and the Precious Metals Recovery Program (PMRP). As listed in Attachment
1, References various DoD and AF publications are reference sources for this publication. For
this chapter, DoDM 4100.39, DoDM 4140.01, DoDM 4160.21, Volumes 1-4, and DoDM
4160.28, Volume 1, Defense Demilitarization: Program Administration, DoDM 4160.28,
Volume 2, Defense Demilitarization: Demilitarization Coding and DoDM 4160.28, Volume 3,
Defense Demilitarization: Procedural Guidance serve as primary DoD reference sources. (T-0).
See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.
6.1.1. All AF materiel management activities processing returns (serviceable and
unserviceable) will:
6.1.1.1. Conduct bare item inspection to verify the identification and ensure materiel
received matches tags and documentation are completed prior to return IAW this chapter.
(T-1).
6.1.1.2. Research shipment shortages to find missing assets, ensure missing assets are
included in the shipment. When it is impractical to recover component shortages, the
release/receipt document listing the shortages will be certified. (T-1).
6.1.1.3. Return reparables only to the shipment DoDAAC contained in the repair cycle
record. (T-2).
6.1.1.4. Not inspect reparables which are received in error and is automatically
transshipped to the applicable repair point, unless there is obvious or suspected evidence
that condition or identity is incorrect. (T-2).
6.1.1.5. Handle returned assets in such a manner to prevent further damage or cost to the
government. Packing and crating will be accomplished as prescribed by appropriate TOs
and packaging directives IAW AFMAN 24-206 (IP), Packaging of Materiel. (T-2).
6.1.1.6. FOB Materiel. Assets in the possession of base customers that are not correctly
accounted for on supply system due-in from maintenance or in-use equipment detail
records are commonly referred to as FOB. AFI 23-111 requires the prompt recording of
all property found on an installation not maintained in an accountable system. FOB
property will be processed by the Flight Service Center. FOB items will be thoroughly
researched before being added to the accountable record. Unless exempted, all controlled
items will use Special Inventory guidance to clear FOB conditions; a financial liability
report (formerly report of survey) will be required to add such items to the accountable
record. See AFMAN 23-122, Table 6.2 for Exceptions.
6.1.2. Customers in possession of assets will comply with following guidance prior to
returning property to the LRS/Materiel Management Activity to ensure proper identification,
condition and complete documentation (i.e. forms, tags, reports, etc.):
188 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

6.1.2.1. TO 00-20-3, TO 00-35D-54, AFI 21-101, AFMAN 24-206 (IP), and AFMAN
23-122.
6.1.2.2. For maintenance activities that are non-Aircraft, refer to AFPD 21-1 for the
governing maintenance publication.
6.1.3. All activities, which are not in the Stock Number User Directory or equivalent
program and therefore do not receive RIMCS data (i.e. contractors, universities, Air Force
Reserve Officer Training Corps, will ship AF reparable materiel to an authorized repair
point. (T-2).
6.1.4. Activities will not remove Item Identification Plates or Labels on material being
returned. (T-2).
6.2. Returns.
6.2.1. Assets no longer used by retail materiel management activities will be returned or
transferred for disposal. (T-2).
6.2.2. Recoverables/Reparables.
6.2.2.1. Maintenance will return recoverable items to the wholesale and retail materiel
management systems regardless of condition IAW paragraph 5.3 of this instructions.
(T-2).
6.2.2.2. Reparable items coded “XD” and “ND.” Serviceable "XD2" items will only be
returned to depot stocks or transferred to disposal when directed by the IM. (T-2).
6.2.2.3. Reparable Items Coded “XF,” or “NF.” To preclude the unwarranted disposal of
economically reparable "XF" or "NF" items which are beyond the capability, capacity, or
need of the base to repair, the following criteria are established: (T-2).
6.2.2.3.1. Items coded "XF" and "NF" will be processed to the DLADS when they
are in condemned condition, except items identified by AFMC to be included in
Repair Network Integration (RNI). (T-2).
6.2.2.3.2. Reparable "NF" items in other than condemned condition and having a line
item value (quantity items x unit cost) less than $100 will be processed to DLADS.
Items in this category may be held as long as the base considers necessary for
possible future repair and reuse. (T-2).
6.2.2.3.3. Reparable "NF" items in other than condemned condition and having a line
item value of $100 or more will be reported to the IMs for disposition instructions.
(T-2).
6.2.2.3.4. Reparable "XF" items requiring depot repair will be identified in RIMCS.
(T-2).
6.2.2.3.5. Reparable "XF" items not in the RIMCS will be processed to DLADS,
unless critical. (T-2). Exception: Personnel parachute components and those
identified by AFMC to be included in RNI.
6.2.2.3.6. Guidance outlined in this paragraph does not pertain to items recovered by
reclamation at the AFMC Aerospace Maintenance and Regeneration Activity.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 189

6.2.2.4. When notified to ship reparable (part numbered) Quick Reaction Capability
(QRC) equipment to a contractor or depot field team, shipments should be made by the
most expeditious means available.
6.2.2.5. Shipment of reparable and TCTO materiel to repair contractors.
6.2.2.5.1. Reparable and TCTO materiel are shipped to repair contractors when the
appropriate RIMCS data is reflected, except when directed by the IM.
6.2.2.5.2. RIMCS applies to all reparables which can appropriately be shipped from
the generating activity to the contractor repair facility.
6.2.2.5.3. Movement of Test, Measurement, & Diagnostic Equipment will be done
IAW TO 00-20-14, Air Force Metrology and Calibration Program. (T-1).
6.2.3. Consumables items coded XB or NF1.
6.2.3.1. DoD and AF policy mandates all government materiel will be fully used and
reused when the materiel can be used effectively, economically, and safely. Activities
will never discard usable material. (T-1). The following guidelines for determining the
usefulness of items apply to both on-base and off-base organizations.
6.2.3.2. All consumable items, serviceable or unserviceable, having potential use or
resale value, will be collected, retained, and returned to the retail Materiel Management
Activity. Note: LRS/Materiel Management Activity will not accept serviceable property
less than a full Unit of Issue (UI). (T-1). The retail Materiel Management Activity will
reissue and redistribute serviceable consumable items and dispose of unserviceable items
to DLADS in accordance with assigned DEMIL code. (T-1).
6.2.4. NWRM. NWRM items will be returned IAW AFI 20-110 and, paragraph 10.2 of this
instruction. (T-1).
6.2.5. Deficiency Report (DR) Exhibit Returns. DR exhibit return actions will comply with
TO 00-35D-54. (T-1).
6.3. Disposal, Demilitarization and PMRP.
6.3.1. Disposal Guidance.
6.3.1.1. DoDM 4160.21, Volume 2 and DoDM 4160.28, Volume 1, implements the
requirements of the Federal Property Management Regulation (FPMR), as it applies to
the disposition of excess and surplus materiel.
6.3.1.2. Primary Inventory Control Activity (PICA) and Secondary Inventory Control
Activity (SICA). PICAs have final disposition authority for assets under their
management. Therefore, SICAs will not dispose of items until they receive written
authorization from the appropriate PICAs. PICAs will provide SICAs the current "ship
to" information for reparable materiel.
6.3.1.3. Retail activities will transfer centrally procured secondary and principal items to
disposal only when directed by the IM, unless identified as authorized for immediate
transfer to disposal. Component materiel identified by an IM for possible disposal but
with potential for reutilization will be transferred to DLADS, unless new information
justifies retention.
190 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

6.3.1.4. The LRS/Materiel Management Activity may locally-direct transfers to DLADS

when: the item is unserviceable or when the item is a locally assigned stock number and
the item is no longer required; the item does not support an active weapon system or end
item; and all disposal authority criteria has been met. HAZMAT disposal must be
coordinated through local environmental staff using EESOH-MIS for an evaluation of
hazardous waste regulations and requirements.
6.3.1.5. AFMC will ensure all of the following disposal criteria for serviceable items are
met before disposal action is taken:

Table 6.1. Enterprise Date Points to Equal Zero.

Requisition Objective
Daily Demand Rate
Cumulative Recurring Demands
Number Demands Current
Number Demands Past 6 Months
Number Demands 7-12 Months
Due-Outs
Due-Ins
Due-In From Maintenance
Equip Authorization
Equip On-Hand
RSP Authorization
RSP On-Hand
SPRAM Authorization
SPRAM On-Hand
Bench Stock Flag
Supply Point Flag
Life of System Level Count
6.3.1.5.1. For consumable serviceable items required to support and maintain active
weapon system or end item:
6.3.1.5.2. The disposal criteria for BC “8” (XB3, XF3) and BC “9” (XB3, XF3, and
NF1) is authorized when Date of Last Demand is greater than 10 years, SPC assigned
is 5 or E, and Date SPC assigned is greater than 9.
6.3.1.5.3. Some consumable items are not required to support and maintain active
weapon system or end item. The disposal criteria for BC “8” (XB3, XF3) and BC “9”
(XB3, XF3, and NF1) is authorized when Date of Last Demand is greater than 3
years, SPC assigned is 5 or E, and Date SPC assigned is greater than 2 years.
6.3.1.6. Base-level organizations will transfer materiel to DLADS for items not
processed through the applicable materiel management IT system. (T-2). This includes
the transfer of scrap and GPC purchased items.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 191

6.3.1.6.1. Segregation of scrap materiel is necessary to minimize DLADS handling

costs and to ensure maximum return from the sale of disposed materiel. Segregation
of scrap materiel will be accomplished by base organizations initiating materiel
transfers to DLADS.
6.3.1.6.2. When items are coded disposal, disposing organizations’ items must be
turned into DLADS and demilitarized prior to transfer IAW the DEMIL code
assigned, DoDM 4160.21, Volume 3, DoDM 4160.28,Volume 2 and AFMAN 23-
122.
6.3.1.6.3. Disposal of NWRM and scrap from NWRM will follow guidance in AFI
20-110.
6.3.1.6.4. LRS/Materiel Management Activities are authorized to transfer low dollar
value property in batch lots to the DLADS on a single shipping document IAW
DoDM 4160.21, Volume 3 and AFMAN 23-122.
6.3.1.6.5. At installations lacking a local Defense Logistics Agency Disposition
Services (DLADS) staffed location, Logistics Readiness organizations will execute
the following basic processes, subject to specific instructions from DLADS: perform
checks on electronic turn-in documents (ETID) to verify quantity and identity of
property being turned in by local AF or Joint units, package or palletize property to
enable movement and loading by materiel handling equipment, provide secure
temporary storage of disposal property to prevent loss, damage, and deterioration,
coordinate with DLADS to request transportation to a disposal site and contact
DLADS to obtain customer training on disposal processes. (T-3). Note: Check with
servicing DLADS office for prescribed minimum quantity when local storage reaches
maximum capacity and for minimum distances required for obtaining DLADS
provided transportation.
6.3.2. Demilitarization.
6.3.2.1. AFMC/A4R will act as the AF Demilitarization (DEMIL) Program
Administrator. Requests for waiver, modification, exception, or addition to DoD
Demilitarization requirements will be submitted to the AF DEMIL Program
Administrator, on a case-by-case basis IAW DoDM 4160.28, Volume 1. AFMC will
review, approve and submit to the DoD DEMIL Program Office (DDPO). Note: All
changes to DEMIL codes for classified and explosive assets must be approved by
AFMC/A4R DEMIL Program Administrator and the DoD DEMIL Program
Administrator.
6.3.2.2. The ESs (contractor equivalent) will assign accurate DEMIL codes to all items,
for which they have management responsibility, IAW DoDI 4160.28, DoD
Demilitarization (DEMIL) Program. Requests to change an item's DEMIL code will be
submitted to DLA Logistics Information Service IAW DoDM 4160.28, Volume 2.
6.3.2.3. Prior to release of property from DoD custody and control, the owning activity is
responsible for ascertaining the demilitarization code for the property and ensuring that it
is entered on the transfer document or included in the lease, loan, or sale agreement.
192 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

6.3.2.4. The ICP will declassify materiel according to DoDM 4160.28, Volume 3, and if
required, further demilitarize classified materiel prior to turn-in of the residue, if any, to
DLADS.
6.3.3. Precious Metals Recovery Program. The PMRP will be conducted IAW in DoDM
4160.21, Volume 2 and TO 00-25-113, Conservation and Segregation of Critical Alloy and
Precious Metal Bearing Parts and Scrap.
6.3.3.1. Roles and Responsibilities.
6.3.3.1.1. AF/A4LR will be responsible for coordinating the policy and guidance for
PMRP.
6.3.3.1.2. AFMC will be the AF focal point to coordinate on all matters pertaining to
the PMRP and assign appropriate Precious Metals Indicator Codes as defined by
DoDM 4100.39.
6.3.3.1.3. MAJCOMs will: Ensure an effective PMRP program exists within their
command.
6.3.3.1.4. Retail/Base-Level PMRP Management:
6.3.3.1.4.1. The Materiel Management Flight Chief Inspector will be the
installation PMRP manager/focal point for all matters concerning PMRP. (T-2).
6.3.3.1.4.2. The PMRP manager will maintain a list of all organization's PMRP
monitor's/alternate's name, phone number, location and, as applicable, type of
recovery equipment, kind of precious metals scrap generated, and the kind of fine
precious metals and high precious metals content items used.
6.3.3.1.4.3. The PMRP manager will visit each participating activity at least once
every 24 months for review of operations, documentation, and adherence to
overall program requirements. A report of findings will be maintained and
corrective action on discrepancies tracked through completion.
6.3.3.2. All AF activities must establish protection requirements for fine precious metals,
precious metals bearing scrap, and high content precious metals bearing items IAW
DoDM 4160.21, Volume 2. (T-0).
6.3.3.2.1. Using activities will maintain a file for accountability for silver recovery
equipment and supplies provided by DLADS at no cost, kind of precious metals scrap
generated, and the kind of fine precious metals and high precious metals content
items used.
6.3.3.2.2. Contractor activities operating on an AF installation where precious metals
are used or recovery is involved must ensure that the PMRP is addressed in the
Performance Work Statement (PWS) or equivalent. (T-2).
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 193

Chapter 7

SUPPORTING TECHNOLOGIES

7.1. Overview. This chapter also establishes policy on the administration and use of the ILS-S.
The policy described in this section is applicable to all subsystems of the ILS-S (the Standard
Base Supply System (SBSS), Enterprise Solution-Supply, and the AF Supply Central Database)
except where explicitly excluded. Specific guidance to create and maintain user accounts within
each particular subsystem of ILS-S are addressed in AFH 23-123, Volume 2.
7.2. Automated Identification Technology (AIT) and MMHS and Other Capabilities.
7.2.1. AIT, a group of technologies to improve material identification and data collection.
The implementation of AIT capability within the AF shall be done through the ELS initiative
and IAW DoDM 4140.01. The adoption, acquisition and implementation of AIT capabilities
shall be accomplished at the enterprise level unless AF/A4L grants an exception to this
guidance. Requests for exception to guidance shall be made in writing and coordinated with
the applicable MAJCOM A4 and AF/A4LR.
7.2.1.1. Asset Marking and Tracking (AMT). AMT enables total asset management
throughout the supply chain by ensuring the consistent marking and tracking of all assets.
AMT automatically identifies and tracks high cost, high impact, and other critical
individual components from acquisition through transportation, supply, maintenance, and
disposal. This includes consumables and non-serialized assets along with selected assets
as identified within the OSD-led Serialized Item Management (SIM) initiative. AMT
shall use existing capabilities and policy, such as Item Unique Identification (IUID), and
Radio Frequency Identification (RFID). Note: For operational security purposes, AFOSI
assets that are used for surveillance missions will not be labeled with identification
markings. Also, assets will not be marked when identification markings hinder the use of
the equipment (i.e. size, technical use).
7.2.1.2. Enterprise Asset Tracking. Use enterprise asset tracking in the retail system.
The capability is comprised in large part of mobile device technology such as hand-held
terminals. The technology will support the asset accountability function, warehouse pull
and put-away, receipt and turn-in processing, asset delivery, warehouse and equipment
inventory processing, and warehouse location validation processing. When mobile device
technology is not available (either due to hardware or network constriction, use AF
approved modernized desktop application capable of the same function.
7.2.2. IUID. IUID is a key enabler for automatic data capture on key items. This allows for
capture of accurate lifecycle data that can be aggregated and analyzed by planners, engineers,
and logisticians to produce predictive maintenance strategies. IUID implementation will meet
requirements in MIL-STD-130 and DoDI 8320.04, Item Unique Identification Standards for
Tangible Personal Property.
7.2.2.1. SAF/AQ manages IUID implementation with the acquisition of new assets.
7.2.2.2. AF/A4LR provides policy alignment strategy and oversight of IUID.
7.2.2.3. AFMC/A4N manages IUID implementation and sustainment for legacy items to
include Class II, VII, and IX supply items.
194 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

7.2.2.4. Radio Frequency Identification (RFID). Active RFID supports asset visibility
and improved logistic business processes throughout the DoD logistics enterprise. The
AF maintains an active RFID infrastructure IAW with DoD policy directives. This
infrastructure primarily supports distribution activities tracking shipments to, from and
between OCONUS locations. The use of such automatic identification ensures minimal
or no manual data entry, improves data accuracy and timeliness. The supporting AF
RFID implementation plan encompasses both active and passive RFID technology in a
cohesive environment to support the DoD vision will be in accordance with DoD and
other applicable directives.
7.2.3. MMHS Planning & Programming.
7.2.3.1. AFMC must approve any proposed modification to an existing MMHS or SAS
that originally required AFMC approval and was installed by AFMC. Modifications
include changes to equipment, configuration, location, installation, functional changes
and programmable controllers. When modifications exceed $100K, AFMC will fund
them through the MMHS/SAS program. Modifications under $100K must be funded
locally.
7.2.3.2. AFMC retains approval authority for configuration of all materiel management
support facilities and air terminal facilities based on the flow of materials and space
utilization.
7.2.3.3. AFMC prioritizes MAJCOM requirements into an AF MMHS/SAS Program.
AFMC manages the program based on execution responsibilities, and accounts for all
projects submitted by MAJCOMs.
7.2.3.3.1. MAJCOM focal points advocate to AFMC for each MAJCOM’s
MMHS/SAS program ensuring all requirements are included in the AF Program.
7.2.3.3.2. The MAJCOM focal point is the liaison between the MAJCOM PM and
the AFMC MMHS/SAS Program Manager.
7.2.3.4. AFMC PM manages all technical aspects of a project. These include: the initial
evaluation of requirements, cost data, design (i.e. the preparation of drawings and
specifications), contracting package, evaluation of technical proposals, and acceptance of
installed equipment. When the MMHS/SAS project is associated with a MILCON
project, the PE will attend all MILCON Design Conferences.
7.2.3.5. AFMC coordinates funding, manages obligations and expenditures IAW AFI 65-
601, Volume 2, and maintains financial management liaison with SAF/AQ and the
AFMC PM.
7.2.3.6. Base Level. The Base Project Officer is designated by the using organization’s
commander to be responsible for coordinating all on-site activities of a particular
MMHS/SAS project. The Base Project Officer will be part of the using activity and be
fully involved with project development.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 195

7.2.3.7. Guidance regarding MMHS usage. MMHS includes (but is not limited to)
equipment, process controllers, or equipment shelters required to handle materials in a
proven, systematic, mechanized manner. Note: MMHS does not include systems that
require research and development. Systems must be either "off-the-shelf” or made from
off-the-shelf components. MMHS also does not include: equipment which is item
managed (unless included as part of a total system), general purpose forklifts, ISU
containers, conventional pallet jacks, floor scrubbers, refrigerators, and freezers. When a
system does not meet the above criteria, AFMC decides whether it qualifies under the
MMHS program.
7.2.3.8. Types of MMHS include:
7.2.3.8.1. All types of conveyors, including 463L pallet conveyor.
7.2.3.8.2. Narrow-aisle vehicles (guided by wire, radio, rail, light, or laser).
7.2.3.8.3. Automated storage/retrieval systems, including elevating transfer vehicles
(ETVs).
7.2.3.8.4. Carousel storage systems (horizontal and vertical).
7.2.3.8.5. Mobile storage systems.
7.2.3.8.6. Cranes (bridge, trolley, jib, or gantry).
7.2.3.8.7. Lifts (e.g. pallet build-up/breakdown lifts).
7.2.3.8.8. Ball transfer mats.
7.2.3.8.9. SAS.
7.2.3.8.10. Dock levelers.
7.2.3.8.11. Combinations of the above.
7.2.3.9. SAS includes: mezzanines, modular cabinets, racks, shelving, and bins. It also
includes any support equipment required to provide a completely functional storage
system, or specialized function within a larger system.
7.2.3.10. Identification of Requirement. The base identifies the need for the project and
creates the Concept Paper for the MMHS/SAS project. The base submits the concept
paper a one page summary of deficiencies and requested improvements. It contains
specific background information, requested improvements, present system(s), anticipated
benefits/impact and base point of contact. Which must be validated and updated annually,
to the MAJCOM Program Manager until funded.
7.2.3.11. Economic Analysis. When required by AFI 65-501, Economic Analysis, the
base is responsible for ensuring an economic analysis is prepared by the installation
financial analysis office.
7.2.3.12. Local Infrastructure Improvements. Local infrastructure improvements are
required to support an MMHS/SAS project. These improvements (e.g. new transformer
or fire pump) cannot be funded with MMHS/SAS funds and must therefore be funded
through another source.
196 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

7.2.3.13. Installation Planning. Installation planning and scheduling will be

accomplished after completion of the system design and before contracting of the project.
Where necessary, installation plans are built into the MMHS/SAS contract to ensure the
equipment installation follows the predetermined plan. Installation plans include
orientation of personnel in the concept of operation of the equipment and a plan for
maintenance of the system. The base develops this plan with assistance from the PE.
7.2.3.14. Contracting Package. After receiving the contracting package from the PE, the
base coordinates the package with the appropriate local organizations. The base directs
any comments or questions on the package to the PE, who modifies the contracting
package as necessary.
7.2.3.15. Contingency Plan. The base writes a contingency plan for the proposed system.
Use of MMHS/SAS must consider enemy attack and power outages. There must be
provisions for working around damaged or inoperable equipment and accessing material
in support of the mission. The using organization commander approves the plan.
7.2.3.16. Post Award Conference. The base attends the post award conference and assists
the Contracting Officer and PE, as requested.
7.2.3.17. Equipment Installation. The base monitors contractor performance during the
installation of the equipment, reporting any problems to the PE.
7.2.3.18. Equipment Accountability. The base shall maintain equipment accountability
for MMHS/SAS under the applicable Support Equipment APSR and procedures.
7.2.3.19. Programming for MMHS.
7.2.3.19.1. Programming Projects. In the second quarter of each fiscal year, AFMC
will send a requirements call letter to each MAJCOM requesting an MMHS/SAS
Priority List.
7.2.3.19.2. Project Design. Once an MMHS/SAS project is identified as funded, the
AFMC PE begins the design process. MMHS/SAS projects are typically designed for
existing (non-MILCON) facilities or newly constructed (MILCON) facilities.
7.2.3.19.3. Non-MILCON Related MMHS/SAS. Design of a project includes
collection and analysis of data, equipment selection, development of the layout, and
preparation of the contracting package by AFMC. When the contracting package is
complete, the PE sends it to the base for review and local coordination.
7.2.3.19.4. MMHS/SAS Associated with a MILCON Project. The process is the
same for Non-MILCON related MMHS/SAS. However, the design process must start
much sooner (as much as a year before funding), usually with the PE attending the
initial MILCON conference (Concept Phase) at the site. The building will be
designed around the operation/equipment; it is paramount that the PE determines the
appropriate MMHS/SAS before the MILCON process begins..
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 197

7.3. Supply Chain Materiel Management Systems.

7.3.1. AF materiel management systems shall comply with the requirements of DoDM
4140.01 and AFMAN 17-1203. Use of DoD or AF SCM systems and Item Manager
Wholesale Requisition Process IT systems is mandatory for all AF owned assets. AF/A4 may
waive this requirement for systems that it identifies as meeting requirements for visibility and
accountability of assets across the supply chain. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.
7.3.2. AF materiel management IT systems shall support tactical and strategic planning and
robust maintenance practices as well as implement unimpeded distribution of goods.
Concurrently, the systems will ensure proper tracking and identification of assets, support
proper sourcing and maintain solid financial management accountability of the AF supply
chain.
7.3.3. Provide visibility of AF repair networks capability and capacity to effectively allocate
resources and workload to optimized repair planning.
7.3.3.1. Pursue Total Asset Visibility by capturing accurate data and maintaining near
real-time asset information.
7.3.3.2. Promote data accuracy by standardizing maintenance of information.
7.3.3.3. Provide the information required for the CAM office to effectively and
efficiently allocate resources across the AF.
7.3.3.4. Promote an information exchange network to support coordination and
collaboration between the AF and the other DoD Components
7.4. Readiness Driver Program.
7.4.1. To improve overall weapon system mission capability, an AF Readiness Drivers
Program (AFRDP) is created to:
7.4.1.1. Provide the capability to identify and track items having the greatest negative
impact on mission capability, categorizing them in terms of the severity of the impact.
7.4.1.2. Provide capability to identify the underlying constraints impacting item
availability.
7.4.1.3. Develop, document, and execute a constraints resolution plan for each identified
constraint impacting item availability for items in the AFRDP.
7.4.1.4. Provide management visibility to track weapon system (WS) constraints and
resolution plans affecting multiple items or incidents to improve overall WS planning,
item availability, mission capability (MC), and operations support to the warfighter.
7.4.1.5. Result in progressive and conclusive elimination of constraints such that both the
number of AFRDP incidents and the magnitude of their mission impact are continually
reduced.
7.4.1.6. This guidance compliments and is concurrent with DoDI 3110.05, Readiness-
based Materiel Condition Reporting for Mission-Essential Systems.
7.4.2. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.
198 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

7.5. Integrated Logistics System-Supply (ILS-S).

7.5.1. System Administration. The Materiel Management community has the responsibility
to administer the ILS-S system access and security program in accordance with the
identification and authentication procedures outlined in this publication, AFMAN 17-1301,
Computer Security (COMPUSEC), ILS-S Program Management Office (PMO)-produced
Rapid Communications Messages (RAPCOMs) and other security guides as applicable. All
users are required to submit an automated System Authorization Access Request (SAAR).
The DD Form 2875, System Authorization Access Request (SAAR), may be used in situations
where an automated submission method is not available or is prohibited by DISA. The level
of approval required on the SAAR will be based on the user’s status (for example, type of
user and location). Access will only be permitted for those functions required for mission
accomplishment.
7.5.2. Controlled Access. A high degree of control over the ILS-S system and data access to
logistics data is warranted due to security and proprietary data issues. ILS-S has several
security features that will lock user accounts and render the account inaccessible. Accounts
will only be unlocked after positive identification is either made in person with a CAC, a
digitally signed email or use of the Telephone Challenge Word. The authentication method is
at the discretion of the ILS-S Administrator. ILS-S access is granted through the AF Portal
using CAC authentication.
7.5.2.1. Restrict Direct ILS-S Access. Direct access to the ILS-S is limited to users with
a validated mission need for functions not supported in any other component of ILS-S.
All requests for direct access to the ILS-S made by personnel outside AFMC must be
requested in writing and approved by AF/A4LR. A signed copy of this authorization will
be maintained with the SAAR and reviewed quarterly by AFMC during validations. (T-
1). The coordination can be done by signed email. All requests will be reviewed and
validated annually by AF/A4LR to ensure direct ILS-S access is still warranted.
7.5.2.2. Tiered Administration. ILS-S is based on a tiered administration concept that
includes a hierarchy of system administrators. Higher level administrators manage lower
level administrators and lower level administrators manage the users. Further details on
the tiered administration concept can be found in the ILS-S User’s Manual Chapter 29.
7.5.2.3. Administrative and Transaction Groups. ILS-S Administrative and Transaction
Groups will be standardized across the enterprise. All changes will be requested in
writing through the requestor’s MAJCOM to AF/A4LR for approval.
7.5.2.4. Proprietary Information. Users assigned to Contractor Inventory Control Points
will not be granted access to asset and order information from other Contractor Inventory
Control Points. The Contractor’s Government Sponsor and the Information Assurance
Officer (IAO) responsible for each Administrative Group will ensure compliance to this
restriction during quarterly system generated validations. (T-2).
7.5.3. Automated User Account Validation. The ILS-S Administrators will perform a
validation of user accounts quarterly. (T-1). The ILS-S Administrator will be notified by an
alert or e-mail that a validation is required.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 199

7.5.4. User Administration. Administrators serve as trusted agents to grant and maintain
access rights to individual users in their units and Administrative Groups. Organizational
commanders whose responsibilities include oversight of ILS-S operations will review and
approve or disapprove the SAAR for all users requesting administrative privileges. (T-1).
Commanders, with approval from AF/A4LR for direct access to the ILS-S (discussed in this
chapter), will also appoint (through DISA) an Alternate Information Assurance Officer
(AIAO) for controlling and monitoring ILS-S unique security requirements.
7.5.4.1. Qualifications. Only AF Military/Civilians or Support Contractors working
under contract to the AF can be appointed as ILS-S administrators (including AIAOs).
Contractor Inventory Control Point users will NOT be appointed as ILS-S administrators.
7.5.4.2. Appointment. AFMC will determine the level and responsibility for
administering accounts.
7.5.4.3. Responsibilities. Administrators are charged with approving, monitoring and
updating user accounts when permissions change. They ensure the appropriate level of
approval has been obtained before allowing access to and use of ILS-S applications.
Administrators will also: disable accounts immediately in any situation requiring
additional research to validate the account. Administrators will immediately archive all
accounts that are no longer required to perform the mission.
7.5.4.3.1. Understand DoD, DISA and AF Policy and Procedures. Do not rely solely
on policy in the instruction. All administrators must also have a thorough
understanding of all DoD, DISA and AF policy, manuals, handbooks and Security
Technical Implementation Guides regarding system and user administration.
7.5.4.3.2. Manage System Access Authorization Requests (SAARs). Maintaining
SAARs is mandatory and vital to passing system security audits. Failure to pass a
system security audit will result in a re-audit within 90 days and may result in
removal as a User Administrator. SAARs maintained outside ILS-S must be centrally
located to enable rapid retrieval, validation and access by auditors. SAARs contain a
user’s personal data and should only be accessed by those in a “need to know"
position.
7.5.4.3.3. Perform Information Owner Duties. The Information Owner (IO)
capability will only be assigned to administrators charged with local IO duties by the
accountable officer. The IO will review all base level user requests and forward to the
IAO for approval/disapproval. The IO must verify the SAAR contains only the
minimum privileges required to perform the mission.
7.5.4.3.4. Perform Information Assurance Officer Duties. ILS-S IAOs are only
located at AFMC. The IAO will review and approve or disapprove all user requests.
The IAO must verify the SAAR contains only the privileges required to perform the
mission. Extra scrutiny will take place at this level since the IAO is the last person in
the approval chain prior to account creation and privileges being granted.
Administrators will not update a data element the user has the capability to update in
their profile. All requests to alter permissions in ILS-S will be documented using the
automated SAAR. Under no circumstances will an administrator restore or reactivate
200 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

an account when it is clear the user failed to fulfill their responsibilities or to avoid
proper approval and validation by the supervisor, IO or IAO.
7.5.4.3.5. Limit SRAN Access. Administrators will not grant access to multiple
accounts when a base-level user's job only requires access to a single SRAN. Users
may be granted privileges for multiple SRANs if there is a genuine need to access
multiple accounts (i.e. CRF, deployments, etc.). The IO and IAO will verify specific
comments justifying the need for access to multiple SRANs on the SAAR to
document this exception to policy. The IAO assigned to the Admin Group will
approve or disapprove all requests regardless of the source of the request. (T-1).
7.5.4.3.6. Limit Transaction Identification Code (TRIC) Group Assignment. Users
are to be limited to a single primary TRIC group based on their job/duty title. A user
may possess a single primary TRIC group and one or more supplementary TRIC
group(s) (e.g, RVP, ASSET-MGT NWRM) as long as the rational for the
supplementary TRIC Group is clearly stated in the SAAR Justification block and
approved by the user’s approval chain (supervisor, administrator). Administrators will
only grant a user access to the TRIC group associated to their job/duty title unless an
exception to the policy is approved by AF/A4LR and the exception is clearly stated in
the SAAR Justification block. (T-1). TRIC groups allowing access to warehouse
responsibilities and duties will not be granted to a user that also has Inventory
Accountability responsibilities. This policy ensures no single user is able to receive
and issue property as well as accomplish scheduled/special inventories adjusting the
item record for that same property. The owning MAJCOM will:
7.5.4.3.6.1. Conduct a quarterly review to verify/validate and provide
justification for each waivered user account. The review/validation and
justification will consist of a transactional review and analysis.
7.5.4.3.6.2. Forward a copy of the validation and signed monthly M10
(Consolidated Inventory Adjustment Document Register) and respective M10
analysis to the Air Force Life Cycle Management Center Enterprise Logistics
Systems Division (AFLCMC/HIA) ILS-S Program Office. (T-1). Failure to
submit the validation will result in the removal of the waivered account.
7.5.4.3.7. Validate User Accounts. Administrators will complete the ILS-S
automated validation NLT the user’s validation due date to prevent the user’s account
from being automatically disabled by the system. Validation of legacy accounts will
ensure only those transactions not available in Enterprise Solution-Supply are
assigned to those users approved by AF/A4LR for ILS-S access. See AFMAN 23-122
for procedures.
7.5.4.3.7.1. Bulk Load Not Authorized. The bulk uploading of validation data is
not authorized without written approval of the AFMC
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 201

7.5.4.3.7.2. Review Administrator Accounts. AFMC will validate all SPO and
mid-level administrator accounts each quarter during the automated validation.
The mid-level administrator will validate low-level administrative accounts within
their span of control during the automated validation. SPO-level administrators
will only be located in the ILS-S Program Office. With the exception of the
NWRM Admin Group, mid-level Enterprise Solution-Supply administrators will
only be located at AFMC. ILS-S administrators will only be located at AFMC.
DISA account validation and audit procedures will be followed to ensure
compliance and continued access.
7.5.4.3.7.3. Prevent Unauthorized Use. Administrators at all levels will
implement proactive measures to ensure every user’s access and privileges are
reviewed prior to a change in the user’s status. (T-1). This includes, but is not
limited to, transfer (PCS, PCA and new duty positions), retirement, administrative
action, changes in employment status or extended absences. The administrator
will ensure the user’s account expiration date is updated and will archive the
user’s account(s) NLT 1 duty day prior to the user’s last day in that role. (T-1).
This action ensures the user will have to apply for access through the user’s new
supervisor, IO and IAO at the gaining location to ensure the proper privileges are
assigned. This will be accomplished using available technology and processes
such as the virtual Military Personnel Flight (vMPF) in-processing/out-processing
checklist functionality, contractor onboarding/departure procedures and locally-
developed PCA checklists.
7.5.4.3.7.4. Scrutinize Deployment Accounts. Deployed users must apply for a
new account upon arrival in the deployed location through the ILS-S automated
SAAR if their duties require processing transactions against the deployed SRAN.
The user and deployed supervisor will ensure the account’s expiration date is set
for the user’s re-deployment date. The IAO assigned to the Admin Group will
approve or disapprove all requests regardless of the source of the request. Home-
station accounts will be subject to enterprise rules. Long absences will result in
the account being disabled and archived by ILS-S.
7.5.4.3.7.5. Scrutinize Contractor Accounts. Contractors perform vital services
for the AF. Their access to ILS-S is contingent upon an approved and up to date
contract authorizing their continued need for access. The Government Sponsor
and Information Owner must ensure the expiration date on the contractor’s
account is the last day of the current contract, not to exceed three years from the
date of submission. To request changes to the expiration date, company name, or
contract number, users will be required to submit a new SAAR and be approved
by the Government Sponsor, Security Manager, and ILS-S Administrators. Prior
to submitting the new SAAR, users must coordinate with the IO/IAO to ensure
the current account is archived.
7.5.4.3.7.6. Scrutinize Multiple Accounts. There may be an operational need for
an ILS-S user to have more than one account. This can occur for several reasons
to include joint base processing with separate SBSS accounts within close
proximity and supporting COOP operations. All requests for multiple accounts
will contain a specific and detailed justification on the SAAR.
202 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

7.5.5. Supervisor/US Government Sponsor Responsibilities. Supervisors will validate the

need for access requested and endorse SAARs. (T-1). A US Government Sponsor (normally
the Contract QAE or Government PMO representative) must endorse (as the Supervisor) all
ILS-S SAARs for contractor personnel. The organizational commander will serve as the
supervisor for all administrator accounts. (T-1). Supervisors are also responsible for the
timely validation of their subordinates’ user accounts. This includes removing privileges
during the validation process that are no longer required. It is the supervisor’s/US
Government sponsor’s responsibility to notify the ILS-S Administrator NLT 3 duty days
when a user no longer requires access to ILS-S. (T-1).This notification can be by signed
email, in-person or by telephone.
7.5.6. User Responsibilities. ILS-S users are responsible for their actions on the system. This
includes the responsibility to protect the ILS-S account(s) and to prevent unauthorized access
to the ILS-S.
7.5.6.1. Protect Account Access. Account sharing is strictly prohibited. (T-1). It is a
security violation to leave a computer unlocked while a user is away from the PC.
Violators will have accounts archived by the administrator. (T-1). The user will re-apply
for access after re-accomplishing Information Assurance Training to reinforce security
policy and procedures. Users will also contact the administrator immediately if they
suspect their account has been compromised.
7.5.6.2. Request/Process Account Changes. Users will update changes to ILS-S profile
immediately as a condition of continued access. The ILS-S Automated SAAR will be the
only mechanism to request changes to a user’s SRANs, capabilities and transactions. (T-
1). Changes to an account not maintained by the automated SAAR require a new SAAR
to be approved and routed to the IAO/AIAO. New requests and changes to existing
accounts will be completed by the user NLT 3 duty days prior to the operational
requirement to allow for proper routing. (T-2). The user is also responsible for notifying
the supervisor/US Government sponsor when ILS-S access or privileges to ILS-S are no
longer required.
7.5.6.3. Review ILS-S System Messages. Users will regularly review all policy,
procedures, RAPCOMs and the ILS-S SharePoint site to ensure proper use of the ILS-S.
Failure to do so may result in the user’s account being disabled until appropriate training
is completed to ensure compliance.
7.5.7. Security Manager Responsibilities. The security manager with access to a user’s
security clearance information will review the need for access and complete the Security
Manager section of the SAAR. (T-1). This includes the determination to approve or
disapprove the user’s access to ILS-S.
7.5.8. Host Constant and Support Data. Within ILS-S, Host Constant and Support Data are
considered master data and will not be modified without notifying the ILS-S application
administrators in the ILS-S Program Office. Refer to the ILS-S User's Manual Chapter 34,
RPS Functions, for updating the Master Data. Within the Enterprise Solution-Supply
component the DoDAAC screen is used to manage the master data and updates are restricted
to the ILS-S Program Office application administrators.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 203

Chapter 8

LOGISTICS PROGRAMS AND SYSTEMS

8.1. Overview. This chapter outlines AF guidance for logistics programs and systems regarding
Cataloging and Records Maintenance; UMMIPS; AF Uniform Clothing Policy; Price Challenge
and Verification Program; and Disposition of Critical Safety Items (CSI). As listed in
Attachment 1, References, various DoD and AF publications are reference sources for this
publication. For this chapter, DoDM 4100.39, and DoDM 4140.01 serve as primary DoD
reference sources.
8.2. Cataloging and Records Maintenance.
8.2.1. Cataloging and records maintenances actions will comply with US Code Title 10,
Subtitle D, Part IV Service, Supply and Procurement, DoDM 4100.39, DoDM 4120.24,
DoDM 4140.26-M,Volume 1, DoDM 4140.01 and in accordance with AFMAN 23-122. (T-
0). All AF activities and their personnel, including contracted agents/entities, are responsible
for ensuring that the policies and procedures are implemented and enforced.
8.2.1.1. Cataloging. Cataloging actions include naming, classifying, describing, and
numbering items. It also includes the maintenance and dissemination of that information.
AF cataloging operations are conducted within the framework of the Federal Catalog
Program IAW DoDM 4100.39.
8.2.1.2. Cataloging reconciliation. AFMC will conduct a quarterly reconciliation
between the Federal Logistics Information System, D043, D071, the Integrated Logistics
System-Supply, and D035. They will develop procedures to correct any deficiencies
between systems within 5 business days. AFMC will develop reconciliation metrics and
report to AF/A4LR quarterly.
8.2.1.3. Records maintenance. Records maintenance actions include item record loads;
research and processing actions for non-cataloged items; preparing and processing part
number loads, changes, and deletions; procedures for preparing and processing changes
to essential data on item, detail, and support records. For detailed IT information
regarding these processes, refer to AFH 23-123, Volume 2.
8.2.2. The DLA DLIS responsibilities for cataloging and record maintenance support are
outlined in DoDM 4100.39. AF materiel managers at all levels will submit cataloging
data/action requests IAW AFMAN 23-122. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.
8.2.3. Federal Catalog Program. The scope of items to be included and excluded are covered
in DoDM 4100.39 and include the following elements:
8.2.3.1. Item Entry Control.
8.2.3.2. Technical Data Validation.
8.2.3.3. Provisioning Screening Review and Support.
8.2.3.4. Data Entry and Maintenance Transactions.
8.2.3.5. Cataloging Tools.
8.2.3.6. Item Management Coding (IMC).
204 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

8.2.3.7. Supply Support Request processing.

8.2.3.8. Data Dissemination.
8.2.3.9. Standardization.
8.2.4. Cataloging Request. The AF Form 86, Request for Cataloging Data/Action will be
used by AF activities to request Federal Supply Catalog actions to the DLIS Cataloging
Center. The primary method to submit a request for cataloging action is via the automated
AF cataloging system. However, there will be instances where the system will not accept the
request or the AF initiator does not have access to the system at their location. In this case,
the hard copy AF Form 86 will be necessary. AF Forms 86 are used within the AF only and
will not be submitted to other military services (Army, Navy, and Marines) or to a DoD
integrated materiel manager.
8.2.4.1. Submittal of cataloging actions by the initiator will always be accompanied by
Reference Number Category Code and Reference Number Variation Code.
8.2.4.2. When cataloging actions are completed, the AF Form 86, indicating completed
action will be returned to the initiator.
8.2.4.3. Purpose and Nature Of Property Classification. The rules and principles
concerning the Federal Supply Classification are contained in DoDM 4100.39.
8.2.4.4. Materiel Management Aggregation Code (MMAC). In addition to the Federal
Supply Classification as a means of item aggregation, the AF uses the MMAC. The AF
logistics system requires all weapons systems and technology group related items be
assigned a MMAC for the purpose of:
8.2.4.4.1. Segregating property according to air and ground application, when not
provided for by the FSC and required by supply management.
8.2.4.4.2. Segregating items in specific classes for management purposes, where the
Federal Supply Class is too large or further relationship to an end item is required;
such as 1560, 2840, FSG 14, etc.
8.2.4.4.3. Items classified in Federal Supply Classes 1560, 2810, 2840, 2845, 4935,
4960, and FSGs 14 and 18 must have a MMAC assigned regardless of management
assignment (i.e. DLA, AF, other service).
8.2.4.5. Assignment of AF Control Numbers.
8.2.4.5.1. Non-Cataloged (NC) Control Numbers:
8.2.4.5.1.1. New item requests, also referred to as non-cataloged (NC) numbers
are assigned a Standard Inter-service Agency Serial Control Number (SIASCN)
constructed IAW DoDM 4140.26, Volume 6, DoD Integrated Materiel
Management (IMM) For Consumable Items: Supply Support Requests (SSRS).
8.2.4.5.1.2. The NC Control Number is used when a requirement exists for a new
item to enter the supply system. This control number is assigned automatically by
the AF system to control and monitor requests for NSN assignment.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 205

8.2.4.5.1.3. SIASCNs are assigned to all potential AF managed items of supply

that require NSN assignment. SIASCNs are assigned by the responsible AFMC
ICP, which is generally determined by the MMAC (i.e. weapon system mission
assignment). Non-weapon system/non-MMAC NSNs (e.g., medical items-FSG 65
and clothing- FSG 84 (except 8475)) will be determined by the Federal Supply
Class.
8.2.4.5.2. Non-Definitive (ND) Control Numbers:
8.2.4.5.2.1. Numbers are assigned by the AF system as a result of an AFMC ICP
action to:
8.2.4.5.2.1.1. Identify items not considered to be logical spares, on a one-time
basis, for shipment of assets to support a part number requisition, or to show
custody in support of an operational requirement.
8.2.4.5.2.1.2. Establish controls within the AF system, on a temporary basis,
for one-time buys of consumable (ERRC N), non-logical spares.
8.2.4.5.2.1.3. Support special projects authorized by AFMC.
8.2.4.5.2.1.4. Support non-standard one-time buy items in support of an FMS
requirement.
8.2.4.5.2.2. ND numbers are “temporary” control numbers used for
accountability. They do not replace NSNs and the use of an ND number is not to
exceed one year.
8.2.4.5.3. Kits are assigned “K” numbers when established by AFMC.
8.2.4.5.4. “P” numbers are assigned by bases for control of items having a true
manufacturer’s part/reference number of 10 digits or less. When the part/reference
number exceeds 10 digits or if more than one part/reference number exists for the
same item of supply, a “P” serialized number will be used.
8.2.4.5.5. “L” numbers are assigned by bases when a “P” number cannot be used.
(e.g., items without a part/reference number). When a valid requirement exists for the
assignment of an “L” control number, bases will not be required to submit an AF
Form 86.
8.2.4.5.5.1. The assignment, justification, control, review, maintenance of
register, cross-reference file, etc. will be the responsibility of the activity having
supply support responsibility at that base or MAJCOM.
8.2.4.5.5.2. Any requirement for a new MMAC (suffix code) for MAJCOM
numbers must be submitted to AFMC for approval. (T-1).
8.2.4.5.6. Each item assigned a control number in an accountable file will be
reviewed at least once a quarter by the assigning authority to determine the existence
of an NSN.
8.2.5. I&S Data.
8.2.5.1. Management of I&S data will be done IAW DoDM 4100.39.
206 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

8.2.5.2. Item relationship data are developed, approved, and documented for sending and
use throughout the AF or by other DoD activities, as required, through the media of the
AF I&S Grouping Program. Use of this data provides for more effective new item entry
control, utilization of available assets, supply support and orderly attrition of items from
the inventory.
8.2.5.3. The AF I&S Grouping Program provides for furnishing I&S data AF-wide on a
current basis compatible with related cataloging, distribution, and materiel management
systems.
8.2.5.3.1. I&S relationships are contained in the AF system and published only after
careful research; technical comparison, and assurance that the relationships revealed
are within accepted engineering practices and meet functional, physical, qualitative,
and prescribed performance requirements.
8.2.5.3.2. Substitution or interchange of items of supply will not be authorized or
orders issued for shipment unless the I&S relationship has been determined IAW the
governing TO. Offers of substitute items under status code “BC” that cannot be
readily validated through these procedures will be submitted for I&S review and
determination IAW base interrogation procedures.
8.2.6. Drawings and Associated Lists. Preparation of government and contractor design
activity drawings and associated lists is governed by MIL-T-31000, General Specification for
Technical Data Packages.
8.2.7. Engineering Data.
8.2.7.1. This instruction provides guidance for engineering data storage, distribution, and
control. All engineering data will be compatible with the Joint Engineering Data
Management Information and Control System.
8.2.7.2. The Engineering Data Manager acquires the data necessary to logistically
support the end item as stated in program management requirements.
8.2.7.3. Contractor design activity drawings and associated lists for which the
government does not have unlimited rights, may not be released outside the government
without written permission of the party asserting the limiting rights.
8.2.8. Reference numbers submitted for NSN assignment must meet cataloging guidelines
IAW DoDM 4100.39.
8.3. Uniform Materiel Movement and Issue Priority System (UMMIPS).
8.3.1. Overview. UMMIPS, Force/Activity Designators (FAD), project codes, and materiel
priorities and allocations will adhere to guidance in Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff
Instruction (CJCSI) 4110.01E, Joint Materiel Priorities and Allocation; DoDM 4140.01;
DLM 4000.25; and DLM 4000.25-1. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.
8.3.2. Commanders or equivalents of requisitioning activities will ensure the AF Program:
Installations, Units, and Priorities (PD) is valid, accurate, and consistent with FADs assigned
by higher authority. (T-2).
8.3.3. Contractors requisitioning from DoD sources of supply will use the FAD and priority
provided in the contract or by the Contracting Officer. (T-2).
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 207

8.3.4. The AF precedence system is built on the DoD FAD by assigning a relative priority
within each FAD IAW CJCSI 4110.01E.
8.3.5. Requests to obtain/change FADs and precedence rating assignments will be
accomplished per CJCSI 4110.01E. (T-0).
8.3.6. Use of locally-assigned project codes (by MAJCOMs and bases) is prohibited.
8.3.7. AF-generated project codes will be effective for the duration of the need. (T-1). Codes
will be assigned a termination date no greater than 24 months, at which time they must be
reevaluated for deletion or renewal. (T-1).
8.4. Clothing and Textile.
8.4.1. Prescribing guidance. Prescribing guidance for AF clothing policy includes: US Code
Title 37, Sections 418 and 419; Executive Order 10113, DoDD 1338.05, Armed Forces
Clothing Monetary Allowance Policy, DoDI 1338.18, Armed Forces Clothing Monetary
Allowance Procedures; DoDI 4140.63, Management of DoD Clothing and Textiles (Class
II), AFI 36-2903; and AFI 36-3012. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.
8.4.2. AFCIIF:
8.4.2.1. AETC, through the AFCIIF, is responsible for the storage, issue, alteration,
inspection, recovery and disposal of uniform clothing items at Basic Military Training,
Lackland AFB, TX. Under no circumstances will airmen be told to accept a poorly fitted
garment with the understanding that it can be exchanged at a later date or at their next
duty station.
8.4.2.2. Airmen Discharged at Lackland AFB Basic Military Training Center/Technical
Training Centers. Recover all items of outer uniform clothing (except the complete
uniform authorized for travel home) and all new and unused clothing items provided
under the clothing monetary allowance system. Unless readily available for turn-in, it is
not necessary to recover the following from honorably discharged individuals: AF
insignia tape, individual name tape, and individual name tags. Carefully remove the
individual name tape from all shirts prior to turn-in of the shirts.
8.4.3. Special Operating Instructions.
8.4.3.1. Fittings. Properly fit each outer garment of the uniform to the individual. Use the
try-on method to ensure proper fit.
8.4.3.2. Returns/Replacements of clothing items:
8.4.3.2.1. Issued IAW allowance standard 016 is the responsibility of the issuing
organization.
8.4.3.2.2. Procured through the clothing monetary allowance is the responsibility of
the individual airman.
8.4.3.3. All claims will be filed IAW AFI 51-306, Administration Claims for and Against
the Air Force.
8.4.3.4. Clothing For Returned Prisoners Of War and Other Contingencies. Issue
uniform items IAW AFI 10-3001 Reintegration, and AFI 36-3012.
208 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

8.4.3.5. AFCIIF is responsible for processing requisitions for special measurement

clothing and footwear by using the DoD FedMall System or equivalent system at DLA
Troop Support. Note: AETC may authorize contracts in support of AFCIIF for special
measurement clothing and footwear when authorized. Use AF stock funds for this
purpose.
8.5. Price Challenge and Verification Program.
8.5.1. Purpose. To reduce overpricing in the AF and other Department of Defense (DoD)
acquisitions, and to furnish a means for all Air Force materiel users to become involved in
promoting more efficient use of funds.
8.5.2. Reporting. All AF personnel must be alert for instances of apparent overpricing and
submit price challenges and verification directly to the DoD Component that manages the
materiel.
8.5.3. Research. The LRS Customer Support section or equivalent provides research
assistance to individuals preparing price challenge submissions.
8.5.4. Other than AF-Managed Items.
8.5.4.1. Price verification and challenge requests for other than AF-managed items will
be addressed IAW the component’s guidelines.
8.5.4.2. DLA Managed Items. Price verification requests for DLA managed items will be
addressed IAW DLA Customer Assistance Handbook
8.5.4.3. Navy Managed Items. Price verification requests for Navy managed items will
be addressed IAW the Navy Price Challenge Hotline.
8.5.4.4. Army Managed Items. Price verification requests for Army managed items will
be addressed IAW the Army Price Challenge Hotline.
8.5.4.5. Innovation Development Through Employee Awareness (IDEA) Program
submission. If the price challenge is successful, the member has the option to submit the
approved challenge as a Separate Improvement Process Idea IAW AFI 38-402, Airman
Powered by Innovation. Personnel will follow the guidance of AFI 38-402.
8.6. Disposition of Critical Safety Items (CSIs).
8.6.1. Overall Management and Handling of CSIs. Policy for overall management and
handling of Critical Safety Items can be found in DoDM 4140.01. The Joint Aeronautical
Logistics Commanders has also developed Joint CSI instruction, AFI 20-106, Management
of Aviation Critical Safety Items, which implements a more detailed standardized policy for
the management of CSI items.
8.6.2. When a CSI/Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part is no longer required, the CSI/Flight
Safety Critical Aircraft Part with required documentation will be provided to the DLA
Distribution Services for disposal and demilitarized IAW AFMAN 23-122.
8.7. SRD.
8.7.1. General policy oversight and roles and responsibilities are located in Section 1B.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 209

8.7.2. Management. AFMC, USSF, Supporting Agencies and Centers (AFSC, AFLCMC,
AFNWC, Cyberspace Support Squadron (CYSS), and SMC), and SRD Managers:
8.7.2.1. Implements SRD management, maintains end item Equipment Designators (ED)
and their associated SRD codes for equipment under the management of various centers
or agencies.
8.7.2.2. Appoint Primary and Alternate SRD managers who in conjunction with the
Mission Impaired Capable Awaiting Parts/Maintenance Data Documentation
(MICAP/MDD) monitors will:
8.7.2.2.1. Maintain the currency of the SRD tables in Reliability and Maintainability
Information System (REMIS) by adding, changing, or deactivating SRDs. (T-1).
8.7.2.2.2. Review all SRD assignments, deletions, or change requests (AF Form
1230, Standard Reporting Designator (SRD) Candidate Information). (T-1).
8.7.2.2.3. Notify MAJCOMs/FOAs/DRUs of SRD deactivation. Accomplish
notifications using an organizational email message. MAJCOMs and FOAs will have
30 days to respond from the date of the email message was released. (T-1).
8.7.2.2.4. Failure to acknowledge an SRD deactivation constitutes agreement. If the
response voices disagreement, the SRD manager will remove recommended
deactivation from the approval process for additional coordination with the
MAJCOM/FOA until agreement is reached on final action. (T-1).
8.7.2.2.5. Make appropriate inputs to add, deactivate or change SRDs in REMIS. (T-
1).
8.7.2.2.6. Maintain a history file for new, change, and deactivation SRD requests. At
a minimum, the SRD file will contain the AF Form 1230. Requests for change to or
deactivation of an SRD will be filed with the original request to establish the SRD.
SRD records will be kept for at least one year after deactivation.
8.7.2.2.7. Conduct an annual SRD review. This review includes verifying reporting
in the equipment status, maintenance, and MICAP data systems to identify inactive
SRDs for possible deactivation, retention, or modification. Proposed deactivation and
changes resulting from these reviews will be coordinated with MAJCOMs and FOAs.
8.7.3. ACC/Cyberspace Support Squadron/CYM Maintenance Data Analysis is designated
the central focal point for communication/cyber Commercial-Off-The-Shelf /Government
Off-The-Shelf equipment and fulfills all roles identified in this AFI.
8.7.4. Cryptologic and Cyber Systems Directorate (AFLCMC/HNC). Manages
Cryptographic and Communications-Security (COMSEC) equipment. If the SRD code
begins with Uxx, it falls to Cryptologic and Cyber Systems Directorate. Engineering Support
Directorate/Configuration and Data Management Branch (AFLCMC/EN-EZSC). The
Department of Defense (DoD) focal point for authorizing certain types of Equipment
Designators for use. If the new equipment is an aircraft, engine, missile, satellite,
multiservice/agency support equipment, or Joint Electronic Test Designated (JETD) C-E
equipment, a DoD unique equipment designator must be appointed prior to submitting an
SRD request. (T-1). These requests are made via DD Form 61 submission.
210 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Chapter 9

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

9.1. Overview. This chapter outlines programs with special requirements for AF materiel
management. These requirements include Special Logistics Support and the AF Donation, Loan,
and Lease Programs, and Satellite Operations. As listed in Attachment 1, References various
DoD and AF publications are reference sources for this publication. For this chapter, the Federal
Logistics Information System Technical Procedures; DoDM 4140.01, all volumes; DoDM
4160.21, Volumes 1-4; and DoDM 4160.28, Volume 2, Defense Demilitarization:
Demilitarization Coding, serve as primary DoD reference sources.
9.2. Special Logistics Support. For certain materiel management operations special logistic
support arrangements are essential for the smooth flow of operations. These areas include AMC
Forward Supply System (FSS); RED HORSE project(s); Logistic Support between the AF and
the North Atlantic Treaty Organization; and Logistics Materiel Control Activity support.
9.2.1. AMC Forward Supply System.
9.2.1.1. Purpose. The AMC Forward Supply System (FSS) provides an en-route support
system for the C-5, Galaxy, and C-17, Globemaster III, strategic airlifters where assets
for these aircraft are not normally available, but where the volume of traffic warrants
support. An FSL is an Air Mobility Squadron (AMS)/Supply Activity located at a key
point along an AMC airlift traffic route and designed to stock selected aircraft spares and
spare parts to support the AMC airlift fleet. The AMC FSS comprises of interrelated
network of FSLs, SOSs, Primary Supply Points (PSP) and FSP. See Section 1B for roles
and responsibilities.
9.2.1.2. AMC FSL Support. LRS/Materiel Management Activity providing Host Support
at FSS locations will:
9.2.1.2.1. Be accountable for prepositioned spares and item accounting procedures.
9.2.1.2.2. Ship assets to designated PSPs for those assets identified by the materiel
management IT system designation using an AMC Form 281, MICAP/VVIP/FSS
Special Handling. (T-2).
9.2.1.2.3. Ensure requisition exception processing for mated wheels and tires is not
overridden. (T-2). The materiel management IT system designation will stop
requisitioning and the AFMC will order manually through the designated PSP.
9.2.1.2.4. Disapprove bench stock authorization requests for assets with the
designated contractor (Boeing) SOS. (T-2).
9.2.1.2.5. Coordinate with the Air Mobility Squadron (AMS)/QA for status and
shipping instructions. (T-2). Channel QDR tracking for LRS/Materiel Management
Activity through the Air Mobility Squadron/QA. The LRS/Materiel Management
Activity does not have access to Information Center (INFOCEN). The QA will have a
POC at LRS/Materiel Management Activity for QDRs to provide updated status and
shipping instructions as soon as it is released. (T-2). The FSC will process the
shipment and move the items to Cargo Movement.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 211

9.2.1.3. PSP Functions:

9.2.1.3.1. Provides support for primarily for built-up items (e.g., wheels and tires).
9.2.1.3.2. Coordinates with the Cargo Movement to ensure expeditious processing of
reparable FSS receipts for priority processing to the appropriate repair activity.
9.2.1.3.3. Coordinates with the Flight Service Center to expedite processing of spares
returned to PSPs from FSLs.
9.2.1.4. AMC FSL General Management.
9.2.1.4.1. Primary FSL re-supply support will come directly from the SOS. (T-2).
9.2.1.4.2. FSLs will be embedded into a supporting host LRS/Materiel Management
Activity account when an AF materiel management account is present on station.
When an AF materiel management account is not available, FSLs will be established
as categories IIA and IIIA satellite materiel management accounts with records
maintained on an AF materiel management IT system for automated inventory
control and asset visibility. (T-2).
9.2.1.5. Identification and Exemption Processing.
9.2.1.5.1. FSL-unique items will be identified through the use of exception data
coding and assigned Project Code Pacer Haul or Pacer Raven. Assets common to both
the LRS/Materiel Management Activity and the FSL will be exempt from exception
coding.
9.2.1.5.2. Items common to both the C-5 and the C-17 will assume the application
code of the weapon system with the highest demand.
9.2.1.5.3. FSL items will not be automatically shipped or redistributed. AFMC will
approve all shipments prior to release.
9.2.1.6. Stockage Requirements.
9.2.1.6.1. Inventory levels will be limited to mission essential (aircraft grounding)
assets for C-5 and C-17 weapon systems.
9.2.1.6.2. Inventory levels will be based on a remove and replace maintenance
concept. Three-level maintenance capability does not exist at en route locations.
9.2.1.6.3. Inventory requirements computation for en route locations is unique.
Erratic demand patterns and distribution of assets across the entire en route system
will be considered when making stockage decisions.
9.2.1.6.3.1. Level computations will consolidate demand data for the entire en
route into a single quantity.
9.2.1.6.3.2. Levels will be distributed based on usage patterns and by FSS
category codes.
9.2.2. RED HORSE units are AF-controlled, as explained in AFI 38-101, and fall under
using command jurisdiction once deployment has been made. They are a resource to be used
at the choice of the using command, and will not fall under the operational control of
wing/base commanders, although they are responsive to requirements developed at this level.
212 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

9.2.2.1. The magnitude of supplies and equipment needed to accomplish the RED
HORSE project(s) mission such as (lumber, cement, plumbing supplies, construction
equipment, etc.) requires special support apart from base civil engineering organizations.
See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.
9.2.2.2. RED HORSE unit.
9.2.2.2.1. When deployed to a location supported by the AF materiel management IT
system, assign the RED HORSE logistics officer to perform duties of the Satellite
Operations Officer (see paragraph 9.4 of this instruction).
9.2.2.2.2. When the assignment is to a non-IT system location, assign a RED HORSE
logistics officer to coordinate logistics support.
9.2.2.3. Guidance for Overseas Deployments.
9.2.2.3.1. Initial equipment and supplies requirements for overseas deployments by a
RED HORSE unit will be computed by AF/PREC. Equipment authorizations will be
established through normal procedures using AF tables of allowance.
9.2.2.3.2. Equipment required by RED HORSE units will be authorized, obtained,
and accounted for IAW AFMAN 23-122. RED HORSE commanders will ensure that
equipment marked for their units is not diverted to other activities without MAJCOM
approval.
9.2.2.3.3. The initial EAID for RED HORSE units will be developed by AFCEC.
When local conditions dictate additions, normal AF procedures will be followed.
Additions beyond the approval authority of the base equipment approval authority
will be submitted to AFCEC for action.
9.2.2.3.3.1. Special equipment required to complete a levied task after
deployment will be requisitioned and funded by the host MAJCOM.
9.2.2.3.3.1.1. Locations supported by the AF materiel management IT system
will use the appropriate procedures in AFMAN 23-122.
9.2.2.3.3.1.2. Locations not supported by the AF materiel management IT
system will coordinate support through their MAJCOM with the AFMC.
9.2.2.3.3.1.3. Necessary controls will be established to ensure that
consumption data on nonrecurring demands are not recorded along with the
normal base recurring demands. Note: The majority of requisitions for RED
HORSE project(s) construction materiel are nonrecurring demands.
9.2.2.3.3.1.4. After materiel has been received and entered in appropriate
records, it is to be forwarded to the RED HORSE holding area. Note: This
holding area may be located in a different location separate from the base
Materiel Management Activity.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 213

9.2.2.3.4. Redeployment. Upon HAF approval to redeploy a Civil Engineer Squadron

(Heavy Repair) to a new location, the squadron will forecast a RED HORSE
project(s) bill of materials. Those items available in the squadron’s account, and
through on-base and in-country excesses will be shipped to the new location as
appropriate. Only the remaining requirements will be passed to AFMC by the
MAJCOMs and will be aggregated and shipped directly to the new location.
9.2.3. Logistic Support between the AF and the North Atlantic Treaty Organization
(NATO). AF logistical and financial guidance and procedures for acquiring and transferring
logistic support, supplies, and services between the AF and other NATO military forces, and
NATO subsidiary bodies deployed in Europe and adjacent waters, are contained in AFI 25-
301, Acquisition and Cross-Servicing Agreements.
9.2.4. Research Development Test & Evaluation (RDT&E) programs.
9.2.4.1. Authorized Users. User organizations listed below and identified as having
RDT&E as part of the Designated Operating Capabilities statement are authorized.
Organizations not listed below will obtain authorization from MAJCOMs to utilize
special logistics materiel management and processes in support of RDT&E core mission.
(T-1).
9.2.4.2. RDT&E activities include:
9.2.4.2.1. AF Research Laboratory (AFRL)
9.2.4.2.2. Air Force Institute of Technology School of Engineering
9.2.4.2.3. National Air and Space Intelligence Center (NASIC) for Air Force
Intelligence Surveillance Reconnaissance Agency
9.2.4.2.4. DoD Space Test Program (STP)
9.2.4.2.5. AF Test Centers (AFTC)
9.2.4.3. Activities Management
9.2.4.3.1. Activity Support. RDT&E activities and Customer Logistics Support
Teams/Sections will:
9.2.4.3.1.1. Operate as the supply support focal point between organizational
personnel and procurement support activities. (T-2).
9.2.4.3.1.2. Units will adhere to AFI 64-117.
9.2.4.3.1.3. Establish a formal document control system for internal use. This
system will be maintained to clearly indicate those documents (requests for
purchase, receipts, and issues) pertaining to materiel procured by the base
contracting activity and will be subject to audit. Subject files will be disposed of
according to AFI 33-322, Records Management Program.
9.2.4.3.1.4. Receive requirements from organizations and submit them through
the appropriate IT system.
214 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

9.2.4.3.1.5. May bypass the standard materiel management system for

nonrecurring non-NSN supplies. When direct procurement is used, the sections
must perform all necessary research and document preparation. (T-1).
9.2.4.3.1.6. Coordinate equipment purchases through local EAE.
9.2.4.3.1.7. Provide documentation or information required by EAE.
9.2.4.3.2. The host LRS CC/APO will be responsible for accounting and reporting of
all accountable assets. (T-1).
9.2.4.3.3. Authorization.
9.2.4.3.3.1. Authorization. Procedures referring to support stocks and temporary
storage areas are limited to RDT&E activities, specifically authorized by AFMC
to retain items having an anticipated future usage. This guidance is applicable
when the laboratories or centers are supported by either an AFMC base or are
supported as a tenant of any other MAJCOM base.
9.2.4.3.3.2. Authorization for Commercial Standard Items. RDT&E activities are
authorized to procure commercial standard items instead of requisitioning NSN or
military standard items. This authority covers those instances when the item
locally procured is superior to the item available through normal supply either
because it is better suited to RDT&E requirements or because it is significantly
less expensive. Note: When entering into the APSR do NOT cross the part
number to NSN. Create a non-stock listed NSN by using the part or model
number of the item procured.
9.2.4.3.4. Holding Areas.
9.2.4.3.4.1. RDT&E activities are authorized to establish and maintain temporary
storage areas and in-transit property areas.
9.2.4.3.4.2. RDT&E activity will maintain working stock as acquired
9.2.4.3.5. Equipment Support.
9.2.4.3.5.1. RDT&E activities will have responsibility for the following:
9.2.4.3.5.2. Equipment authorization approval for ASC 040 and 049.
9.2.4.3.5.3. Inventory of in-use equipment.
9.2.4.3.5.4. Temporary storage.
9.2.4.3.6. Single Custodian Concept. Each organization will use the single custodian
concept. An individual will be designated as the custodian for all property within the
organization and will be responsible to EAE for the property, even though several
sub-accounts are used for ease of management. Each organization will determine the
number of accounts needed for effective internal management, i.e., individual
organizations or off-base locations. Each organization also will maintain on file all
supporting documentation for authorization of equipment.
9.2.5. Air Traffic Control, Approach, and Landing System (ATCALS).
9.2.5.1. Air Force Flight Standards Agency Regional Maintenance Center will:
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 215

9.2.5.1.1. Manage ATCALS spares and equipment requirements. Coordinate with

site managers on all parts related concerns and problems. (T-1).
9.2.5.1.2. Coordinate ILS-S user access and TRIC Group assignments with
AFLCMC. (T-1).
9.2.5.1.3. Submit issue requests through IMDS or ILS-S against the host LRS or
supply activity. (T-1).
9.2.5.1.4. Validate Weapon System Designator Codes (WSDC) with AFMC agencies
for ATCALS assets. (T-1).
9.2.5.2. ATCALS Sites.
9.2.5.2.1. Establish and maintain organizational accounts. (e.g., OCCR, PFMR, etc.).
9.2.5.2.2. Coordinate materiel management actions for assigned activity per AFMAN
23-122.
9.2.5.2.3. Identify appropriate custodians and submit appointment letters to host LRS
or supply activity.
9.2.5.2.4. Perform custodial inventories (scheduled/unscheduled) as required per with
this instruction.
9.2.5.2.5. Participate in host LRS or supply activity repair cycle asset management.
9.2.5.2.6. Resolve all DIFM and local accountability issues with host LRS or supply
activity.
9.3. Donation, Loan, and Lease Programs.
9.3.1. For the donation, loan, and lease of AF surplus and foreign excess property to eligible
recipients, it is AF policy that any such donation, loan or lease shall comply with the
provisions of Title 10 United States Code Section 2572, as amended; DoDM 4140.01, DoDM
4160.21, Volume 1, DoDM 4160.28, Volume 2, and AFI 23-119. (T-0).
9.4. Satellite Operations. Satellite Accounts and Accountability. There are two categories of
satellites, autonomous or non-autonomous.
9.4.1. Category II/IIA (Autonomous).
9.4.1.1. Accountability. The computer support base (CSB) LRS APO retains
accountability for Categories II/IIA Accounts.
9.4.1.2. Decentralization. The LRS APO may request a satellite account if approved by
AFMC.
9.4.1.3. Category II/IIA Satellite Operations Officer (SOO). The SOO for category II/IIA
satellites is responsible to the CSB LRS APO. The SOO will supervise operator
maintenance of terminal equipment. (T-2). This includes ensuring that operator
maintenance is scheduled and completed. When unscheduled downtime requires remedial
maintenance, the SOO works with the CSB and local communication personnel (if
applicable) to repair the terminal.
216 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

9.4.1.4. CRFs will be established as a satellite Category II autonomous operation with a

separate/unique stock record account number from the host LRS. (T-1). This allows for a
separate unserviceable storage area and unique locations for serviceable assets.
9.4.2. Category III/IIIA (Non-autonomous). The Satellite LRS APO is the accountable
supply officer and is responsible to the commander or senior materiel officer for the effective
and efficient management of the supply account. Satellite supply accounts are not authorized
a deputy satellite LRS/CC.
9.4.3. Operating Systems for Satellite Policy. AF materiel management activities will use
approved operating systems unless exceptions are approved by AF/A4LR. (T-1). The CSB
LRS APO request approval of hardware requirements IAW AFMAN 17-2101, Long-Haul
Communications Management. ANG satellites will coordinate needs with the National Guard
Bureau. (T-2). Manages Cryptographic and Communications-Security (COMSEC)
equipment. If the SRD code begins with Uxx, the responsibility for management belongs to
Cryptologic and Cyber Systems Directorate. An active list of SRD codes can be retrieved
from ILS-S.
9.4.4. Ordering Satellite Hardware. The ordering of satellite terminal hardware, including
communication lines is a CSB responsibility. Either the LRS CC/APO or Chief of Base
Network Control Center at the CSB submits a request and coordinates with the satellite
parent command.
9.4.5. Common Support Records and Management Products. Where common support
records and management products are involved, the satellite will comply with CSB policies
and follow CSB directives unless otherwise amended by other documentation such as a
Memorandum of Understanding/Memorandum of Agreement (MOU/MOA). (T-2).
9.4.6. Proposals and Modification. Units desiring a new satellite or rehome of existing
accounts will route their request with complete justification through their applicable
MAJCOM. (T-2). In turn, the MAJCOM will forward to AFMC for final approval. (T-1).
When a MAJCOM has a requirement to relocate a supply satellite to another CSB, they will
ensure that the requirement is coordinated with the command's Information Systems (SC)
and the DFAS. (T-1). In addition, the requirement must be coordinated with the parent
command of the proposed new host CSB if the two affected bases belong to different
MAJCOMs. (T-2). If they have the same parent command, no further coordination is
required. However, if they are assigned to separate commands, the desired CSB parent
command will ensure that the relocation proposal is coordinated with SC prior to concurring
with the relocation. (T-2).
9.4.7. Notification of changes. For CSB changes, the gaining CSB parent command will
ensure that reporting requirements are accomplished. (T-1). For changes other than CSB
changes, the MAJCOM will ensure that approved changes are reported to Retail Systems
Program Office. (T-1).
9.4.8. Establishment of the Satellite Account.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 217

9.4.8.1. Assignment of Department of Defense Activity Address Code (DODAAC) and

Type Account Codes. Following AFMC approval, the CSB LRS CC/APO will submit a
request for the assignment of a DODAAC and Routing Identifier (RID) for the satellite.
(T-1). The request will be made on-line IAW AFMAN 23-230. (T-1). Upon receipt of the
DODAAC and RID, the CSB LRS CC/APO will ensure coordination with the
appropriate office to establish connectivity and funding. (T-1).
9.4.8.2. A series of system designators will have an account code for the DODAAC
prefix of “FB” or “FE” depending on the type of support being supplied. (T-1). ANG
satellites will submit their requests to the National Guard Bureau. (T-2).
9.4.8.3. Notification of DODAAC or CSB Changes and System Designators. Retail SPO
will be notified when DODAAC or CSB changes are made. (T-1). For each alphanumeric
systems designator, the CSB LRS APO provides the Retail Systems Program Office with
the satellite DODAAC, type account code(s), category of satellite, satellite name, CSB,
command and the planned date of conversion.
9.4.8.4. Organization Codes. Satellites are assigned a standard organization code (516
Record) from a series of codes reserved for them. These codes are used to identify
satellite account information and are loaded on the satellite organization record IAW this
instruction and AFH 23-123, Volume 1. Note: Do not confuse these codes with
organization records assigned to activities receiving support from the satellite.
9.4.8.5. Offline Requisitions. The CSB will provide blocks of requisition serial numbers
to the satellite for processing offline requisitions. (T-2).
9.4.9. GSD Stock Fund Management guidance for Satellite Activities. All satellites activities
will appoint a GSD Stock Fund liaison to work with their designated GSD Stock Fund
manager and comply with the GSD Stock Fund direction of AFMC, MAJCOM and APO.
GSD Stock Fund managers will perform all the requisite duties and responsibilities to
manage the GSD Stock Fund operating program (T-2).
9.4.10. Satellite Pre-conversion/Conversion.
9.4.10.1. Pre-Conversion Requirements.
9.4.10.1.1. Before a satellite is converted, a support agreement according to AFI 25-
201, Intra-Service, Intra-Agency, and Inter-Agency Support Agreements Procedures,
or a formal MOA will be developed. (T-1). The agreement will define the CSB and
satellite responsibilities that are not covered in this instruction. (T-1). Note: AFMC
managed host accounts are not required to maintain support agreements or formal
MOAs with satellite accounts; however, a coordinated Transition Support Plan is
required. Non AFMC managed host accounts may maintain a support agreement or
formal MOA with their satellites as required. At a minimum, the agreement will
cover these points:
9.4.10.1.2. Purchasing support by the CSB where the satellite does not have
purchasing authority.
9.4.10.1.3. Accounting and Finance support from the CSB for the satellite and listing
of satellite responsibilities for GSD Stock Fund operations and satellite Operations
Operating Budget funds management area.
218 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

9.4.10.1.4. CSB and satellite responsibilities for budgeting O&M appropriations.

9.4.10.1.5. Satellite management responsibilities for those satellite accounts that the
CSB LRS CC/APO is accountable IAW AFI 23-111.
9.4.10.1.6. Satellite and CSB responsibilities for terminal hardware maintenance
requirements.
9.4.10.1.7. Redistribution between the CSB and satellite for excess assets.
9.4.10.1.8. Transition of manpower, as necessary, and a critical path schedule as
agreed upon by both parties.
9.4.10.2. Satellite Conversion.
9.4.10.2.1. CSB MAJCOM will:
9.4.10.2.1.1. Monitor, direct, and assist in conversion. Advise and assist satellites
in alignment and location of functions, facilities, manning policies, and terminal
equipment.
9.4.10.2.1.2. Develop conversion schedules with satellite MAJCOM or
responsible agency.
9.4.10.2.1.3. Develop command programs to produce load inputs for areas not
handled by standard computer programs.
9.4.11. Reporting for CSB and Satellite Accounts. The host MAJCOM will establish report
requirements for CSB and satellite accounts. The CSB LRS CC/APO will inform AFMC
when conversion begins. The LRS CC/APO will also provide the following information:
total item records loaded; total dollar value of the satellite account; type of communications
circuit (military or commercial); and type of terminal function maintenance (military or
contract). (T-2).
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 219

Chapter 10

INTENSIVELY MANAGED AND TRACKED ITEMS

10.1. Overview. This chapter outlines policies and programs for AF intensively managed and
tracked items. These include management of controlled material to include NWRM and other
controlled or sensitive items. As listed in Attachment 1, References various DoD and AF
publications are reference sources for this publication. For this chapter, DoDM 4140.01 and AFI
20-110 are the primary DoD and AF references.
10.2. Management of Controlled Materiel.
10.2.1. Management of Controlled Materiel. Controlled materiel encompasses controlled
inventory items as defined by DoDM 4140.01, COMSEC, NWRM, select serialized
controlled high cost items, and small arms. Policies contained within this chapter apply to all
AF activities or agencies managing, issuing, receiving, storing, shipping or tracking AF-
owned controlled materiel to include ANG, AFR and contractor operations.
10.2.1.1. AF activities will maintain positive inventory control (PIC) and in-transit
visibility of inventory through all nodes of the supply chain. (T-1). Each activity is
responsible for the accuracy of the inventory within its custody.
10.2.1.2. Unit Commander or equivalent will designate in writing, personnel authorized
to handle, accept and process transactions into accountable record systems for controlled
material based upon access requirements contained in AFI 16-1404. (T-1). The unit
security manager certifies all designated personnel.
10.2.1.2.1. Utilize only the most current authorization list(s) of individuals approved
to handle, process, or accept controlled materiel. Maintain the source lists in a single
collection point to manage the documents. Organizations are required to update these
lists when changes occur.
10.2.1.2.2. AF activities will coordinate with the NWRM Transaction Control Cell
prior to the processing of all NWRM transactions. (T-1).
10.2.1.3. AF activities will manage documentation for controlled materiel IAW
disposition guidance found in the AF RDS and AFI 16-1404. (T-1).
10.2.1.4. AF activities will stamp or mark in red ink each document and label with
appropriate item classification phrase (e.g., "Classified Item", "Controlled Cryptographic
Item", or "CCI", "Sensitive Item", "Pilferable Item", or "Classified NWRM Item") prior
to the issue, receipt, turn-in, or shipment of controlled materiel. Note: Classified NWRM
assets will be stamped in red IAW AFI 20-110. (T-1).
10.2.1.5. AF activities will ensure the item serial number of the physical asset is
annotated onto all documents and labels for serialized controlled assets identified with a
Serialized Report Code (SRC). (T-1).
220 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

10.2.1.6. AF activities will not release, requisition or transport AF owned controlled

materiel outside of normal MILSTRIP/Defense Logistics Management Standard
(DLMS). (T-1). All AF activities will coordinate acquisition, utilization, and
transportation requirements for AF owned controlled materiel with authorized activities.
(T-1).
10.2.1.7. AF activities will provide training to affected personnel in regards to all DoD
and AF policies to be followed in managing, issuing, receiving, storing, shipping or
tracking controlled materiel. AF activities will conduct annual controlled item training
using the Advanced Distributed Learning Service Special Handling Assets Course
Materiel Management and NWRM training IAW AFI 20-110 to maintain awareness and
competence regarding proper management of controlled materiel and will document all
training in formal training records. (T-1).
10.2.1.8. Organizations preparing, packaging and producing documentation will ensure
proper item identification. Security classification must appear on documents and tags for
all items other than unclassified. (T-1).
10.2.1.9. NWRM, SA/LW and COMSEC items are serially controlled to ensure PIC.
10.2.2. Issuing Controlled Materiel.
10.2.2.1. The issuing of controlled materiel requires a legible signature of receipt on the
DD Form 1348-1A or applicable automated paperless system (e.g. ILS-S Asset
Management) by the person receiving custody of the materiel. Signed documents will be
retained in document control files and disposition will be IAW this chapter. (T-1).
10.2.2.2. Supply activities will not issue classified or NWRM materiel to individuals not
identified on the most current Classified Receipt Listing or NWRM Receipt Listing. (T-
1).
10.2.3. Return of Controlled Materiel.
10.2.3.1. AF materiel management activities will open containers for all controlled
materiel and perform a bare asset inspection using both an in-checker and inspector to
verify documents, serial number (to include all alpha characters, special characters and
zeroes), and part number/stock number match the property. (T-1). All documents must
have a certified inspector signature stamp prior to processing the turn-in transaction. (T-
1).
10.2.3.2. AF materiel management activities will coordinate with maintenance activities
for items with special packaging requirements to maintain the integrity of the container
and item. (T-1).
10.2.3.3. AF materiel management activities will research and verify the serial number
and part number/stock number conversions for all controlled materiel being returned
without the serial number or national stock number physically identified on the item. (T-
1).
10.2.4. Shipping Controlled Materiel. AF activities will comply with guidance in this
chapter, AFI 24-602, Volume 2, AFI 16-1404 and AFI 20-110 for proper packaging and
shipping of controlled materiel. (T-1).
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 221

10.2.4.1. Each DD Form 1348-1A, created for the shipment of controlled items, will
reflect the CIIC definition.
10.2.4.2. An extra set of DD Form 1348-1As (except confidential items) will be provided
for use as a hand receipt for shipment processing. The extra set will provide the CIIC,
item identification, the CIIC definition and a signature block. Place unsigned copies
inside the number one shipping container for use by consignee receiving functions.
10.2.5. Container Marking.
10.2.5.1. AF activities will ensure the removal, replacement, and necessary destruction
or obliteration of authorized tags and labels (e.g., 999, MICAP, 777, etc.) is accomplished
while in-checking, stocking, or shipping property unless required by other directives. (T-
1).
10.2.5.2. For controlled items (except for FMS shipments), the shipping documentation
will be placed inside all containers. (T-1). Markings which indicate the nature of the
materiel and its security classification will not appear on the exterior of each container if
it will identify the nature of the shipment. (T-0). Identification bar code markings are
required. Reference MIL-STD-129 for further information.
10.2.6. Inventory of Controlled Materiel.
10.2.6.1. AF activities will perform 100% physical inventories for controlled materiel, to
include equipment in-use assets IAW DoDM 4140.01 and DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 1 (T-
0).
10.2.6.2. For serialized controlled items, AF activities will physically verify the serial
number on the item matches the serial number on the record. (T-1).
10.2.6.3. AF activities will maintain inventory records IAW DoDM 4140.01 and DoD
7000.14-R, Volume 1. (T-0).
10.2.6.4. AF activities will conduct an investigation to determine if losses were the result
of theft or misappropriation prior to attributing the loss to an inventory or accountability
discrepancy IAW DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 12, Chapter 7. (T-0).
10.2.7. Storage of Controlled Materiel.
10.2.7.1. AF activities will store controlled materiel according to the security
classification and security risk or pilferage controls of the item IAW AFJMAN 23-210.
(T-1).
10.2.7.2. AF materiel management activities will ensure controlled inventory items are
handled and safeguarded in appropriate storage facilities IAW DoDM 4140.01 and DoD
7000.14-R, Volume 1 and AFI 31-101. (T-0).
10.2.7.3. AF activities will clearly identify the item, classification, and serial number (as
appropriate) for all controlled materiel being stored IAW MIL-STD-129. (T-0).
10.2.7.4. Clearly marked physical barriers are required to identify NWRM storage areas.
When a dedicated warehouse is not available, partition existing warehouses with cages or
fencing for NWRM storage. As a temporary interim procedure, activities will use ropes
and stanchions clearly marked with “NWRM” signs.
222 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

10.2.7.5. Storage activities will apply normal warehousing practices to include

separation amongst NWRM (e.g., ESD, classified, magnetized materiel, etc.) and the use
of storage locator systems. (T-1).
10.2.7.6. All NWRM storage facilities, cages, containers, rooms, etc. will have a key and
lock program to ensure access to NWRM is limited to authorized individuals. (T-1).
These procedures do not apply to organizations with an existing key and lock program
identified in AFMAN 21-201 or AFMAN 21-204, Nuclear Weapons Maintenance. Also,
NWRM secured in GSA approved vaults or WS3 vaults do not require a key and lock
program as long as access controls meet the minimum requirements set forth in
applicable regulations and guidance.
10.2.8. Serialized Control and Reporting of SA/LW.
10.2.8.1. This section describes guidance for the serialized control and reporting of
SA/LW items.
10.2.8.2. SA/LW are man-portable weapons made or modified to military specifications
for use as lethal instruments of war that expel a shot, bullet or projectile by action of an
explosive.
10.2.8.2.1. SA/LW will be managed by serial number (serially controlled) within the
applicable materiel management system.
10.2.8.2.2. Serialized control and reporting applies only to complete weapons or the
part of the SA/LW on which the serial number is stamped or etched (receiver or
frame). Serialized reporting does not apply to barrels, firing mechanisms, etc.
10.2.8.3. General Reporting. The AFMC SA/LW Serialized Control Activity will
maintain a central file of all weapons items by serial number for the AF. (T-1).
10.2.8.4. Small Arms Referral Inquiries Point of Contact. The LRS APO will assign a
single POC for referral of inquiries regarding small arms serial number reports and data.
(T-2).
10.2.8.4.1. Responsibilities of the POC include researching the consolidated
transaction history, confirming or correcting of records, scheduling the annual
reconciliation, and scheduling any monthly reconciliation when a monthly is deemed
necessary by either the POC or LRS APO.
10.2.8.5. Annually, not earlier than 30 April and not later than 10 May, the POC’s name,
phone number, organizational address, and e-mail address (when available) will be sent
to AFMC SA/LW Serialized Control Activity.
10.2.8.6. Weapon Reconciliation.
10.2.8.6.1. Time Frame. All weapons will be reconciled annually with AFMC
SA/LW Serialized Control Activity through the applicable materiel management
system.
10.2.8.6.1.1. Weapons will be reconciled no later than 30 April. (T-1).
10.2.8.6.1.2. Reconciliation images transmitted to the appropriate system will
arrive no later than 10 May of each year. (T-1).
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 223

10.2.8.6.2. Overages and shortages identified during reconciliation with AFMC will
be thoroughly researched, inventoried, and appropriate investigative actions initiated.
(T-1).
10.2.8.6.3. EAE will perform a local monthly weapon reconciliation by processing
an R46 with a dash in position 65 to identify and resolve serial number discrepancies.
(T-1). Refer to AFH 23-123, Volume 2, for IT specifics.
10.2.9. Serialized Control and Reporting of Communications Security/Controlled
Cryptographic Item (COMSEC/CCI).
10.2.9.1. Overview. This section describes guidance for the serialized control and
reporting of communications security/controlled cryptographic items (COMSEC/CCI).
Accounting Legend Code (ALC) and Cryptographic High Value Product (CHVP)
accounting requirements are defined IAW AFMAN 17-1302-O, Communications
Security (COMSEC) Operations and Committee on National Security Systems Instruction
(CNSSI) 4005, Safeguarding Communications Security (COMSEC) Facilities and
Materials. Accountable Property Officers (APO) must adhere to additional accountability
and reporting requirements as prescribed in AFMAN 17-1302-O.
10.2.9.2. COMSEC/CCI must be managed according to category IAW CNSSI 4001,
Controlled Cryptologic Items. Serialized controlled are items that will be managed by
serial number within the applicable materiel management system and will have SRC C
assigned. Other assets are identified with CIIC 9 and are not serially managed. Additional
AF COMSEC/CCI accountability related policy may be found in AFMAN 17-1302-O.
10.2.9.3. The AF COMSEC/CCI Central Authority is the Cryptologic and Cyber
Systems Division, JBSA-Lackland, Texas. Questions related to COMSEC accountability
can be directed to the Cryptologic and Cyber Systems Division’s COMSEC Policy Office
(AFLCMC/HNCLS).
10.2.9.4. The LRS APO will assign a single POC for referral of inquiries regarding
COMSEC serial number reports and data. (T-2). POC information will be posted on
AFLCMC/HNC SharePoint site. (T-2).
10.2.9.4.1. Responsibility of the POC is to serve as liaison between the LRS APO
and AFLCMC/HNC. POC will assist LRS APO in resolving accountability/serial
number reporting discrepancies identified by AFLCMC and provide other
information as required.
10.2.9.4.2. Organizational commanders are responsible to ensure COMSEC incidents
are reported for loss of accountability tampering, unauthorized access, etc. IAW
AFMAN 17-1302-O. (T-1).
10.2.10. COMSEC Reconciliation.
10.2.10.1. The AF is required (as directed by the National Security Agency) to account
for all COMSEC assets requiring serial number control. All COMSEC assets on
applicable materiel management system detail records or on hand in supply will be
reconciled semiannually prior to 15 March and 15 September.
224 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

10.2.10.2. LRS APO will not maintain visibility of type account B COMSEC (ERRC
XD/XF/XB) assets once they are issued to the using organization and will not be included
in the annual reconciliation. When these items are shipped, the applicable materiel
management system will report the serial number of the asset and that will overlay to
applicable materiel management system to conform to National Security Agency policy.
(T-1). Note: “XD2” COMSEC assets used in support of RDT&E programs and projects
that are maintained on SPRAM accounts will be tracked 100% of the time and included
in the annual COMSEC reconciliation. (T-1).
10.2.10.3. Out-of-Cycle Reconciliation. The office of primary responsibility for CCI,
AFMC Cryptologic and Cyber Systems Division, JBSA Lackland, Texas may direct out-
of-cycle reconciliation reports IAW AFMAN 17-1302-O with MAJCOM approval. When
bases are directed to do these out-of-cycle reconciliations, transmission of data will be by
the same method and to the same places as the scheduled annual reconciliation.
10.2.10.4. Activities will perform a local monthly COMSEC reconciliation by
processing an R46 with a dash in position 64 to identify and resolve serial number
discrepancies. Refer to AFH 23-123, Volume 2, for IT guidance.
10.2.11. Special Logistics Support for Special Access Required (SAR) Parts Program.
10.2.11.1. Required when normal security methods cannot protect an activity from a
known threat, special access controls safeguard operational and technological advantages
from potential enemies by limiting access to information about, or observation of, certain
weapons, weapon systems, techniques, and operations. The term Special Access Program
(SAP), often substituted for "Special Access Required (SAR)", may describe the security
control system, the entire effort, and in some cases certain budget information.
10.2.11.2. SAPs must obtain approval to introduce the SAP into a Sensitive
Compartmented Information Facility (SCIF) from 497 IG/INS and also negotiate a
security agreement with 497 IG/INS. Refer to AFPD 16-7, Special Access Programs and
AFI 16-701, Management, Administration and Oversight of Special Access Programs.
10.2.11.3. Access Requirements. The LRS APO will ensure prior to activation of a
special access program that personnel obtain proper clearances and are granted access by
the program manager or their designated representative for receiving, handling, storing
and issuing SAR materiel. For contracted supply activities the government must include
in the Performance Work Statement the requirement for the contractor to have or hire
individuals with the proper clearance for SAR processing. The LRS APO will identify the
number of individuals required to handle SAR material. Only in rare or unusual instances
will office administration personnel be granted access to SAR information, and then only
if there is a valid need to know. Convenience or efficiency is not legitimate need-to-know
criteria.
10.2.11.3.1. After the individuals are granted the proper clearance and the storage
area is inspected and certified, the program manager or their designated representative
must “read” the cleared individuals into the program to allow the proper handling,
storage and issue of SAR classified material.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 225

10.2.11.3.2. The LRS APO will generate and keep current and authorized list of on
base personnel authorized to receipt/handling for SAR materiel. This listing will be
used to update the applicable materiel management system and confirm only
authorized personnel receive SAR items.
10.2.12. Item Unique Identification (IUID) Program.
10.2.12.1. Overview. This section describes guidance for the capture and reporting of the
UII for IUID managed assets.
10.2.12.2. When the IUID program is fully implemented, the AF is required (as directed
by the Department of Defense (DoD)) to capture and report the UII to the DoD IUID
registry for all IUID managed assets. LRS personnel are required to scan/enter the UII(s)
of IUID managed assets when prompted by the applicable ILS-S system. If UII is
unavailable, submit transaction through the ILS-S system.
10.2.12.3. IUID managed assets are identified in the DoD and AF cataloging systems
and include Class II, VII and IX supply items. These cataloging systems provide the
IUID indicator to the applicable ILS-S system.
10.2.12.4. The LRS APO will assign a single POC for referral of inquiries regarding
IUID managed assets when the IUID program is fully implemented. (T-2).
Responsibilities of the POC include researching the consolidated transaction history,
delivery verification records and audit trail when necessary by the appointed IUID POC
or LRS APO.

WARREN D. BERRY,
Lt General, USAF
DCS/Logistics, Engineering & Force Protection
226 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Attachment 1
GLOSSARY OF REFERENCES AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION

References
AFPD 10-35, Battlefield Airmen, 05 June 2017
AFPD 16-7, Special Access Programs, 21 November 2017
AFPD 21-1, Maintenance of Military Materiel, 01 August 2018
AFPD 23-1, Materiel Management, 07 September 2018
AFH 23-123V1, Materiel Management Reference Information, 08 August 2013
AFH23-123V2, Integrated Logistics System-Supply (ILS-S), current edition
AFI 10-201, Force Readiness Reporting, 03 March 2016
AFI 10-401, Air Force Operations Planning and Execution, 07 December 2006
AFI 10-402, Mobilization Planning, 08 March 2018
AFI 10-403, Deployment Planning and Execution, 20 September 2012
AFI 10-404, Base Support and Expeditionary Site Planning, 24 July 2019
AFI 10-2501, Emergency Management Program, 10 March 2020
AFI 10-3001, Reintegration, 21 April 2009
AFI 16-402, Aerospace Vehicle Programming, Assignment, Distribution, Accounting, and
Termination, 27 September 2019
AFI 16-701, Management, Administration and Oversight of Special Access Programs, 18
February 2014
AFI 16-1404, Air Force Information Security Program, 29 May 2015
AFI 20-106, Management of Aviation Critical Safety Items, 25 January 2006
AFI 20-110, Nuclear Weapons-Related Materiel Management, 04 June 2018
AFI 20-112, Logistics Readiness Quality Assurance Program, 06 October 2017
AFI 20-115, Propulsion Management For Aerial Vehicles, 12 February 2014
AFI 20-117, Repair Network Management, 22 August 2018
AFI 21-101, Aircraft and Equipment Maintenance Management, 21 May 2015
AFI 21-103, Equipment Inventory, Status and Utilization Reporting, 16 December 2016
AFI 23-111, Management of Government Property in Possession of the Air Force, 19 November
2018
AFI 23-119, Exchange, Sale, or Temporary Custody of Non-excess Personal Property, 05 June
2001
AFI 23-120, Air Force Spares Requirements Review Board, 13 April 2016
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 227

AFI 23-201, Fuels Management, 20 June 2014

AFI 24-301, Ground Transportation, 22 October 2019
AFI 24-302, Vehicle Management, 26 June 2012
AFI 24-602,V2, Cargo Movement, 12 June 2019
AFI 25-101, War Reserve Materiel (WRM), 27 August 2019
AFI 25-201, Intra-Service, Intra-Agency, and Inter-Agency Support Agreements Procedures, 18
October 2013
AFI 25-301, Acquisition and Cross-Servicing Agreements, 03 June 2016
AFI 31-101, Integrated Defense (ID), 05 July 2017
AFI 31-117, Arming and Use of Force by Air Force Personnel, 02 February 2016
AFI 31-121, Military Working Dog Program (MWD), 02 May 2018
AFI 32-6000, Housing Management, 18 March 2020
AFI 32-7001, Environmental Management, 23 August 2019
AFI 32-7086, Hazardous Materials Management, 04 February 2015
AFI 33-322, Records Management and Information Governance Program, 23 March 2020
AFI 33-360, Publications and Forms Management, 01 December 2015
AFI 34-211(I), Army and Air Force Exchange Service General Policies, 11 July 2017
AFI 34-501, Mortuary Affairs Program, 16 April 2019
AFI 36-2654, Combat Arms Program, 13 January 2016
AFI 36-2670, Total Force Development, 15 June 2020
AFI 36-2903, Dress and Personal Appearance of Air Force Personnel, 18 July 2011
AFI 36-3012, Military Entitlements, 23 August 2019
AFI 36-3208, Administrative Separation of Airmen, 09 July 2004
AFI 38-101, Manpower and Organization, 29 August 2019
AFI 38-402, Airman Powered by Innovation and Suggestion Program, 09 February 2018
AFI 51-306, Administration Claims for and Against the Air Force, 14 January 2019
AFI 51-509, Appointment to and Assumption of Command, 14 January 2019
AFI 51-1101, The Air Force Procurement Fraud Remedies Program, 19 October 2017
AFI 52-105, Chaplain Corps Resourcing, 23 June 2015
AFI 63-101/20-101, Integrated Life Cycle Management, 09 March 2017
AFI 64-117, Government Purchase Card (GPC) Program, 22 June 2018
AFI 65-301, Internal Audit Services, 31 August 2018
AFI 65-501, Economic Analysis, 29 October 2018
228 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

AFI 65-601, Volume 1, Budget Guidance and Procedures, 24 October 2018

AFI 65-601, Volume 2, Budget Management for Operations, 14 July 2017
AFI 84-103, United States Air Force Heritage Program, 22 May 2015
AFI 91-202, The U.S. Air Force Mishap Prevention Program, 24 June 2015
AFJMAN 23-210, Joint Service Manual (JSM) For Storage and Materials Handling, 12 April
1994
AFMAN 10-206, Operational Reporting (OREP), 18 June 2018
AFMAN 10-409-O, Support to Adaptive Planning, 19 April 2016
AFMAN 16-101, Security Cooperation and Security Assistance Management, 02 August 2018
AFMAN 17-1203, Information Technology (IT) Asset Management (ITAM), 18 May 2018
AFMAN 17-1301, Computer Security, 12 February 2020
AFMAN 17-1302-O, Communications Security (COMSEC) Operations, 03 February 2017
AFMAN 17-2101, Long-Haul Communications Management, 22 May 2018
AFMAN 21-201, Munitions Management, 26 March 2019
AFMAN 21-202, Missile Maintenance Management, 29 August 2019
AFMAN 21-204, Nuclear Weapons Maintenance, 13 August 2019
AFMAN 21-209V1, Ground Munitions, 29 August 2019
AFMAN 23-122, Materiel Management Procedures, 14 December 2016
AFMAN 23-125(IP), Stock Readiness, 09 November 2012
AFMAN 23-230, Maintaining Air Force DoD Activity Address Codes, 31 January 2019
AFMAN 24-204, Preparing Hazardous Materials for Military Shipments, 24 July 2018
AFMAN 24-206(IP), Packaging of Materiel, 12 January 2004
AFMAN 24-210, Packaging of Hazardous Materials, 7 May 2019
AFMAN 31-129, USAF Small Weapons and Light Weapons Handling Procedures, 02 January
2020
AFMAN 32-7002, Environmental Compliance and Pollution Prevention, 4 February 2020
AFMAN 33-363, Management of Records, 01 March 2008
AFMAN 34-135, Air Force Lodging, 01 July 2019
AFMAN 41-209, Medical Logistics Support, 04 January 2019
AFMAN 65-604, Appropriation Symbols and Budget Codes, (Fiscal Year 2020)
AFMAN 91-203, Air Force Occupational Safety, Fire, and Health Standards, 11 December
2018
AFPAM 63-128, Integrated Life Cycle Management, 10 July 2014
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 229

CJCSI 4110.01E, Joint Materiel Priorities and Allocation, 19 July 2012

CNSSI 4001, Controlled Cryptographic Items, 7 May 2013
CNSSI 4005, Safeguarding Communications Security (COMSEC) Facilities and Materials, 22
August 2011
DoDD 1338.05, Armed Forces Clothing Monetary Allowance Policy, 12 January 2005
DoDD 8190.01E, Defense Logistics Management Standards (DLMS), 9 January 2015
DoDI 1338.18, Armed Forces Clothing Monetary Allowance Procedures, 07 January 1998
DoDI 3110.05, Readiness-Based Material Condition Reporting for Mission-Essential Systems
and Equipment, 25 September 2006
DoDI4140.67, DoD Counterfeit Prevention Policy, 26 April 2013
DoDI4140.58, National Guard and Reserve Equipment Report (NGRER), 8 January 2010
DoDI4140.63, Management of DoD Clothing and Textiles (Class II), 12 April 2017
DoDI4160.28, DoD Demilitarization (DEMIL) Program, 7 April 2011
DoDI5000.02, Operation of the Defense Acquisition System, 21 October 2019
DoDI5000.64, Accountability and Management of DoD Equipment and Other Accountable
Property, 27 April 2017
DoDI5210.02, Access to and Dissemination of Restricted Data and Formerly Restricted Data, 3
June 2011
DoDI8320.04, Item Unique Identification Standards for Tangible Personal Property, 3
September 2015
DoDM4100.39, Federal Logistics Information System (FLIS) Procedures, 8 March 2017
DoDM4120.24, Defense Standardization Program (DSP) Procedures, 24 September 2014
DoDM4140.01, Volume 1, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Policy: Operational
Requirements, 13 December 2018
DoDM4140.01, Volume 2, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Policy: Demand And
Supply Planning, 9 November 2018
DoDM4140.01, Volume 5, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Policy: Materiel
Programs, 10 February 2014
DoDM4140.01, Volume 6, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Policy: Materiel Returns,
Retention, And Disposition, 8 March 2017
DoDM4140.01, Volume 7, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Procedures: Supporting
Technologies, 18 April 2019
DoDM4140.01, Volume 9, Materiel Programs, 16 February 2018
DoDM4140.01, Volume 10, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Policy: Supply Chain
Inventory Reporting And Metrics, 09 March 2017
230 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

DoDM4140.26-M,Volume 1, DoD Integrated Materiel Management (IMM) for Consumable

Items: Operating Procedures for Item Management Coding (IMC), 24 September 2010
DoDM4140.26,Volume 2, DoD Integrated Materiel Management (IMM) for Consumable Items:
Item Management Coding (IMC) Criteria, 24 September 2010
DoDM4140.26,Volume 3, DoD Integrated Materiel Management (IMM) for Consumable Items:
Item Management Coding (IMC) Application, 24 September 2010
DoDM4140.26,Volume 4, DoD Integrated Materiel Management (IMM) for Consumable Items:
Logistics Reassignment (LR), 24 September 2010
DoDM4140.26,Volume 5, DoD Integrated Materiel Management (IMM) for Consumable Items:
Reporting, Auditing, and Financial Management, 24 September 2010
DoDM4140.26, Volume 6, DoD Integrated Materiel Management (IMM) For Consumable
Items: Supply Support Requests (SSRS), 18 July 2014
DoDM4140.27, Volume 1, DoD Shelf-Life Management Program: Program Administration, 6
July 2016
DoDM4140.27, Volume 2, DoD Shelf-Life Management Program: Materiel Quality Control
Storage Standards, 6 July 2016
DoDM4140.68, Integrated Material Management of Nonconsumable Items, 2 September 2014
DoDM4140.70, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Procedures For Storage And Material
Handling, 12 October 2017
DoDM4160.21, Volume 1, Defense Materiel Disposition: Disposal Guidance and Procedures,
22 October 2015
DoDM4160.21, Volume 2, Defense Materiel Disposition: Property Disposal And Reclamation,
22 October 2015
DoDM4160.21, Volume 3, Defense Materiel Disposition: Reutilization, Transfer, And Sale Of
Property, 22 October 2015
DoDM4160.21, Volume 4, Defense Materiel Disposition: Instructions For Hazardous Property
And Other Special Processing Materiel, 22 October 2015
DoDM4160.28, Volume 1, Defense Demilitarization; Program Administration, 09 August 2017
DoDM4160.28, Volume 2, Defense Demilitarization: Demilitarization Coding, 09 March 2017
DoDM4160.28, Volume 3, Defense Demilitarization: Demilitarization Coding, 07 June 2011
DoDM5010.12, Procedures for the Acquisition and Management of Technical Data, 14 May
1993
DoDM5100.76, Physical Security of Sensitive Conventional Arms, Ammunition, and Explosives
(AA&E), 17 April 2012
DoDM5200.01, DoD Information Security Program, various volumes, 24 February 2012
DLM4000.25, Volume 2, Supply Standards and Procedures, 13 June 2012
DLM4000.25, Volume 6, Logistics Systems Interoperability Support Services, 5 June 2012
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 231

DLM4000.25, Volume 7, Contract Administration, 24 April 2012

DLM4000.25-1, Military Standard Requisitioning and Issue Procedures (MILSTRIP), 13 June
2012
DLM4000.25-2, Military Standard Transaction Reporting and Accountability Procedures
(MILSTRAP), 13 June 2012
DTR4500.9-R, Defense Transportation Regulation, May 2016
DoD7000.14-R, Department of Defense Financial Management Regulations, current edition
DSCA Manual 5105.38, Security Assistance Management Manual (SAMM), 30 April 2012
DFAS-DE 7077.4, Standard Materiel Accounting System User's Manual, 1 June 2010
DFARS, Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS), current edition
DoD SD-5, Market Research, 12 January 2008
DoD SD-22, Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages, 1 January 2016
TO 00-5-15, Air Force Time Compliance Technical Order Process, 29 September 2017
TO 00-20-1, Aerospace Equipment Maintenance Inspection, Documentation, Policies and
Procedures,1 June 2018
TO 00-20-2, Maintenance Data Documentation, 5 September 2019
TO 00-20-3, Maintenance Processing of Reparable Property and Repair Cycle Asset Control
System, 10 July 2017
TO 00-20-9, Forecasting Replacement Requirements for Selected Calendar and Hourly Time
Change Items, 15 January 2014
TO 00-20-14, Air Force Metrology and Calibration Program, 31 January 2019
TO 00-25-113, Conservation and Segregation of Critical Alloy and Precious Metal Bearing
Parts and Scrap, 15 September 2013
TO 00-25-234, General Shop Practice Requirements for the Repair, Maintenance, and Test of
Electrical Equipment, 22 September 2013
TO 00-35D-54, USAF Deficiency Reporting, Investigation, and Resolution, 1 September 2015
TO 11N-100-1, Supply Management of Nuclear Weapons Materiel
TO 36-1-191, Technical And Managerial Reference For Motor Vehicle Maintenance, 8
November 2017
MIL-STD-129, Military Marking for Shipment and Storage, 27 September 2019
MIL-STD-130N, Identification Marking of U.S. Military Property, 26 August 2019
MIL-STD-3007F, Standard Practice for Unified Facilities Criteria and Unified Facilities Guide
Specification, 13 December 2006
MIL-STD-882E, System Safety,11 May 2012
MIL-HDBK-502, Department of Defense Handbook Acquisition Logistics, 30 May 1997
232 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

MIL-T-31000, General Specification for Technical Data Packages, 5 November 2009

FAR, Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), current edition
EO 13834, Efficient Federal Operations, 17 May 2018
Public Law 113-66, National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2014, Section 1057, 26
December 2013
Title 10 United States Code Section 2572

Prescribed Forms
AF Form 86, Request for Cataloging Data/Action
AF Form 2001, Notification of TCTO Kit Requirements

Adopted Forms
AF Form 614, Charge Out Record
AF Form 847, Recommendation for Change of Publication
AF Form 1230, Standard Reporting Designator (SRD) Candidate Information
AF Form 1297, Temporary Issue Receipt
AF Form 2691, Aircraft/Missile Equipment Property Record
DD Form 250, Material Inspection and Receiving Report
DD Form 1149, Requisition and Invoice/Shipping Document
DD Form 1348, DoD Single Line Item Requisition System Document (Manual)
DD Form 1348-1A, Issue Release/Receipt Document
DD Form 1574, Serviceable Tag – Materiel
DD Form 1574-1, Serviceable Label – Materiel
DD Form 1576, Test/Modification Tag – Materiel
DD Form 1576-1, Test Modification Label – Materiel
DD Form 2875, System Authorization Access Request (SAAR)
SF 361, Transportation Discrepancy Report
SF 364, Report of Discrepancy (ROD)

Abbreviations and Acronyms

AAO—Approved acquisition objective
ACC—Air Combat Command
AETC—Air Education and Training Command
AF—Air Force
AFCEC—Air Force Civil Engineer Center
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 233

AFCFM—Air Force Career Field Manager

AFCIIF—Air Force Clothing Initial Issue Function
AFPD—Air Force Policy Directive
AFRDP—AF Readiness Drivers Program
AFI—Air Force Instruction
AFMC—Air Force Materiel Command
AFMCSS—Armed Forces Military Clothing Sales Store
AFMMCAB—Air Force Supply Chiefs Advisory Board
AFOSI—Air Force Office of Special Investigations
AFR—Air Force Reserve
AFRIMS—Air Force Records Information Management System
AFSC—Air Force Sustainment Center
AFSCPWG—Air Force Supply Chain Policy Working Group
AFSPBP—Air Force Spare Parts Breakout Program
AFWCF—Air Force Working Capital Fund
AFH—Air Force Handbook
AIAO—Alternate Information Assurance Officer
AIT—Automatic Identification Technology
ALC—Air Logistics Complex
AMC—Air Mobility Command
AME—Alternate Mission Equipment
AMSC—Acquisition Method Suffix Code
AMT—Asset Marking and Tracking
ANG—Air National Guard
APO—Accountable Property Office
APS—Aircraft Parts Store
APSR—Accountable Property System of Record
AS—Allowance Standard
ASC—Allowance Source Code
SL—Adjusted Stock Level
ASM—Aircraft Sustainability Model
ATCALS—Air Traffic Control, Approach, and Landing System
234 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

AWP—Awaiting Parts
BA—Budget Authority
BC—Budget Code
BEAR—Basic Expeditionary Airfield Resources
BES—Bioenvironmental Engineering Services; Budget Estimate Submission
BOCR—Business Overhead Cost Recovery
BP—Budget Program
C-E—Communications-Electronics
CA/CRL—Customer Authorization/Custody Receipt Listings
CAM—Centralized Asset Management
CC—Commander
CCI—Controlled Cryptographic Item
CEMF—Centralize Equipment Management Flight
CFO—Chief Financial Officer
CHPMSK—Contingency High Priority Mission Support Kit
CIIC—Controlled Inventory Item Code
CJCSI—Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Instruction
CJCS—Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff
CLS—Contractor Logistics Support
CLSSA—Cooperative Logistics Supply Support Agreement
COCOM—Combant Commander
COMSEC—Communication Security
CONOPS—Concept of Operations
CONUS—Continental United States
CNSSI—Committee on National Security Systems Instruction
COOP—Continuity of Operations
COSIS—Care of Supplies in Storage
CMER—Condemnation Material Expense
CPFH—Cost Per Flying Hour
CRF—Centralized Repair Facility
CRS—Contingency Retention Stock
CRSP—Consumable Readiness Spares Packages
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 235

CSAF—Chief of Staff of the Air Force

CSAG—Consolidated Sustainment Activity Group
CSAG-S—Consolidated Sustainment Activity Group - Supply
CSAG-M—Consolidated Sustainment Activity Group – Maintenance
CSB—Computer Support Base
CSI—Critical Safety Item
CSWSWG—Contractor Supported Weapon Systems Working Group
CTIC—Contractor Technical Information Codes
DDR—Daily Demand Rate
DFARS/PGI—Defense Federal Acquisition Regulations Supplement and Procedures, Guidance
and Information
DFAS—Defense Finance and Accounting System
DIFM—Due-In From Maintenance
DLA—Defense Logistics Agency
DLADS—Defense Logistics Agency Disposition Services
DLIS—Defense Logistics Agency Logistics Information Service
DLM—Defense Logistics Manual
DLMS—Defense Logistics Management Standards
DMS—Diminishing Manufacturing Sources; Decentralized Materiel Support
DMSMS—Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages
DEMIL—Demilitarization
DoD—Department of Defense
DoDD—Department of Defense Directive
DODACC—DoD Activity Address Codes
DoDI—Department of Defense Instruction
DoDM—Department of Defense Manual
DPAS—Defense Property Accountability System
DRU—Direct Reporting Unit
EAE—Equipment Accountable Element
EAIM—End Article Item Manager
EEIC—Element of Expense Investment Code
ELRS—Expeditionary Logistics Readiness Squadron
ELS—Enterprise Logistics Strategy
236 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

EM—Enterprise Manager
EMC—Equipment Management Code
EMEF—Enterprise Mobility Equipment Facility
EOQ—Economic Order Quantity
EPWG—Air Force Equipment Policy Working Group
ERRC—Expendability, Recoverability, Reparability Category
ERRCD—Expendability, Recoverability, Reparability Category Designator
ERAA—Equipment Review Authorization Activities
ERS—Economic Retention Stock
ES—Equipment Specialist
ESD—Electro-Static Devices
ESN—End Item Serial Number
EXPRESS—Execution & Prioritization of Repair Support System
FAD—Force Activity Designator
FAR—Federal Acquisition Regulation
FMS—Foreign Military Sales
FAM—Functional Area Manager
FOA—Field Operating Agency
FOB—Found on Base
FSC—Flight Service Center
FSG—Federal Supply Group
FSL—Forward Supply Location
FSS—Forward Supply System; Force Support Squadron
GFM—Government Furnished Material
GIDEP—Government Industry Data Exchange Program
GMO—Global Management Office
GPC—Government Purchase Card
GSA—General Services Administration
GSD—General Support Division
GSU—Geographically Separated Unit
HAF—Headquarters Air Force
HAZMAT—Hazardous Material
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 237

HPMSK—High Priority Mission Support Kit

IAO—Information Assurance Officer
I&S—Interchangeability and Substitutability
IAW—In Accordance With
IBA—Individual Body Armor
ICP—Inventory Control Point
ICS—Interim Contractor Support
IIRP—Improved Item Replacement Program
ILS-S—Integrated Logistics System-Supply
IM—Item Manager
IMC—Item Management Coding
IMDS—-Integrated Maintenance Data System
INS—Insurance
IPE—Individual Protective Equipment; Industrial Plant Equipment
IRSP—In-Place Readiness Spares Package
IT—Information Technology
IUID—Item Unique Identification
JCS—Joint Chief of Staff
JDRS—Joint Discrepancy Reporting System
JPIWG—Joint Physical Inventory Working Group
JR—Job-Routed
LAC—Latest Acquisition Cost
LOGMOD—Logistics Module
LRC—Latest Repair Cost
LRS—Logistics Readiness Squadron
LRU—Line Replaceable Unit
LSS—Life Systems Stock
LSV—Low Speed Vehicle
LP—Local Purchase
LR—Local Repair
LTA—Low Threat Area
LWG—Logistics working Group
238 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

MAJCOM—Major Command
MDD—Maintenance Data Documentation
MDS—Mission Design Series
MIC—Mission Impact Code
MICAP—Mission Impaired Capability Awaiting Parts
MILCON—Military Construction
MILSTRIP—Military Standard Requisition and Issue Procedures
MIS—Maintenance Information System
MMAC—Materiel Management Aggregation Code
MMHS—Mechanized Materiel Handling System
MOA—Memorandum of Agreement
MOU—Memorandum of Understanding
MRSP—Mobility Readiness Spare Package
MSK—Mission Support Kit
MX—Maintenance
NATO—North Atlantic Treaty Organization
NCAA—Non Nuclear Consumables Analysis
NCO—Non-Commissioned Officer
NEO—Noncombatant Evacuation Operations
NGS—Non-Government Standards
NHA—Next Higher Assembly
NLT—No later than
NRTS—Not-Reparable This Station
NSN—National Stock Number
NWRM—Nuclear Weapons-Related Materiel
O&M—Operation and Maintenance
O&ST—Order & Shipping Time
OC—Operations Compliance
OCCR—Organization Cost Center Record
OCONUS—Outside Continental United States
OGMVC—Other Government Motor Vehicle Conveyance
OIC—Officer In Charge
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 239

OPLAN—Operations Plan
OPR—Office of Primary Responsibility
OSD—Office of Secretary of Defense
OUSD(C)—Office of the Under Secretary of Defense (Comptroller)
PA—Program Authority
PICA—Primary Inventory Control Activity
PICP—Physical Inventory Control Program
PM—Program Manager
PMRP—Precious Metals Recovery Program
POC—Point of Contact
POM—Program Objective Memorandum
POS—Peacetime Operating Stock
PRS—Potential reutilization Stock
PS&D—Plans Scheduling and Documentation
PSN—Package Serial Number
PSP—Primary Supply Points
QA—Quality Assurance
QDR—Quality Deficiency Report
RDO—Redistribution Order
REALM—Requirements/Execution Availability Logistics Module
REM—Registered Equipment Management
RFID—Radio Frequency Identification
RID—Routing Identifier
RIMCS—Reparable Item Movement Control System
R&M—Reliability and Maintainability
RO—Requisitioning Objective
ROD—Report of Discrepancy
RSP—Readiness Spares Package
RVP—Reverse Post
SA/LW—Small Arms/Light Weapons
SAF—Office of the Secretary of the Air Force
SAS—Storage Aids Systems
240 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

SCM—Supply Chain Management

SCOW—Supply Chain Operations Wing
SDR—Supply Discrepancy Report
SDT—Second Destination Transportation
SE—Support Equipment
SICA—Secondary Inventory Control Activity
SIASCN—Standard Inter-service Agency Serial Control Number
SM—System Manager
SOO—Satellite Operations Officer
SOS—Source of Supply
SP—Standard Price
SPC—Stockage Priority Code
SPO—Systems Program Officer
SPRAM—Special Purpose Recoverable Authorized Maintenance
SPRS—Spares Priority Release Sequence
SRAN—Stock Record Account Number
SRD—Standard Reporting Designator
SRU—Shop Replaceable Unit
SSIR—Supply System Inventory Report
STR—System Transaction Recovery
TCM—Technical Content Manager
TCTO—Time Compliance Technical Order
THPMSK—Temporary High Priority Mission Support Kit
TNB—Tail Number Bin
TO—Technical Order
TOC—Technical Order Compliance
TPO—Training Purposes Only
TRAP—Tanks, Racks, Adapters & Pylons
TRN—Turnaround
TWG—Theater Working Group
UCC—Unit Control Center
UDM—Unit Deployment Manager
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 241

UEWG—Uniform Enterprise Working Group

UII—Unique Item Identifier
UMMIPS—Uniform Materiel Movement and Issue Priority System
USSF—United States Space Force
UTC—Unit Type Code
WCDO—Wartime Consumable Distribution Objective
WCF—Working Capital Fund
WMP—War and Mobilization Plan
WRM—War Reserve Materiel
WSDC—Weapon System Designator Code
WSGC—Weapon System Group Code
WSMIS—Weapons System Management Information System
WSSP—Weapon System Support Program

Terms
Active Inventory—Materiel that is expected to be consumed within the budget year (2 years)
and materiel that has been purchased to meet specific war reserve requirements.
Additive Requirement—Requirements that are supported by projected requirements (e.g.,
modifications) rather than past demand experience. Requirements computed outside the
recoverable computation.
Aircraft Parts Store—LRS function located near flight line maintenance and functions as a
demand processing unit, customer service, and aircraft parts warehouse for maintenance
activities.
Aircraft Sustainability Model—The mathematical model used to determine the requirements
for recoverable RSP items (in the D087G system) It uses a unit's wartime flying hour program,
the range of items determined at the annual review, and the demand rate/indicative data for each
item to determine the optimum mix of spares to achieve the target Direct Support Objective.
Allowance Standard—Authorized document that identifies the amount and type of equipment
for an organization.
Approved Acquisition Objective—The quantity of an item authorized for peacetime and
wartime requirements to equip and sustain U.S. and Allied Forces, according to current DoD
policies and plans. That quantity shall be sufficient to support other U.S. Government Agencies,
as applicable.
242 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Awaiting Parts—During the repair process for systems/equipment, parts are ordered for the
system/equipment undergoing repair or an end item is being scheduled for a repair process and
parts are ordered for a scheduled repair of the system/equipment to start the repair process. The
end item system/equipment undergoing repair/being scheduled for repair is AWP when the parts
to continue the repair process are backordered or the scheduled repair process will exceed
mission requirements.
Back shop—Base repair activities primarily established to perform field level component repair.
Base Condemnation Rate—The number of base condemnations divided by the sum base Repair
This Station and base condemnations.
Base Consumption Rates—Base consumption rates will be determined by taking the number of
failures at base level, over a specific period of time, divided by the operating program for that
same time period.
Base Not Reparable this Station Rate—The number of Base NRTS divided by the sum of the
base RTS, base NRTS, and base condemnations.
Base Repair Cycle—The number of days that elapse between the time an unserviceable
reparable item is removed from use and the time it is made serviceable and ready for issue.
Base Stock Level—This level is computed in support of the base requisitioning objective.
Basic Expeditionary Airfield Resources—AF systems consisting of assets formerly known as
Harvest Eagle and Harvest Falcon. BEAR Systems are designed to provide minimum essential
troop cantonment facilities (lodging, field feeding, showers, and latrines) and operational support
(offices, shops, limited shop equipment, and runway matting). Units using this equipment are
expected to deploy with mobility equipment, vehicles and spares peculiar to their operation in
sufficient quantities to allow self-support until resupply is established.
Bench Stocks—Stores of ERRC “XB3” items kept on-hand in a work center to enhance
maintenance productivity.
Calendar Time Change Items—Items requiring replacement at regular intervals as specified in
appropriate technical orders.
Carcass Cost—The value of an asset when the LRC plus BOCR have been removed from the
SP of the item. Carcass cost is also equal to the LAC minus the LRC.
Care of Supplies in Storage—Program composed of a set of processes and procedures whose
purpose is to ensure that materiel in storage is maintained in ready-for-issue condition or to
prevent uneconomic deterioration of unserviceable materiel.
Cataloging—Act of naming, classifying, describing, and numbering each item repetitively used,
purchased, stocked, or distributed to distinguish each item from every other item. Also included
is the maintenance of information related to the item and the dissemination of that information to
item users.
Cataloging Tools—The process of initiating and enhancing documents and procedures required
to research, record, and organize logistics information.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 243

Central Locator—a directory, file, or listing used to provide the location of all stored material.
Location changes are manually entered onto the central locator. Maintain the central locator in
current status for use during degraded operations.
Central Procurement—The purchase of materiel, supplies or services by an officially
designated command or agency with funds specifically provided for such procurement for the
benefit and use of the entire component or the military departments as a whole.
Classes of Supply—Not to be confused with Federal Supply Class, terminology used to divide
supplies and equipment into 10 easily identifiable categories of materiel that are depicted by
Roman Numerals.
Classified Item—Controlled inventory item/materiel that require protection in the interest of
national security.
Command Authority—AFI 51-509, Appointment to and Assumption of Command, identifies
command authority. Unless otherwise stated, all references to commander in this publication
apply to the mission commander at the appropriate level, i.e. squadron, group, wing, etc. Joint
Base locations/activities will refer to Joint Basing Implementation Guidance and the pertinent
Joint Base MOAs for specific guidance on command relationships at that location.
Commodity—A homogeneous aggregation of like items.
Communications-Electronics—Specialized field items concerned with the use of electronic
devices and systems for the acquisition, acceptance, processing, storage, display, analysis,
protection, disposition, and transfer of information.
Condemnation Requirement—Stock replacements for base and depot condemnations
Consumable Item—Item of supply (except explosive ordnance and major end items of
equipment) that is normally expended or used up beyond recovery in the use for which it is
designed or intended. Minor parts, tools, and hardware identified by ERRC designator “XB3”.
“NF1” items (with IEX E, K) are managed like consumable items. A consumable item cannot be
economically repaired by a field or depot maintenance activity. Accountability for consumable
items is terminated upon issue.
Contingency Retention Stock—stock held above the approved acquisition objective to support
anticipated contingencies or operations. The contingency retention stock will mainly consist of
critical and difficult to obtain assets.
Contract Termination—The cessation or cancellation, in whole or in part, of work under a
prime contractor a subcontract for the convenience of, or at the option of, the government, or due
to failure of the contractor to perform in accordance with the terms of the contract.
Controlled Inventory Item Code—Those items designated as having characteristics that
require that they be identified, accounted for, secured, segregated, or handled in a special manner
to ensure their safeguard or integrity.
Control Level—A computed stock level the inventory management specialist or materiel
management IT system uses when filling requisitions. Non-programmed requisitions may be
filled from depot stocks if the asset position is above the control level.
244 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Coordination—The necessary action to ensure adequate exchange of information to integrate,

synchronize, and deconflict operations between separate organizations. Coordination is not
necessarily a process of gaining approval but is most often used for mutual exchange of
information.
Cooperative Logistics Supply Support Arrangement—provides for pre-stockage and storage
of DoD-stocked non-significant military equipment items that are needed and used by the
Foreign Military Sales purchaser on a recurring basis.
Counterfeit Materiel—An item that is an unauthorized copy or substitute that has been
identified, marked, or altered by a source other than the item’s legally authorized source and has
been misrepresented to be an authorized item of the legally authorized source.
Critical Safety Item—Means a part, an assembly, installation equipment, launch equipment,
recovery equipment, or support equipment for an aircraft or aviation weapon system if the part,
assembly, or equipment contains a characteristic any failure, malfunction, or absence of which
could cause a catastrophic or critical failure resulting in the loss of or serious damage to the
aircraft or weapon system, an unacceptable risk of personal injury or loss of life, or an
uncommanded engine shutdown that jeopardizes safety.
Daily Demand Rate—Average quantity of an item that is used daily. The retail materiel
management system computes the DDR using one of the following methods: (1) Bachelor or
Substitute Item. Divide the item cumulative recurring demand (CRD) by the difference of the
current Julian date minus the DOFD. If the demand experience available is less than 180 days, a
difference of 180 mitigates the effect of limited demand experience. (2) Master or
Interchangeable Item. Divide the cumulative recurring demand (CRD) for the master and all
interchangeable items within the group (for one system designator at a time) by the difference of
the current Julian date minus the oldest date of first demand in the master/interchangeable group.
If the demand experience available is less than 180 days, a difference of 180 days mitigates the
effect of limited demand experience.
Data Dissemination—Various products and events provide logistics information to customers at
every level of the supply system.
Data Entry and Maintenance Transactions—Those actions necessary to ensure complete,
accurate and current logistics data records (excluding item characteristics data) for an item of
supply.
Defense Logistics Agency Disposition Services—Field activity of the DLA charged with the
responsibility of managing all aspects of the process of receiving, storing, marketing,
redistributing, and disposing of all materiel determined by elements of the DoD materiel
management structure to be excess to the needs of a DoD activity.
Demand—An indication of a requirement (requisition, request, issue, and reparable generation;
etc.) for issue of serviceable materiel. Demands are categorized as either "recurring" or
"nonrecurring."
Demand Level—Stock level for a specific item that is based upon past user demands.
Demand-Support Items—Items that are stocked based on forecasted usage. Demand-supported
items are stocked with demand-based requirements on the basis of economics or with limited
demand requirements on basis of military mission essentiality.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 245

Demilitarization—Act of destroying the functional or military capabilities of certain types of

equipment or material that has been screened through inventory control points and declared
surplus or foreign excess. Items that are subject to demilitarization include defense articles on the
United States Munitions List, as provided by Section 38 of the "Arms Export Control Act" (22
CFR 121 (reference (aj)). Also included are items on the Commerce Control List of the
Department of Commerce (15 CFR 774 (reference (ak)), and items on the United States
Munitions Import List of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms of the Department of
Treasury. That term includes mutilating, cutting, crushing, scrapping, melting, burning, or
otherwise altering to prevent the further use of that equipment or material for its originally
intended purpose, and applies equally to equipment or material in serviceable or unserviceable
condition.
Depot Consumption Rates—The number of failures at depot level divided by the appropriate
depot program
Depot Level Maintenance—Maintenance performed on materiel requiring major overhaul or a
complete rebuild of parts, assemblies, subassemblies, and end items, including the manufacture
of parts, modifications, testing and reclamation as required.
Depot Stock Levels—Depot stock levels represent those levels that are required in support of
depot overhaul requirements. These are subdivided into two categories, job-routed (JR) and non
job-routed (NJR) stock levels. JR items are those items that are repaired as part of a higher
assembly repair. The stock level in support of JR overhaul requirements represents the amount of
stock required to prevent delay of programmed overhauls during the subassembly O&ST. Non-
Job Routed items are those items that are removed during an overhaul and turned into supply.
The non-job routed stock level requirement represents the quantity of stock required to support
the overhaul line during subassembly O&ST.
Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages—The loss or impending loss of
the last known manufacturer or supplier of raw materials, production parts, or repair parts.
Direction—Guidance to or management of support staff functions. Inherent within command but
not a command authority in its own right. In some cases, can be considered an explicit
instruction or order. Used by commanders and their designated subordinates to facilitate,
channel, or motivate support staff to achieve appropriate action, tempo, or intensity. Used by
directors of staff agencies on behalf of the commander to provide guidance to their staffs on how
best to accomplish stated objectives IAW the commander’s intent.
Disposal Freeze Notice—-A disposal freeze notice is a formal written directive issued by
AFMC to withhold certain
Economic Order Quantity—Quantity derived from a mathematical technique used to determine
the optimum (lowest) total variable costs to order and hold inventory.
Economic Retention Stock—ERS is stock above the AAO that is more economical to retain
than to dispose of. To warrant economic retention, an item should have a reasonably predictable
demand rate. When the expected demand for an item is not predictable, yet the expectation for
future demand is probable, the item may still have ERS provided the managing DoD Component
has a documented rationale that economically justifies retention and is available for audit
purposes.
246 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

End Item—A final combination of end products, component parts, or materiel ready for its
intended use, e.g. a ship, tank, mobile machine shop, or aircraft.
Excess—Materiel that has completed reutilization screening within the Department of Defense
and is not required for the needs and the discharge of responsibilities of any DoD activity.
Exchange Price—The price charged to customer’s exchanging a reparable item for a serviceable
one.
Execution and Prioritization of Repair Support System (EXPRESS)—The tool that provides
the capability to implement critical initiatives for the requirements, distribution, workload
management, and supply reengineering efforts. Key processes in EXPRESS include repair
requirements identification; prioritization method employing aircraft availability and deepest-
hole methodologies; supportability analysis or repair resources; and output interfaces.
Expendability, Recoverability, Reparability Cost Designator (ERRCD)—Cataloging element
that indicates whether an item can be economically repaired and what level (base or depot) has
the authority to condemn an item.
Extended storage—Only weapons stored and packaged according to applicable special
packaging instructions as outlined on https://spires.wpafb.af.mil/ fall into this category. All
others are considered In-Use. Weapons removed from special packaging become in-use until
they are properly returned to storage following the applicable special packaging instructions.
Federal Supply Class—Series of 4 numerals at the beginning of the NSN that designates the
general commodity grouping of the item of supply.
Force Activity Designator—Roman numeral (I to V) that the Secretary of Defense, the
Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, or a DoD Component assigns to a unit, organization,
installation, project, or program to indicate its relative mission essentiality. The FAD is an
integral part of the UMMIPS.
Forward Supply Location—Part of the AMC’s Forward Supply System and serves as an
intermediate stockage location in the AMC Strategic Airlift route structure. Candidate NSNs for
stockage at the FSLs are applicable to the C-5 and C-17 strategic airlift.
Found on Base—Assets that are in the possession of base customers that are not correctly
accounted for on materiel management IT system due-in from maintenance or in-use equipment
detail records are commonly referred to as found on base.
Government-Furnished Equipment—Personal property that is functionally complete for its
intended purpose, durable, and nonexpendable. Equipment generally has an expected service life
of 2 years or more; is not intended for sale; does not ordinarily lose its identity or become a
component part of another article when put into use; has been acquired or constructed with the
intention of being used. Government Furnished Equipment consists of property, special tooling,
or special test property provided to the contractor for activities such as research and
development, acquisition, repair, maintenance, overhaul, or modification.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 247

Government-Furnished Material—Another form of U.S. government property which may be

incorporated into, or attached to an end item to be delivered under a contract or which may be
consumed in the performance of a contract. It includes, but is not limited to, raw and processed
material, parts, components, assemblies, small tools, and supplies. GFM does not include
property, special tooling, or test property and is consumed or expended by the contractor during
the performance of the contract.
Hazardous Material—Item of supply consisting of materiel that because of its quantity,
concentration, or physical, chemical, or infectious characteristics, may either cause or
significantly contribute to an increase in mortality or an increase in serious, irreversible, or
incapacitating reversible illness; or pose a substantial present or potential hazard to human health
or the environment when improperly treated, stored, transported, disposed of, or otherwise
managed.
Holding Costs—Those costs associated with the cost of capital, inventory losses, obsolescence,
storage, and other variable costs of maintaining an inventory.
Initial Spares—Spares stocked to support a newly fielded weapon system or a modification of a
weapon system.
Integrated Materiel Manager—Any DoD activity or Agency that has been assigned integrated
wholesale materiel management responsibility for the DoD and participating Federal Agencies.
Integrated wholesale materiel management responsibilities include requirements determination,
procurement, distribution, overhaul and repair of reparable materiel, and disposal of materiel.
Interchangeable Items—An item that possesses such functional and physical characteristics as
to be equivalent in performance, reliability, and maintainability, to another item of similar or
identical purposes, and is capable of being exchanged for the other item without selection for fit
or performance, and without alteration of the item itself or of adjoining items, except for
adjustment.
Inventory—Materiel, titled to the U.S. Government, held for sale or issue, held for repair, or
held pending transfer to disposal.
Inventory Control Point—An organizational unit or activity within the DoD materiel
management system that is assigned the primary responsibility for the materiel management of a
group of items either for a particular Military Service or for the Department of Defense as a
whole. In addition to IMM functions, an ICP may perform other logistics functions in support of
a particular Military Service or for a particular end item (e.g. centralized computation of retail
requirements levels and engineering tasks associated with weapon system components).
Inventory Position—Sum of the on on-hand hand asset quantity and the quantity already on
order, minus any existing customer backorder quantity.
Item Entry Control—Item entry control is a process where the cataloging agent examines
potential items for inclusion in the Federal Catalog Program. A determination is made by
screening the part number of the candidate item with existing items to see if a previously existing
item can used in its place. The previously existing item will be coordinated with the AF ES for
acceptance.
248 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Item Management Coding—The process of determining whether items of supply qualify for
management by the military Services, rather than by DLA or GSA, according to DoDM 4140.26,
Defense Integrated Materiel management Manual for Consumable Items.
Latest Acquisition Cost—The price paid for an item the last time it was procured from a
supplier. The LAC is generally the latest representative contract price obtained. However, it can
be based on an earlier buy if that latest procurement is considered non-representative. The LAC
does not include any cost recovery or inflation.
Latest Repair Cost—The current year depot repair End Item Sales Price. The LRC is either
obtained from the depot maintenance pricing systems or is a value adjusted by the Inventory
Manager or Production Manager based on updated information. When a new item with no
reparable history is established, the LRC is systemically calculated at 25% of the LAC.
LRS/Materiel Management Activities—Organizations who perform both retail and wholesale
materiel management functions.
Materiel—All items (including ships, tanks, self-propelled weapons, and aircraft; etc. and
related spares, repair parts, and support equipment, but excluding real property, installations, and
utilities) necessary to equip, operate, maintain, and support military activities without distinction
as to its application for administrative or combat purposes. Materiel is either serviceable (i.e. in
an issuable condition) or unserviceable (i.e. in need of repair to make it serviceable).
Materiel Cost Recovery—The portion of each exchange price sale that will pay for items
needed to be purchased for customer support. The Materiel Cost Recovery represents the
constrained extended year buy portion; the constraint being that it cannot be more than the
customer is funded.
Materiel Management—The phase of military logistics that includes managing, cataloging,
demand and supply planning, requirements determinations, procurement, distribution, overhaul,
and disposal of materiel.
Materiel Manager—See integrated materiel manager.
Mission Capability—Failure of the system/equipment prevents performance of the required
mission. The end item system/equipment mission capability is identified by the system reporting
designator (SRD) as MICAP. The designation MICAP is provided by maintenance activity.
Minimum Replacement Unit—The minimum quantity of an item normally replaced during a
maintenance action, often the quantity of a component used for each end item.
Mission Impact Code—Values of 1 through 4 are assigned programmatically to all consumable
and recoverable item records during the issue process based upon the Urgency Justification Code
of customer issue requests, not customer backorders (this is an important distinction that ensures
all demanded items are assigned appropriate mission impact codes even when customer requests
are issued from shelf stock upon demand). Mission Impact Codes are never programmatically
downgraded, but are upgraded to reflect the priority of subsequent higher priority customer
demands.
National Stock Number—13-digit stock number used to identify items of supply. It consists of
a 4-digit FSC and a 9-digit National Item Identification Number.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 249

Negotiated Level—If the quantities computed at base level do not provide adequate support, the
MAJCOM may negotiate a special level with the prime inventory management specialist.
Non-Demand-Based—Requirements determination process that is not based on forecasted
demand, but qualifies stockage based on other criteria. Types of non-demand-based stockage are
insurance stockage, life-of-type buys, and program-based buys.
Not Reparable This Station—Term used to characterize the process of returning items that
cannot be successfully repaired by a base maintenance repair shop to a repair activity designated
by the wholesale item manager.
Numeric Stockage Objective—Term associated with stockage objective of low or sporadic
demand essential items.
Order and Shipping Time—Average number of days between the initiation and receipt of stock
replenishment requisitions assuming sufficient stock is available on the depot shelf to satisfy the
requisition at the time the requisition is received.
Organizational Intermediate Maintenance—That maintenance which is the responsibility of
and performed by a using organization on its assigned equipment. These responsibilities
normally include the inspection, service, lubrication, adjustment and replacement of parts, minor
assemblies, and subassemblies.
Operating Level of Supply—The quantity of materiel required to sustain operations in the
interval between requisitions or the arrival of successive shipments.
Operating Requirement—Ensures that all assets removed due to failure will be replaced at the
time of removal. It is computed by multiplying the organizational/intermediate demand rate by
the operating program.
Peculiar item—An item that cannot proven to have similar form, fit, and function; or similar
components with minor differences not confirmed through a comparison of part number,
technical order, and figure and index. Commercial and Government Entity code, cataloging data,
and agreement/disagreement by the SOS are not determination factors.
Percent of Base Repair—Percentage is the average base repair rate for the item over the current
and past four quarters. The retail materiel management system calculates the PBR using RTS
(repaired this station), NRTS, and condemnation data from the repair cycle record.
Personal Property. —All property (systems and equipment, materials, and supplies) except real
property (land and improvements to facilities), and records of the Federal Government.
Pilferable Item—Controlled inventory item/materiel having a ready resale value or application
to personal possession, which is especially subject to theft.
Pilot Unit—A pilot unit is responsible for developing and maintaining standard manpower and
or logistics detail for each UTC for which it has been assigned responsibility by the Manpower
Equipment Forces Packages Responsibility Agency.
250 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Post-post—Post-post is a legacy term that identified where transactions were posted/input to

automated systems after the actions were performed. Additionally, it was informally used to refer
to conditions of degraded operations where automated systems are inoperative or when other
circumstances impose significant limitations on normal processing capabilities. In this
publication, the terms manual processing or Degraded Operations are used to refer to those
conditions respectively.
Potential Reutilization/Disposal Materiel—DoD Component materiel identified by an item
manager for possible disposal, but with potential for reutilization; or materiel that has the
potential for being sent by an item manager to the DLADS for possible reutilization by another
DoD Component or by a Federal, State, or local governmental agency, or for disposal through
sale to the public.
Precious Metals—FSC 9660 items that are gold, silver, platinum, or palladium granulation and
sponges, rhodium, ruthenium, iridium, and osmium recovered from items, such as photographic
and x-ray film, spent photographic fixing solution, military accouterments, such as insignia,
crucibles, special wires, silver cell batteries, missile and electronic scrap, turnings, desalter kits,
brazing alloys, solder, and dental scrap.
Procurement Lead Time—The interval between the initiation of a procurement action and
receipt of the products or services purchased as the result of such action.
Program Manager (PM)—The designated individual with responsibility for and authority to
accomplish program objectives for development, production, and sustainment to meet the user's
operational needs. The PM shall be accountable for credible cost, schedule, and performance
reporting to the Milestone Decision Authority (MDA).
Project Code—A three character alpha/numeric code used to distinguish requisitions and related
documentation and shipments, as well as for the accumulation of intra-Service performance and
cost data related to exercises, maneuvers, and other distinct programs, projects, and operations.
Other than OSD and CJCS assigned codes, project codes do not provide or imply any priority or
precedence for requisition processing or supply decisions. Reference CJCSI 4110.01E, and DLM
4000.25-1, Appendix 2.13.
Provisioning—Management process of determining and acquiring the range and quantity of
support items necessary to operate and maintain an end item of materiel for an initial period of
service.
Provisioning Screening Review and Support—Those actions taken to facilitate the best
selection, procurement, and cataloging of items of supply required to sustain weapons systems
and other government requirements (e.g., technical data validation, data calls, provisioning,
guidance conferences, Logistics Support Analysis conferences, etc.).
Readiness—A measure or measures of the ability of a system to undertake and sustain a
specified set of missions at planned peacetime and wartime utilization rates. Measures take
account of the effects of system design (reliability and maintainability), the characteristics of the
support system, and the quantity and location of support resources. Examples of system
readiness measures are combat sortie rate, fully mission capable rate, and operational
availability.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 251

Readiness Based Level—Centrally computed quantity generated by the Readiness Based

Leveling system (D035E) which uses a marginal analysis technique to allocate the D200A-
computed requirement to bases and depots as requisitioning levels.
Receiving—All actions taken by a receiving activity from the physical turnover of materiel by a
carrier until the on-hand balance of the accountable stock record file or in-process receipt file is
updated to reflect the received materiel as an asset in storage, or the materiel is issued directly
from receiving to the customer.
Reclamation—Process of reclaiming required serviceable and economically reparable
components and material from excess or surplus property for return to the proper Materiel
Management Activity, whereas the residue is processed as "disposable property."
Reference Number—A part, drawing, model, type or source controlling number that when used
in combination with a Commercial and Government Entity code is used to identify an item of
production. Additionally, a R/N can be a manufacturer's trade name, specification, or standard
number, specification or standard part, drawing or type number.
Relocatable Buildings—A habitable prefabricated structure that is designed and constructed to
be readily moved (transportable over public roads), erected, disassembled, stored, and reused.
Reorder Point—Point that, when an item's inventory position (i.e. on-hand stock plus stock due-
in minus stock due-out) reaches or breaches, triggers an order to replenish stock.
Repair Cycle Assets—Any recoverable item with an ERRCD code of “XD” or “XF”.
Repair Cycle Demand Level—Pipeline stockage model that seeks to fill the O&ST, the base
repair cycle time, and the base NRTS condemned time pipelines. each pipeline segment and
customer demand are variable, the Repair Cycle Demand Level also includes a safety level
quantity. The Repair Cycle Demand Level includes an EOQ component for selected “XF3”
items.
Reparable Item—An item that can be repaired at either depot or field level.
Replenishment—Actions to resupply an inventory when the inventory position reaches the
reorder point.
Required Delivery Date (RDD)—A date specifying when materiel is actually required to be
delivered to the requisitioner and is always earlier or later than the computed standard delivery
date. A required delivery date cannot exactly equal a computed standard delivery date. Reference
DLM 4000.25, Volume 1.
Requirements Computation—Any mathematical calculation performed to support
requirements determination functions.
Requisition—An order for materiel initiated by an established, authorized organization that is
transmitted either electronically, by mail, or telephoned to a materiel management source within
or external (i.e. sister services, DLA, etc.) to the AF.
Requisitioning Objective—Maximum quantity of materiel to be maintained on-hand and on
order to sustain current operations and core war reserves. It shall consist of the sum of stocks
represented by the operating level, safety level, repair cycle, if applicable, the O&ST level, and
authorized additive levels.
252 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Retail—Level of inventory below the wholesale level, either at the consumer level (directly
supporting customers) or at the intermediate level (supporting a geographical area).
Retail Inventory—Level of inventory below the wholesale level, either at the consumer level
(directly supporting customers) or at the intermediate level (supporting a geographical area).
Retail-Level Supply—Those secondary items stored within DoD intermediate and consumer
levels of supply down to and including the AF base supply. Retail-level supply does not include
end use secondary item materiel.
Retail Stock—Stock held in the custody or on the records of a supply organization below the
wholesale level.
Safety Level Quantity—Designed to increase item stock levels in a way that protects retail
materiel management system customers of stocked items from variations in O&ST and demand
during replenishment lead time.
Save list items—Parts (bits, pieces, assemblies) that are reclaimed from a higher assembly at the
direction of the item manager concerned.
Security Assistance—A group of programs authorized by Title 22, United States Code, or other
related statutes by which the US provides defense articles, military training, and other defense
related services by grant, loan, credit, cash sales, or lease, in furtherance of national policies and
objectives. The DoD does not administer all security assistance programs. Those security
assistance programs that are administered by the Department are a subset of security cooperation.
Reference AFMAN 16-101.
Sensitive Item—Controlled inventory item/materiel that requires a high degree of protection and
control due to statutory requirements or regulations, such as narcotics and drug abuse items;
precious metals; items of high value, highly technical, or hazardous nature; and small arms and
ammunition.
Shelf-Life Item—Item of supply possessing deteriorative or unstable characteristics to the
degree that a storage time period shall be assigned to ensure that it shall perform satisfactorily in
service.
Special Purpose Recoverable Authorized Maintenance—ERRCD code “XD”/”XF” items
used by maintenance to perform functions such as detecting or isolating a fault, calibrating or
aligning equipment, and duplicating an active system installed in an aircraft or on-line
equipment. SPRAM includes items listed in the -21 TO’s and are used to conduct approved
AETC training courses.
Standard Price—The price customers are charged which, for DoD ICP managed items
(excluding subsistence), remains constant throughout a fiscal year except for the correction of
significant errors. This price includes the LAC plus the BOCR@LAC.
AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 253

Standardization—AF standardization operations are conducted primarily within the framework

of the Defense Standardization Program and IAW DoDM 4120.24, Defense Standardization
Program Procedures. The main objectives are to achieve and maintain the highest practicable
degree of standardization for items, materiel, practices, procedures, and terminology by
preparing standardization documents. In addition to participating in the Defense Standardization
Program, the AF standardization mission entails the conduct of, and participation in, various
other related programs and projects, including International Standardization Programs, Non-
Government Standards (NGS) Bodies, Parts Control Programs, and Overpricing Programs.
Stock Fund—Revolving fund established to finance the costs of inventories of supplies. It is
authorized by specific provision of law to finance a continuing cycle of operations.
Reimbursements and collections derived from such operations are available for use by the fund
without further action by the Congress.
Stock Level—Demand level or an adjusted level.
Stockage Priority Code—Retail materiel management system programmatically assigns SPCs
to consumable items. The requirements program uses SPCs to help determine when the items
should be stocked for future use. SPCs are also used to prevent item stockage.
Stratification Process—A uniform portrayal of requirements and assets application that is a
computer generated, time-phased simulation of actions causing changes in the supply position;
e.g., procurement, repair, receipt, issue, termination, and disposal of materiel.
Stockage—Term used to describe an amount of items maintained at a warehouse.
Substitutable Item—An item possessing functional and physical characteristics that make it
capable of being exchanged for another only under specified conditions or for particular
applications and without alteration of the items themselves or of adjoining items. That term is
synonymous with the phrase “one-way interchangeability," such as item B shall be interchanged
in all applications for item A, but item A shall not be used in all applications requiring item B.
Supply Chain—The linked activities associated with providing materiel to end users for
consumption. Those activities include supply activities (such as organic and commercial
inventory control points or retail supply activities), maintenance activities (such as organic and
commercial depot level maintenance facilities or intermediate repair activities), and distribution
activities (such as distribution depots and other storage locations, container consolidation points,
ports of embarkation and debarkation, and ground, air, and ocean transporters).
Supply Support Request Processing—A request by a Materiel Management Activity making
them a user of a consumable/field reparable item managed by another Materiel Management
Activity.
Suspect Counterfeit Materiel—Items, or products in which there is an indication by visual
inspection, testing, or other information that it may meet the definition of counterfeit materiel
provided herein.
254 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Total Asset Visibility—The capability to provide users with timely and accurate information on
the location, movement, status, and identity of units, personnel, equipment, materiel, and
supplies. It also includes the capability to act upon that information to improve overall
performance of the Department of Defense’s logistic practices. Also called Total Asset
Visibility. An integrated structure using a command and control process to ensure the quantity,
condition, and location of critical assets are visible.
Total Organizational Intermediate Maintenance Demand Rate—The rate at which an item
has failed. It is developed by dividing the sum of the base repaired this station (RTS), base
NRTS, and the base condemnations by the item past program for the period.
Tanks, Racks, Adapters, and Pylons (TRAP)—Those items of aircraft suspension and release
equipment (S&RE) and aircraft fuel tanks that are subject to in-flight consumption (consumed,
jettisoned, expended, etc.) from the platform (aerial vehicle; aircraft) on which it is installed.
Turnaround—The means to record demand data in the materiel management system for either
repairs in place or removal, repair, reinstallation of a recoverable item without ordering a
replacement item.
Uniform Materiel Movement and Issue Priority System (UMMIPS)—UMMIPS sets
priorities for the issuance and movement of materiel. The system enables supply customers to
use one of 15 priority designators when requisitioning supply items. These 15 priority
designators are based on two components: the UND defines the relative importance of the item
ordered to the unit’s mission and the FAD defines the relative importance of the unit placing the
order. Reference CJCSI 4100.01E.
Unserviceable Asset Price—The price charged to a customer to purchase an unserviceable asset
from the ICP. It includes the carcass cost of the unserviceable asset plus the BOCR.
Unserviceable Asset Price is also equal to the SP minus the LRC.
Variable Safety Level—A quantity of materiel stored in addition to the operating level of
supply. It is required to be on-hand to permit continuous operations in the event of minor
interruption of normal replenishment or unpredictable fluctuations in demand.
War Reserve Materiel—Consists of enterprise managed, dynamically positioned equipment
and consumables that contribute to initial operations and provide initial support cross the full
range of military operations. It enhances Agile Combat Support capability to reduce the time
required to achieve an operational capability and produce an operational effect.
Wholesale Stock—Stock, regardless of funding sources, over which the IMM has asset
knowledge and exercises unrestricted asset control to meet worldwide inventory management
responsibilities.
Wholesale—The highest level of organized DoD supply, and as such, procures, repairs, and
maintains stocks to resupply the retail levels of supply.